Improvements in or relating to audio transducers

The present invention relates to audio transducer technologies such as speakers and microphones, incorporating the structure and assembly of audio transducer diaphragms, audio transducer mounting systems, audio transducer diaphragm suspension systems, and / or these. Includes improvements in, or related to, personal audio devices.

The speaker driver vibrates the diaphragm using an actuation mechanism known in the art that may be electromagnetic, electrostatic, piezoelectric, or any other suitable movable assembly. It is a kind of audio transducer that generates sound by letting it. The driver is generally housed in a housing. In conventional drivers, the diaphragm is a flexible membrane component connected to a rigid housing. Thus, the speaker driver forms a resonant system, where the diaphragm is of unwanted mechanical resonance (also known as diaphragm breakup) at a given frequency during operation. easily influenced. This affects the performance of the driver.

Examples of conventional speaker drivers are shown in Figures J1d and J1. The driver comprises a diaphragm assembly mounted on the transducer base structure by the diaphragm suspension system. The transducer base structure comprises a basket J113, a magnet J116, a top pole piece J118, and a T-yoke J117. The diaphragm assembly comprises a thin film diaphragm, coil winding type J114 and coil winding J115. The diaphragm includes a cone J101 and a cap J120. The diaphragm suspension system is equipped with a flexible rubber surround J105 and a spider J119. The conversion mechanism comprises a force generating component, which is a coil winding held in a magnetic circuit. The conversion mechanism also includes a magnet J116, a top pole piece J118, and a T-yoke J117 that allow a magnetic circuit to flow through a coil. When an electrical audio signal is applied to the coil, a force is generated on the coil and a reaction force is applied to the base structure.

The driver is mounted on the housing J102 by a mounting system consisting of multiple washers J111 and bush J107 made of flexible natural rubber. This driver is secured using multiple steel bolts J106, nuts J109 and washers J108. There is a separation point J112 between the basket J113 and the housing J102, in which the mounting system is the only connection between the housing J102 and the driver. In this example, the diaphragm does not have a large rotational component and moves back and forth substantially linearly in the axial direction of the cones that form the diaphragm.

As mentioned, the flexible diaphragm connected to the rigid housing J102 by the suspension and mounting system forms a resonant system, where the diaphragm is subject to unwanted resonant effects over the driver's operating frequency range. Easy to receive. Also, other parts of the driver, including the diaphragm suspension and mounting system, as well as the housing, can undergo mechanical resonance that can adversely affect the sound quality of the driver. Therefore, prior art driver systems have attempted to minimize the effects of mechanical resonance by adopting one or more damping techniques within the driver system. Such techniques include, for example, impedance matching between the rubber diaphragm surround and the diaphragm, and / or changes in the diaphragm design, including the shape, material and / or configuration of the diaphragm.

Many microphones have the same basic configuration as a speaker. Microphones, on the contrary, act to convert sound waves into electrical signals. To do this, the microphone uses the sound pressure of air to move the diaphragm and convert that movement into an electrical audio signal. Therefore, the microphone has a configuration similar to that of a speaker driver, including a diaphragm, diaphragm surround and other parts of the transducer, as well as mechanical resonance of the housing in which the transducer is mounted. There is a design challenge. These resonances can adversely affect the quality of the conversion.

The passive radiator also has the same basic configuration as the speaker, except that it does not have a conversion mechanism. Therefore, passive radiators all have some equivalent design challenges that create mechanical resonances that can adversely affect operation.

<p>One object of the present invention is to enable an improvement in an audio transducer, or an improvement in an audio transducer, which acts in some way to address some of the resonance challenges described above, or at least to the general public. It is to provide useful options.</p>

<p>In one aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and adjacent to at least one of the main surfaces of the body during operation. A normal stress reinforcement that resists compression-tension stress in or near a surface and is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces to operate. It can be said to be composed of an audio transducer diaphragm provided with at least one internal reinforcing member that resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformation that the body receives.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is separate from the diaphragm body and is connected to the diaphragm body and is the surface of the stress reinforcement, apart from any resistance to shear provided by the body. Gives resistance to the above shear deformation.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member extends in the diaphragm body substantially orthogonal to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member extends toward and within one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm body that are substantially distal from the mass center position of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a plurality of internal reinforcing members. Preferably, each internal reinforcement is at least about 8 MPa / (kg / m).³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus. Preferably, each internal reinforcement is at least about 20 MPa / (kg / m).³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus.</p><p>Each internal reinforcing member or both may be formed from, for example, aluminum or carbon fiber reinforced plastic.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally relates to the diaphragm as defined in the previous embodiment, and its associated function configured to move during operation, and the movement of the diaphragm operably connected to the diaphragm. One or more peripherals in which the diaphragm is not physically connected to the housing, with a transducer that operates in connection with and a housing with an enclosure or baffle for accommodating the diaphragm in or between. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer having an outer peripheral portion having a region.</p><p>Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, or even more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm defined in any one of the previous embodiments, and its associated function configured to move during operation, and the diaphragm. Alternatively, it can be said to consist of an audio transducer including an enclosure for accommodating in between or a housing with a baffle.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces so that the body receives during operation. A diaphragm having a normal stress reinforcing material that resists compression-tensile stress, and the mass distribution associated with the diaphragm body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcing material. Diaphragms, as well as diaphragms, which have a relatively small mass in one or more low mass regions of the diaphragm compared to the mass of one or more relatively high mass regions of the diaphragm. Consists of an audio transducer comprising a housing with an enclosure and / or baffle for accommodating in or in between, with a diaphragm having at least a peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the interior of the housing. It can be said that.</p><p>The following description applies to any one of the previous embodiments.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter has virtually no physical connection, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, and more preferably at least 80% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>In some embodiments, a relatively small air gap separates this one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm from the interior of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, the transducer has a ferrofluid between one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm and the interior of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid provides considerable support to the diaphragm in the direction of the coronal plane of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer is operably connected to the diaphragm and further comprises a conversion mechanism that operates in connection with the movement of the diaphragm.</p><p>The following description applies to any one or more of the previous embodiments.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is formed from a core material. Preferably, the core material has a three-dimensional, non-uniform, interconnected structure. The core material may be a foam or a regularly arranged three-dimensional lattice structure material. This core material may comprise a composite material. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam. Alternative materials include polymethyl methacrylamide foam, polyvinyl chloride foam, polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, aerogel foam, cardboard, balsa, syntactic foam, metal microlattice and honeycomb.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body separated from the reinforcing material is 100 kg / m.³Has a relatively small density of less than. More preferably this density is 50 kg / m³Less than, more preferably this density is 35 kg / m³Less than, most preferably this density is 20 kg / m³Is less than.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body separated from the stiffener is 0.2 MPa / (kg / m).³), Which has a relatively large specific elastic modulus. Most preferably, this specific elastic modulus is 0.4 MPa / (kg / m).³) Greater than.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material comprises one or more normal stress reinforcing members, each connected in the vicinity of one of the main surfaces of the body.</p><p>Preferably, each normal stress reinforcing member comprises one or more elongated struts connected along the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>More preferably, each strut has a thickness greater than 1/60 of its width.</p><p>Preferably, these struts are interconnected and extend over a significant portion of the associated surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more normal stress reinforcements are anisotropic and in some directions exhibit at least twice the stiffness in the other direction, which is substantially orthogonal.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises at least two normal stress reinforcing members connected to or in the vicinity of the opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a first reinforcing member and a second reinforcing member on the facing main surfaces of the diaphragm body, and the first reinforcing member and the second reinforcing member are on the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. On the other hand, it forms a triangular reinforcing material that supports the diaphragm body against displacement in a substantially vertical direction.</p><p>Preferably, each normal stress reinforcement member is at least about 8 MPa / (kg / m).³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus. Preferably, each normal stress reinforcement member is at least about 20 MPa / (kg / m).³It is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus. Preferably, each normal stress reinforcement member is at least about 100 MPa / (kg / m).³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus.</p><p>The normal stress reinforcing material may be formed from, for example, aluminum or carbon fiber reinforced plastic.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is substantially thick.</p><p>For example, the diaphragm body may have a maximum thickness that is at least about 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body. More preferably, this maximum thickness is at least about 14% of the maximum length dimension of the body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm thickness is at least 15% of the diaphragm radius with respect to the diaphragm radius from the center of mass indicated by the diaphragm to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm body, and more preferably. At least about 20% of this radius.</p><p>Preferably, the mass distribution associated with the vibrating plate body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcement is such that the vibrating plate is compared to the mass of one or more relatively mass regions of the vibrating plate. Therefore, one or more of the vibrating plates have a relatively small mass in a small mass region.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more small mass regions are in the peripheral region distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm and the one or more mass mass regions are in the mass center position or proximal to it. ..</p><p>Preferably, one or more small mass regions are in the peripheral region most distal from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, the low mass region is at one end of the diaphragm and the high mass region is at the opposite end.</p><p>In an alternative embodiment, the low mass region is substantially distributed over the outer circumference of the diaphragm and the high mass region is in the central region of the diaphragm.</p><p>In some embodiments, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that relatively small masses are located in a small region of one or more masses.</p><p>Preferably, the low mass region does not have any normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, at least 10 percent of the total surface area of one or more peripheral areas has no normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a reinforcing plate associated with each main surface of the body, and each reinforcing plate has one or more recesses in one or more small mass regions. Be prepared.</p><p>In some embodiments, the mass distribution of the diaphragm body is such that the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more small mass regions.</p><p>Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm body is reduced by tapering from the center of mass position, preferably towards one or more small regions of mass.</p><p>Preferably, one or more small mass regions are at a radius centered on the center of mass of the vibrating plate, which is 50% of the total distance from the center of mass to the most distal periphery of the vibrating plate. It is placed beyond that.</p><p>Preferably, the small mass region of one or more masses is 80% of the total distance from the center of mass position to the most distal periphery of the vibrating plate, in a radius centered on the center of mass position of the vibrating plate, or. It is placed beyond that.</p><p>Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm body decreases from the axis of rotation towards the opposite end of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, there is no support and / or similar vertical reinforcement attached to the lateral side of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, there is no support and / or similar vertical reinforcement attached to the end surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>In some embodiments, the normal stress reinforcements extend substantially longitudinally along a significant portion of the entire length of the diaphragm body on or in the immediate vicinity of each main surface of the diaphragm body. ..</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement on one surface extends to the end of the diaphragm body and is connected to the normal stress reinforcement on the opposite main surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>The normal stress reinforcement may be connected to at least one main surface outside the body, or at least one of them so as to be sufficiently resistant to compressive-tensile stress during operation in the body. It may be connected in the immediate vicinity of the main surface of the surface and substantially proximal to it.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement is oriented approximately parallel to at least one main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement is composed of a material having a density substantially greater than the density of the body. Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement material is at least 5 times the density of the body. More preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material is at least 10 times the density of the body. More preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material is at least 15 times the density of the body. More preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material is at least 50 times the density of the body. Most preferably, the normal stress reinforcement material is at least 75 times the density of the body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body comprises at least one substantially smooth main surface and the normal stress reinforcement has at least one reinforcing member extending along one of the substantially smooth main surfaces. Be prepared. Preferably, the at least one reinforcing member extends along a significant portion or whole of one or more corresponding main surfaces. This smooth main surface may be a flat surface or, otherwise, a curved smooth surface (extending in three dimensions).</p><p>In some embodiments, each normal stress reinforcement has a profile corresponding to the associated principal surface and is configured to cover or connect to the associated principal surface of the diaphragm body in the immediate vicinity. Provided with one or more substantially smooth stiffener plates.</p><p>In the same or alternative embodiment, each normal stress reinforcement member comprises one or more elongated struts connected along the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body. Preferably, one or more struts extend substantially longitudinally along the main surface. Preferably, each normal stress reinforcing member comprises a plurality of spaced columns that extend substantially longitudinally along the corresponding main surface. Alternatively, or additionally, each normal stress reinforcement member comprises one or more struts that extend at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the corresponding main surface. The normal stress reinforcing member may include a relatively tilted strut mesh extending along a significant portion of the corresponding main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcements include a pair of reinforcing members, each connected to or in immediate vicinity of a pair of opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is separate from the core material of the diaphragm body and is connected to the core material of the diaphragm body with any resistance to shear provided by the core material. Separately, it provides resistance to shear deformation on the surface of the stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is tilted sufficiently with respect to at least one of the main surfaces to resist shear deformation during use and extends in the core material. Preferably, this angle is between 40 and 140 degrees, more preferably between 60 and 120 degrees, even more preferably between 80 and 100 degrees, and most preferably about 90 degrees with respect to the main surface. Is.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is embedded in and between a pair of opposing main surfaces of the body. Preferably, each internal reinforcing member extends substantially orthogonally to the pair of opposing principal planes and / or substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member is connected to either one of the opposing normal stress reinforcing members on either side. Alternatively, each internal reinforcing member extends adjacent to, but separated from, the opposite normal stress reinforcing member.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member extends within a core material that is substantially orthogonal to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. Preferably, each internal reinforcement extends towards one or more peripheral edge regions that are substantially distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm in most of the associated principal surfaces.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member is a solid plate. Alternatively, each internal reinforcing member comprises a mesh of struts that are coplanar. These plates and / or stanchions may be flat or three-dimensional.</p><p>Preferably, each normal stress reinforcing member has a high specific elastic modulus compared to a plastic material, such as a metal such as aluminum, a ceramic such as aluminum oxide, or one contained in carbon fiber reinforced plastic. Formed from modulus fibers.</p><p>Preferably, each normal stress reinforcement member is at least about 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), And even more preferably at least 20MPa / (kg / m)³), And most preferably at least 100MPa / (kg / m)³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member is contained in a material having a relatively high maximum specific elastic modulus as compared with a non-composite plastic material, for example, a metal such as aluminum, a ceramic such as aluminum oxide, or a carbon fiber reinforced plastic. Formed from high modulus fibers of. Preferably, each internal reinforcing member has a high elastic modulus in the directions of about +45 degrees and about -45 degrees with respect to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcement is at least about 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), And most preferably at least 20MPa / (kg / m)³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus. For example, some internal reinforcement members may be made of aluminum or carbon fiber reinforced plastic.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is substantially thick. For example, the diaphragm body may have a maximum thickness that is at least about 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body. More preferably, this maximum thickness is at least about 14% of the maximum length dimension of the body. Alternatively or additionally, the diaphragm body may have a maximum thickness of at least about 15% of the length of the body, and more preferably at least about 20% of the length of the body.</p><p>Alternatively or additionally, the diaphragm body may have a thickness greater than about 8% of the shortest length along the main surface of the diaphragm body, about 12% of the shortest length. It may have a greater thickness or may have a thickness greater than about 18%.</p><p>Preferably, each normal stress reinforcing member is bonded to the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body via a relatively thin layer of adhesive, for example an epoxy-based adhesive. Preferably, each internal reinforcement is adhered to the core material and the corresponding one or more normal stress reinforcements via a relatively thin layer of epoxy adhesive. Preferably, the adhesive is less than about 70% of the weight of the corresponding internal reinforcement. More preferably, the adhesive is less than 60%, or less than 50%, or less than 40%, or less than 30%, or most preferably less than 25% of the weight of the corresponding internal reinforcement.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm body has a substantially triangular cross section along the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a wedge-shaped form.</p><p>In an alternative embodiment, the diaphragm body has a substantially rectangular cross section along the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each internal reinforcing member has an average thickness of less than the value "x" (measured in mm), as determined by the following equation.<math num="1"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0001.tif" /></math>Here "a" can be pushed by the diaphragm body during use (mm²Is the area of air (measured in), where "c" is a constant, preferably 100. More preferably, c = 200, even more preferably c = 400, and most preferably c = 800.</p><p>In some embodiments, each internal reinforcement may be made of a material with a thickness of less than 0.4 mm, more preferably less than 0.2 mm, more preferably less than 0.1 mm, and even more preferably less than 0.02 mm. ..</p><p>In some embodiments, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is in the smaller mass region near one end of the associated principal surface. In some forms, the diaphragm does not have any normal stress reinforcement in this region of smaller mass. In other embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement has a smaller thickness, a smaller width, or both in this region of smaller mass.</p><p>In some embodiments, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that a relatively small mass is in one or more peripheral edge regions of the associated principal surface. In some forms, the diaphragm does not have any normal stress reinforcement in one or more of these peripheral areas. In other embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement has a smaller thickness, a smaller width, or both in these one or more peripheral regions.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass at or near one end. Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness at one end thereof. In some embodiments, the thickness of the diaphragm body is tapered and the thickness decreases towards one end. In another embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is stepped and the thickness decreases towards one end. In some embodiments, the thickness envelope or profile between both ends is at least 4 degrees to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and more preferably at least about about the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. An angle of 5 degrees can be attached.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass at or near one end. Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness at one end thereof. In some embodiments, the thickness of the diaphragm body is tapered and the thickness decreases towards one end. In another embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is stepped and the thickness decreases towards one end. In some embodiments, the thickness envelope or profile between both ends is at least 4 degrees to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and more preferably at least about about the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. An angle of 5 degrees can be attached.</p><p>The following applies to each of the above aspects of the audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer has a transducer base structure in which the diaphragm is rotatably connected and rotates during operation, and a conversion mechanism that is operably connected to the diaphragm and operates in connection with the rotation of the diaphragm. Further prepare.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a hinge system that rotatably connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure.</p><p>In some embodiments, the hinge system is configured to facilitate the movement of the diaphragm, which contributes significantly to the resistance of the diaphragm to translational displacement with respect to the transducer base structure and is greater than about 8 GPa. , And more preferably with one or more moieties having a Young rate greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, all parts of the hinge assembly that operably support the diaphragm in use have a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, more preferably greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, all parts of the hinge assembly, which are configured to facilitate the movement of the diaphragm and contribute significantly to the resistance to translational displacement of the diaphragm with respect to the transducer base structure, are greater than about 8 GPa, and more preferably. It has a Young's modulus greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>In some embodiments, the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface. Having and during operation, each hinge connection allows the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises an urging mechanism, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface by the urging mechanism.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially followable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>In some other embodiments, the hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is in operation. Allows rotation relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation, the hinge connections are tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and to each other. It has at least two tilted elastic hinge elements, each of which is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and compresses, tensions and / / along this element during operation and throughout. Alternatively, it has substantial translational rigidity that resists shear deformation, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section.</p><p>This at least one of the diaphragm and the audio device includes any one of the above audio transducers and is located between the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. Further equipped with a decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibrations to and from two other parts, this decoupling mounting system is the first component of the audio device. An audio device that flexibly mounts to two components.</p><p>Preferably, this at least one other part of the audio device is not another part of the diaphragm of the audio transducer of this device. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is connected between the transducer base structure and some other part. Preferably, this other part is a transducer housing.</p><p>In a first embodiment, the audio transducer is an electroacoustic speaker, further comprising a force transfer component that acts on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm in use.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism comprises an electromagnetic mechanism. Preferably, the electromagnetic mechanism comprises a magnetic structure and conductive elements.</p><p>Preferably, the force transfer component is firmly attached to the diaphragm.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises two or more different audio channels that incorporate any one or more of the audio transducers of the above embodiment, through which an independent audio signal can be reproduced. It may consist of an audio device with an electroacoustic speaker. Preferably, the audio device is a personal audio device made for audio within about 10 cm of the user's ear.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is personal, incorporating any combination of one or more audio transducers and any one of the previous audio transducer embodiments associated with it, such as features, configurations and examples. It can be said that it consists of audio devices.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device comprising a pair of interface devices configured to be worn by the user at or proximal to each ear, each interface device. Consists of a personal audio device comprising any combination of one or more audio transducers and any one of the aspects of the previous audio transducers associated with it, its associated function, configuration and embodiment. It can be said that.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a headphone device comprising a pair of headphone interface devices configured to be worn in or around each ear, with each interface device being one or more. It can be said to consist of a headphone device comprising any combination of a plurality of audio transducers and any one of the aspects of the previous audio transducers associated with it, the configuration and the embodiments.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising a pair of earphone interfaces configured to be worn within the ear canal or instep of the user's ear, with each earphone interface being one. It can be said to consist of an earphone device comprising any combination of one or more audio transducers and any one of the aspects of the previous audio transducers associated with it, its associated function, configuration and embodiment.</p><p>In another aspect, it can be said that the present invention comprises an audio transducer in any one of the above embodiments, the audio transducer being an electroacoustic electric transducer, as well as related functions, configurations and embodiments.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a vibrating plate body having one or more main surfaces and adjacent to at least one of the main surfaces to vibrate during operation. Normal stress reinforcement that resists the compressive-tensile stress that the plate body receives, and is embedded in the core material and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement, resisting the shear deformation that the body receives during operation, and / Or having at least one internal reinforcing member, which substantially reduces it, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is distal from the mass center position of the assembled vibrating plate. It can be said that it is composed of a vibrating plate, which is located in one or more peripheral edge regions of the associated main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more regions distal to the center of mass position is the one or more regions most distal from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, the region most distal to the center of mass position does not have any normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>In some embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a reinforcing plate, the region distal to the center of mass position of the plate comprising one or more recesses. Preferably, the pair of opposing regions distal to the center of mass position comprises one or more recesses. Preferably, the width of each recess increases with distance from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, at least one recess in the normal stress reinforcement is placed between a pair of internal reinforcements.</p><p>In some embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a reinforcing plate in which the region distal to the center of mass position is smaller in thickness than the region center of mass or proximal to it. Has a mass.</p><p>The thickness of this plate may be stepped or tapered between this proximal and distal regions.</p><p>In a third aspect, the invention is generally connected to a vibrating plate body having one or more main surfaces and to the body in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces so that the body is in operation. Normal stress reinforcement that resists compression-tensile stress and is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement to resist shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation and / or it. When the vibrating plate body is composed of a vibrating plate having at least one internal reinforcing member to mitigate and having a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the vibrating plate. I can say.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness in one or more regions distal to the center of mass position.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more regions distal to the center of mass position is the one or more regions most distal from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, the thickness of the diaphragm body is tapered and decreases towards the distal region. In another embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is stepped and decreases towards the distal region.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more peripheral regions most distal to the center of mass are substantially linear in tip.</p><p>In a fourth aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body composed of a core material having one or more main surfaces and to the body and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces. , The normal stress reinforcement that resists the compressive-tensile stress that the body receives during operation, and the shear deformation that is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement, resists the shear deformation that the body receives during operation. An audio transducer having at least one internal reinforcing member and / or mitigating it, the diaphragm having a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the diaphragm's mass center position. It can be said that it is composed of a diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more regions distal to the center of mass position is the one or more regions most distal from the center of mass position.</p><p>Preferably, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is located in one or more peripheral marginal regions of the associated principal surface, distal to the center of mass position. Alternatively, or additionally, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm, distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness in one or more distal regions and the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement has a relatively small mass in one or more distal regions. There is.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more regions distal to the center of mass position is the one or more regions most distal from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, the region most distal to the center of mass position does not have any normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>In some embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a reinforcing plate, the region distal to the center of mass position of the plate comprising one or more recesses. Preferably, the pair of opposing regions distal to the center of mass position comprises one or more recesses. Preferably, the width of each recess increases with distance from the center of mass position.</p><p>In some embodiments, at least one recess in the normal stress reinforcement is placed between the pair of internal reinforcements.</p><p>In some embodiments, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a reinforcing plate in which the region distal to the center of mass position is smaller in thickness than the region center of mass or proximal to it. Has a mass.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces so that the body receives during operation. A diaphragm having a normal stress reinforcing material that resists compression-tensile stress, and the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcing material is such that a relatively small mass is one or more distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm. Peripherals that include a diaphragm and a housing with an enclosure and / or baffle for accommodating the diaphragm, which is in the area of, at least in part, where the diaphragm is not physically connected to the interior of the housing. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter, and even more preferably. Consists of at least 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>In some embodiments, the region of the perimeter that is distal to the center of mass of the diaphragm is less supported by the interior of the housing than the region proximal to the center of mass.</p><p>Preferably, the region most distal to the center of mass position does not have any normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the center of mass position.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness in this one or more distal regions. This thickness may be tapered or stepped towards this one or more distal regions.</p><p>In one embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is continuously tapered from the region at the center of mass or proximal to it towards one or more regions most distal from the center of mass. ..</p><p>Preferably, one or more distal regions of the diaphragm body are fitted to one or more distal regions of the normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces so that the body receives during operation. A diaphragm with compression-normal stress reinforcements that resist tensile stress, with at least one main surface having no normal stress reinforcements in one or more peripheral edge regions, each peripheral. Vibrations whose edge region is located at or beyond the mass center position of the diaphragm, which is 50% of the total distance from the mass center position to the most distal peripheral edge of the main surface. Consists of an audio transducer comprising a plate and a housing with an enclosure and / or baffle for accommodating the diaphragm, the diaphragm having an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the housing. It can be said that.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially free of physical connection, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, and more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. Preferably, each one or more peripheral edge regions are located at or beyond 80 percent of the total distance from the center of mass position to the most distal peripheral edge of the main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a pair of reinforcing members connected to the opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, at least 10 percent of the total surface area of one or more main surfaces has no normal stress reinforcement, or at least 25%, or at least 50% of the total surface area of one or more main surfaces. Has no normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm has a relatively small mass per unit area in one or more peripheral edge regions distal to the center of mass.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is a unit area in one or more peripheral edge regions of the diaphragm, compared to the coronal plane of the diaphragm, or otherwise to the surface of the main surface of the diaphragm body. It has a relatively small mass per hit.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness in one or more peripheral edge regions of the diaphragm. This thickness may be tapered or stepped towards this one or more distal peripheral marginal regions.</p><p>In a seventh aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces so that the body is in operation. It has a normal stress reinforcement that resists compressive-tensile stresses that it receives, the normal stress reinforcing material comprising a reinforcing member on one or more of the main surfaces, and each reinforcing member comprising a series of struts. In an audio transducer, the diaphragm comprises a housing comprising an enclosure and / or a baffle for accommodating the diaphragm, the diaphragm having an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the housing. It can be said that it is composed.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter, and even more preferably. Consists of at least 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, the strut has a reduced thickness in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, each strut has a thickness greater than 1/100 of its width. More preferably, each strut has a thickness greater than 1/60 of its width. Most preferably, each strut has a thickness greater than 1/20 of its width.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more normal stress reinforcing members are formed from an anisotropic material.</p><p>Preferably, the anisotropic normal stress reinforcing member is at least 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), And more preferably at least 20MPa / (kg / m)³), And most preferably at least 100MPa / (kg / m)³) Is formed from a material having a specific elastic modulus.</p><p>Preferably, the anisotropic material is a fiber composite, in which the fibers are passed through their respective struts in a substantially unidirectional orientation. Preferably, the fibers are threaded in substantially the same orientation as the longitudinal axis of the associated strut. Preferably, each strut is formed from a unidirectional carbon fiber composite material. Preferably, the composite incorporates carbon fibers having a Young's modulus of at least about 100 GPa, more preferably greater than 200 GPa, and most preferably greater than 400 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a pair of reinforcing members connected to the opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body, and one or more columns of the first reinforcing member on one main surface are the diaphragm. At the periphery of the main body, it is connected to one or more columns of the second reinforcing member on the facing main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the first reinforcing member and the second reinforcing member form a triangular reinforcing member that supports the diaphragm body with respect to a displacement in a direction substantially perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each reinforcing member comprises a plurality of struts. Preferably, these plurality of struts intersect. Preferably, the crossing region between the columns is located at or beyond 50 percent of the total distance from the center of mass of the diaphragm to the periphery of the diaphragm. Other intersection areas may be located within 50 percent of this total distance.</p><p>Preferably, at least one main surface of the vibrating plate body does not have any normal stress reinforcement in one or more peripheral edge regions of the associated main surface, and each peripheral edge region is the center of mass. It is located at or beyond the center of mass radius, which is 50% of the total distance from the position to the most distal peripheral edge of the main surface.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement comprises a pair of reinforcements connected to the opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body, both main surfaces being any normal stress reinforcement in the associated peripheral edge region. I don't have it.</p><p>Preferably, at least 10 percent, or at least 25%, or at least 50 percent of the total surface area of the one or more principal surfaces has no normal stress reinforcement in the one or more peripheral edge regions.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small thickness in this one or more distal regions. This thickness may be tapered or stepped towards this one or more distal regions.</p><p>In a first embodiment of any one of the aspects of the audio transducers previously described, as well as their related functions, embodiments, and configurations, the audio transducer is an electroacoustic speaker and vibrations. It also has a force transmission component that acts on the plate and moves the diaphragm during use.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure and a conversion mechanism, the diaphragm is movably connected to the transducer base structure and operably connected to the conversion mechanism, and as a result, during operation, the base. The movement of the diaphragm with respect to the structure converts the electrical audio signal received by the transducer into sound.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer base structure is substantially thick and has a chunky geometry.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism comprises an electromagnetic mechanism. Preferably, the electromagnetic mechanism comprises a magnetic structure and conductive elements. Preferably, the magnetic structure is connected to the transducer base structure to form part of the transducer base structure, and the conductive element is connected to the diaphragm to form part of the diaphragm. Preferably, the magnetic structure comprises a permanent magnet and an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece that are separated by a gap and generate a magnetic field between them. Preferably, the conductive element comprises at least one coil winding. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm base frame and the conductive element is firmly connected to the diaphragm base frame.</p><p>In the first configuration, the diaphragm is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame is located at one end of the diaphragm and is tightly connected to it. Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a hinge system for rotatably connecting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm vibrates about its axis of rotation during operation.</p><p>In one embodiment, the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface. During operation, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. , The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface. Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises an urging mechanism, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface by the urging mechanism. Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up. Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially followable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>In another embodiment, the hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is centered on the axis of rotation during operation. Allows rotation relative to the transducer base structure, the hinge connection is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and at least tilted relative to each other. Equipped with two elastic hinge elements, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm, and during operation, along this element and throughout it is subject to compression, tension and / or shear deformation. It has substantial translational stiffness to resist, as well as substantial flexibility to allow bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section.</p><p>In the second configuration, the audio transducer is a linear motion transducer, where the diaphragm is movable linearly with respect to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame is connected to the central region of the diaphragm and extends across the magnetic structure from the main surface of this structure.</p><p>Preferably, the at least one audio transducer comprises, in part, a diaphragm suspension that connects the diaphragm to the housing or surrounding structure around the perimeter of the periphery. Preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 80% of the peripheral perimeter. Preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 50% of the peripheral perimeter. Preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 20% of the peripheral perimeter.</p><p>In one of the audio transducer embodiments described above, and a second embodiment of their associated function, embodiment, and configuration, the audio transducer is an acoustic electrical transducer and vibrates during use. It further comprises a force transfer component configured to generate electrical energy in response to the movement of the diaphragm under the action of the plate.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces to receive the body during operation. It features a diaphragm with normal stress reinforcement that resists compressive-tensile stresses, as well as a hinge assembly configured to operably support the diaphragm around its axis of rotation during use, with at least one main. The surface has no normal stress reinforcement in one or more peripheral edge regions of the main surface, and the peripheral edge region is 80 of the total distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal peripheral edge of the main surface. It can be said that it is composed of audio transducers arranged in or beyond a radius centered on a rotation axis, which is a percentage.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is substantially thick. Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness of at least 11% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body, and more preferably at least 14% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness that is at least 15% of the total distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal peripheral region of the diaphragm. More preferably, this maximum thickness is at least 20% of this total distance.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and a surface of the body connected to the body and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces during operation. A normal stress reinforcement that resists compressive-tensile stresses received in or near it, and a shear deformation that is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement to resist shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation. A diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcement that substantially alleviates it, as well as a hinge assembly that is connected to the diaphragm and rotates the diaphragm around the associated axis of rotation in use. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer equipped.</p><p>The hinge assembly may be directly connected to the diaphragm or indirectly by one or more intermediate components.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more principal surfaces are substantially planar.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body. Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the hinge assembly and / or the longitudinal axis substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the diaphragm body. To prepare for. Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member extends between a region of the axis of rotation or proximal to the axis of rotation and the opposite end of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member extends laterally over a significant portion of the thickness of the diaphragm body and longitudinally along a significant portion of the length of the diaphragm body. Equipped with a panel.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is tightly connected to the hinge assembly either directly or via at least one relay component.</p><p>The relay component may be made of a material having a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, more preferably greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, one or more relay components are oriented at an angle greater than about 30 degrees with respect to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body and are substantially parallel to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm. Incorporates a flat section to transfer the load between the hinge mechanism and the internal reinforcement in a direction parallel to the coronal plane with minimal followability.</p><p>In one embodiment, the electroacoustic transducer is, or part of, an electroacoustic speaker comprising an excitation mechanism having a force transfer component that acts on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm in use.</p><p>Preferably, the electroacoustic speaker is configured within an audio device that uses two or more different audio channels through the configuration of two or more electroacoustic speakers.</p><p>Preferably, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member is tightly coupled to the force transfer component either directly or via at least one relay component.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material comprises one or more normal stress reinforcing members on any one of a pair of opposing main surfaces of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, one or more normal stress reinforcing members on any of the main surfaces are tightly coupled to the force transfer component, either directly or via one or more relay components.</p><p>Preferably, these one or more normal stress reinforcements on any of the main surfaces are tightly coupled to the hinge assembly, either directly or via one or more relay components.</p><p>Preferably, at least one internal reinforcement and hinge assembly, at least one internal reinforcement and force transfer component, one or more normal stress reinforcements and hinge assembly, and / or one or more normal stresses. Any relay component between the reinforcing member and the force transfer component that facilitates any one or more rigid connections is formed from a substantially rigid material such as steel or carbon fiber. .. Preferably, the components of this relay are not formed from plastic material.</p><p>Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm body decreases from the axis of rotation towards the opposite end of the diaphragm body. Preferably, this thickness is tapered between the axis of rotation and the opposing end of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the mass is relatively small compared to the mass located in one or more regions proximal to the axis of rotation, at or near the end of the diaphragm body. It is placed in one or more areas of rank.</p><p>Preferably, one or more regions of each main surface, proximal to the termination of the diaphragm body, do not have normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, these one or more regions are located between the vicinity of at least one internal reinforcing member.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, one or more regions of the relatively small mass of normal stress reinforcement are compared to the normal stress reinforcement located in one or more regions proximal to the axis of rotation. Provided with a reduced thickness of normal stress reinforcement.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises no more than five internal reinforcing members. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises four internal reinforcing members.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcing member extends substantially longitudinally along a significant portion of the entire length of the diaphragm body on or in the immediate vicinity of each main surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, there is no support and / or similar vertical reinforcement attached to the lateral side of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, there is no support and / or similar vertical reinforcement attached to the end surface of the diaphragm body. Preferably, there is no film or paint of any kind. If paint is present, it is preferably substantially thin and lightweight. Preferably, if the core material of the diaphragm body is expanded polystyrene foam or similar, the heat rays usually produce a higher density molten layer, so this is not melted by, for example, heat rays, but mechanically. Is disconnected.</p><p>Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement is terminated at or in front of the termination of the diaphragm body on both main surfaces.</p><p>Alternatively, the normal stress reinforcement on one side extends to the end of the diaphragm body and is connected to the normal stress reinforcement on the opposite main surface of the diaphragm body.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces, the surface of the body or during operation. Normal stress reinforcing material that resists the compression-tensile stress received in the vicinity, and the shear deformation that is embedded in the main body and directed at an angle with respect to the normal stress reinforcing material, and resists the shear deformation that the main body undergoes during operation, and / Or a diaphragm assembly with a diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcement that substantially alleviates it, as well as one or more thin-walled flexible hinge elements that operably support the diaphragm in use. It can be said that it is composed of a built-in audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure, the hinge assembly rotatably connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is pivotally centered on the axis of rotation during operation. Allows rotation relative to the base structure, with at least two hinge connections tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and tilted relative to each other. Equipped with elastic hinge elements, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and resists compression, tension and / or shear deformation along and throughout this element during operation. , Substantial translational rigidity, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section.</p><p>In one embodiment, the audio transducer comprises a diaphragm base frame for supporting the diaphragm, which is attached directly to one or both hinge elements of each hinge connection.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm base frame facilitates a rigid connection between the diaphragm and each hinge connection.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is tightly coupled to each hinge connection. For example, the distance from the diaphragm to each hinge connection is less than half the maximum distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm, more preferably less than one-third of this maximum distance, and even more preferably. Is less than 1/4 of this maximum distance, more preferably less than 1/8 of this maximum distance, and most preferably less than 1/16 of this maximum distance.</p><p>In some embodiments, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, each hinge element is substantially rigid against twisting.</p><p>In an alternative embodiment, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to twist. Preferably, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against bending.</p><p>In some embodiments, each hinge element has a roughly or substantially planar profile, eg, a flat sheet morphology.</p><p>In some embodiments, the pair of flexible hinge elements at each connection are connected or intersected along a common edge to form an approximately L-shaped cross section. In some other configurations, a pair of flexible hinge elements at each hinge connection intersect along the central region to form a axis of rotation, and these hinge elements have an approximately X-shaped cross section. Forming, i.e., the hinge element forms a cross spring configuration. In some other configurations, the flexible hinge elements of each hinge connection are separated from each other and extend in different directions.</p><p>In one form, this axis of rotation is approximately in line with the intersection of the hinge elements of the respective hinge connections.</p><p>In some embodiments, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection comprises a laterally curved portion along the longitudinal length of the element. The hinge element is slightly bent so that it can bend into a substantially planar state during operation.</p><p>In some embodiments, the thickness of one or both of the hinge elements at each hinge connection increases at the end of the hinge element, which is distal to the diaphragm or transducer base structure, or proximal to it. ..</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and a surface of the body connected to the body and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces during operation. A normal stress reinforcement that resists compressive-tensile stress in or near it, and a shear deformation that is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement to resist shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation. / Or a diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcement that substantially alleviates it, and a hinge system that operably supports the diaphragm and has one or more hinge connections, respectively. The hinge connection is provided with a first hinge element and a contact member, the contact member provides a contact surface, the hinge system is provided, and in use, each hinge connection is provided with a hinge element to the contact member. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer that is configured to enable relative movement.</p><p>Preferably, for each hinge connection, the contact member has a contact surface, and each hinge connection is associated with the hinge element while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface during operation. Configured to allow relative movement with respect to the contact member, the hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure and the hinge assembly rotatably connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure and is centered on the axis of rotation or the approximate axis of rotation of the hinge assembly during operation. Allows the diaphragm to rotate. Preferably, the diaphragm vibrates about its axis of rotation during operation.</p><p>Preferably, a substantially stable physical contact has a substantially stable force.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises an urging mechanism, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface by the urging mechanism.</p><p>In one embodiment, the urging mechanism, during operation, in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member, is less than 25 degrees, or less than 10 degrees, with respect to an axis perpendicular to the contact surface. Or apply a urging force in the direction of less than 5 degrees.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism applies the urging force in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up. Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>Preferably, due to the contact between the hinge element and the contact member, the hinge element is substantially in the contact area during operation, in a direction perpendicular to the contact surface, against translational motion relative to the contact member. Be tightly restrained.</p><p>In one embodiment, the urging mechanism makes the hinge element perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member with respect to the translational motion relative to the contact member. It is separate from the structure that is firmly constrained in the direction.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces, wherein the maximum thickness of the diaphragm body is greater than 11% of the maximum length of the body. It is equipped with a diaphragm and a hinge assembly that is connected to the diaphragm and rotates the diaphragm around the associated axis of rotation when in use, and electricity made for audio within approximately 10 cm of the user's ear. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer, which is an acoustic speaker.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio device configured to be used directly or in direct association in the vicinity of the user's ear or head, with one or more main surfaces. A diaphragm body having a diaphragm body whose maximum thickness is greater than 11% of the maximum length of the body, and a diaphragm body having a diaphragm body, connected to the diaphragm and associated at the time of use. It can be said to consist of an audio device, including at least one audio transducer, with a hinge system that rotates the diaphragm around the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer is an electroacoustic speaker, the audio device being made for audio within about 10 cm of the user's ear.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device further comprises a housing for accommodating at least one audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body of the audio transducer has an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the housing, along at least a portion of its periphery.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces, wherein the maximum thickness of the diaphragm body is greater than 11% of the maximum length of the body. It has, at least, a normal stress reinforcement that is connected to the body and is connected to at least one of the main surfaces and resists the compressive-tensile stresses that it receives in or near the surface of the body during operation. One principal surface has no normal stress reinforcement in one or more peripheral edge regions, and each peripheral edge region is the total length from the mass center position to the most distal peripheral edge of the principal surface. It comprises a diaphragm located at or beyond the diaphragm's mass center position, which is 50% of the distance, and a housing with an enclosure and / or baffle to accommodate the diaphragm. It can be said that the diaphragm is composed of an audio transducer having an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the inside of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter, and even more preferably. Consists of at least 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, there is a small air gap between the interior of the housing and one or more peripheral regions around the diaphragm that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the width of the air gap, as determined by the distance between the peripheral edge region of the diaphragm and the housing, is less than 1/10, more preferably 1/20 of the shortest length along the main surface of the diaphragm body. Is less than.</p><p>Preferably, the width of this air gap is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body. Preferably, the width of this air gap is less than 1 mm.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally a diaphragm body composed of a core material having one or more main surfaces, wherein the maximum thickness of the diaphragm body is greater than 11% of the maximum length of the body. A large diaphragm body and embedded in the core material, oriented at an angle with respect to one or more main surfaces, resist the shear deformation that the core material undergoes during operation, and / or substantially it. A diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcing member to mitigate, as well as a force transmission component that acts on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm during use, for audio within approximately 10 cm of the user's ear. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer, which is an electroacoustic speaker made.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio device configured to be used directly or in direct association in the vicinity of the user's ear or head, with one or more main components. A diaphragm body composed of a core material having a surface, the maximum thickness of the diaphragm body is larger than 11% of the maximum length of the body, and one or more are embedded in the core material. A diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcing member that is directed at an angle to the main surface of the core and resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformation that the core material undergoes during operation, as well as vibration. It can be said to consist of an audio device, including at least one audio transducer, with a force transfer component that acts on the plate to move the diaphragm in use.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally relates to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and to this surface of the body during operation, connected to the body and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces. A normal stress reinforcement that resists compressive-tensile stress in or near it, and a shear deformation that is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement to resist shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation. The diaphragm comprises a diaphragm with at least one internal reinforcing member and / or a hinge assembly that substantially alleviates it, the diaphragm being operably supported by the hinge assembly and the transducer base. It rotates about an approximate axis of rotation with respect to the structure and is configured to facilitate the movement of the diaphragm, which greatly contributes to the resistance of the diaphragm to translational displacement with respect to the transducer base structure, and is larger than about 8 GPa. More preferably, it can be said to be composed of an audio transducer in which the hinge assembly comprises one or more parts having a Young rate greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, all parts of the hinge assembly that operably support the diaphragm in use have a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, and more preferably greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, all parts of the hinge assembly have a Young's modulus greater than 0.1 GPa, configured to facilitate the movement of the diaphragm and greatly contribute to resistance to translational displacement of the diaphragm with respect to the transducer base structure. ..</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally configured with a hinge having a hinge body that remains substantially rigid during operation and, in use, operably supporting the hinge plate, one or more. A hinge system comprising a hinge assembly having a hinge connection, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member comprising a hinge system having a contact surface, and operating. Medium, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. It can be said that the hinge assembly is composed of an audio transducer that urges the hinge element toward the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure and the hinge assembly rotatably connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure and is centered on the axis of rotation or the approximate axis of rotation of the hinge assembly during operation. Allows the diaphragm to rotate. Preferably, the diaphragm vibrates about its axis of rotation during operation.</p><p>Preferably, a substantially stable physical contact has a substantially stable force.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm has a substantially rigid diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises an urging mechanism, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface by the urging mechanism.</p><p>In one embodiment, the urging mechanism, during operation, in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member, is less than 25 degrees, or less than 10 degrees, with respect to an axis perpendicular to the contact surface. Or apply a urging force in the direction of less than 5 degrees.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism applies the urging force in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up. Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially followable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up. Preferably, the urging mechanism is such that during operation, in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member, in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface, relative to the urging displacement. It is practically follow-up in that it adds the urging force of.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up. Preferably, the urging mechanism, during operation and use, slightly moves the hinge element in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member. If so, it is substantially follow-up in that its urging force does not change significantly.</p><p>Preferably, due to the contact between the hinge element and the contact member, the hinge element is substantially in the contact area during operation, in a direction perpendicular to the contact surface, against translational motion relative to the contact member. Be tightly restrained.</p><p>In one embodiment, the urging mechanism makes the hinge element perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member with respect to the translational motion relative to the contact member. It is separate from the structure that is firmly constrained in the direction.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm comprises an urging mechanism.</p><p>Preferably, when an additional force is applied to the hinge element and the vector representing the resultant force passes through the physical contact position between the hinge element and the contact surface and the resultant force is smaller than the urging force, then the hinge element and Stable physical contact between the contact members ensures that the contact portion of the hinge element is tightly constrained to translational motion with respect to the transducer base structure, and the hinge element is at the contact, in the direction perpendicular to the contact surface. Contact with the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, when an additional force is applied to the hinge element and the vector representing the resultant force passes through the physical contact position between the hinge element and the contact surface and the resultant force is smaller than the urging force, then the hinge element and The stable physical contact between the contact members effectively and firmly constrains the contact portion of the hinge element at the contacts to any translational motion with respect to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is sufficiently follow-up so that the diaphragm is in the neutral position during operation and additional force is passed through the region where the hinge element contacts the contact surface and with respect to the contact surface. The result is when the additional force is applied from the contact member to the hinge element in the vertical direction and this additional force is relatively small compared to the urging force, resulting in no separation between the hinge element and the contact member. The resulting change in reaction force applied to the hinge element by the contact member is greater than the resulting change in force applied by the urging mechanism.</p><p>Preferably, the resulting change is at least 4-fold, more preferably at least 8-fold, and most preferably at least 20-fold greater.</p><p>Preferably, the followability of the urging structure excludes the followability in the area associated with and in the contact area between the non-junction components within the urging mechanism as compared to the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body retains a substantially rigid form throughout the FRO of the transducer during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is tightly coupled to the hinge assembly.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm retains a substantially rigid form throughout the FRO of the transducer during operation.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm comprises a single diaphragm body. In an alternative embodiment, the diaphragm comprises a plurality of diaphragm bodies.</p><p>Preferably, the contact between the hinge element and the contact member tightly constrains the hinge element to any translational motion with respect to the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the axis of rotation coincides with the contact area between the hinge element and the contact surface of each hinge connection.</p><p>In one configuration, one or more components of the hinge assembly are tightly coupled to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element is tightly coupled as part of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the contact members are tightly coupled as part of the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, either one of the hinge element and the contact member is tightly coupled as part of the diaphragm and the other is tightly coupled as part of the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact surface, one of the hinge element and the contact member is firmly and effectively coupled to the diaphragm and the other to the transducer base structure. It is firmly and effectively connected.</p><p>In one embodiment, a substantially stable physical contact has a substantially stable force and in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact surface, of the hinge element and the contact member. One is tightly and effectively coupled to the diaphragm and the other is tightly and effectively coupled to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness greater than 15%, and more preferably greater than 20%, of the length from the axis of rotation to the distal end of the diaphragm facing away from it.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is in close proximity to or in contact with the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the distance from the diaphragm body to the contact surface is less than half the total distance from the axis of rotation to the farthest periphery of the diaphragm body, and more preferably less than 1/4 of this total distance. It is also more preferably less than 1/8 of this total distance and most preferably less than 1/16 of this total distance.</p><p>Preferably, the region of the contact member of each hinge connection in the immediate vicinity of the contact surface is effectively and firmly coupled to the transducer base structure during normal operation.</p><p>Preferably, the contact area between the contact surface of each hinge connection and the hinge element is effective for both the diaphragm and the transducer base structure in terms of translational displacement at all times during normal operation. It is virtually immovable.</p><p>Preferably, one of the diaphragm and the transducer base structure is effectively and tightly coupled to at least a portion of the hinge element of each hinge connection in the immediate vicinity of the contact area, of the diaphragm and the transducer base structure. The other is effectively and tightly coupled to at least a portion of the contact member of each hinge connection in the immediate vicinity of the contact area.</p><p>Preferably, of the contact members or hinge elements of each hinge connection, the one having a smaller contact surface radius in the cross-sectional profile of the plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation is in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation from the contact region. Less than 30%, more preferably less than 20%, most preferably 10% of the maximum length across all components that are effectively and tightly coupled to the local part of the component in the immediate vicinity of the contact area. Is less than.</p><p>Preferably, of the contact members or hinge elements of each hinge connection, the one having a smaller contact surface radius in the cross-sectional profile of the plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation is the contact point of the contact member with the hinge assembly. Effectively and firmly connected to the immediate vicinity, the end-to-end maximum dimension of all components that are effectively and firmly connected, and the part of the hinge element that is in the immediate vicinity of the contact point with the contact member. Of the maximum end-to-end dimensions of all components to be made, the smaller, less than 30%, more preferably less than 20%, most preferably less than 10% of the distance perpendicular to the axis of rotation. be.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element of each hinge connection is the length from the contact area to the end of the diaphragm and / or the length of the diaphragm body in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation at the contact surface. It has a radius of less than 30%, more preferably less than 20%, most preferably less than 10%. Alternatively, the contact member of each hinge connection is the length from the contact area to the end of the transducer base structure and / or the length of the transducer base structure at the contact surface in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation. It has a radius of less than 30%, more preferably less than 20%, and most preferably less than 10%.</p><p>In some configurations, the hinge assembly comprises a single hinge connection to rotatably connect the diaphragm to the transducer base structure. In some configurations, the hinge assembly comprises a plurality of hinge connections located to the left and right of the diaphragm, eg, two hinge connections.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element is embedded in or attached to the end face of the diaphragm, and the hinge element is configured to rotate or roll on the contact surface while maintaining stable physical contact with the contact surface. This allows the diaphragm to move.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move substantially in rotation with respect to the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element is configured to slide and roll with respect to the contact member to the extent that it does not matter during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element is configured to roll with respect to the contact member without sliding during operation.</p><p>Alternatively, the hinge element is configured to rub or twist on the contact surface during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly is such that the contact between the hinge element and the contact member tightly constrains a point of the hinge element located at or in the immediate vicinity of the contact area to any translational motion with respect to the contact member. It is composed of.</p><p>Preferably, one of the hinge element and the contact member comprises a convexly curved contact surface in the contact area, at least in a cross-sectional profile along a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, the other of the hinge element and the contact member comprises a concavely curved contact surface in the contact area, at least in a cross-sectional profile along a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, when one of the hinge elements or contact members exerts or applies an external force to the audio transducer, the other of the hinge elements or contact members crosses the raised portion or protrusion. It comprises a contact surface having one or more raised portions or protrusions configured to prevent it from moving.</p><p>In one embodiment, the hinge element comprises a convexly curved contact surface and the contact member comprises a concavely curved contact surface. In an alternative form, the hinge element comprises a concavely curved contact surface and the contact member comprises a convexly curved contact surface.</p><p>In one form, the hinge element has a concave or convex cross-sectional profile, at least in part, when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, where it is in physical contact with the contact surface.</p><p>In one form, the hinge element has a convex cross-sectional profile, at least in part, when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, and the shape of the contact surface is substantially flat in the same plane. , And vice versa.</p><p>In another embodiment, the hinge element has a concave cross-sectional profile, at least in part, when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, and the contact surface is convex in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. It has a cross-sectional profile of the shape, where physical contact is created, and the hinge element and contact surface are configured to sway or roll with respect to each other along this concave and convex surface during use. To.</p><p>In another embodiment, the hinge element has a cross-sectional profile that is at least partially convex when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, and the contact surface is convex in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. It has a cross-sectional profile of the shape, allowing the hinge elements and contact surfaces to sway or roll with respect to each other along these surfaces during use.</p><p>In another embodiment, the first element of the hinge element and the contact member has a convexly curved contact along a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, at least in the cross-sectional profile, the hinge. The other second element of the element and the contact member comprises a contact surface having a central region that is substantially planar or has a substantially larger radius, and during normal operation the first element is central. With a cross-sectional profile of a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation when it is wide enough and an external force is exerted so that it does not move substantially beyond the central region, which is substantially flat. It has one or more raised portions configured to recenter the first element towards a substantially central region when viewed.</p><p>This raised portion may be a raised edge portion.</p><p>Alternatively, the central region is concave so that the first element is gradually recentered during normal operation or when external forces are exerted.</p><p>Preferably, the first element is a hinge element and the second element is a contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element and the contact surface having a convexly curved contact surface having a relatively small radius of curvature in a cross-sectional profile along a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation have the following relationship. Satisfy, radius r, whose unit is meters<math num="2"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0002.tif" /></math>And / or having a radius r whose unit is meters, satisfying the following relationship<math num="3"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0003.tif" /></math>Where l is the distance from the axis of rotation of the hinge element to the contact member to the most distal portion of the diaphragm in meters, and f is the fundamental resonance frequency of the diaphragm in Hz. E is preferably in the range of 50 to 140, for example E is 140, more preferably 100, even more preferably 70, even more preferably 50, most preferably 40.</p><p>In one form, the urging mechanism uses a magnetic mechanism or structure to urge or force the hinge element towards the contact surface of the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element comprises or is composed of a magnetic element or a magnetic material.</p><p>Preferably, the magnetic element or magnetic material is incorporated in the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the magnetic element or magnetic material is a ferromagnetic steel shaft that is connected to or otherwise incorporated into the diaphragm at the end face of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the shaft has a substantially cylindrical profile.</p><p>Preferably, the approximately cylindrical profile of the shaft is a diameter between approximately 1-10 mm.</p><p>In one form, the portion of the shaft that produces physical contact with the contact surface has a convex profile with a radius between about 0.05 mm and 0.15 mm.</p><p>In some embodiments, the urging mechanism may also include a first magnetic element that contacts or is tightly coupled to the hinge element, and a second magnetic element, the first magnetic element and the first. The magnetic force between the two magnetic elements urges or forces the hinge element towards the contact surface so as to maintain stable physical contact between the hinge element and the contact surface during use.</p><p>The first magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic fluid.</p><p>The first magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic fluid placed near the end of the diaphragm body.</p><p>The second magnetic element may be a permanent magnet or an electromagnet.</p><p>Alternatively, the second magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic steel component connected to or embedded in the contact surface of the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the contact member is placed between the first magnetic element and the second magnetic element.</p><p>In some embodiments, the urging mechanism comprises a mechanical mechanism to urge or force the hinge element towards the contact surface of the contact member.</p><p>In one form, the urging mechanism comprises an elastic element or elastic member that urges or forces the hinge element towards a contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the elastic element is a steel leaf spring.</p><p>Alternatively or additionally, the urging mechanism can include a pulled rubber band, a compressed rubber block, and a ferrofluid attracted by a magnet.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge connection also comprises a fixing structure for disposing the hinge element in the desired working and physical position with respect to the contact member.</p><p>In one form, the fixation structure comprises a fixing member such as a pin connected to each end of the hinge element, as well as one end connected to the fixing member and another end connected to the contact member, respectively. Is a mechanically fixed assembly with one or more cords that the hinge element is configured to bend around a cross section of the hinge element, whereby the hinge element is desired to act on the contact member. Keep in position and physical position.</p><p>In one form, the fixation structure is one or more thin flexible having one end fixed directly or indirectly to the end of the hinge element and another end connected to the contact member. A mechanical fixed assembly with elements, the middle part of which is configured to bend around the hinge element or the cross section of the component firmly attached to the hinge element, thereby touching the hinge element. Keep in the desired working and physical position with respect to the member.</p><p>Preferably, this thin flexible element is a string, most preferably a multi-strand string.</p><p>Preferably, this thin flexible element exhibits slight creep.</p><p>Preferably, this thin flexible element exhibits high wear resistance.</p><p>Preferably, this thin flexible element is an aromatic polyester fiber such as vectran fiber.</p><p>In one form, the fixation structure comprises one or more strings having one end that is directly or indirectly fixed to the end of the hinge element and another end that is connected to the contact member. A mechanically fixed assembly provided, the middle portion of which is the cross section of either the hinge element or the contact member, which is more convex in the side profile at the point of contact. It is configured to bend around the hinge element, thereby keeping the hinge element in the desired working and physical position with respect to the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the radius of curvature of this string is substantially the same side profile as the contact surface of the same component.</p><p>Preferably, the radius of curvature of this string is slightly smaller by half the thickness of the string at the same position at all positions compared to the side profile of the contact surface of the same component.</p><p>In one form, the fixation structure is a mechanical fixation assembly comprising a flexible element connecting one end to the hinge element and the other end to the contact member, near the axis of rotation of the hinge element with respect to the contact member. Arranged parallel to it, it is thin enough to be elastic in that it twists along its length, and wide enough in the direction perpendicular to the hinge axis and parallel to the contact surface. As a result, this fixed structure is relatively non-following in terms of translational motion of one end in the same direction, whereby the hinge element slides relative to the contact surface in the same direction. Limit that.</p><p>Preferably, this thin flexible element is a leaf spring.</p><p>Preferably, the thin flexible element is a thin solid strip, such as a metal shim.</p><p>Preferably, the flexible element is made from a material that is resistant to fatigue and creep, such as steel or titanium.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly uses a substantially constant urging force in use to urge the hinge element towards the contact surface of the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly uses an urging force that is greater than the gravitational force acting on the diaphragm, and more preferably 1.5 times greater than the gravitational force acting on the diaphragm, to bring the hinge element to the contact surface of the contact member. Encourage towards.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force is substantially greater than the maximum excitation force of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force is greater than 1.5 times, more preferably greater than 2.5 times, and even more preferably greater than 4 times the maximum excitation force received during normal operation of the transducer.</p><p>Preferably, during normal operation of the transducer, when maximum excitation is applied to the diaphragm, the hinge assembly uses a sufficiently large urging force to urge the hinge element towards the contact surface of the contact member, resulting in it. , A substantially non-sliding contact is maintained between the hinge element and the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, during normal operation of the transducer, when maximum excitation is applied to the diaphragm, the urging force at a particular hinge connection is a reaction force acting in a direction that causes a shift between the hinge element and the contact surface. 3 times, 6 times, or 10 times larger than the ingredients.</p><p>Preferably, at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, and most preferably at least 70% of the contact force between the hinge element and the contact member is provided by the urging mechanism.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is sufficiently follow-up so that during normal operation, when the diaphragm moves left and right over the maximum range of its range of motion, the urging force exerted by the urging mechanism causes the transducer to stop. It does not fluctuate above 200%, more preferably 150%, and even more preferably 100 of the average force when it is.</p><p>Preferably, the urging structure is sufficiently follow-up so that the hinge connection is provided with an urging mechanism that urges the hinge element in one direction following the resulting reaction force. In that it is significantly asymmetric.</p><p>Preferably, the reaction force is applied in the form of a substantially constant displacement.</p><p>Preferably, the reaction force is provided by a relatively non-following portion of the contact member that connects the contact surface to the main body of the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element is tightly coupled to the diaphragm body and the region of the hinge element in the immediate vicinity of the contact surface and the connection between this region and the rest of the diaphragm is compared to the urging mechanism. It is non-following.</p><p>In some embodiments, the total stiffness k of the urging mechanism acting on the hinge element (where "k" is defined under Hooke's law) is supported by said contact surface of the diaphragm. The rotational inertia of the part centered on its axis of rotation and the basic resonance frequency of the diaphragm whose unit is Hz (f) satisfy the following equation and satisfy k &lt;C × 10,000 × (2πf).²× I Where C is a constant given at preferably 200, more preferably 130, even more preferably 100, even more preferably 60, even more preferably 40, even more preferably 20, and most preferably 10. Is.</p><p>In some embodiments, the urging mechanism is sufficiently follow-up, so that during normal operation, when the vibrating plate is in its equilibrium displacement, two small equal magnitude and opposite forces are paired. When a force is applied to the contact surfaces of each surface perpendicular to the direction that separates these surfaces, the unit simply exceeds the force required to achieve the first separation. A small (preferably small) increase (dF) that is Newton and results from deformation of other parts of the driver and is associated with and its local contact area between non-junction components. Centered on the axis of rotation of the resulting change in separation (dx) in these planes, in meters, excluding followability in the region, and the portion of the vibrating plate supported by said contact planes. Rotational inertia (I_S) And the fundamental resonance frequency (f) of the diaphragm whose unit is Hz satisfies the following relationship.<math num="4"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0004.tif" /></math>Where C is a constant given at preferably 200, more preferably 130, even more preferably 100, even more preferably 60, even more preferably 40, even more preferably 20, and most preferably 10. ..</p><p>Preferably, a portion of the urging mechanism is tightly coupled to the transducer base mechanism.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the diaphragm is provided with an urging mechanism.</p><p>In some embodiments, within a hinge assembly, within a few n of this type of hinge connection, while a constant excitation force is applied to displace the diaphragm in any position within its normal range of motion. All forces (F) whose unit is Newton, urging each hinge element towards its associated contact surface._n) Mean (ΣF)_n/ n) always satisfies the following relationship,<math num="5"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0005.tif" /></math>Where D is a constant preferably equal to 5, more preferably equal to 15, more preferably equal to 30, and even more preferably equal to 40.</p><p>In some embodiments, the urging mechanism urges each hinge element within a hinge assembly, within a few n hinge connections of this type, towards its associated contact surface, in units of Newton ( The average of all forces (ΣF) that is Fn)_nAdd / n), which always satisfies the following relationship when a constant excitation force is applied to displace the diaphragm in any position within its normal range of motion,<math num="6"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0006.tif" /></math>Where D is a constant preferably equal to 200, more preferably equal to 150, more preferably equal to 100, and most preferably equal to 80.</p><p>In some embodiments, the urging mechanism applies a resultant force F that urges the hinge element to the contact member, satisfying the following relationship, F&gt; D × (2πf)._l)²× I_sHere I_S(Unit is kg.m²) Is the rotational inertia around the axis of rotation of the part indicated by the hinge element of the diaphragm, f_l(In Hz) is the lower limit of FRO, D is preferably equal to 5, more preferably equal to 15, more preferably equal to 30, more preferably equal to 40, and even more preferably equal to 50, It is also more preferably a constant equal to 60 and most preferably equal to 70.</p><p>Preferably, during normal operation, this relationship is always satisfied at all angles of rotation of the hinge element with respect to the contact member.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises a restoring mechanism for restoring the diaphragm to the desired neutral rotation position when no excitation force is applied to the diaphragm.</p><p>In one form, the restoring mechanism comprises a torsion bar attached to the end of the diaphragm body. In this configuration, the torsion bar comprises an intermediate section that twists and bends, and an end section that is connected to the diaphragm and transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, at least one end of these sections provides longitudinal translational followability of the torsion bar.</p><p>Preferably, one, and more preferably both, of the end sections incorporates rotational flexibility in the direction perpendicular to the length of the intermediate section.</p><p>Preferably, translational flexibility and rotational flexibility are one or one of the ends of the torsion bar, whose plane is oriented substantially perpendicular to the main axis of the torsion bar. Provided by multiple substantially flat and thin walls.</p><p>Preferably, both end sections are relatively non-following in terms of translational motion in the direction perpendicular to the main axis of the torsion bar.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio transducer further comprises an excitation mechanism that includes a coil and a conductive wire that connects to the coil, the conductive wire being attached to the surface of the middle section of the torsion bar.</p><p>Preferably, the wire extends parallel to the torsion bar and is mounted near the axis around which the torsion bar rotates during normal operation of the transducer.</p><p>In another form, the restoration mechanism comprises a follow-up element, such as silicon or rubber, that is located near the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, the follower element comprises a narrow intermediate section and an end section that has an expanded area to aid in stable connection.</p><p>In another form, some or all of the restoring force is provided within the hinge connection through the geometry of the contact surface, as well as the position, direction and strength of the urging force applied by the urging structure.</p><p>In another form, some of this centering force is provided by the magnetic element.</p><p>In one embodiment, one or more components of the hinge assembly are made of a material with a Young's modulus greater than 6 GPa, more preferably greater than 10 GPa.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally configured with a hinge having a hinge body that remains substantially rigid during operation, and one or one that operably supports the hinge during use. A hinge system comprising a hinge assembly having a plurality of hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member comprising a hinge system having a contact surface. During operation, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface, and at least part of both the hinge element and the contact member in the area adjacent to the contact surface is made of rigid material, audio. It can be said that it is composed of transducers.</p><p>In one embodiment, a substantially stable physical contact has a substantially stable force and in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact surface, of the hinge element and the contact member. One is tightly and effectively coupled to the diaphragm and the other is tightly and effectively coupled to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, in the 37th or 38th embodiment, the portion of both the hinge element and the contact member in the region adjacent to the contact surface is made of a material having a Young's modulus greater than 6 GPa, more preferably greater than 10 GPa. ..</p><p>Preferably, there is at least one path that connects the diaphragm body to the base structure and is substantially composed of rigid components, whereby one rigid component is tightly coupled to another. In the immediate vicinity of the place of contact without being made, all materials have a Young's modulus greater than 6 GPa, and even more preferably greater than 10 GPa.</p><p>More preferably, the hinge elements and contact members are made from materials having a Young's modulus greater than 6 GPa, and even more preferably greater than 10 GPa, such as, but not limited to, aluminum, steel, titanium, tungsten, ceramics, etc. Be done.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element and / or contact surface comprises a thin coating, such as a ceramic coating or anodizing coating.</p><p>Preferably, either the surface or the contact surface of the hinge element at the contact position, or both, is made of a non-metallic material.</p><p>Preferably, both the hinge element at the contact position and the contact surface are made of a non-metallic material.</p><p>Preferably, both the hinge element at the contact position and the contact surface are constructed of corrosion resistant material.</p><p>Preferably, both the hinge element at the contact position and the contact surface are made of a material that is resistant to fretting-related corrosion.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge element rolls with respect to the contact surface about an axis that is substantially in line with the axis of rotation of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to facilitate the movement of the diaphragm with one degree of freedom.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge assembly tightly constrains the diaphragm to translational motion in at least two directions / along at least two substantially orthogonal axes.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge assembly allows the movement of the diaphragm, which consists of a combination of translational and rotational movements.</p><p>In a preferred configuration, the hinge assembly allows the movement of the diaphragm to rotate around a substantially single axis.</p><p>Preferably, the wall thickness of the hinge element is 1/8 or 1/4 of the radius of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact member at the contact position, whichever has a more convex side profile. Thicker than 1/2, most preferably thicker than its radius.</p><p>Preferably, the wall thickness of the contact member is 1/8 or 1/4 of the radius of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact surface of the contact member at the contact position, whichever has a more convex side profile. Thicker than 1/2, most preferably thicker than its radius.</p><p>Preferably, there is at least one substantially non-following path through which the translational load can pass from the diaphragm to the transducer base structure via the hinge connection.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm incorporates and is tightly connected to a force transfer component of a conversion mechanism that converts electricity and motion.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally a diaphragm having a diaphragm body that remains substantially rigid during operation and a conversion mechanism that has a force transfer component and converts electrical and / or motion. , A conversion mechanism in which the diaphragm incorporates and is tightly connected to the force transfer component, and is configured to operably support the diaphragm in use and one or more. A hinge system comprising a hinge assembly having a hinge connection, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member comprising a hinge system having a contact surface, and operating. Medium, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. It can be said that the hinge assembly is composed of an audio transducer that urges the hinge element toward the contact surface.</p><p>In one embodiment, a substantially stable physical contact has a substantially stable force, and in the contact region between each hinge element and the associated contact surface, the hinge element and the contact member One of them is firmly and effectively connected to the diaphragm, and the other is firmly and effectively connected to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface. Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to apply a follow-up urging force to the hinge element of each connection towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally remains substantially rigid during operation and is used with a diaphragm having a diaphragm body having a maximum thickness greater than about 11% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body. Occasionally, a hinge system comprising a hinge assembly configured to operably support a diaphragm and having one or more hinge connections, wherein each hinge connection is a hinge element and a contact. With a member, the contact member comprises a hinge system having a contact surface, and during operation, each hinge connection is associated while the hinge element maintains substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. It can be said that the hinge assembly is composed of an audio transducer that urges the hinge element toward the contact surface, which is configured to allow relative movement with respect to the contact member.</p><p>In any one of the above aspects relating to audio transducers, including hinge systems, in one embodiment the hinge assembly comprises a pair of hinge connections that are located to the left and right of the width of the diaphragm. ..</p><p>Alternatively, the hinge assembly comprises three or more hinge connections, with at least one pair of hinge connections located to the left and right of the width of the diaphragm.</p><p>In one embodiment, the plurality of hinge assemblies are configured to operably support the diaphragm during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a diaphragm suspension having at least one hinge assembly, the diaphragm suspension being configured to operably support the diaphragm during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm suspension is composed of a single hinge assembly to allow the diaphragm assembly to move.</p><p>Alternatively, the diaphragm suspension comprises two or more hinge assemblies.</p><p># 409 In one form, the diaphragm suspension is equipped with a 4-bar link and the hinge assembly is located at each corner of the 4-bar link.</p><p>Preferably, each diaphragm is coupled to two or less hinge connections, each having a significantly different axis of rotation.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge element is urged or urged towards the contact surface by a magnetic force.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge element is a ferromagnetic steel shaft attached to or embedded in or along the end face of the diaphragm body. The hinge connection comprises a magnet that pulls the hinge element towards the contact surface.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge element is urged or urged towards the contact surface by a mechanical urging mechanism.</p><p>In one configuration, the hinge element is a diaphragm base frame that is attached to or embedded in or along the end face of the diaphragm body.</p><p>The mechanical urging structure may include a pretensioned spring member.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force applied to the hinge element is applied at an edge that is approximately in line with the axis of rotation of the diaphragm with respect to the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force applied between the hinge element and the contact surface is substantially parallel to the axis of rotation and is the contact surface of the contact surface of the hinge element with respect to the axis of rotation. It is added at the edge that is substantially on the same straight line as the line axis passing near the center of the contact radius on the side of the contact surface, which is more convex when viewed in the cross-sectional profile in a vertical plane.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force applied between the hinge element and the contact surface is parallel to the axis of rotation and perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the contact surfaces of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact surface. It is added at the edge that is on the same straight line as the line passing through the center of the contact radius on the contact surface side, which is more convex when viewed in the cross-sectional profile in the plane.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force applied to the hinge element is applied at a position approximately on the axis of rotation of the diaphragm with respect to the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force is approximately parallel to the axis of rotation and approximately the radius of the surface side of the hinge element and contact surface that is more convex when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. Is added on the axis passing through the center of.</p><p>Preferably, the urging force is applied near this position over the entire range of motion of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, at all times during normal operation, the position and direction of the urging force is directed parallel to the axis of rotation and passes through an imaginary line passing through the contact point between the hinge element and the contact member.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio transducer according to any one of the above embodiments, including a hinge system, which comprises an enclosure or baffle for accommodating a diaphragm in or between. It can be said that the diaphragm is composed of an audio transducer having an outer peripheral portion having one or a plurality of peripheral regions that are not physically connected to the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more perimeters are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter. To configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter, and even more preferably. Consists of at least 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>In some embodiments, the transducer has a ferrofluid between one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm and the interior of the housing. Preferably, the ferrofluid provides considerable support to the diaphragm in the direction of the coronal plane of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is connected to the body and is connected in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces to resist the compressive-tensile stresses received in or near the surface of the body during operation, a normal stress reinforcement. To prepare for.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio transducer according to any one of the above embodiments, including a hinge system, wherein the diaphragm is a diaphragm body having one or more principal surfaces. , Connected to the body and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces, with a normal stress reinforcement and embedded in the body that resists compressive-tensile stresses received at or near this surface of the body during operation. With at least one internal reinforcing member that is oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces to resist and / or substantially reduce the shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, in one of the above two embodiments, the mass distribution associated with the diaphragm body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcement is such that the diaphragm is one of the diaphragms. One or more of the diaphragms have a relatively small mass compared to the mass of one or more relatively large regions.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm. Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm decreases toward the periphery distal to the center of mass.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is distal to the mass center position of the assembled diaphragm at one or more perimeters of the associated principal surface. It is in the marginal area.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally incorporates any one of the above aspects, including a hinge system, and is placed between the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. The mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device is at least partially reduced, making the first component of the audio device flexible to the second component. It can be said that it consists of an audio device equipped with a decoupling mounting system that mounts on.</p><p>Preferably, this at least one other part of the audio device is not another part of the diaphragm of the audio transducer of this device. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is connected between the transducer base structure and some other part. Preferably, this other part is a transducer housing.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention incorporates any one or more audio transducers of the above aspect to provide two or more different audio channels capable of playing independent audio signals. It may consist of an audio device with an electroacoustic speaker. Preferably, the audio device is a personal audio device made for audio within about 10 cm of the user's ear.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention incorporates any combination of one or more audio transducers and their associated functions, configurations and examples from any one of the previous audio transducer embodiments. It can be said that it consists of audio devices.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device comprising a pair of interface devices configured to be worn by the user at or proximal to each ear, each interface device. Consists of a personal audio device comprising any one or more of the previous audio transducer embodiments, one or more audio transducers and any combination of functions, configurations and embodiments thereof. It can be said that.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a headphone device comprising a pair of headphone interface devices configured to be worn in or around each ear, where each interface device is the previous audio. -It can be said that it is composed of a headphone device including any one or more audio transducers in any one of the aspects of the transducer and any combination of the related functions, configurations and examples.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising a pair of earphone interfaces configured to be worn within the ear canal or instep of the user's ear, with each earphone interface being predicated. It can be said that it is composed of an earphone device including one or more audio transducers in any one of the aspects of the audio transducers and any combination of functions, configurations and embodiments thereof.</p><p>In another aspect, it can be said that the audio transducer is composed of any one of the above embodiments, which is an acoustic electric transducer, as well as the audio transducer of the related function, configuration and embodiment.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure for vibration. Allows the plate to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with hinge connections firmly connected to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side. And with at least two elastic hinge elements tilted relative to each other, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm, along this element during operation, and in its entirety. With an audio transducer that has substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tension and / or shear deformation over, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. It can be said that it is composed.</p><p>Preferably, for each hinge connection, each hinge element is relatively thin compared to the length of this element in order to facilitate the rotational movement of the diaphragm about its axis of rotation.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm base frame for supporting the diaphragm, which is supported by the diaphragm base frame along or near the ends of the diaphragm. The base frame is attached directly to one or both of the hinge elements of each hinge connection.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm base frame facilitates a rigid connection between the diaphragm and each hinge connection.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm base frame comprises one or more coil stiffening panels, one or more lateral arc stiffening triangles, an upper strut plate and a lower base plate.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm does not include a diaphragm base frame and the diaphragm is attached directly to one or both hinge elements of each hinge connection.</p><p>Preferably, the distance from the diaphragm to one or both hinge elements of each hinge connection is less than half the maximum distance from the axis of rotation to the distal periphery of the diaphragm, and more preferably this maximum distance. Shorter than 1/3 of, and more preferably shorter than 1/4 of this maximum distance, more preferably shorter than 1/8 of this maximum distance, and most preferably shorter than 1/16 of this maximum distance.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more hinge connections are connected to at least one surface or periphery of the diaphragm, and the overall dimensional size of at least one of each connection corresponds to the associated surface or periphery. Greater than 1/6 of the dimensions, more preferably greater than 1/4, and most preferably greater than 1/2.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, each hinge connection pivotally connecting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure for vibration. Allows the plate to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with hinge connections firmly connected to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side. And with at least two elastic hinge elements tilted relative to each other, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm, along this element during operation, and in its entirety. Substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tensile and / or shear deformation over, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section, each from the diaphragm. It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer in which the distance to one or both hinge elements of the hinge connection portion of the diaphragm is shorter than half of the maximum distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal peripheral portion of the diaphragm. More preferably, the distance to this one or both hinge elements is less than 1/3 of this maximum distance, more preferably less than 1/4 of this maximum distance, and even more preferably of this maximum distance. Shorter than 1/8, and most preferably shorter than 1/16 of this maximum distance.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure for vibration. Allows the plate to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with hinge connections firmly connected to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side. And with at least two elastic hinge elements tilted relative to each other, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm, along this element during operation, and in its entirety. One or more with substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tensile and / or shear deformation over, and substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. The hinge connection of the diaphragm is connected to at least one surface or periphery of the diaphragm, and the overall size of at least one of each connection is greater than 1/6 of the corresponding dimension of the associated surface or periphery. , It can be said that it is composed of an audio transducer. More preferably, the dimensional size of this connection is greater than 1/4 and most preferably greater than 1/2 of the corresponding dimensional size of the associated surface or periphery.</p><p>Preferably, the two substantially orthogonal dimensional sizes of each connection are greater than 1/16, more preferably greater than 1/4 of the corresponding orthogonal dimensional size of the associated surface or surface, most often. It is preferably larger than 1/2 of that.</p><p>The following provisions apply to at least the previous three aspects.</p><p># 429d Preferably, the overall thickness of the connection between the vibration and each hinge connection, in the direction perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm and the hinge axis, is [Is this valid for multi-blades?] Greater than 1/6, more preferably greater than 1/4, and most preferably greater than 1/2 of the maximum size of the diaphragm in the same direction at any position along this one or more connections. big.</p><p>In some embodiments, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, each hinge element is substantially rigid against twisting.</p><p>In an alternative embodiment, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to twist. Preferably, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against bending.</p><p>In some embodiments, each hinge element comprises a roughly or substantially planar profile, eg, a flat sheet morphology.</p><p>In some embodiments, the pair of flexible hinge elements at each connection are connected or intersected along a common edge to form an approximately L-shaped cross section. In some other configurations, a pair of flexible hinge elements at each hinge connection intersect along the central region to form a axis of rotation, and these hinge elements have an approximately X-shaped cross section. Form (ie, these hinge elements form the cross-spring configuration). In some other configurations, the flexible hinge elements of each hinge connection are separated and extend in different directions.</p><p>In one embodiment, the axis of rotation is approximately in line with the intersection of the hinge elements of each hinge connection.</p><p>In some embodiments, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection comprises a laterally curved portion along the longitudinal length of the element. The hinge element is slightly bent so that it can bend into a substantially planar state during operation.</p><p>In some embodiments, the pair of flexible hinge elements at each hinge connection is between 20 and 160 degrees, more preferably between 30 and 150 degrees, and even more preferably between 50 and 130 degrees. , And even more preferably, tilted relative to each other at an angle between 70 and 110 degrees. Preferably, the pair of flexible hinge elements are substantially orthogonal to each other.</p><p>Preferably, one of the flexible hinge elements of each hinge connection extends significantly in a first direction that is substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, each hinge element of each hinge connection is an average calculated along the portion of the hinge element length that is significantly deformed during normal operation, in terms of cross-section points in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. It has an average width or height dimension greater than 3 times, more preferably greater than 5 times, and most preferably greater than 6 times the square root of the cross section.</p><p>In some embodiments, one or both hinge elements of each hinge connection are thin sheets, each thin sheet has a thickness, width and length, and the thickness of the hinge element is: It is less than about 1/4 of its length, more preferably less than about 1/8 of its length, even more preferably less than about 1/16 of its length, and even more preferably its length. It is less than about 1/35 of its length, more preferably less than about 1/50 of its length, and most preferably less than about 1/70 of its length.</p><p>In some embodiments, the thickness of the spring member is less than about 1/4 of its width, or less than about 1/8 of its width, preferably less than about 1/16 of its width, and more preferably its width. Less than about 1/24 of the width, and even more preferably less than about 1/45 of its width, even more preferably less than about 1/60 of its width, and most preferably less than about 1/70 of its width.</p><p>In some embodiments, each hinge element of each hinge connection has a substantially uniform thickness over at least most of its length and width.</p><p>In some configurations, the hinge element of each hinge connection has a non-uniform thickness, and the thickness of this hinge element increases towards the edge proximal to the diaphragm. Alternatively or additionally, the hinge element of each hinge connection has a non-uniform thickness, and the thickness of this hinge element increases towards the edge proximal to the transducer base structure. ..</p><p>In one form, the thickness of one or both of the hinge elements at each hinge connection increases at or near the end of the hinge element that is distal to the diaphragm or transducer base structure.</p><p>This increase in thickness may be gradual or tapered.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure for vibration. Allows the plate to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with hinge connections firmly connected to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side. And with at least two elastic hinge elements tilted relative to each other, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm, along this element during operation, and in its entirety. Each hinge connection has substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tensile and / or shear deformation over, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. It can be said that one or both hinge elements of the portion are composed of an audio transducer having a thickness that increases toward the edge or end of the element that is tightly coupled to the diaphragm or transducer base structure.</p><p>This increase in thickness may be gradual or tapered.</p><p>The following provisions apply to at least the previous four aspects.</p><p>In some embodiments, each hinge element of each hinge connection is flanged at an end configured to tightly connect to a diaphragm or transducer base structure.</p><p>The hinge element may have a non-uniform width, which may be at or towards the edges / ends tightly coupled to the diaphragm and / or the transducer base structure. This width may also increase at or towards the end / edge distal to the diaphragm or transducer base structure.</p><p>This increase in width may be gradual or tapered.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio transducer comprises a hinge assembly having two hinge connections. Preferably, each hinge connection is located to the left and right of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, each hinge connection is located where the distance from the median sagittal plane of the diaphragm is at least 0.2 times the width of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the first hinge connection is located proximal to the first corner region of the end face of the diaphragm and the second hinge connection is located in the opposite second corner region of this end face. Proximalized, these hinge connections are substantially in line.</p><p>The diaphragm can be attached to the respective hinge connection by an adhesive such as epoxy, by welding, by a clamp using fasteners, or by a number of other methods.</p><p>In a preferred embodiment, each hinge element of each connection is made of a material with a Young's modulus greater than, for example, 8 GPa. The material may be metal, ceramic, or any other material with such stiffness.</p><p>In some embodiments, each hinge element is made from a material with a Young's modulus greater than 20 GPa.</p><p>In one form, each hinge element of each hinge connection is made of a continuous material such as metal or ceramic. For example, the hinge element may be made of a high tension steel alloy, a tungsten alloy, a titanium alloy, or an amorphous metal alloy such as "Liquidmetal" or "Vitreloy".</p><p>In another form, the hinge element is made from a composite material such as plastic reinforced carbon fiber.</p><p>In some configurations, the diaphragm body of the diaphragm is substantially thick. Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness greater than 11% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body, and more preferably greater than 14% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm having a diaphragm body, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, each hinge connecting pivoting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure. Connected to allow the diaphragm to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with the hinge connection vibrating to the transducer base structure on one side and to the other side. It has at least two elastic hinge elements that are tightly coupled to the plate and tilted relative to each other, each hinge element being tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and along this element during operation. It also has substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tensile and / or shear deformation throughout it, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. It can be said that the diaphragm body of the diaphragm is composed of a substantially thick audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness greater than 15% of its length from the axis of rotation to the opposite distal periphery of the diaphragm body.</p><p>The following provisions apply to at least the previous five aspects.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a conversion mechanism.</p><p>In one form, the audio transducer is a speaker driver.</p><p>In one form, the audio transducer is a microphone.</p><p>In one embodiment, the conversion mechanism uses an electrokinetic conversion mechanism, or a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, or a magnetostrictive conversion mechanism, or any other suitable conversion mechanism.</p><p>In one form, the conversion mechanism comprises a coil winding. Preferably, the coil winding is connected to the diaphragm. Preferably, the coil winding is in the immediate vicinity of the diaphragm or attached directly to it.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism is in the immediate vicinity of the diaphragm or is directly connected to it.</p><p>In one form, the force transfer component of the conversion mechanism is connected to the diaphragm.</p><p>In one form, the force transfer component is connected to the diaphragm by a connecting structure with chunky geometry.</p><p>Preferably, this linked structure has a Young's modulus greater than 8 GPa.</p><p>In one embodiment, the conversion mechanism comprises a magnetic circuit comprising a magnet, an outer pole piece and an inner pole piece.</p><p>In one configuration, the coil windings attached to the diaphragm are located in the gap between the outer and inner pole pieces in the magnetic circuit.</p><p>In one form, both the outer and inner pole pieces are made of steel.</p><p>In one form, the magnet is made of neodymium.</p><p>In one form, the coil windings are attached directly to the diaphragm base frame using an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive.</p><p>In one form, the transducer base structure comprises a diaphragm and a block for supporting a magnetic circuit.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer base structure has a thick, chunky geometry.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer base structure has a mass greater than the mass of the diaphragm.</p><p>In some embodiments, the transducer base structure is made of a material with a high specific elastic modulus, such as a metal, but not limited to a metal, or a ceramic, such as glass, in order to improve resistance to resonance. May be made from.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer base structure comprises components with Young's modulus greater than 8 GPa or greater than 20 GPa.</p><p>The transducer base structure can be attached to each hinge connection by an adhesive such as epoxy or cyanoacrylate, by using fasteners, by soldering, by welding, or by any number of other methods.</p><p>In one configuration, the audio transducer further comprises a diaphragm housing and the transducer base structure is firmly attached to the diaphragm housing.</p><p>In one form, the diaphragm housing comprises a grill on one or more walls of the housing. In one form, the grill may be made of stamped and pressed aluminum.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm housing may include one or more stiffeners on one or more walls. In one form, this stiffener may also be made from stamped and pressed aluminum.</p><p>In one embodiment, the stiffener may be placed on the wall or part of the wall near the diaphragm after the diaphragm has been placed in the housing.</p><p>In one form, the transducer base structure is connected to the floor of the diaphragm housing by an adhesive or adhesive.</p><p>In one embodiment, the wall of the diaphragm housing acts as a barrier or baffle to reduce the cancellation of radiated sound.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm housing is made of a material with a high specific elastic modulus such as metal, such as aluminum or magnesium, but not limited to metal, or ceramics such as glass, in order to improve resistance to resonance. May be made from.</p><p>In another configuration, the audio transducer does not have a transducer base structure that is firmly attached to the diaphragm housing, and the audio transducer is housed in the transducer housing via a decoupling mounting system.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio transducer further comprises a housing for accommodating the diaphragm, the outer periphery of the diaphragm body being substantially non-physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, there is an air gap between the periphery of the diaphragm body and the inside of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1 mm.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is along at least 20 percent of the peripheral length, more preferably at least 50 percent of the peripheral length, and even more preferably at least 80 percent of the peripheral length. Percentages, and most preferably along the entire perimeter, are provided with outer perimeters that do not physically contact or connect with the interior of the housing.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm having a diaphragm body, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection, each hinge connecting pivoting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure. Connected to allow the diaphragm to rotate relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation during operation, with the hinge connection vibrating on one side to the transducer base structure and on the other side. It has at least two elastic hinge elements that are tightly coupled to the plate and tilted relative to each other, each hinge element being tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and along this element during operation. It also has substantial translational rigidity that resists compression, tensile and / or shear deformation throughout it, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. It can be said that the outer peripheral portion of the diaphragm body is composed of an audio transducer that is not substantially physically connected to the inside of the housing.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is along at least 20 percent of the peripheral length, more preferably at least 50 percent of the peripheral length, and even more preferably at least 80 percent of the peripheral length. Percentages, and most preferably along the entire perimeter, are provided with outer perimeters that do not physically contact or connect with the interior of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, there is an air gap between the periphery of the diaphragm body and the interior of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, the size of the air gap is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1 mm.</p><p>In some embodiments, the transducer has a ferrofluid between one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm and the interior of the housing. Preferably, the ferrofluid provides considerable support to the diaphragm in the direction of the coronal plane of the diaphragm.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally configured to include a diaphragm having a diaphragm body and rotatably supporting the diaphragm body with respect to the base of the transducer, comprising at least one twisting member and the diaphragm. With a hinge assembly that provides the axis of rotation, each twisted member is arranged so as to extend parallel to and in close proximity to the axis of rotation, the twisted member having length, width and height. An audio transducer in which the width and height of the torsion member is greater than 3% of the length of the diaphragm from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the width and / or length of the torsion member is greater than 4% of the length of the diaphragm from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the twisted spring member is of the square root of the average cross-sectional area (excluding adhesives and wires that do not contribute much to strength) calculated along the portion of this twisted spring member length that is significantly deformed during normal operation. Rotation greater than 1.5 times, and more preferably greater than twice the square root of the average cross-sectional area calculated along the portion of this spring length that undergoes significant deformation during normal operation, and more preferably greater than 2.5 times. It has an average dimension in the direction perpendicular to the axis.</p><p>Preferably, at least one or more twisting members are mounted on or near the axis of rotation and combined when the diaphragm undergoes a mere small translation in any direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation. , Provides at least 50% of the resilience directly.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally operably and rotatably supports, at least, a diaphragm having a diaphragm body, a transducer base structure, and an in situ transducer base structure. It comprises one hinge connection, each hinge connection having an elastic member having a thickness relatively small relative to the length and / or width of the elastic member, the elastic member rigidly attached to the diaphragm. It has a first end to be connected and a second end to be tightly connected to the transducer base structure, both the thickness and / of the first and second ends of this member. Alternatively, it is an audio transducer whose width increases as it extends away from the middle central region of the elastic member.</p><p>Preferably, each elastic member of each hinge connection comprises a pair of flexible hinge elements tilted relative to each other. Preferably, these hinge elements are tilted substantially orthogonal to each other.</p><p>In a preferred configuration, one of the flexible hinge elements at each connection extends in a direction substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation. Alternatively, or additionally, one of the flexible hinge elements at each connection extends in a direction substantially parallel to the axis of rotation.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a vibrating plate, a hinge assembly, and a transducer base structure such that the vibrating plate is rotatable about the axis of rotation by the hinge assembly in use with respect to the transducer base structure. Supported by, the hinge assembly comprises at least one hinge connection, each hinge connection having a first flexible elastic element and a second flexible elastic element, the first flexible elastic hinge element. , One end is tightly connected to the transducer base structure, the opposite end is tightly connected to the vibrating plate, and the second flexible elastic hinge element is firmly connected to the transducer base structure at one end. Strongly connected to the vibrating plate at the opposite ends, each of the first and second hinge elements is substantially the longitudinal length of this element between the transducer base structure and the vibrating plate. It has a small thickness, which is substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation and is a dimension that facilitates the follow-up rotational movement of the vibrating plate around the axis of rotation, and each hinge. The first direction in which the first hinge element of the connection extends and is perpendicular to the axis of rotation is at least 30 with respect to the second direction in which the second hinge element extends and is perpendicular to the axis of rotation. It is an audio transducer that can be tilted to help improve rigidity in terms of the translational displacement of the axis of rotation with respect to the transducer base structure in both the first and second directions.</p><p>Preferably, this first direction is at an angle greater than 45, or 60 degrees with respect to the second direction, and most preferably, the first direction is approximately orthogonal to the second direction.</p><p>Preferably, the distance the first spring member extends in the first direction is significantly larger than the maximum dimension of the diaphragm in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation, so that the ratio of each of these dimensions is 0.05. Greater than, or greater than 0.06, or greater than 0.07, or greater than 0.08, and most preferably greater than 0.09.</p><p>Preferably, the distance the second spring member extends in the second direction is large compared to the maximum dimension of the diaphragm to the axis of rotation, so that the ratio of each of these dimensions is greater than 0.05, or 0.06. Greater, or greater than 0.07, or greater than 0.08, and most preferably greater than 0.09.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm and a hinge assembly that operably supports the diaphragm, the hinge assembly comprising at least one twisting member, and the twisting member in use. Directly and firmly attached to the diaphragm, the torsion member is configured to deform and allow the diaphragm to move around the axis of rotation provided by the hinge assembly. It is a transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a force transfer component.</p><p>Preferably, the twisted member is configured to deform along its length to allow rotational movement of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly is configured to allow rotational movement of the diaphragm about a axis of rotation during use.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly firmly supports the diaphragm and limits translational motion while allowing rotational motion of the diaphragm about its axis of rotation.</p><p>In one form, the twisting member is a torsion beam with an approximately C-shaped cross section.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm and a hinge assembly that operably supports the diaphragm, wherein the hinge assembly comprises a twisting member and the diaphragm has a axis of rotation. Given, the twisting member is arranged so as to extend substantially parallel to and very close to the axis of rotation, the twisting member having a height in the direction perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm, in millimeters. It is an audio transducer whose measured height is more than approximately twice the mass of the diaphragm measured in grams.</p><p>Preferably, the twisted member has a width parallel to the diaphragm and perpendicular to the axis, which is about twice the mass of the diaphragm measured in grams when measured in millimeters. big.</p><p>Preferably, the twisted member is greater than about 4 times, more preferably greater than 6 times, and most preferably greater than 8 times the mass of the diaphragm when measured in millimeters. Has width and height.</p><p>In some configurations, one or more of the 41st to 52nd aspects of the present disclosure is used for close field audio speaker applications, where the speaker driver is, for example, headphones or bud earphones. It is configured to be placed within 10 cm of the ear when used.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio device configured to be located within 10 cm of the user's ear, a diaphragm, a transducer base structure, and at least one hinge connection. Each hinge connection comprises at least one audio transducer having The hinge connection is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and at least two elastic hinge elements tilted relative to each other. Each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and is substantially resistant to compression, tension and / or shear deformation along and throughout this element during operation. With translational rigidity, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section, one or both hinge elements of each hinge connection are diaphragm or transducer base structures. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device having a thickness that increases toward the edge or end of an element that is tightly coupled with.</p><p>The following description relates to any one or more aspects of the above audio device, including the hinge system, as well as their related functions, examples and configurations.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device further comprises a housing in the form of an enclosure or baffle, the diaphragm not physically connecting to the housing in one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm, this one. One or more peripheral regions are supported by ferrofluid.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid seals or makes direct contact with this one or more peripheral regions supported by the ferrofluid, so that the ferrofluid is substantially made of them. Prevents the flow of air between and / or provides considerable support to the vibrating plate in one or more directions parallel to the coronal plane.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is connected to the body and is connected in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces to resist normal stress reinforcement in or near this surface of the body during operation. Equipped with materials.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio transducer according to any one of the above embodiments, including a hinge system, wherein the diaphragm is in a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and in the body. Connected and embedded in the body with a normal stress reinforcement that is connected in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces and resists compressive-tensile stresses received in or near this surface of the body during operation. Includes at least one internal reinforcing member that is oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces and resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. It can be said that it consists of an audio transducer.</p><p>Preferably, in one of the above two embodiments, the mass distribution associated with the diaphragm body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcement is such that the diaphragm is one of the diaphragms. One or more of the diaphragms have a relatively small mass compared to the mass of one or more relatively large regions.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm. Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm decreases toward the periphery distal to the center of mass.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is distal to the mass center position of the assembled diaphragm, one or more of the associated principal planes. It is in the peripheral edge area.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device is located between one or more audio transducers, as well as between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device, and the vibration of at least one audio transducer. At least one decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the board and at least one other part of the audio device, each decoupling mounting system. However, it comprises at least one decoupling mounting system that flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component.</p><p>Preferably, the at least one audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure, the audio device comprises a housing for accommodating the audio transducer in the decoupling mounting system, and the decoupling mounting system comprises the transducer of the audio transducer. Connect between the base structure and the interior of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device is a personal audio device.</p><p>In one configuration, the personal audio device comprises a pair of interface devices configured to be worn by the user at or proximal to each ear.</p><p>The audio device may be headphones or earphones. The audio device may include a pair of speakers for each ear. Each speaker may include one or more audio transducers.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a coil and a coil stiffening panel, comprising a diaphragm configured to rotate about an approximate axis of rotation to convert audio during operation, thereby the coil. Is wound around a shape with almost four sides, consisting of a first long side, a first short side, a second long side, and a second short side, and is substantially relative to the axis of rotation. It is an audio transducer that is connected to a coil stiffening panel that extends in the vertical direction and connects the first long side of the coil to the second long side of the coil.</p><p>Preferably, the coil stiffening panel is placed near or in contact with the first short side of the coil.</p><p>Preferably, the coil stiffening panel is located between the first long side and the first short side of the coil, from the approximate connection between the first long side and the first short side of the coil. It extends to the approximate joint and also extends perpendicular to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, the coil stiffening panel is made from a material having a Young's modulus greater than 8 GPa, more preferably greater than 15 GPa, even more preferably greater than 25 GPa, even more preferably greater than 40 GPa, and most preferably greater than 60 GPa. Be done.</p><p>Preferably, there is a second coil stiffening panel that is located near or in contact with the second short side of the coil.</p><p>In one configuration, there is a third coil stiffening panel located near the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the panel extends in a direction towards the axis of rotation rather than away from the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, these long sides are located, at least in part, in a magnetic field.</p><p>Preferably, these long sides extend in a direction parallel to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, this magnetic field extends through the first long side in a direction approximately perpendicular to the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, these long sides are not connected to the winding mold.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm further comprises a diaphragm base frame including a coil stiffening panel, which firmly supports the coil and the diaphragm and is tightly coupled to the hinge system.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to an electronic audio signal and / or sound pressure. It has an audio transducer, as well as a mechanical arrangement of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device, which is located between the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. It can be said to consist of an audio device with a decoupling mounting system that reduces transmission at least partially and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component.</p><p>Preferably, this at least one other part of the audio device is not another part of the diaphragm of the audio transducer of this device.</p><p>In one configuration, the audio device comprises at least a first audio transducer and a second audio transducer. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm of the first transducer and the second transducer.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is supported by a hinge assembly that is rigid in at least one translational direction.</p><p>In some embodiments, the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface. Having and during operation, each hinge connection allows the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge assembly further comprises an urging mechanism, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface by the urging mechanism.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially follow-up.</p><p>Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially followable in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between each hinge element and the associated contact member during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge system further comprises a restoring mechanism configured to apply a diaphragm restoring force to the diaphragm at a radius of less than 60% of the distance from the hinge axis to the periphery of the diaphragm.</p><p>In some other embodiments, the hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is in operation. Allows rotation relative to the transducer base structure around the axis of rotation, the hinge connections are tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and to each other. It has at least two tilted elastic hinge elements, each of which is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and compresses, tensions and / / along this element during operation and throughout. Alternatively, it has substantial translational rigidity that resists shear deformation, as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section.</p><p>Preferably, at least one other part of the audio device directly or indirectly supports the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is along at least one translational axis, more preferably at least two substantially orthogonal translational axes, and even more preferably three substantially orthogonal translations. At least partially reduce the mechanical transmission of vibration along the axis between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is centered on at least one axis of rotation, more preferably at least two substantially orthogonal axes of rotation, and even more preferably three substantially orthogonal axes. At least partially mitigates the mechanical transmission of vibration between the vibrating plate and at least one other part of the audio, centered on the axis of rotation.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system substantially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device further comprises a transducer housing configured to accommodate the audio transducer in it.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer housing comprises a baffle or enclosure.</p><p>Preferably, the audio transducer further comprises a transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is rotatable relative to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling system comprises at least one node axis mount configured to be located at or proximal to the node axis position associated with the first component.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling system comprises at least one distal mount configured to be located distal to the node axis position associated with the first component.</p><p>Preferably, at least one node axis mount is relatively less followable and / or relatively less flexible than at least one distal mount.</p><p>In the first embodiment, the decoupling system comprises a pair of node axis mounts located on either side of the first component. Preferably, each node axis mount is tightly connected to a first component and comprises a pin that extends laterally from one side along an axis that is substantially aligned with the node axis of the base structure. Preferably, each node axis mount further comprises a bush configured to be tightly connected around the pin and disposed within the corresponding recess of the second component. Preferably, the corresponding recesses of the second component are provided with slag to firmly receive and hold the bush in. Preferably, each node axis mount further comprises a washer located between the outer surface of the first component and the inner surface of the second component. Preferably, the washer creates a uniform gap between the outer surface of the first component and the inner surface of the second component around a significant portion of the first component or the entire periphery thereof.</p><p>Preferably, each distal mount comprises a substantially flexible mounting pad. Preferably, the decoupling system comprises a pair of mounting pads connected between the outer surface of the first component and the inner surface of the second component. Preferably, the mounting pads are connected on both sides of the first component. Preferably, each mounting pad comprises an apex-side end and a base-side end and has a substantially tapered width along the depth of the pad. Preferably, the base side end is tightly coupled to one of the first or second component, and the apex side end is to the other of the first or second component. Be concatenated.</p><p>In some configurations of this embodiment, the first component may be a transducer base structure. Alternatively, the first component may be a sub-housing that extends around the audio transducer. The second component may be a housing or surround for accommodating the audio transducer or the sub-housing of the audio transducer.</p><p>In the second embodiment, the decoupling system comprises a plurality of flexible mounting blocks. Preferably, the mounting blocks are distributed around the outer peripheral surface of the first component and are rigid on one side to the outer peripheral surface of the first component and on the other side to the inner peripheral surface of the second component. Connect to. Preferably, the first set of one or more mounting blocks connects the first component at or near the node axis position of the first component. Preferably, a second set of mounting blocks connects the first component at one or more positions distal to the node axis position. Preferably, a second set of distal mounting blocks is located at or near the diaphragm of the audio transducer. Preferably, the first set of mounting blocks is located distal to the diaphragm of the audio transducer. Preferably, these plurality of mounting blocks are configured to be tightly coupled within the corresponding recesses of the second component. Preferably, these plurality of mounting blocks have a thickness greater than the depth of the corresponding recess, thereby providing a substantially uniform gap in place between the first and second components. To form.</p><p>In one configuration (in any embodiment), the transducer base structure comprises a magnet assembly.</p><p>Preferably, the transducer base structure comprises a connection to the diaphragm suspension system.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device is configured within an audio system that uses two or more different audio channels through the configuration of two or more audio transducers (ie, stereo or multi-channel).</p><p>Preferably, the audio device is configured within an audio system that uses two or more different audio channels through the configuration of two or more audio transducers (ie, stereo or multi-channel).</p><p>Preferably, the audio device comprises at least two or more audio transducers configured to play at least two different audio channels (ie, stereo or multi-channel) simultaneously.</p><p>Preferably, the different audio channels are independent of each other.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device further comprises components configured to place the audio transducer in or near one or both ears of the user.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention generally comprises a diaphragm, a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to an electronic audio signal and / or sound pressure, and a base structure assembly. It has an audio transducer, and is located between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device, and mechanically transmits vibrations between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device. Equipped with a decoupling mounting system that flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component, at least partially mitigating, and the base structure assembly is effectively unconstrained. It can sometimes be said that the base structure assembly is composed of an audio device having a mass distribution that moves with an operation having a large rotational component. For example, the base structure assembly is effective when the transducer is operated at a sufficiently high frequency and, as a result, the stiffness of the decoupling mounting system can be ignored or can be ignored. It is unrestrained.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm has a large rotational component during operation and moves relative to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is located between the transducer base structure and the enclosure or baffle.</p><p>In one embodiment, at least one decoupling mounting system is located between the diaphragm and the transducer housing to at least partially transfer the mechanical vibration between the diaphragm and the transducer housing. Reduce.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device has a first decoupling mounting system that flexibly mounts the diaphragm to the transducer base structure and / or a second decoupling mounting that flexibly mounts the transducer base structure to the transducer housing.. Equipped with a system.</p><p>In one embodiment, the audio device is a decap that flexibly mounts a headband component and headband configured to place the audio device on or near one or both ears of the user on the transducer housing. Further equipped with a ring mounting system.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body.</p><p>In one embodiment, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body having a maximum thickness of at least 11%, preferably greater than 14%, of the maximum length dimension of the body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body having a core made of a relatively lightweight material and a composite component composed of a reinforcing material on or near one or more outer surfaces of the core, said reinforcing material. Is formed from a material that is substantially rigid, resists and / or substantially reduces the deformation that the body undergoes during operation. Preferably, the stiffener is preferably at least 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), And more preferably at least 20MPa / (kg / m)³), And most preferably at least 100MPa / (kg / m)³) Is composed of one or more materials having a specific elastic modulus. For example, the reinforcing material may be made of aluminum or carbon fiber reinforced plastic.</p><p>Preferably, the stiffener is connected to the diaphragm body and is connected in the vicinity of at least one of the outer surfaces to resist compressive-tensile deformations received in or near the surface of the body during operation and / or it. The normal stress reinforcement, which is embedded in the body and directed at an angle to the normal stress reinforcement, resists the shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation and / or substantially reduces it. It is equipped with at least one internal reinforcing member to reduce the stress.</p><p>In one preferred embodiment, the audio transducer is a speaker driver.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a substantially rigid diaphragm body, which retains a substantially rigid form throughout the FRO of the transducer during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism applies an excitation force acting on the diaphragm during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism also applies an excitation reaction force associated with the excitation force applied to the diaphragm during operation to the transducer base structure.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism comprises a force transfer component that is tightly coupled to the diaphragm.</p><p>In one form, the force transfer component of the conversion mechanism is directly and firmly coupled to the diaphragm.</p><p>Alternatively, the force transfer component is tightly coupled to the diaphragm by one or more intermediate components, and the distance between the force transfer component and the diaphragm body is 50, the maximum dimension of the diaphragm body. Less than%. More preferably, this distance is less than 35% or less than 25% of the maximum size of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the force transfer component of the conversion mechanism comprises a motor coil connected to the diaphragm.</p><p>In one form, the force transmission component of the conversion mechanism comprises a magnet connected to the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the conversion mechanism is part of the transducer base structure and comprises a magnet that provides a magnetic field in which the motor coil is affected during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device comprises a base structure assembly associated with the audio transducer that comprises the transducer base structure of the audio transducer, the base structure assembly being tightly coupled to the transducer base structure, a housing. , Frames, baffles or enclosures may also be provided.</p><p>Preferably, the base structure assembly is rotatable relative to the audio transducer housing about a transducer node axis that is substantially parallel to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the base structural assembly of the audio transducer is coupled to at least one other part of the audio device by a decoupling mounting system.</p><p>Preferably, decoupling (which may include the overall degree of followability of the decoupling system to relative motion and / or relative followability of the various decoupling mounts of the decoupling system at different positions). The followability and / or followability profile of the mounting system, as well as the position of the decoupling mounting system with respect to the associated audio transducer, is a steady state sine where the driver has a frequency within the range of the transducer's FRO. When actuated by a wave, the shortest distance between the first point of the second actuation state and the transducer node axis is approximately 25% of the maximum length dimension of the associated transducer base structure. Less than, more preferably less than 20%, even more preferably less than 15%, even more preferably less than 10%, and most preferably less than 5%, the first point of which is the transducer in the first operating state. -It is located in a part of the node axis, where it passes through the transducer base structure, and in the second operating state, it is also located at the maximum orthogonal distance from the transducer node axis.</p><p>Preferably, when the transducer is in the second operating state, the transducer node axis passes through 25% or less of the maximum length dimension of the base structure assembly of the base structure assembly.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is 25%, or 20%, or 15%, or most preferably less than 10% of the maximum dimensions of the base structure assembly from the transducer node axis in the second operating state. It comprises one or more node axis mounts that are located at a distance of.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is one that is placed over a distance of 25%, more preferably 40%, of the maximum dimensions of the base structure assembly from the transducer node axis in the second operating state. Or it is equipped with multiple distal mounts.</p><p>Preferably, the distal mount is relatively flexible or follow-up to movement than the one or more node axis mounts.</p><p>In one embodiment, each node axis mount comprises a pin that extends laterally from one side of the transducer base structure, which extends approximately parallel to the node axis and is tightly connected to the base structure and the node. The shaft mount further comprises a bush around which a pin is connected to the housing of this device.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is composed of a flexible material having a mechanical loss factor greater than 0.2, greater than 0.4, greater than 0.8, and most preferably greater than 1 at about 24 degrees Celsius.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is positioned relative to the base structure assembly so that the transducer node axis position in the first operating state is substantially aligned with the node axis position in the second operating state. It has a level of followability.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness that is at least 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body. More preferably, this maximum thickness is at least 14% of the maximum length dimension of this body.</p><p>In some embodiments, the thickness of the diaphragm body is tapered and decreases towards the distal region. In another embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is stepped and decreases towards a region distal to the center of mass of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the rotatable connection is sufficiently follow-up, so that the diaphragm resonant modes other than the fundamental mode are facilitated by this followability and affect the frequency response by more than 2 dB, which is less than FRO. Occurs in.</p><p>Alternatively, the part of the hinge mechanism that facilitates motion and conveys the translational load between the diaphragm and the transducer base structure is made of a material with a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, and more preferably greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge mechanism comprises a substantially rigid first component that joins but does not connect to a substantially stable and substantially rigid second component. Alternatively, the hinge mechanism incorporates a thin-walled spring component made of a material with a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, more preferably greater than about 20 GPa.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body is formed from a core material having a three-dimensional, non-uniform, interconnected structure. The core material may be a foam or a regularly arranged three-dimensional lattice structure material. This core material may be composed of a composite material. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam. Alternative materials include polymethylmethacrylamide foam, polyvinyl chloride foam, polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, airgel foam, corrugated foam, balsa wood, syntactic foam, metal microlattice and honeycombs.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more materials that help the diaphragm resist bending, have a Young's modulus greater than about 8 GPa, more preferably greater than about 20 GPa, and most preferably greater than about 100 GPa. Incorporate.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a transducer configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. A diaphragm placed between the transducer, a transducer housing with a baffle and / or enclosure configured to accommodate the audio transducer, and a transducer housing associated with the diaphragm of the audio transducer. And with a decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the and enclosure transducer housings and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component. , It can be said that it is composed of audio devices.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a transducing mechanism configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to an electronic audio signal and sound pressure. The transducer, as well as the first part or assembly that incorporates the audio transducer, is located between the at least one other part or assembly of the audio device and the first part or assembly and at least one other. Decoupling that flexibly mounts the first part or assembly of the audio device to the second part or assembly by at least partially reducing the mechanical transmission of vibrations to and from the part or assembly of the audio device. It can be said that it consists of an audio device equipped with a mounting system.</p><p>Preferably, this first part is a transducer housing with a baffle or enclosure for accommodating the audio transducer in it.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a transducer configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. A transducer housing, including a transducer, a baffle or enclosure configured to accommodate the audio transducer, and an audio transducer flexibly mounted to the baffle or enclosure, between the diaphragm and the transducer housing. It can be said to consist of an audio device equipped with a transducer mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a transducing mechanism configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to an electronic audio signal and sound pressure. Transducer, a headband worn by the user and configured to place the audio transducer in the immediate vicinity of one or both ears of the user at the time of use, as well as between the headband and the audio transducer. There is at least one decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the audio transducer and the headband, each mounting system being the first of the audio devices. It can be said to consist of an audio device with at least one decoupling mounting system that flexibly mounts one component to a second component.</p><p>Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is composed of elastic materials such as rubber, silicone and viscoelastic urethane polymers.</p><p>In one configuration, the decoupling mounting system comprises a ferrofluid to provide support between the first and second components.</p><p>In one configuration, the decoupling mounting system uses magnetic repulsion to provide support between the first and second components.</p><p>In one configuration, the decoupling mounting system comprises a fluid or gel to provide support between the first and second components.</p><p>In one configuration, this fluid or gel is contained in a capsule made of a flexible material.</p><p>Alternatively or additionally, at least one of these mounting systems comprises a metal spring or other metal elastic member.</p><p>Alternatively or additionally, at least one of these mounting systems comprises a member made of a soft plastic material.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a rotatably mounted diaphragm and a transducing mechanism configured to operably convert the rotational motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. -Mechanical vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device, located between the transducer, as well as the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. Equipped with a decoupling mounting system that reduces transmission at least partially and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component, with the diaphragm being the maximum length dimension of the body. It can be said to consist of an audio device with a diaphragm body having a maximum thickness of at least 11%.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises an audio transducer having a movable diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to an electronic audio signal and sound pressure. At least part of the mechanical transmission of vibration between the first part and at least one other part between the first part that incorporates the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. It features a decoupling mounting system that mitigates and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component, and the diaphragm of the audio transducer is at least partly the first part. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device including a diaphragm body having an outer peripheral edge portion that is not physically connected to the inside of the device.</p><p>Preferably, this first portion comprises a housing with a baffle or enclosure for accommodating an audio transducer associated therein.</p><p>In another aspect, the present invention comprises an audio transducer comprising a movable diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. A transducer housing with a baffle or enclosure for accommodating an audio transducer, as well as a machine of vibration between the audio transducer and the transducer housing by flexibly mounting the audio transducer to the associated transducer housing. A diaphragm body with a decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces target transmission, with an outer circumference where the diaphragm of the audio transducer is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the transducer housing. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises an audio transducer having a movable diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. At least part of the mechanical transmission of vibration between the first part and at least one other part between the first part that incorporates the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. It features a decoupling mounting system that mitigates and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component, and the diaphragm of the audio transducer is at least partly the first part. It can be said that the diaphragm body is provided with a diaphragm body having an outer peripheral portion that is not connected to the inside of the body, and the diaphragm body is composed of an audio device having a maximum thickness that is at least 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body.</p><p>Preferably, at least one other portion of the audio device is greater than at least the same mass as the first portion, more preferably at least 60%, or 40%, or most preferably at least the mass of the first portion. Has a mass greater than 20%.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises an audio transducer having a movable diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. At least part of the mechanical transmission of vibration between the first part and at least one other part between the first part that incorporates the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device. With a decoupling mounting system that mitigates and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device to the second component, the diaphragm is at least 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device having a thick diaphragm body.</p><p>In another aspect, the present invention comprises an audio transducer comprising a movable diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. A transducer housing with a baffle or enclosure to accommodate the audio transducer, as well as the audio transducer can be flexibly mounted to the transducer housing for mechanical transmission of vibration between the audio transducer and the transducer housing. Consists of an audio device with a diaphragm body having a maximum thickness that is at least 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body, with a decoupling mounting system that is at least partially mitigated. It can be said that.</p><p>In some embodiment of any one of the above embodiments 17-28, the audio device is the two or more audio transducers and / or the two or more decouplings defined under that embodiment. It may be equipped with a mounting system.</p><p>In some embodiments, in any one of the above embodiments comprising an audio device having a decoupling mounting system, preferably the diaphragm is physically coupled to the interior of the first portion. Does not have one or more peripheral areas. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50% of the length or perimeter of the perimeter, and even more preferably. Consists of at least 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>In one configuration, there is a small air gap between the interior of the enclosure and one or more peripheral areas around the diaphragm body that are not connected to the interior of the enclosure.</p><p>Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1 mm.</p><p>In another configuration, the diaphragm is supported by ferrofluid.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid provides a significant proportion of the support given to the diaphragm against translational motion in a direction substantially parallel to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is connected to the body and is connected in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces to resist normal stress reinforcement in or near this surface of the body during operation. Equipped with materials.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is generally an audio device according to any one of the above embodiments, including a decoupling mounting system, wherein the diaphragm has one or more main surfaces. A normal stress reinforcement, as well as a body, which is connected to the plate body, body and is connected to at least one of the main surfaces to resist compressive-tensile stresses received at or near this surface of the body during operation. At least one internal reinforcement embedded in, oriented at an angle to at least one of the principal surfaces, to resist and / or substantially mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device equipped with a member.</p><p>Preferably, in one of the above two embodiments, the mass distribution associated with the diaphragm body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcement is such that the diaphragm is one of the diaphragms. One or more of the diaphragms have a relatively small mass compared to the mass of one or more relatively large regions.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm. Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm decreases toward the periphery distal to the center of mass.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that the relatively small mass is peripheral to one or more of the associated principal planes distal to the mass center position of the assembled diaphragm. It is in the marginal area.</p><p>In some embodiment of any one of the above audio device embodiments, the at least one audio transducer is a linear motion transducer. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a substantially curved diaphragm body. Preferably, the diaphragm body is a substantially dome-shaped body. Preferably, the body has sufficient thickness and / or depth so that the body is substantially rigid during operation. For example, the body may be relatively thin, but the overall depth of the dome-shaped body may be at least 15% greater than the maximum length dimension of the body. Preferably, the audio transducer is tightly connected to the outer periphery of the diaphragm body and further comprises a diaphragm base frame extending longitudinally from it. Preferably, the excitation mechanism comprises one or more force transfer components connected to the base frame. Preferably, the force transfer component comprises one or more coil windings that are wound around the diaphragm base frame. Preferably, a ring of ferrofluid extends around the inner circumference of each gap to suspend the diaphragm. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame and diaphragm are not physically connected around approximately the entire associated perimeter.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention incorporates any one or more of the audio transducers of the above aspect to provide two or more different audio channels capable of reproducing independent audio signals. It may consist of an audio device equipped with an electroacoustic speaker. Preferably, the audio device is a personal audio device made for audio within about 10 cm of the user's ear.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention incorporates any combination of one or more audio transducers and related functions, configurations and examples of any one of the previous audio transducer embodiments. It can be said that it is composed of audio devices for use.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device comprising a pair of interface devices configured to be worn by the user at or proximal to each ear, each interface device. Consists of a personal audio device comprising any one or more of the previous audio transducer embodiments, one or more audio transducers and any combination of functions, configurations and embodiments thereof. It can be said that.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a headphone device comprising a pair of headphone interface devices configured to be worn in or around each ear, where each interface device is a previous audio device. It can be said to consist of a headphone device comprising any one or more audio transducers in any one of the aspects of the transducer and any combination of its associated functions, configurations and embodiments.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising a pair of earphone interfaces configured to be worn within the ear canal or instep of the user's ear, with each earphone interface being predicated. It can be said that it is composed of an earphone device including one or more audio transducers in any one of the aspects of the audio transducers and any combination of functions, configurations and embodiments thereof.</p><p>In another aspect, it can be said that the present invention comprises an audio transducer of any one of the above embodiments, which is an acoustic electric transducer, as well as related functions, configurations and embodiments.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention has at least one audio disc having a movable diaphragm and a transducer configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. The transducer, the enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer in it, and the enclosure can be flexibly mounted to the surrounding support structure for at least mechanical transmission of vibration between the at least one audio transducer and the support structure. A diaphragm body with a partially mitigating decoupling mounting system and an outer circumference where the diaphragm of at least one audio transducer is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the transducer housing. It can be said that it is composed of audio devices.</p><p>Preferably, the device is a computer speaker or the like. It may have dimensional sizes that are, for example, less than about 0.8 m in height, less than about 0.4 m in width, and / or less than about 0.3 m in depth.</p><p>In another configuration, the diaphragm is supported by ferrofluid.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid provides a significant proportion of the support given to the diaphragm against translational motion in a direction substantially parallel to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention has at least one audio disc having a movable diaphragm and a transducer configured to operably convert the motion of the diaphragm corresponding to electronic audio signals and sound pressures. Equipped with a transducer, as well as an enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer inside, the enclosure flexibly mounts this enclosure to the surrounding support structure between the at least one audio transducer and the support structure. Configured to be used with a decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration, the diaphragm of at least one audio transducer is at least partially inside the transducer housing and physical. It can be said that it is composed of an audio device including a diaphragm body having an outer peripheral portion that is not connected to each other.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used for personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and at the time of use. An enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer and an audio transducer having an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal. Or with a baffle and at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers physically connected to the interior of the associated housing at least in part. It can be said that it is composed of a personal audio device having an outer periphery that does not.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, or even more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, all areas of the perimeter of the diaphragm that move a considerable distance during normal operation are approximately completely free of physical connection to the interior of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing are supported by the fluid. Preferably, the fluid is a ferrofluid. Preferably, the ferrofluid seals or makes direct contact with this one or more peripheral regions supported by the ferrofluid, so that the ferrofluid is substantially made of them. Prevent the flow of air between.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device is located between the diaphragm of at least one of these audio transducers and at least one other part of the audio device, and the diaphragm and at least one of the audio devices. At least one decoupling mounting system that at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibrations between other parts, each decoupling mounting system being the first component of an audio device. Equipped with at least one decoupling mounting system that flexibly mounts to a second component.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces. A normal stress reinforcement that is connected and resists compressive-tensile stresses received in or near the surface of the body during operation and is embedded in the body and oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces. It comprises at least one internal reinforcing member that resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm is firmly attached to the force transfer component of the excitation mechanism. Preferably, the force transfer component remains substantially rigid in use.</p><p>Preferably, the force transfer component comprises a conductive component that receives a current representing an audio signal. Preferably, the conductive component works according to Lenz's law. Preferably, the conductive component is a coil. Preferably, the excitation mechanism further comprises a magnetic element or structure that generates a magnetic field, the conductive component being arranged in an in-situ magnetic field. Preferably, the magnetic structure or element comprises a permanent magnet.</p><p>Preferably, the housing comprises one or more openings for transmitting the sound generated by the movement of the diaphragm during use to the user's ear canal.</p><p>In some embodiments, at least one of these audio transducers is a linear motion transducer. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a substantially curved diaphragm body. Preferably, the diaphragm body is a substantially dome-shaped body. Preferably, the body has sufficient thickness and / or depth, and as a result, thisThe body is substantially rigid during operation. For example, the body may be relatively thin, but the overall depth of the dome-shaped body may be at least 15% greater than the maximum length dimension of the body. Preferably, the audio transducer is tightly connected to the outer periphery of the diaphragm body and further comprises a diaphragm base frame extending longitudinally from it. Preferably, the excitation mechanism comprises one or more force transfer components connected to the base frame. Preferably, the force transfer component comprises one or more coil windings that are wound around the diaphragm base frame. Preferably, the plurality of components are distributed along the length of the diaphragm base frame. Preferably, the excitation mechanism further comprises a magnetic structure or assembly that, during operation, generates a magnetic field within the region in which one or more of these coil windings are located. Preferably, the magnetic structure comprises opposing pole pieces and creates a magnetic field in one or more gaps formed between the pole pieces. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame extends within one or more of these gaps. Preferably, in the neutral position of the diaphragm, one or more coils are fitted with one or more of these gaps. Preferably, the audio transducer comprises a pair of coils and a pair of associated magnetic field gaps. Preferably, the diaphragm assembly makes a reciprocating linear motion with respect to the magnetic structure during operation. Preferably, a ring of ferrofluid extends around the inner circumference of each gap to suspend the diaphragm. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame and diaphragm are not physically connected around approximately the entire associated perimeter.</p><p>In some forms, the audio device further comprises at least one decoupling mounting system for mounting the audio transducer in the associated housing. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is located between the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device, the diaphragm assembly and at least one other part of the audio device. It reduces the mechanical transmission of vibrations between, at least in part, and flexibly mounts the first component of the audio device directly or indirectly to the second component. In some forms, the decoupling system comprises multiple flexible mounting blocks. Preferably, the mounting blocks are distributed around the outer peripheral surface of the first component and are robust to the outer peripheral surface of the first component on one side and to the inner peripheral surface of the second component on the other side. Connect to.</p><p>In some embodiments, one or more areas of the outer periphery of the diaphragm that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing are separated from the interior of the housing by air gaps. Preferably, a relatively small air gap separates the interior of the housing from one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm. Preferably, the width of the air gap, as determined by the distance between each peripheral area and the housing, is less than 1/10, more preferably less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm. Preferably, the width of the air gap, as determined by the distance between one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm and the housing, is less than 1.5 mm, more preferably less than 1 mm, even more preferably less than 0.5 mm.</p><p>In some embodiments, the mass distribution associated with the vibrating plate body and / or the mass distribution associated with the normal stress reinforcement is such that the vibrating plate is in one or more relatively high mass regions of the vibrating plate. It has a relatively small mass in one or more mass regions of the vibrating plate compared to the mass of the vibrating plate.</p><p>Preferably, the one or more small mass regions are in the peripheral region distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm and the one or more mass mass regions are in the mass center position or proximal to it. ..</p><p>Preferably, the low mass region is at one end of the diaphragm and the high mass region is at the opposite end. Preferably, the low mass region is substantially distributed over the outer periphery of the diaphragm and the high mass region is in the central region of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the mass distribution of the normal stress reinforcement is such that relatively small masses are located in a small region of one or more masses.</p><p>Alternatively or additionally, the mass distribution of the diaphragm body is such that the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more small mass regions. Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm body is reduced by tapering from the center of mass position, preferably towards one or more small regions of mass.</p><p>In some embodiments, the at least one audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer. Preferably, the audio transducer comprises a transducer base structure and a hinge system for rotatably connecting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the diaphragm has a substantially rigid structure. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body with external normal stress reinforcements connected to one or more main surfaces. Preferably, the diaphragm comprises an internal stress reinforcement embedded in the diaphragm body. Preferably, the diaphragm has a substantially thick diaphragm body. Preferably, the diaphragm body has a thickness that is substantially tapered along the length of the body. Preferably, the thick base end of the diaphragm body is tightly connected to the diaphragm base frame of the audio transducer. Preferably, the excitation mechanism comprises a force transfer component that is tightly connected to the diaphragm base frame. Preferably, the force transfer component comprises one or more coils. Preferably, the transducer base structure comprises a magnetic structure configured to generate a magnetic field within the channel followed by the force transfer component during operation. Preferably, this channel is formed between the outer and inner pole pieces of the magnetic structure. Preferably, the channel is substantially curved, as is the transducer base structure plate to which the coil is firmly attached.</p><p>In one embodiment, the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface. During operation, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. , The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface. Preferably, the hinge system comprises an urging mechanism for urging each hinge element towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>In one configuration, the urging mechanism comprises elastic members such as springs that are effectively compressed for each hinge element. In another alternative configuration, the urging mechanism comprises a magnetic field generating structure and a magnetic mechanism with a ferromagnetic hinge element.</p><p>In one configuration, each contact surface is substantially concavely curved, at least in cross section, and each associated hinge element has a substantially convexly curved contact surface, at least in cross section. Preferably, the concavely curved contact surface has a greater radius of curvature than the convexly curved contact surface. In another configuration, each contact surface is substantially planar and the associated hinge element has a contact surface that is convexly curved, at least in cross section.</p><p>Preferably, the hinge system comprises a pair of hinge connections configured to be located to the left and right of the diaphragm. Preferably, the hinge element is tightly connected to the diaphragm and the contact member is tightly connected to and extends from the transducer base structure.</p><p>In yet another embodiment, the hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is in operation and the axis of rotation. Allowed to rotate relative to the transducer base structure in the center, the hinge connections were tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and tilted relative to each other. It comprises at least two elastic hinge elements, each of which is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and compresses, tensions and / or shear deformations along and throughout this element during operation. It has substantial translational rigidity to resist, as well as substantial flexibility to allow bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. In some configurations, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, each hinge element is substantially rigid against twisting. In the alternative configuration, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible to twist. Preferably, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against bending.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device further comprises at least one decoupling mounting system for mounting the audio transducer in the associated housing. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is located between the diaphragm of the audio transducer and at least one other part of the audio device and between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device. The mechanical transmission of the vibration of the audio device is reduced at least partially, and the first component of the audio device is flexibly mounted directly or indirectly on the second component. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is along at least one translational axis, more preferably at least two substantially orthogonal translational axes, and even more preferably three substantially orthogonal translations. At least partially reduce the mechanical transmission of vibration along the axis between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system is centered on at least one axis of rotation, more preferably at least two substantially orthogonal axes of rotation, and even more preferably three substantially orthogonal axes. At least partially mitigates the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio, centered on the axis of rotation. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system connects between the transducer base structure and the interior of the housing. Preferably, the decoupling system comprises at least one node axis mount configured to be located at or proximal to the node axis position associated with the transducer base structure. Preferably, the decoupling system comprises at least one distal mount configured to be located distal to the node axis position associated with the transducer base structure. Preferably, at least one node axis mount is at least one distal</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device comprises at least one interface device, and each interface device comprises at least one housing out of one housing, out of one or more audio transducers. Incorporate at least one of them inside. Preferably, each interface device is configured to engage the user's head and place the associated audio transducer relative to the user's ear. Preferably, the interface is configured to place the associated audio transducer in or proximal to the user's ear canal.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device comprises a pair of interface devices for each user's ears.</p><p>In one form, each interface device is a headphone cup. Preferably, each headphone cup comprises an interface pad configured to be located at or around the user's ear. Preferably, the pad comprises a sealing element to create a substantial seal around the user's ear during use. Preferably, the audio device further comprises a headband that extends between the headphone cups and is configured to be located around the crown of the user's head during use.</p><p>In another form, each interface device is an earphone interface. Preferably, each earphone interface comprises an interface plug configured to be located in, near, or within the user's ear canal, in the vicinity of, or within the user's ear canal during use. Preferably, the interface plug comprises a sealing element to create a substantial seal in, near, or within the user's ear canal.</p><p>In one embodiment, the earphone interface comprises a substantially longitudinal interface channel configured to be audibly connected to a diaphragm and located in the immediate vicinity of the user's ear canal. Preferably, the interface channel comprises a muffling insert, such as a foam, or other porous or breathable element, in the throat of the channel.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably a frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It comprises at least one audio transducer having an FRO that includes a band, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>Preferably, each interface device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably from 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It comprises 3 or less audio transducers having an FRO collectively including the frequency band of, and most preferably the frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>Preferably, each interface device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably from 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It comprises two or less audio transducers that collectively have an FRO that includes a frequency band of, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>Preferably, each interface device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably from 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It comprises a single audio transducer having an FRO that includes a frequency band of, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>Preferably, each interface device is located between an internal air cavity on one side of the interface configured to be located close to the user's ear during use and the outside air in place of the device. Constructed to produce sufficient seals.</p><p>Preferably, the housing associated with each interface device is from the first cavity to the second cavity located opposite the first cavity of the device, or from the first cavity to the outside of the device. Provide at least one fluid passage to or both of the air.</p><p>Preferably, each fluid passage provides a substantially restrictive fluid passage for substantially restricting the flow of gas flowing there in place and during operation. The fluid passage may have a reduced diameter or width at the junction with the air on both sides and / or may include a fluid flow limiting element. The fluid flow limiting element may be this passage or a porous or breathable cover or insert placed within this passage.</p><p>In some embodiments, the interface device is located in the first anterior cavity on one side of the diaphragm and on the opposite side of the diaphragm, configured to be located near the user's ear during use. It has a first fluid passage extending between it and a second posterior cavity. Preferably, the first fluid passage comprises a fluid passage in the inlet area that is substantially smaller than the cross-sectional area of the first cavity and the second cavity. In some forms, the first fluid passage is located just around the periphery of the diaphragm. In other forms, the first cavity is placed through the transducer base structure or the inner wall of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, the interface device comprises a first fluid passage or a second fluid passage from the first anterior cavity to the outside air. In some forms, this fluid passage comprises an inlet area that is substantially smaller than the cross-sectional area of the air in the vicinity. In some other forms, these fluid passages have an inlet area that is substantially larger than the cross-sectional area of the first anterior cavity and is a flow limiting factor that substantially limits the flow of gas through it. Incorporate.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device is a mobile phone.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device is a hearing aid.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device is a microphone.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a headphone device comprising a pair of headphone interface devices configured to be located around each of the user's ears during use, wherein each interface device. At least one audio transducer, as well as an audio transducer, having a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal in use. With an enclosure or baffle for accommodating, with at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers, at least in part of the associated housing. It can be said that it is composed of a headphone device having an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the inside.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising a pair of earphone interface devices, each configured to be located in or near the user's external auditory canal during use, with the respective interfaces. An at least one audio transducer in which the device has a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal in use, as well as It has an enclosure or baffle to accommodate the audio transducers, has at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, and the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is at least partially associated. It can be said that it is composed of an earphone device having an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the inside of the housing.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a mobile phone comprising an audio device, wherein the audio device acts on the diaphragm and acts on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm in response to an electronic signal in use. At least one audio transducer with an excitation mechanism configured to generate sound, as well as at least one housing with an enclosure or baffle for accommodating the audio transducer and associated with each audio transducer. It can be said that the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is composed of a mobile phone having an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the inside of the associated housing.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal during use. A hearing aid with one audio transducer, as well as an enclosure or baffle for accommodating the audio transducer, and at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, the vibration of one or more audio transducers. It can be said that the plate is composed of a hearing aid having an outer periphery that is not physically connected to the inside of the associated housing, at least in part.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention comprises at least one audio transducer having a diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to convert the motion of the diaphragm caused by sound into an electrical audio signal, as well as an audio transducer. A microphone with at least one housing associated with an enclosure or baffle for each audio transducer, wherein the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is at least partially associated with the housing. It is a microphone having an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the inside of the microphone.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used for personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and at the time of use. An enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer and an audio transducer having an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal. Or with a baffle and at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is virtually completely physically connected to the interior of the associated housing. Consists of personal audio devices that do not.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used for personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and at the time of use. An enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer and an audio transducer having an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal. Or with a baffle, with at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, and at least one audio transducer associated with at least one housing, with a suspension connecting the outer periphery of the diaphragm to the housing. The suspension, in part, consists of a personal audio device that connects the diaphragm around the perimeter of the periphery.</p><p>Preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 80% of the peripheral perimeter. More preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 50% of the peripheral perimeter. Most preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragms along a length of less than 20% of the peripheral circumference.</p><p>The suspension may be, for example, a solid surround or sealing element.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising at least one earphone interface device configured to be located within the in-situ instep of the user's ear, each earphone interface. An audio transducer, as well as an audio transducer, in which the device has a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm in response to an electronic signal to move the diaphragm and generate sound. It has an enclosure or baffle for containment, a housing configured to be held within the instep of the user's ear during use, and the diaphragm of the audio transducer is not physically connected to the inside of the housing. It can also be said that the earphone device comprises one or more peripheral areas of the outer periphery of the diaphragm, and a relatively small air gap separates the inside of the housing from the one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm. ..</p><p>Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, or even more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, the width of the air gap, as determined by the distance between each peripheral area and the housing, is less than 1/10, more preferably less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm.</p><p>Preferably, the width of the air gap, as determined by the distance between one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm and the housing, is less than 1.5 mm, more preferably less than 1 mm, and even more preferably less than 0.5 mm.</p><p>Preferably, the housing comprises one or more openings for transmitting the sound generated by the movement of the diaphragm during use to the user's ear canal.</p><p>Preferably, one or more openings are configured to be placed inside the user's instep when the device is in place. Alternatively, one or more openings are configured to be placed inside the user's ear canal when the device is in place.</p><p>In some embodiments, the housing substantially does not seal the air inside the ear canal and the air outside the ear canal. Preferably, the housing does not provide a substantially continuous seal around the perimeter of the user's ear canal in situ. Preferably, the housing does not apply substantially continuous pressure to the in-situ peripheral area of the user's ear canal.</p><p>Preferably, the housing opens the user's ear canal in situ to the extent that it causes passive attenuation of less than 1 decibel (dB), or less than 2 dB, or less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB of sound around 70 hertz. Close it.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the housing can cause passive attenuation of less than 1 decibel (dB), or less than 2 dB, or less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB of sound around 120 hertz. Close the opening to the spot.</p><p>Alternatively, or additionally, the housing of the user's ear canal to the extent that it causes passive attenuation of less than 1 decibel (dB), or less than 2 dB, or less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB of sound around 400 hertz. Close the opening to the field.</p><p>In one embodiment, each earphone interface device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably. It comprises one audio transducer with an FRO that includes a frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>Preferably, the earphone device comprises a pair of earphone interface devices configured to be located in the user's ear to reproduce sound. Preferably, the earphone interface device is configured to play at least two independent audio signals.</p><p>Preferably, the FRO is above 20 dB, more preferably above 14 dB, even more preferably above 10 dB, and most preferably above the "diffuse field" standard proposed by Hammershoi and Moller in 2008. Played without a continuous drop in sound pressure above 6 dB.</p><p>Preferably, the FRO is above 20 dB, more preferably above 14 dB, and even more preferably 10 dB above the "diffuse field" standard proposed by Hammershoi and Moller in 2008 at the bandwidth limit. Reproduced without a drop in sound pressure that exceeds, and most preferably exceeds 6 dB.</p><p>In the second embodiment, each earphone interface device comprises two or less audio transducers in the frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, and even more preferably. Aggregately has an FRO that includes a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>In a third embodiment, each earphone interface device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, and even more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more. It comprises no more than three audio transducers, preferably having FROs collectively including a frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz, and most preferably a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used in personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, the diaphragm and the diaphragm. For accommodating at least one audio transducer, as well as an audio transducer having a hinge assembly connected to the diaphragm and an excitation mechanism that imparts substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm in response to an electronic signal in use. It can also be said that the diaphragm of the audio transducer, which has a housing with an enclosure or a baffle, is composed of a personal audio device that maintains substantial rigidity during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm remains substantially rigid over the FRO of the transducer during operation.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, or even more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body that is substantially thicker than the maximum dimensions of the diaphragm body. Preferably, the maximum thickness of the diaphragm body is greater than 11% of the maximum length of the diaphragm body, and even more preferably greater than 14% of this maximum length.</p><p>In some embodiments, the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is connected to a diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces and in the vicinity of at least one of the main surfaces. A normal stress reinforcement that is connected and resists compressive-tensile stresses received in or near the surface of the body during operation and is embedded in the body and oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces. It comprises at least one internal reinforcing member that resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformation that the body undergoes during operation.</p><p>In one embodiment, the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface. During operation, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. , The hinge assembly urges the hinge element towards the contact surface. Preferably, the hinge system comprises an urging mechanism for urging each hinge element towards the associated contact surface.</p><p>In yet another embodiment, the hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, where each hinge connection pivotally connects the diaphragm to the transducer base structure so that the diaphragm is in operation and the axis of rotation. Allowed to rotate relative to the transducer base structure in the center, the hinge connections were tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and tilted relative to each other. It comprises at least two elastic hinge elements, each of which is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and compresses, tensions and / or shear deformations along and throughout this element during operation. It has substantial translational rigidity to resist, as well as substantial flexibility to allow bending in response to forces perpendicular to this section. In some configurations, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, each hinge element is substantially rigid against twisting. In the alternative configuration, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible to twist. Preferably, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against bending.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used in personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and a transducer base. An audio transducer with a structure, a hinge assembly that rotatably connects the diaphragm to the diaphragm base structure, and an excitation mechanism that, in response to electronic signals, imparts substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm body. The hinge system comprises at least one hinge connection, each hinge connection pivotally connecting the diaphragm to the transducer base structure, and the diaphragm is centered around the axis of rotation during operation. Allows rotation relative to the structure, the hinge connection is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure on one side and to the diaphragm on the other side, and at least two elastics tilted relative to each other. With hinge elements, each hinge element is tightly coupled to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and resists compression, tension and / or shear deformation along and throughout this element during operation. It can be said to consist of a personal audio device having substantial translational rigidity as well as substantial flexibility that allows bending in response to a force perpendicular to this section.</p><p>In some embodiments, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, each hinge element is substantially rigid against twisting.</p><p>In an alternative embodiment, each flexible hinge element of each hinge connection is substantially flexible to twist. Preferably, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against bending.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used in personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and a transducer base. An audio transducer with a structure, a hinge system that rotatably connects the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure, and an excitation mechanism that, in response to electronic signals, imparts substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm. The hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection comprising a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member having a contact surface and operating. Within, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially stable physical contact with the contact surface. It can be said that the hinge assembly consists of a personal audio device that urges the hinge element toward the contact surface.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone interface device configured to be substantially located in or near the instep of the user's ear, a diaphragm comprising a diaphragm body. And an audio transducer with a hinge assembly connected to the diaphragm and an excitation mechanism that, in response to electronic signals, imparts substantial rotational motion around the approximate axis of rotation to the diaphragm body. It also comprises a housing with an enclosure or baffle to accommodate the audio transducer, the diaphragm body of the audio transducer is substantially rigid during operation, and the diaphragm body of the audio transducer is at least one area. It can be said that the earphone interface device has a thickness larger than about 15% of the distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal peripheral portion of the diaphragm body. More preferably, this thickness is greater than about 20% of this total distance.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone interface device configured to be placed within the in-situ instep of the user's ear, the diaphragm and a hinge set connected to the diaphragm. It comprises an audio transducer having a solid and an excitation mechanism that imparts substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm in response to an electronic signal in use, as well as a housing with an enclosure or baffle to accommodate the audio transducer. -The earphone interface where the diaphragm of the transducer is substantially rigid during operation of the audio transducer and the portion of the excitation mechanism of the audio transducer that is connected to the associated diaphragm is tightly coupled. -It can be said that it is composed of devices.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone interface device configured to be placed in the in-situ instep of the user's ear, the diaphragm and a hinge set connected to the diaphragm. It comprises an audio transducer having a solid and an excitation mechanism that imparts substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm in response to an electronic signal in use, as well as a housing with an enclosure or baffle to house the audio transducer. Earphones where the transducer diaphragm is substantially rigid during operation of the audio transducer and the audio transducer diaphragm has an outer periphery that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the enclosure. It can be said that it is composed of interface devices.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used for personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and at the time of use. An audio transducer having an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm body and generate sound in response to an electronic signal, as well as an enclosure or baffle for accommodating the audio transducer. Provided with a housing, the diaphragm of the audio transducer, at least in part, with an outer periphery that is not physically connected to the interior of the housing, so that the audio device is located near the user's ear during use. An enclosure or baffle associated with the audio transducer creates a sufficient seal between the configured internal air cavity on one side of the device and the external air in place of this device, from the first cavity to the device. In a personal audio device with at least one fluid passage to the second cavity located on the opposite side of the first cavity, and from the first cavity to the air outside the device, or both. It can be said that it is composed.</p><p>Preferably, the diaphragm comprises one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Preferably, the perimeter is not significantly physically connected so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 20%, and more preferably at least 30%, of the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Configure. More preferably, the perimeter is substantially not physically connected, so that the one or more peripheral regions are at least 50%, or even more preferably at least, the length or perimeter of the perimeter. Make up 80%. Most preferably, the perimeter is approximately completely unphysically connected, so that the one or more perimeters constitute approximately the entire perimeter or perimeter of the perimeter.</p><p>Preferably, each fluid passage provides a substantially restrictive fluid passage for substantially restricting the flow of gas flowing there in place and during operation. The fluid passage may be provided with apertures reduced in diameter or width at the joints with air on both sides and / or may be provided with a fluid flow limiting element. The fluid flow limiting element may be this passage or a porous or breathable cover or insert placed within this passage.</p><p>In some embodiments, the interface device is located in the first anterior cavity on one side of the diaphragm and on the opposite side of the diaphragm, configured to be located near the user's ear during use. It has a first fluid passage extending between it and a second posterior cavity. Preferably, the first fluid passage comprises an aperture in the inlet area that is substantially smaller than the cross-sectional area of the first cavity and the second cavity. In some forms, the first fluid passage is located just around the periphery of the diaphragm. In other forms, the first cavity is placed through the transducer base structure or the inner wall of the housing.</p><p>In some embodiments, the interface device comprises a first fluid passage or a second fluid passage from the first anterior cavity to the outside air. In some forms, this fluid passage comprises an inlet area that is substantially smaller than the cross-sectional area of the air in the vicinity. In some other forms, these fluid passages have an inlet area that is substantially larger than the cross-sectional area of the first anterior cavity, and also a flow limiting factor that substantially limits the flow of gas through it. Incorporate.</p><p>In some embodiments, the interface device comprises a first fluid passage or a second fluid passage from the rear cavity to the outside air. In some forms, this fluid passage comprises an inlet area that is substantially smaller than the cross-sectional area of the air in the vicinity. In some other forms, these fluid passages have an inlet area that is substantially larger than the cross-sectional area of the first anterior cavity, and also a flow limiting factor that substantially limits the flow of gas through it. Incorporate.</p><p>In some embodiments, one or more fluid passages can fluidly connect the first anterior cavity on the ear canal side of the device to a second cavity that does not incorporate a diaphragm therein.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device creates a sufficient seal between the air on the ear canal side of the device and the air on the outer side of the device in place, and the air enclosed in the ear canal side of the device in place is sufficiently small. As a result, the sound pressure generated inside the ear canal is at least 2 dB, on average, compared to the sound pressure generated when the device is in operation \ the audio device is not producing sufficient seals in place. More preferably 4 dB, and most preferably at least 6 dB.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device creates a sufficient seal between the air on the ear canal side of the device and the air on the outer side of the device in place, and the air enclosed in the ear canal side of the device in place is sufficiently small. As a result, given a 70Hz sine wave electrical input, the sound pressure generated inside the ear canal is given the same electrical input when the audio device does not produce enough seal in place. It increases by at least 2 dB, more preferably 4 dB, and most preferably at least 6 dB, compared to the sound pressure generated in the case of.</p><p>Preferably, the air leak is formed within a substantially single component. More preferably, they are formed entirely within a single component. [Does this include mesh? (I want to include it.) The reason is that leaks can occur very easily between facing faces, but in these it is possible to control tolerances during manufacturing. Have difficulty. ]</p><p># 251 Preferably, at least one air leak passage comprises a small hole and / or a fine mesh and / or an air gap.</p><p>In some embodiments, one of the fluid passages has one or more apertures having a diameter of less than about 0.5 mm, more preferably less than about 0.1 mm, and most preferably less than about 0.03 mm. Be prepared.</p><p>Preferably, said fluid passages allow sufficient gas to flow through it, so that these fluid passages span a frequency range of 20Hz-80Hz during device operation, and audio devices are standard. On average, at least 10%, and more preferably at least 25%, of the sound pressure that occurs when leaks are small, at least 50% of the time installed in a typical measuring device. More preferably at least 50%, and most preferably at least 75%, it contributes to a decrease in sound pressure level (SPL) (both in the SPL (ie dB) and frequency range, the average value is log-scale weighted (log-scale). Calculated using weighting)).</p><p>Preferably, the air leak passages leak sufficient air so that these air leak passages are installed in a standard measuring device while the device is operating in a 70 Hz sine wave. Collectively at least 10%, more preferably at least 25%, even more preferably at least 50%, and most preferably at least at least 10% of the sound pressure that occurs when leakage is slight at least 50% of the time. It contributes to a 75% decrease in SPL.</p><p>Preferably, when the audio device is worn by the same listener to a randomly selected listener, on average, said air leak passage (in the periphery of the device) leaks sufficient air and its As a result, these air leak passages span a frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz during operation of the device and collectively at least with respect to the sound pressure generated when there is little leakage through the air leakage passage during operation. 0.5 dB, more preferably 1 dB, even more preferably 2 dB, even more preferably 4 dB, most preferably 6 dB, which contributes to the SPL reduction (both in the SPL (ie dB) and frequency regions, the average value is logarithmic scale weighted. Calculated using).</p><p>Preferably, when the audio device is worn by the same listener to a randomly selected listener, on average, said air leak passage (in the periphery of the device) leaks sufficient air and its As a result, these air leak passages are collectively at least 0.5 dB with respect to the sound pressure generated when the device is operating in a 70 Hz sine wave and there is only a small amount of leakage through the air leak passage during operation. , More preferably at least 1 dB, even more preferably at least 2 dB, even more preferably at least 4 dB, most preferably at least 6 dB, which contributes to the reduction in SPL.</p><p>Preferably, the fluid passage is over a distance longer than the shortest distance of the main surface of the diaphragm, more preferably over a distance of more than 50% longer than the shortest distance of the main surface of the diaphragm, most preferably the main of the diaphragm. It is distributed over a distance longer than twice the shortest distance of the surface.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device comprises an interface configured to exert pressure on one or more parts of the head beyond and / or around the in-situ ear.</p><p>Preferably, the audio device has a frequency band from 160 Hz to 6 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 120 Hz to 8 kHz, more preferably a frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, and even more preferably a frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It has a band, and most preferably an FRO that includes a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device comprises a follow-up interface, where the audio device contacts the ear or the portion of the head near the ear.</p><p>Preferably, the follow-up interface has a plurality of small openings that are breathable and have the effect of significantly resisting the movement of air at audio frequencies.</p><p>Preferably, the follow-up interface is composed of open cell foam.</p><p>Preferably, the small opening is configured on the ear canal side of the device so that in-situ air is fluidly coupled to the small opening of the follow-up interface.</p><p>Preferably, the follow-up interface comprises a breathable cloth covering one or more parts that is fluidly connected to the air in place on the ear canal side of the device.</p><p>Preferably, the follow-up interface comprises a substantially impermeable cloth covering one or more contactable parts of the air on the outer side of the device.</p><p>In some embodiments, the audio device may include multiple audio transducers.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a personal audio device used for personal audio applications, typically located within about 10 cm from the user's head during use, with a diaphragm and at the time of use. An enclosure for accommodating at least one audio transducer and an audio transducer having an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal. Or one of the outer perimeters with a baffle and at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, in which the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers is not physically connected to the interior of the associated housing. It can be said that one or more peripheral regions of a diaphragm having one or more peripheral regions and not physically connected to the inside of the housing are composed of a personal audio device supported by a ferromagnetic fluid.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid significantly supports the in-situ diaphragm.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is a headphone device comprising a pair of headphone interface devices configured to be located around each of the user's ears during use, wherein each interface device. At least one audio transducer, as well as an audio transducer, having a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal in use. Equipped with an enclosure or baffle for accommodating, with at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, and the diaphragm of one or more audio transducers physically with the interior of the associated housing. Consists of a headphone device that comprises one or more peripheral areas of the unconnected perimeter and one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing, supported by a ferromagnetic fluid. It can be said that.</p><p>In another aspect, the invention is an earphone device comprising a pair of earphone interface devices, each configured to be located in or near the user's external auditory canal during use, with the respective interfaces. An at least one audio transducer in which the device has a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm to move the diaphragm and generate sound in response to an electronic signal in use, as well as An enclosure or baffle for accommodating audio transducers, with at least one housing associated with each audio transducer, and one or more audio transducer diaphragms with the interior of the associated housing. In an earphone device that has one or more peripheral areas of the outer periphery that are not physically connected and one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm that are not physically connected to the inside of the housing are supported by a ferromagnetic fluid. It can be said that it is composed.</p><p>Preferably, the ferrofluid seals or makes direct contact with this one or more peripheral regions supported by the ferrofluid, so that the ferrofluid is substantially made of them. Prevent the flow of air between.</p><p>In one embodiment, the earphone interface comprises a substantially longitudinal interface channel configured to be audibly connected to a diaphragm and located in the immediate vicinity of the user's ear canal. Preferably, the interface channel comprises a muffling insert, such as a foam, or other porous or breathable element, in the throat of the channel.</p><p>Any one or more of the above embodiments or preferred features may be combined with any one or more of the above embodiments.</p><p>Other aspects, examples, features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the detailed description and accompanying drawings showing the principles of the invention as an example.</p><p>Definitions As used herein and in the claims, the phrase "audio transducer" includes electroacoustic transducers such as speakers or acoustic electric transducers such as microphones. Although a passive radiator is not strictly a transducer, the term "audio transducer" is intended herein to include a passive radiator in its definition.</p><p>As used herein and in the scope of patent claims, the phrase "force transmission component" means a member of an associated conversion mechanism, where a) the conversion mechanism converts electrical energy into sound energy. When configured, if a force is generated to drive the vibrating plate of the conversion mechanism, or b) the conversion mechanism is configured to convert sound energy into electrical energy, the physical motion of this member is the force transmission configuration. It causes a change in the force applied to the vibrating plate by the element.</p><p>The phrase "personal audio" as used herein and in the claims in connection with a transducer or device is operable for audio playback and is approximately from the user's ear or head during audio playback. Means a speaker transducer or speaker device intended for use in the immediate vicinity of the user's ears or head, such as within 10 cm, and / or dedicated to it. Examples of personal audio transducers or personal audio devices include headphones, earphones, hearing aids, mobile phones and the like.</p><p>As used herein and in the claims, the term "comprising" means "at least partially composed of." When interpreting each description of the specification and claims, including the term "provided," there may be other features as well as features beginning with this term. Related terms such as "comprise" and "comprises" should be interpreted in the same way.</p><p>As used herein, the term "and / or" means "and", "or", or both.</p><p>As used herein, the "(s)" following a noun means the plural and / or singular form of the noun.</p><p>Numerical Range References to the range of numbers disclosed herein (eg 1-10) are all rational or irrational numbers within that range (eg 1,1.1,2,3,3.9,4,5,6, 6.5, 7, 8, 9 and 10), and any range of rational or irrational numbers within that range (eg, 2-8, 1.5-5.5 and 3.1-4.7) are also intended to be incorporated. Accordingly, this explicitly discloses all sub-scopes of all ranges expressly disclosed herein. These are only examples of what is specifically intended, and it should be considered that all possible combinations of numbers between the lowest and highest listed values are similarly explicitly stated herein. Is.</p><p>Working Frequency Range The term "working frequency range" (also referred to herein as FRO) as used herein and in the claims in connection with a given audio transducer is knowledgeable in acoustic engineering. It is intended to mean the audio-related FRO of the transducer, which will be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, and optionally includes any application of external hardware or software filtering. Therefore, the FRO is the operating range determined by the configuration of the transducer.</p><p>As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the FRO of the transducer may be determined according to one or more of the following description.</p><p>1. In the context of a complete speaker system, or audio playback system, or personal audio device such as headphones, earphones or hearing aids, the FRO has a sound pressure level (SPL) of frequencies from 500Hz to 2000Hz throughout the system. Above or below the average SPL produced across the band (in both the SPL (ie dB) and frequency region, the average value is calculated using logarithmic scale weighting) or within 9 dB (response is 9 dB). A frequency range within the audible bandwidth of 20Hz to 20kHz (except for any narrow band that descends below), if the device is designed for accurate audio playback, or if the device is auditory. In other cases, such as being designed for other purposes such as enhancement or noise cancellation, the FRO will be determined by one or more skilled personnel with knowledge of this technology. If this speaker system, for example, is a regular personal audio device, the SPL should be measured relative to Hammershoi and Moller's "diffuse field" target criteria, shown in Figure F, for example. be.</p><p>2. In the context of a speaker driver that is operably installed as part of a speaker system or audio playback system, the FRO is that the sound produced by the transducer is directly or indirectly through a port or passive radiator, etc. , A frequency range that significantly contributes to the total SPL of the audio reproduction within the FRO range of the speaker or audio reproduction system.</p><p>3. In the context of a passive radiator that is operably installed as part of a speaker system or audio playback system, the FRO is that the sound produced by the passive radiator is within the FRO of the system of the speaker or audio playback system. A frequency range that significantly contributes to the total sound pressure level (SPL) of an audio reproduction.</p><p>4. In the context of a microphone, the FRO is a transducer that occurs in real time, with audio recordings within the bandwidth recorded by the entire (mono-channel) recording device to which this transducer is a component. Directly to all levels measured by any active crossover and / or passive crossover filtering that change the amount of sound produced by one or more transducers in the system, which is what occurs in a post-recording. A frequency range that contributes significantly, either indirectly or indirectly.</p><p>5. If the associated transducer is not operably installed as part of a speaker system or audio playback system or microphone, the FRO will be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art and the transducer will be appropriate. The bandwidth that is considered appropriate for proper operation.</p><p>In the context of mobile phone transducers for voice reproduction, where the transducer is located within about 5-10 cm from the user's ear, FRO is the audio bandwidth normally applied in this voice reproduction case. Conceivable.</p><p>For the above set, including the interpretation of the phrase FRO, the frequency range referred to in each interpretation is determined or measured using industry-accepted conventional methods of measuring speaker or microphone systems in the relevant category. Should be. As an example, with respect to the conventional industry-accepted method of measuring the SPL generated by a typical home audio floor-standing speaker system, the measurement is performed on the tweeter-axis and is anechoic. The frequency response is measured using the 2.83 VRMS excitation signal at the distance determined by the proper summing of all drivers and any resonators in the system. This distance is a series of windowed measurements, starting at 3 times the maximum dimension of the source, described below, and gradually shortening the measurement distance until one step before the deviation in response becomes apparent. It is determined by doing.</p><p>The lower limit of the FRO for a particular driver in the system is high-pass active and / or passive crossover, and / or any applicable pre-filtering of the source signal, and / or low frequency roll-off of the driver combination. -6dB highpass roll-off frequency generated by the characteristics and / or by any associated resonator (eg, port or passive radiator, said resonator associated with said driver), or FRO of the system. The lower limit of these two frequencies, whichever is higher.</p><p>Generally, the FRO limit for a particular driver in a system is by lowpass active and / or passive crossover and / or by other filtering and / or by any applicable prefiltering of the source signal. / Or the -6dB lowpass rolloff frequency caused by the high frequency rolloff characteristic of the driver combination, or the upper limit of the FRO of the system, whichever is lower of the two.</p><p>Normal headphone measuring equipment will include the use of standard head acoustic simulators.</p><p>The present invention is based on the above, and also assumes a configuration in which an example is simply shown below. Another aspect and advantage of the present invention will become apparent from the following description.</p><p>Preferred embodiments of the present invention are described merely by way of example and with reference to the following drawings.</p>

<figref num="A1">It helps to place the diaphragm in the transducer base structure with a small rotational inertia composite diaphragm that is hinged with contact surfaces that roll against each other by applying urging force using magnetism. FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating Example A of a hinged motion transducer comprising a fixed structure consisting of a string used in a diaphragm and a torsion bar to help center the diaphragm, a) being 3D et al. 3D isometric view, b) is a plan view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front (diaphragm tip) elevation view, and e) is a side elevation view. It is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. A1b), and f) is a detailed view of the hinge type mechanism shown in FIG. A1e.</figref><figref num="A2">It is a figure which shows the diaphragm of the driver of Example A shown in FIG. A1, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a detailed view of the column shown in FIG. A2a, c ) Is an elevation view of the top surface (tip of the diaphragm), d) is a front view, e) is an elevation view of the bottom surface (coil), and f) is a side elevation view. ) Is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="A3">It is a figure which shows the hinge assembly of the driver of Example A shown in FIG. A1, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, and c) is a front view. , D) is a side elevation view, e) is a bottom view, f) is a detailed view (detail A in FIG. A3c), and g) is a sectional view (section A in FIG. A3f). H) is a cross-sectional view (cross-section B in FIG. A3f), i) is a cross-sectional view (cross-section C in FIG. A3f), and j) is a detailed view of the hinge connection in FIG. A3g. ..</figref><figref num="A4">FIG. A1 shows the torsion bar components of the driver of Example A, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a front view, and c) is a side elevation. FIG. D) is an enlarged cross-sectional view (cross-section AA in FIG. A4b).</figref><figref num="A5">A diagram showing the driver of Example A shown in Figure A1 with a decoupling mount assembled on it, a) is a 3D isometric view, and b) is shown in Figure A5a. C) is a detailed view of both the decoupling washer and the decoupling bush shown in Figure A5a, d) is a front view, and e) is a detailed view of the decoupling pyramid. , F) is a detailed view of the decoupling pyramid shown in Figure A5e, g) is a bottom view, and h) is the decoupling pyramid shown in Figure A5g. It is a detailed view of the pyramid.</figref><figref num="A6">A diagram illustrating the driver of Example A shown in FIG. A1, including a stopper mounted on the baffle via the decoupling mount shown in FIG. A5 to prevent the diaphragm from exceeding the range of motion. ) Is a 3D isometric view, b) is a front view, c) is a cross-sectional view (cross-section AA in Figure A6b), and d) is the decoupling triangle shown in Figure A6c. It is a detailed view, e) is a bottom view, f) is a side elevation view, g) is a sectional view (cross section BB of FIG. A6f), and h) is shown in FIG. A6g. It is a detailed view of the decoupling bush and washer, and i) is a 3D isometric exploded view.</figref><figref num="A7">FIG. 5 shows a slug that is clamped to a baffle and holds the bush and washer decoupling mounts shown in Figure A6. This slug is equipped with a rim that acts as a stopper to prevent the driver from moving excessively in the baffle, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, and c) is. It is a front view, d) is a side elevation view, e) is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. A7c), and f) is a sectional view (cross section BB of FIG. A7d).</figref><figref num="A8">A modification of the diaphragm used in Example A, which is identical to the diaphragm shown in Figure A2, except that the main surface of the diaphragm body is completely covered with foil instead of having carbon fiber struts. A) is a 3D isometric view, and b) is a frontal (vibration plate tip) elevation view.</figref><figref num="A9">The foil is identical to the diaphragm shown in Figure A8, except that it has three semi-elliptic areas on either side of the diaphragm, omitted near the tip and also omitting each side area. FIG. 6 shows another modified version of the diaphragm used in Example A, where a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is a frontal (diaphragm tip) elevation view.</figref><figref num="A10">Similar to the diaphragm shown in Figure A8, except that the anti-shear internal reinforcement is not present in the diaphragm, and this diaphragm only has a single wedge of foam. It is a figure which shows another modified version of the diaphragm used in Example A. The diaphragm is also different in that the outer shells attached to the front and back of the wedge are modified into one large semicircle omitted near the tip, a) is a 3D isometric view. , B) are frontal (vibration plate tip) elevation views.</figref><figref num="A11">The outer shell does not have an omitted area, instead the foil covers the entire anterior and posterior surfaces of the foam and also has a gradual decrease in thickness as the outer shell extends towards the tip of the diaphragm. Except for that, a diagram showing another modified version of the diaphragm used in Example A, similar to the diaphragm shown in Figure A10, a) is a 3D isometric view. , B) is a detailed view of the gradual decrease in the thickness of the outer shell surface of aluminum shown in FIG. A11a, and c) is a frontal (diaphragm tip) elevation view.</figref><figref num="A12">As shown in Figure A10, the diaphragm has struts on the front and back of the wedge instead of the outer shell, with a gradual decrease in thickness as the struts extend towards the tip of the diaphragm. A diagram showing another modified version of the diaphragm used in Example A, similar to the diaphragm, a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is shown in Figure A11a. It is a detailed view of the gradual decrease in the thickness of the diagonal struts of carbon fiber, c) is a detailed view of the gradual decrease in the thickness of the parallel struts of carbon fiber shown in Fig. A11a, and d) is. , Front view (tip of diaphragm).</figref><figref num="A13">It is a figure which shows the computer simulation of the finite element analysis (FEA) of the transducer which is similar to the transducer of Example A. A floating transducer in free space is simulated, a) is a plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of the first resonance mode (the basis of the vibrating plate (Wn) is relative to the transducer base structure. (Rotating) is a front view, b) is a diagram of the displacement vector plot resulting from the first resonance mode (pointed to in Figure A13a) in direction A, and c) is a diagram. A13b is a detailed view of the node axis region, d) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the first resonance mode, and e) is the first. 3D isometric view of the displacement plot resulting from the resonance mode, f) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the second resonance mode, g) is It is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot obtained as a result of the second resonance mode. h) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the third resonance mode, and i) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot resulting from the third resonance mode. J) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the fourth resonance mode, and k) is the 3D of the displacement plot resulting from the fourth resonance mode. Isometric, l) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the fifth resonance mode, and m) is the displacement obtained as a result of the fifth resonance mode. It is a 3D isometric view of the plot.</figref><figref num="A14">It is a figure which shows the transducer of FIG. A13 which is similar to the transducer of Example A mounted on a decoupling system. The transducer is a harmonic and linear dynamic in which the surface of the decoupling system, which normally touches the transducer housing, is fixed in space and isometric and reaction forces are applied to the vibrating plate and transducer base structure over a range of frequencies, respectively. (harmonic and linear dynamic) Simulated by finite element analysis (FEA), a) is a 3D isometric view of the transducer and displacement system, b) is now visible on the other side of the driver, ( Another 3D isometric view of the transducer and decoupling system (partially hidden), c) is the 3D isometric of the displacement vector plot obtained as a result of the FEA in the first resonance mode. In the figure, d) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot resulting from the FEA in the first resonance mode, and e) is the displacement obtained as a result of the FEA in the second resonance mode. A 3D isometric view of a vector plot, f) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot resulting from the FEA in the second resonance mode, and g) is the plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of the FEA in the third resonance mode. 3D isotropic diagram, h) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot obtained as a result of FEA in the third resonance mode, and i) is obtained as a result of FEA in the fourth resonance mode. 3D isometric view of the resulting displacement vector plot, j) is the 3D isometric view of the displacement plot obtained as a result of FEA in the 4th resonance mode, and k) is the 5th resonance. 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the mode FEA, l) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot obtained as a result of the fifth resonance mode FEA, m. ) Is a 3D isometric view of the displacement vector plot resulting from the FEA of the sixth resonance mode, and n) is a 3D of the displacement plot obtained as a result of the FEA of the sixth resonance mode. It is an equiangular diagram, and o) is a 3D equiangular diagram of the plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of FEA in the 7th resonance mode. p) is a 3D isometric view of the displacement plot resulting from the FEA in the 7th resonance mode, and q) is the plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of the FEA in the 8th resonance mode. 3D isometric, r) is a 3D isometric of the displacement plot resulting from FEA in 8th resonance mode, s) is the vibrating plate and transducer base of a linear dynamic FEA simulation. A graph of log displacements and log frequencies of the positions of the six sensor positions along the sides of the structure (frequency ranges from 50 Hz to 30 kHz).</figref><figref num="A15">FIG. A2 is a diagram showing the diaphragm structure of the diaphragm assembly of Example A shown in FIG. A2, where a) is a 3D isometric view of the diaphragm structure in which the base end is visible, and b) is. , It is a 3D isometric view of the diaphragm structure where the tip end is visible.</figref><figref num="B1">Combined vibration of small rotational inertia, hinged with a thin walled flexure configured to allow high rotational compliance and low translational followability. It is a figure which shows the embodiment B of the hinge operation driver provided with a plate, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a side elevation view, d). Is a front view, e) is a cross-sectional view (cross-sectional view AA of FIG. B1d), and f) is a 3D isometric exploded view.</figref><figref num="B2">It is a figure which shows the diaphragm and the flexure component connected to the flexure base block of the driver of Example B shown in FIG. B1, and a) is a top view. , B) is a 3D isometric view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front view, and e) is a detailed view of the flexible portion shown in FIG. B2c. f) is another front view (same as B2d) with the reference plane pointed to, and g) is the bottom view with the reference plane pointed to.</figref><figref num="B3">FIG. 3 shows a linking component comprising a base frame of a diaphragm connected to two base blocks via a flexing component as used in the driver of Example B shown in FIGS. B1 and B2. A) is a side elevation view, b) is a front view, c) is a bottom view, and d) is a 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="B4">FIG. B1 shows the driver of Example B, which is shown in FIG. B1 and firmly attached to the baffle, where a) is a top view, b) is a 3D isometric view, and c) is. It is a side elevation view, d) is a front view, e) is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. B4d), and f) is a sectional view (cross section BB of FIG. B4e).</figref><figref num="C1">A diagram showing a simplified version of a driver showing a block representing a diaphragm connected to a base block via a flexible hinge assembly that spans the width of the diaphragm, a) is a top view. b) is a 3D isometric view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front view, and e) is a detailed view of the hinge assembly shown in FIG. C1c.</figref><figref num="C2">Simplified driver replacement showing a block representing a diaphragm connected to a diaphragm base connected to a base block via a flexible hinge assembly located at either end of the diaphragm width In the figure which shows the version, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a side elevation view, and d) is a front view.</figref><figref num="C3">In the diagram showing the side elevations of the simplified driver in Figure C2, except that the diaphragm has an alternative hinge assembly in which the flexure is naturally bent when in its stationary position. be.</figref><figref num="C4">FIG. 5 shows a simplified side elevation of the driver in Figure C2, except that the three bends (on each side) have an alternative hinge assembly that is used in place of the two.</figref><figref num="C5">Simplified driver showing wedge representing diaphragm connected to diaphragm base frame and several coil windings and from diaphragm base frame to base block via two X flexure hinge assemblies 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a rear view, d) is a side elevation view, and e. ) Is a cross-sectional view AA of the rear view (FIG. C5c).</figref><figref num="C6">A simplified version of the same driver as in Figure C5, except that there is no base block, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a rear view, and c) is a side view. It is a top view, and d) is a bottom view.</figref><figref num="C7">A diagram showing a simplified version of the driver similar to the version shown in Figure C5, except that an alternative hinge assembly is used, where a) is a top view and b) is 3D. It is an isometric view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front view (diaphragm tip) view, and e) is a cross-sectional view AA of a rear view (FIG. C7d).</figref><figref num="C8">Except for the use of an alternative hinge assembly, a diagram showing a simplified version of the driver similar to the version shown in Figure C6 (where the base block is not shown), a) is 3D. It is an isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a rear view, and d) is a side elevation view.</figref><figref num="C9">Figure C8 shows an X flexure as used in a similar simplified version of the driver shown in Figure C8, where a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is a side elevation view. Is.</figref><figref num="C10">Simplified driver replacement showing a block representing a diaphragm connected to a diaphragm base connected to two base blocks via a flexure hinge connection that extends from either end of the diaphragm width In the figure showing the version, a) is a top view, b) is a 3D isometric view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front view, and e). Is a cross-sectional view AA of FIG. C10d showing only the faces cut by the cross-section line.</figref><figref num="C11">a to f are six cross-sectional views of some alternative designs of the flexure hinge connection (similar to the figure in Figure C10e, also showing only the faces cut by the cross-sections).</figref><figref num="C12">Having a modified version of the flexure component, where the cross-section thickness is thin in the area where it is intended to flex, and the cross-section thickness is thicker in the area connecting the diaphragm and the two base blocks. Except for, it is a diagram showing a simplified version of the driver shown in Figure C10.</figref><figref num="C13">Having a modified version of the deflection component, where the thickness of the width of the cross section is reasonably narrow in the area where the deflection is intended and wider in the area connecting the diaphragm and the two base blocks. Except, it is a diagram showing a simplified version of the driver shown in Figure C10.</figref><figref num="D1">Hinge-operated speaker driver with three composite diaphragms with small rotational inertia, hinged with a thin walled bend configured to allow high rotational followability and low translational followability. In the figure which shows Example D of, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a side elevation view, and d) is an end view. , E) is a cross-sectional view AA of FIG. D1d.</figref><figref num="D2">In surround configured to direct the air displaced by the three diaphragms into the ports of one set and out of the other set as the diaphragm rotates in one direction and vice versa. It is a diagram showing a driver in Example D shown in FIG. D1 mounted on the surround, in which a) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating one set of ports on one side of the surround. Yes, b) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the second set of ports on the other side of the surround, c) is a side elevation, and d) is an end view. Yes, e) is the cross-sectional view AA of FIG. D2d.</figref><figref num="E1">In the figure showing Example E of a hinged speaker driver with a composite diaphragm with small rotational inertia mounted hinged with contact surfaces that roll with respect to each other when urging forces are applied using leaf springs. A) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front view, and e) is a figure E1c. Detailed view, f) is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. E1d), g) is a detailed view of the contact point in FIG. E1f, and h) is a detailed view of the coil winding in FIG. E1f. It is a figure, i) is a sectional view (cross section BB of FIG. E1c), j) is a detailed view of FIG. E1h, k) is a detailed view of a detailed view (FIG. E1j), l). Is a 3D isometric disassembled assembly drawing, and m) is a detailed drawing (E1l).</figref><figref num="E2">The driver of Example E firmly attached to the baffle shown in FIG. E1 is shown, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, and c) is a side view. It is a top view, d) is a front view, e) is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. E2b), f) is a detailed view of FIG. E2e, and g) is a sectional view (figure). Section BB) of E2e and h) are 3D isometric exploded views.</figref><figref num="E3">It is a 3D isometric view of the diaphragm base frame E107 of the driver of Example E shown in FIG. E1.</figref><figref num="E4">It is a figure which shows the diaphragm assembly E101 of the driver of Example E shown in FIG. E1, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a top view, and c) is a side stand. It is a top view.</figref><figref num="F">It is a graph of the frequency response of the target diffusion field.</figref><figref num="G1">It is a figure which shows Example G of the linear operation speaker driver in which a foam core diaphragm is supported by a conventional surround and spider diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm has tensile / compressive reinforcement on the main outer surface and internal reinforcement in the core, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a side elevation view, and c) is. It is sectional drawing AA of FIG. G1b which shows only the plane cut by the sectional line.</figref><figref num="G2">It is a figure which shows the diaphragm of the driver in Example G shown in FIG. G1, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a side elevation view, and c) is a bottom view. Yes, d) is a 3D isometric exploded view.</figref><figref num="G3">It is a diagram showing a modified version of the driver's diaphragm in Example G shown in Figure G1 where the tensile / compressive reinforcement on the main outer surface of the diaphragm has an area distal to the motor that is omitted. A) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the coil side of the diaphragm, and b) is a 3D isometric view directed at an angle indicating the upper side of the diaphragm.</figref><figref num="G4">FIG. 5 shows a modified version of the driver diaphragm in Example G shown in Figure G1. This modification is similar to the modification shown in Figure G3, except that a large amount of material is omitted from the tensile / compressive reinforcement on the main outer surface of the diaphragm in the distal area of the motor. , A) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the coil side of the diaphragm, and b) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the upper side of the diaphragm.</figref><figref num="G5">In Example G shown in Figure G1, further comprising the same modifications as shown in Figure G4, except that the thickness of the diaphragm tensile / compressive reinforcement is reduced in the distal area of the motor. A figure showing a modified version of the driver's diaphragm, a) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle pointing to the coil side of the diaphragm, and b) is an angle pointing to the top of the diaphragm. It is a 3D isometric view directed to, and c) is a detailed view E5b.</figref><figref num="G6">A modified version of the driver diaphragm in Example G shown in Figure G1 with the same diaphragm, except that the thickness of the diaphragm body decreases as the diaphragm extends away from the coil. A) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the upper side of the diaphragm, and b) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the coil side of the diaphragm. Yes, c) is an end view, d) is a side elevation view, e) is a bottom view, and f) is a 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="G7">The modifications are the same as those shown in Figure G6, except that they have some motor distal areas where tensile / compressive reinforcement on the main outer surface of the diaphragm is omitted, as shown in Figure G1. FIG. 5 shows a modified version of the driver diaphragm in Example G, where a) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the top of the diaphragm and b) is of the diaphragm. It is a 3D isometric view oriented to the angle showing the coil side.</figref><figref num="G8">The modifications are with the modifications shown in Figure G7, except that the tensile / compressive reinforcements on the main outer surface of the diaphragm are provided with fine carbon fiber struts that are gradually reduced in thickness within the distal area of the motor. A modified version of the driver diaphragm in Example G shown in Figure G1 that is identical, a) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the top of the diaphragm. , B) is a detailed view of Figure G8a showing the gradual decrease in column thickness, c) is a 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the coil side of the diaphragm, and d) is. It is a detailed view of FIG. G8c which shows the gradual decrease of the thickness of a column.</figref><figref num="G9">Similar to the linear motion transducers shown in Figures G1a-G1c, a diagram showing a partially free peripheral implementation of a linear motion transducer with the diaphragm assembly of FIGS. G6a-G6f, a). 3D isometric view oriented at an angle indicating the upper side of the diaphragm, b) is a front view, c) is a top view, and d) is a detailed view of the suspension member in FIG. G9c. , E) is a sectional view AA of FIG. G9b showing only the surface cut by the sectional line, f) is a detailed view of the suspension member of FIG. G9f, and g) is an exploded assembly drawing. ..</figref><figref num="H1a">It is a 3D isometric view of the internal reinforcing member which is built and used in the diaphragm body of Example A.</figref><figref num="H1b">It is a side elevation view of the component in FIG. H1a.</figref><figref num="H1c">It is a 3D isometric view of an internal reinforcement member similar to the A209 used built into the diaphragm body of Example A, except that it comprises a network of struts.</figref><figref num="H1d">It is a side elevation view of the component in FIG. H1c.</figref><figref num="H1e">It is a 3D isometric view of the internal reinforcement member similar to A209 used built in the diaphragm body of Example A except that the diaphragm body is provided with a corrugated panel.</figref><figref num="H1f">It is a side elevation view of the component in FIG. H1e.</figref><figref num="H2a">It is a figure which shows the plot of the cumulative spectral attenuation of the driver of Example A.</figref><figref num="H3a">Circum oral headphones consisting of four drivers (two for each ear), two shown in the right ear, one is a treble unit that is the same as the driver in Example A, and one is implemented. A bus unit similar to the driver in Example A, but showing the human head in a 3D view wearing circum oral headphones suitable for playing larger, lower bass. ..</figref><figref num="H3b">It is a diagram showing the same image as in H3a, except that all parts of the headphones are hidden except for the two speaker drivers.</figref><figref num="H4a">One full range driver shows a 3D view of a human head wearing a bad earphone in the right ear. The speaker driver used is similar to the speaker shown in Figure E.</figref><figref num="H4b">The image shows the same image as the H4a, except that the image is an enlarged view of the ear with the speaker driver inside the ear.</figref><figref num="H6a">FIG. 5 shows a plot of the cumulative spectral attenuation of the bus driver shown in Figure H3a.</figref><figref num="H7a">It is a schematic side view of one of the four variants of the basic hinge connection that can be used in the contact hinge assembly.</figref><figref num="H7b">It is a schematic side view of one of the four variants of the basic hinge connection that can be used in the contact hinge assembly.</figref><figref num="H7c">It is a schematic side view of one of the four variants of the basic hinge connection that can be used in the contact hinge assembly.</figref><figref num="H7d">It is a schematic side view of one of the four variants of the basic hinge connection that can be used in the contact hinge assembly.</figref><figref num="H8a">It is a side view of the concept of a simple rotating diaphragm connected to a transducer base structure.</figref><figref num="H8b">It is a side view of the concept of a simple rotating diaphragm that is coupled to the transducer base structure and includes four bar link mechanisms.</figref><figref num="H8c">It is a side view of the concept of a simple diaphragm suspension mechanism including four bar link mechanisms.</figref><figref num="J1">It is a figure which shows the cone speaker driver of the prior art semi-decoupling to a baffle, d) is a front view, and e) is a sectional view (cross-sectional view AA of FIG. J1d).</figref><figref num="K1">FIG. 5 shows Example K of a hinged speaker driver with a composite vibrating plate of small rotational inertia mounted hinged with a contact surface that rolls relative to each other and an urging force applied using a leaf spring. , A) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a plan view, c) is a side elevation view, d) is a front (vibration plate tip) elevation view, and e). Is a bottom view, f) is a detailed view of the side member shown in FIG. K1e, g) is a sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. K1b), and h) is shown in FIG. K1g. It is a detailed view of the magnetic flux gap, i) is a detailed view of the hinged connection shown in FIG. K1g, j) is a sectional view (cross section BB of FIG. K1j), and k) is a diagram. It is a detailed view of the side member shown in K1j, l) is a sectional view (cross section CC of FIG. K1b), and m) is a detailed view of the urging spring shown in FIG. K1l, n). Is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view, and o) is a detailed view of the vibrating plate base frame shown in Figure K1n.</figref><figref num="K2a">3D isometric view of an audio system with a smartphone connected to a pair of sealed circum oral headphones using the hinged speaker driver of Example K in each earcup.</figref><figref num="K3a">A diagram showing the right ear cup of a pair of headphones shown in Figure K2a, incorporating the hinge-operated speaker driver of Example K, where a) is a 3D isometric view showing the padded side of the cup. In the figure, b) is a 3D isometric view showing the outward back surface of the cup, c) is an elevation view of the back surface of the cup, and d) is a sectional view (cross section DD of FIG. K3c). Yes, e) is a cross-sectional view (section EE in Figure K3d), f) is a detailed view of the decoupling mount shown in Figure K3e, and g) is a cross-section (section FF in Figure K3d). ) And h) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="K4a">It is a schematic / cross-sectional view showing it in-situ held against the human ear and head by the headband of the headphones in Figure K2a, including the ear cup shown in Figure K3c.</figref><figref num="K5">FIG. K1 shows the force transmission components of the driver of Example K, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a side elevation view, and c) is the back surface. It is an elevation view, and d) is a top view.</figref><figref num="P1">FIG. 6 is a diagram showing Example P of a linearly operating earphone provided with a dome and a dual coil vibrating plate assembly suspended by a ferromagnetic fluid with respect to a magnet assembly, where a) is a 3D or the like showing the ear plug side. It is a square view, b) is a 3D isometric view showing the outer main body side, c) is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, and e) is an end view. f) is a bottom view, g) is a cross-sectional view (cross-section AA in Figure P1c), h) is a detailed view of the magnet and vibrating plate assembly P1g, and i) is shown in Figure P1h. It is a detailed view of the figure shown, j) is a detailed view of the figure shown in FIG. P1i, and k) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="P2">It is a figure which shows the diaphragm assembly of the driver of Example P shown in FIG. P1, a) is a plan view, b) is a side elevation view, and c) is a 3D isometric view. It is a figure, and d) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="P3">FIG. 6 includes a front view of the earphone of Example P shown in FIG. P1 and is a schematic diagram showing it in situ within a schematic cross-sectional view of the human ear.</figref><figref num="S1">A hinged speaker transducer with a composite diaphragm with a small rotational inertia, hinged with a pair of modified ball bearing races with balls urged at the contact surface on which the ball rolls. In the figure which shows Example S, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a front view (diaphragm tip) elevation view, c) is a plan view, and d) is a plan view. Sectional view (section AA of FIG. S1c), e) is a sectional view (section CC of FIG. S1c), f) is a detailed view of the hinged assembly shown in Figure S1e, g). Is a cross-sectional view (cross-section BB of FIG. S1c), and h) is a detailed view of the hinged assembly shown in FIG. S1g.</figref><figref num="S2">The diaphragm assembly of Example S, the view showing the hinged speaker transducer shown in FIG. S1, a) is a 3D isometric view, and b) is the front (diaphragm tip) elevation. It is a figure, c) is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, and e) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="S3">The transducer base structure assembly of Example S, showing the hinged speaker transducer shown in FIG. S1, a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is a front elevation view. c) is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, and e) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="T1">A hinged speaker transducer with a composite diaphragm with a small rotational inertia, hinged with a pair of modified ball bearing races with balls urged at the contact surface on which the ball rolls. In the figure which shows Example T, a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a front view (diaphragm tip) elevation view, c) is a plan view, and d) is a plan view. Sectional view (section AA in FIG. T1c), e) is a sectional view (section CC in FIG. T1c), f) is a partial sectional view (section BB in FIG. T1c), and g) is a diagram. It is a detailed view of the hinged assembly shown in T1g, and h) is a detailed view of the urging spring shown in FIG. T1g.</figref><figref num="T2">The diaphragm assembly of Example T, the figure showing the hinged speaker transducer shown in FIG. T1, a) is a 3D isometric view, and b) is the front (diaphragm tip) elevation. It is a figure, c) is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, and e) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="T3">The transducer base structure assembly of Example T, the hinged speaker transducer shown in FIG. T1, a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is a front elevation view. c) is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, and e) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="T4">A diagram showing one of a pair of ball bearing races in a hinge system used in the transducer of Example T shown in Figure T1, where a) is a 3D isometric view and b). Is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="U1">FIG. 3 shows Example U of a linear motion transducer with a composite diaphragm decoupled to a baffle, where a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is another 3D isometric view, c. ) Is a plan view, d) is a side elevation view, e) is a cross-sectional view (cross section AA of FIG. U1c), and f) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="U2">FIG. U1 is a diagram showing a linear motion transducer of Example U with respect to Example U, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a plan view, and c) is a side view. It is a top view, d) is a sectional view (cross-sectional view AA of FIG. U2c), e) is a detailed view of a part of the magnet assembly shown in FIG. The g) is a 3D isometric view showing the FEM modal analysis depiction, which is a plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of the fundamental vibration plate resonance mode, and h) is the basis. The top view showing the FEM modal analysis depiction of the displacement vector plot resulting from the vibrating plate resonance mode, i) is the FEM modal plot of the displacement vector obtained as a result of the fundamental vibrating plate resonance mode. Side elevations showing the analytical depiction, j) is a detailed view of the node axis region of the FEM modal analytical depiction shown in Figure U2i, and k) was obtained as a result of the fundamental vibration plate resonance mode. A 3D isometric view showing a FEM modal analysis depiction of displacement plots. l) is a top view showing a FEM modal analysis depiction of the displacements obtained as a result of the fundamental diaphragm resonance mode, and m) is a plot of the displacements obtained as a result of the fundamental diaphragm resonance mode. It is a side elevation view showing a certain FEM modal analysis depiction.</figref><figref num="U3">A diagram showing the transducer of Example U and the displacement mount transducer assembly shown in Figure U1, where a) is a 3D isometric view and b) is a 3D isometric view, c. ) Is a 3D isometric view showing a FEM modal analysis depiction of the displacements obtained as a result of the resonance mode including the movement of the driver base structure with respect to the decoupling mount, and d) with respect to the decoupling mount. An alternative 3D isometric view showing a FEM modal analysis depiction of the displacements obtained as a result of a resonance mode involving movement of the driver base structure.</figref><figref num="U4">FIG. U2 is a diagram showing a diaphragm assembly of the transducer of Example U shown in FIG. U2, where e) is a 3D isometric view, f) is a front elevation view, and g) is a plane. It is a figure, and h) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="V1">A diagram showing a prior art bearing assembly incorporating preload, a) is a side elevation, b) is a front elevation, c) is a 3D isometric, d. ) Is a cross-sectional view (cross-sectional view AA of FIG. V1a), and e) is a detailed view of the magnetic flux gap shown in FIG. K1g.</figref><figref num="V2">FIG. V1 shows the bearing races of the bearing assembly, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a front elevation view, and c) is a cross-sectional view (figure). Section EE) of V2b, and d) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="W1">FIG. 2 is a diagram showing Example W of a pair of open circum-oral headphones in which each side incorporates the hinge-operated speaker driver of Example K shown in FIG. K1, and a) is a 3D isometric view. , B) is a plan view, and c) is a side elevation view.</figref><figref num="W2">FIG. 6 shows a right ear cup of a pair of headphones shown in FIG. W1 incorporating a hinged speaker driver of Example W, where a) is a 3D isometric view showing the outward back of the cup. B) is a 3D isometric view showing the padded side of the cup, c) is a back elevation view of the cup, and d) is a cross section (section AA in Figure W2c). Yes, e) is a sectional view (section BB in FIG. W2d), f) is a detailed view of the decoupling mount shown in FIG. W2e, and g) is a sectional view (section DD in FIG. W2d). ) And h) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="W3a">Includes the section shown in the ear cup of Figure W2d, but is a schematic / cross-sectional view showing it in-situ held against the human ear and head by the headband of the headphones in Figure W1a.</figref><figref num="X1">Figure K1 shows Example X of an earphone incorporating a transducer of Example K of hinge operation, where a) is a 3D isometric view, b) is a plan view, and c). Is an end view, d) is a cross-sectional view (cross-sectional view AA of FIG. X1c), and e) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="X2">FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram including a cross-sectional view of the earphone of Example P shown in FIG. X1d, which is shown in situ within a schematic cross-sectional view of the human ear.</figref><figref num="Y1">Implementation of Supra Oral Headphones with a pair of decoupled linearly actuated speaker drivers whose magnet assembly and diaphragm assembly incorporate the linearly actuated speaker driver also used in Example P of Figure P1. Example Y is a diagram showing a) a 3D isometric view, b) a front view, and c) a side elevation view.</figref><figref num="Y2">Incorporating the Driver of Example P Figure Y1a shows the right ear cup of a pair of headphones, a) is a 3D isometric view showing the padded side of the cup, b. ) Is a 3D isometric view showing the outward back of the cup, c) is the back elevation of the cup, d) is the side elevation of the cup, and e) is the cross-sectional view. (Cross section AA in Figure Y2c), f) is a cross section (Cross section BB in Figure Y2e), g) is a detailed view of the transducer shown in Figure Y2e, and h) is in Figure Y2g. The shown transducer is a detailed view of the flux gap, i) is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view.</figref><figref num="Y3">It is a disassembled assembly 3D isometric view of the transducer assembly of the ear cup of Example Y of FIG. V2.</figref><figref num="Y4">FIG. 5 includes a cross-sectional view of the Supra Oral Ear Cup of Example Y shown in FIG. Y2e and is an in-situ schematic representation of the Supra Oral Ear Cup located in the schematic cross-sectional view of the human ear.</figref><figref num="Z1">With a treble hinge action transducer that is similar to the transducer of Example K shown in Figure K1 and is decoupled from the enclosure in a manner similar to the decoupling system shown in Figure K3. It is a diagram showing Example Z of a computer speaker standing on the floor incorporating two drivers of a mid-bass hinge action transducer, a) is a front view, and b) is a front view. It is a side elevation view, c) is a 3D isometric view, and d) is a detailed view of FIG. Z1c.</figref>

Next, various embodiments or configurations of audio transducers or related structures, mechanisms, devices, assemblies, or systems will be described in detail. These will be described with reference to the drawings. As used herein, reference to a particular diagram number, eg, FIG. A1, is intended to include all figures prefixed with this number, eg, FIGS. A1a-1f. The examples of audio transducers shown in the drawings are, for the sake of clarity, Examples A, B, D, E, G, G9, H3, H4, K, P, S, T, U, W, X, Called Y and Z.

Examples or configurations of the audio transducers of the invention, or related structures, mechanisms, devices, assemblies, or systems, may be described with reference to electroacoustic transducers such as speaker drivers. Unless otherwise specified, the audio transducer, or associated structure, mechanism, device, assembly, or system may be implemented as or within an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone. Accordingly, as used herein, unless otherwise specified, the term audio transducer is intended to include both speaker and microphone implementations.

An embodiment or configuration of an audio transducer, or related structure, mechanism, device, assembly, or system described herein is not required of one or more types associated with an audio transducer system. Designed to deal with resonance.

In each of the audio transducer embodiments described herein, the audio transducer is movably connected to a transducer base structure and / or a base such as a housing, support, or portion of a baffle. It is equipped with a diaphragm assembly. The base has a relatively larger mass than the diaphragm assembly. The conversion mechanism associated with the diaphragm assembly, in the case of an electroacoustic transducer, moves the diaphragm assembly in response to electrical energy. It will be appreciated that alternative conversion mechanisms may be implemented that convert the motion of the diaphragm assembly to electrical energy in another way. As used herein, the conversion mechanism may also be referred to as an excitation mechanism.

In the embodiments of the present invention, an electromagnet conversion mechanism is used. Typically, the electromagnet conversion mechanism comprises a magnetic structure configured to generate a magnetic field and at least one electric coil located in the magnetic field and configured to move in response to an electrical signal received. .. Since the electromagnet conversion mechanism does not require a connection between the magnetic structure and the electric coil, generally one part of the mechanism is connected to the transducer base structure and the other part of the mechanism is connected to the diaphragm assembly. To. In the preferred configuration described herein, the heavier magnetic structure forms part of the transducer base structure and the relatively lighter one or more coils form part of the diaphragm assembly. In each of the embodiments described, an alternative conversion mechanism, including, for example, a piezoelectric mechanism, an electrostatic mechanism, or any other suitable mechanism known in the art, does not deviate from the scope of the invention. It will be understood that it may be incorporated in other ways.

The diaphragm assembly is movably connected to the base via a diaphragm suspension mounting system. Two types of audio transducers: a rotary motion audio transducer in which the diaphragm assembly vibrates rotatably with respect to the base, and a linear motion audio transducer in which the diaphragm assembly vibrates / reciprocates linearly with respect to the base. Transducers are described herein. Examples of rotary motion audio transducers are shown in Examples A, B, D, E, K, S, T, W, and X Audio Transducers. For rotary motion audio transducers, the suspension mounting system comprises a hinge system configured to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the base. Examples of linear motion audio transducers are shown in Examples G, G9, P, U, and Y Audio Transducers.

The audio transducer may contain a housing or surround to form an audio transducer assembly, which may include, for example, multiple audio transducer assemblies, or an earphone device or headphone device. It can also form parts of the audio device, such as parts of. In some embodiments, the transducer base structure may form part of the housing or surround of the audio transducer assembly. The audio transducer, or at least the diaphragm assembly, is mounted in the housing or surround via a mounting system. The type of mounting system configured to decouple the audio transducer from the housing or surround transmits mechanical vibrations from the audio transducer to the housing (and vice versa) due to unwanted resonance during operation. It is designed to be at least mitigated, for example, described with reference to some of the embodiments, and is hereinafter referred to as a decoupling mounting system.

Various structures, mechanisms, devices, assemblies, or systems associated with audio transducers are described, as well as examples of various audio transducers incorporating these structures, mechanisms, devices, assemblies, or systems. For this reason, the following description is divided into multiple sections. In detail, this description describes the following key sections: Overview of audio transducer examples, Rigid diaphragm structures and assemblies, and audio transducers incorporating them, Diaphragm suspension systems, and the like. Includes a rotary motion audio transducer that incorporates, a decoupling mounting system, and an audio transducer that incorporates it, a personal audio device that incorporates the audio transducer of the invention, and a preferred transducer base structural design.

The various structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems described below these sections are described in connection with some of the examples of audio transducers of the invention, but as an alternative, these. It will be appreciated that the structure, assembly, mechanism, device, or system may be incorporated into any other suitable audio transducer assembly without departing from the scope of the invention. Further, embodiments of the audio transducers of the present invention incorporate some combination of one or more of the various structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems as described. However, as an alternative, one of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the scope of the invention, any one or more of the various structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems described under these examples. It will be appreciated that audio transducers can be configured that incorporate other combinations.

The following description may include any combination of various structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems that may be incorporated into or related to audio transducer embodiments of the present invention. It also includes a section to describe various suitable audio transducer applications that can be incorporated into. Accordingly, embodiments of audio devices, including personal audio devices such as headphones or earphones that incorporate such transducers, are also described with reference to the drawings.

For brevity, some of the methods of constructing any of an audio transducer, an audio device, or various structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems are described and in all embodiments. No. Accordingly, configuration methods associated with each of the related structures, assemblies, mechanisms, devices, or systems that will be apparent to those of skill in the art from the embodiments described and / or the following description are included within the scope of the invention. It is also intended. Further, the present invention also includes a method of converting an audio signal using the audio transducers described herein and the principles and / or features of the associated structure, assembly, mechanism, device, or system. Is also intended.

First, a brief overview of some examples of audio transducers is given.

1. Outline of Example of Audio Transducer 1.1 Audio Transducer of Example A Figures A1 to A7 and A15 show the audio transducer of Example A of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer comprising . The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure A1300 that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail under Section 2.2 of this specification. Possible variations of the diaphragm structure are also shown in FIGS. A8-12 and are described in detail under Section 2.2 of the present specification. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 2.2.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly A101 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure A115 via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the contact hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. This is shown in detail in FIGS. A2 to A4. The features of the contact hinge system associated with this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.2.2 of the present specification. In the alternative configuration of this embodiment, an alternative contact hinge system may be incorporated into the audio transducer. For example, the audio transducer is a contact hinge system as designed according to the principles described in Section 3.2.1, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3a in the context of Example S, A contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3b in the context of Example T, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.4 in the context of Example K, or an implementation. A contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.5 in the context of Example E may be provided. In yet another set of alternative configurations, the contact hinge system of Example A may be used in place of any one of the flexible hinge systems described below in Section 3.3 of this specification. Alternatively, for example, the audio transducer of Example A is a flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.1 in the context of Example B, under Section 3.3.1. One of the alternative flexible hinge systems described, or the flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.3 in the context of Example D, may be incorporated.

As shown in FIGS. A6 to A7, the audio transducer of Example A is preferably housed in a housing A601 configured to accommodate the transducer. The housing can be of any type required to configure a particular audio device depending on the application. As described in detail below in Section 2.3 of the present specification, the diaphragm assembly housed in the housing in situ comprises an outer periphery that is substantially not physically connected to the interior of the housing. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

Preferably, the audio transducer is mounted to the housing A601 via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. The decoupling mounting system of Example A is described in detail under Section 4.2.1 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this example, the decoupling mounting system is, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.2 in the context of Example E, Section 4.2. Any other decoupling mounting system described herein, such as the decoupling mounting system described in 3, or any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of this specification. It may be replaced by other decoupling mounting systems.

The performance of the Audio Transducer of Example A is shown in Figure 14 and described in Section 4.2.1 of this specification.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 2.2 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example A is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example A. be able to. For example, the audio transducers of Example A are described for the personal audio devices of Examples K, W, X, and H under Sections 5.2.2, 5.5.3, 5.2.4, or 5.2.7, respectively. And implemented as a personal audio device, or in connection with the implementation, modification, or modification of any other personal audio device as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein. It can be housed in either one of the built-in surrounds or the housing. Another embodiment is shown in the context of Figure H3, where the audio transducer of Example A is used in a headphone device. As shown, each headphone cup comprises a plurality of audio transducers configured according to Example A to provide the full bandwidth of the speaker. FIG. H4 shows yet another embodiment in which a single example A audio transducer is inserted into either of the earphone plugs of a set of earphones.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example A can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as described in detail below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example A, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into the system, transducer base structure, and / or conversion mechanism.

1.2 Audio Transducer of Example B Figures B1 to B4 show the audio transducer of Example B of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly B101 rotatably connected to the transducer base structure B120 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail below Section 3.3.1f of the present specification. The diaphragm structure may be used in place of any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification. The transducer base structure comprises a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 3.3.1e.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly B101 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure B120 via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the flexible hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. This is shown in detail in FIGS. B2 and B3. The features of the flexible hinge system related to this embodiment are described in detail in Sections 3.3.1a-3.3.1d of the present specification. In the alternative configuration of this embodiment, an alternative flexible hinge system may be incorporated into the audio transducer. For example, an alternative flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.2 of the present specification, or a flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.3 in the context of Example D. Any one may be incorporated instead. In yet another set of alternative configurations, the flexible hinge system of Example B may be replaced by the contact hinge system of the present invention. For example, as an alternative, the audio transducer of Example B is described under Section 3.2.2 in the context of a contact hinge system, Example A, as designed according to the principles set forth in Section 3.2.1. Contact hinge systems such as those described under Section 3.2.3a in the context of Example S, contact hinge systems as described under Section 3.2.3b in the context of Example T. Contact hinge system, contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.4 in the context of Example K, or contact as described under Section 3.2.5 in the context of Example E. It may be equipped with a hinge system.

As shown in FIG. B4, the audio transducer of Example B can include at least a diaphragm housing B401 configured to accommodate the diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm housing is tightly connected and extends from the transducer base structure to accommodate the adjacent diaphragm assembly. The housing combined with the transducer base structure forms the transducer base assembly. The diaphragm assembly housing is described in detail under Section 3.3.1 g of this specification. In situ, the diaphragm assembly housed within the housing comprises an outer periphery that is substantially non-physically connected to the interior of the housing. The air gaps B405 and B406 separate the diaphragm peripheral from the housing. Accordingly, the audio transducers of this embodiment can be configured according to any one or more of the design principles outlined in Section 2.3 of this specification. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

The audio transducer implemented within the audio device can be mounted to the housing or other surround of the audio device via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. For example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.2 in the context of Example E can be used. Alternatively, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.1 in the context of Example A, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.3 in the context of Example U, or Any other decoupling mounting system described herein, including any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of this specification, is used instead. May be done.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 3.3.1e of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example B is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example B. be able to. For example, the audio transducers in Example B are described for the personal audio devices of Examples K, W, X, and H under Sections 5.2.2, 5.5.3, 5.2.4, or 5.2.7, respectively. Can be housed within either one of the surround or housing and can be implemented as a personal audio device, or any other individual as outlined under Section 5.2.8 herein. Can be incorporated in connection with the implementation, modification, or modification of an audio device.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example B can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example B, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into the system, transducer base structure, and / or conversion mechanism.

1.3 Audio Transducer of Example D Figures D1 and D2 show the audio transducer of Example D of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotary motion audio transducer with a diaphragm assembly rotatably connected to the transducer base structure D104 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a plurality of substantially rigid diaphragm structures arranged at radial intervals around the axis of rotation. This diaphragm assembly design feature is described in Section 3.3.3 herein. Each diaphragm structure may be replaced by any other diaphragm structure described under Sections 2.2 and 2.3 herein in an alternative configuration. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 3.3.3.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the flexible hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. This is shown in detail in Figure D2e. The features of the flexible hinge system related to this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.3.3 of the present specification. In the alternative configuration of this embodiment, an alternative flexible hinge system may be incorporated into the audio transducer. For example, an alternative flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.2 of the present specification, or a flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.1. Any one may be incorporated instead. In yet another set of alternative configurations, the flexible hinge system of Example D may be replaced by the contact hinge system of the present invention. For example, as an alternative, the audio transducer of Example D is described under Section 3.2.2 in the context of a contact hinge system, Example A, as designed according to the principles set forth in Section 3.2.1. Contact hinge systems such as those described under Section 3.2.3a in the context of Example S, contact hinge systems as described under Section 3.2.3b in the context of Example T. Contact hinge system, contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.4 in the context of Example K, or contact as described under Section 3.2.5 in the context of Example E. It may be equipped with a hinge system.

As shown in FIG. D2, the audio transducer of Example B can include at least a diaphragm housing D203 configured to accommodate the diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm housing is tightly connected and extends from the transducer base structure to accommodate the adjacent diaphragm assembly. The housing combined with the transducer base structure forms the transducer base assembly. The diaphragm assembly housing is described in detail under Section 3.3.3 herein. In situ, the diaphragm assembly housed within the housing comprises an outer periphery that is substantially non-physically connected to the interior of the housing. The air gap separates the peripheral part of the diaphragm from the housing. Accordingly, the audio transducers of this embodiment can be configured according to any one or more of the design principles outlined in Section 2.3 of this specification. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

The audio transducer implemented within the audio device can be mounted to the housing or other surround of the audio device via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. For example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.2 in the context of Example E can be used. Alternatively, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.1 in the context of Example A, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.3 in the context of Example U, or Any other decoupling mounting system described herein, including any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of this specification, is used instead. May be done.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 3.3.3 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example D is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example B. be able to. For example, the audio transducers of Example D are described for the personal audio devices of Examples K, W, X, and H under Sections 5.2.2, 5.5.3, 5.2.4, or 5.2.7, respectively. Can be housed within either one of the surround or housing and can be implemented as a personal audio device, or any other individual as outlined under Section 5.2.8 herein. Can be incorporated in connection with the implementation, modification, or modification of an audio device.

The audio transducer of Example D may be, in some configurations, otherwise implemented as an electroacoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as described in detail below Section 7 of this specification. Will be understood.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example D, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into the system, transducer base structure, and / or conversion mechanism.

1.4 Audio Transducer of Example E Figures E1 to E4 show the audio transducer of Example E of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly E101 that is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure E118 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail below Section 3.2.5 of this specification. The diaphragm structure may be used in place of any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 3.3.5.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly E101 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure E118 via the diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the contact hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. This is shown in detail in FIGS. E1b to E1j and E3. The features of the contact hinge system associated with this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.2.5 of this specification. In the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the alternative contact hinge system may be incorporated into the audio transducer. For example, an audio transducer may be a contact hinge system as designed according to the principles described in Section 3.2.1, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.2 in the context of Example A, A contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3a in the context of Example S, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3b in the context of Example T, or a practice. It may include a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.4 in the context of Example K. In yet another set of alternative configurations, the contact hinge system of Example E may be used in place of any one of the flexible hinge systems described below in Section 3.3 of this specification. Alternatively, for example, the audio transducer of Example E is a flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.1 in the context of Example B, under Section 3.3.1. One of the alternative flexible hinge systems described may be incorporated, or a flexible hinge system as described below in Section 3.3.3 in the context of Example D.

As shown in FIG. E4, the audio transducer of Example E can include at least a diaphragm housing E201 configured to accommodate the diaphragm assembly. The diaphragm housing is tightly connected and extends from the transducer base structure to accommodate the adjacent diaphragm assembly. The housing combined with the transducer base structure forms the transducer base assembly. The diaphragm assembly housing is described in detail under Section 4.2.2 of this specification. In situ, the diaphragm assembly housed within the housing comprises an outer periphery that is substantially non-physically connected to the interior of the housing. The air gaps E205 and E206 separate the peripheral portion of the diaphragm from the housing. Accordingly, the audio transducers of this embodiment can be configured according to any one or more of the design principles outlined in Section 2.3 of this specification. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

The audio transducer implemented within the audio device can be mounted to the housing or other surround of the audio device via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. Possible decoupling mounting systems are described in detail under Section 4.2.2 of this specification. Alternatively, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.1 in the context of Example A, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.3 in the context of Example U, or Any other decoupling mounting system described herein, including any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of this specification, is used instead. May be done.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 3.2.5 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example E is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example E. be able to. For example, the audio transducers of Example E are described for the personal audio devices of Examples K, W, X, and H under Sections 5.2.2, 5.5.3, 5.2.4, or 5.2.7, respectively. Can be housed within either one of the surround or housing and can be implemented as a personal audio device, or any other individual as outlined under Section 5.2.8 herein. Can be incorporated in connection with the implementation, modification, or modification of an audio device for use.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example E can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example E, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into the system, transducer base structure, and / or conversion mechanism.

1.5 Audio Transducer of Example G Figures G1 and G2 show the audio transducer of Example G of the present invention. The audio transducer is a linear motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly G101 movably coupled to a transducer base structure (A104, G106, and G107) via diaphragm suspension systems G102, G105. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail under Section 2.2 of this specification. The diaphragm structure may be used in place of any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification. Some modifications of the diaphragm structure of this embodiment are also described in Section 2.2 of the present specification with reference to FIGS. G3 to G8. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 2.2.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly G101 is linearly coupled to the transducer base structure via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the suspensions of the conventional flexible surround G102 and spider G105 are used as shown in Figure G1c and as detailed in Section 2.2. In an alternative configuration of this example, the ferromagnetic diaphragm suspension is used, for example, as described in the context of the audio transducers of Examples P and Y in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 herein. obtain.

As shown in FIG. G1, the audio transducer can include at least a diaphragm housing or surround G103 configured to accommodate the diaphragm assembly. In situ, the diaphragm assembly housed within the housing comprises an outer periphery that is substantially physically connected to the interior of the housing via flexible surround G102 and spider G105. In the alternative configuration, as shown in subconfiguration G9 in FIG. G9, the audio transducer may be configured with an outer circumference of the diaphragm that is not substantially physically connected to the surround. In some configurations, the ferrofluid support may replace the surround and spiders, or the surround and spider concatenation is fairly sufficient to meet the criteria for a virtually free set in Section 2.3. It may be greatly reduced.

The audio transducer implemented within the audio device can be mounted to the housing or other surround of the audio device via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. Possible decoupling mounting systems are designed, for example, according to the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.3. In the context of Example U, or the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of the present specification. Includes any other decoupling mounting system to get.

The audio transducer of this embodiment is in the form of a permanent magnet A104 having an inner pole piece and outer pole pieces G106, G107 that generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils G112 operably connected to the magnetic field. Includes an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with one or more force transfer or generation components of. This is described in detail under Section 2.2 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example G is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example G. be able to. For example, the audio transducer in Example G is within either one of the surround or housing described under Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 for personal audio devices in Examples P and Y, respectively. With the implementation, modification, or modification of any other personal audio device that can be housed and implemented as a personal audio device, or as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein. Can be combined and associated.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example G can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

The embodiments of the audio transducers of the present invention are one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example G, ie, diaphragm assemblies and structures, transducer base structures, and / or conversions. It can be configured by incorporating it into the mechanism.

1.6 Audio Transducer and Personal Audio Device of Example K Figures K1 to K5 show an audio device of Example K having the audio transducer of Example K of the present invention. The audio transducer of Example K is a rotary motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly K101 rotatably connected to the transducer base structure K118 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail under Section 5.2.2 of the present specification. The diaphragm structure may be used in place of any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given in Section 5.2.2 of the present specification.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly K101 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure K118 via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the contact hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. This is shown in detail in Figures K1h to K1m. The features of the contact hinge system associated with this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.2.4 of this specification. In the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the alternative contact hinge system may be incorporated into the audio transducer. For example, an audio transducer may be a contact hinge system as designed according to the principles described in Section 3.2.1, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.2 in the context of Example A, A contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3a in the context of Example S, a contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.3b in the context of Example T, or a practice. A contact hinge system as described under Section 3.2.5 in the context of Example E can be provided. In yet another set of alternative configurations, the contact hinge system of Example K may be used in place of any one of the flexible hinge systems described below in Section 3.3 of this specification. Alternatively, for example, the audio transducer of Example K is a flexible hinge system as described under Section 3.3.1 in the context of Example B, under Section 3.3.1. One of the alternative flexible hinge systems described may be incorporated, or a flexible hinge system as described below in Section 3.3.3 in the context of Example D.

As shown in FIGS. K3 and K4, preferably the audio transducer of Example K is housed in surround K301 of a device configured to accommodate the transducer. The housing can be of any type required to configure a particular audio device depending on the application. In a preferred embodiment of this embodiment, the audio transducer is housed within a personal audio device, in particular using the headphone cup of the headphone device. The headphone cup is a limiting gas from the first cavity to another volume of air during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or moderate the base boost. Restrictive gases flow It can also have any form of fluid passage configured to provide path). This practice is described in more detail in Section 5.2.2 of the present specification. Also, as described in more detail below Section 5.2.2 of the present specification, in place, the diaphragm assembly housed within the housing is substantially not physically connected to the interior of the housing. It has an outer peripheral part. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

Preferably, the audio transducer is mounted to the housing via the decoupling mounting system of the present invention. The decoupling mounting system of Example K is described in detail under Section 5.2.2 of the present specification and is similar to that described in the context of Example A under Section 4.2.1. There is. In an alternative configuration of this example, the decoupling mounting system is, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.2 in the context of Example E, Section 4.2. Any other decoupling mounting system described herein, such as the decoupling mounting system described in 3, or any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles outlined in Section 4.3 of this specification. It may be replaced by other decoupling mounting systems.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 5.2.2 of the present specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example K is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example K. be able to. For example, the audio transducer in Example K is housed in either one of the surround or housings described under Sections 5.5.3 and 5.2.4 for the personal audio devices of Examples W and X, respectively. It can, or it may be incorporated in connection with the implementation, modification, or modification of any other personal audio device as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example K can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as described in detail below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example K, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into a system, transducer base structure, conversion mechanism, and / or housing with air leak fluid passages and / or interface sealing.

1.7 Audio Transducer of Example S Figures S1 to S3 show the audio transducer of Example S of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly S102 that is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure S101 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail below Section 3.2.3b of the present specification. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly S102 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure S101 via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the contact hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure and is constructed according to the principles described in Section 3.2.1. This is shown in detail in FIGS. S1 and S2. The features of the contact hinge system associated with this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.2.3b of the present specification. This example illustrates an alternative contact hinge system, which is any rotary motion audio transducer of the invention including, for example, Examples A, B, D, E, K, T, W, and X. It may be incorporated in the embodiment of.

1.8 Audio Transducer of Example T Figures T1 to T4 show the audio transducer of Example T of the present invention. The audio transducer is a rotating motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly T102 that is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure T101 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail under Section 3.2.3c herein. The transducer base structure has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly T102 is rotatably connected to the transducer base structure T101 via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the contact hinge system is used to rotatably connect the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure and is constructed according to the principles described in Section 3.2.1. This is shown in detail in FIGS. T1, T2, and T4. The features of the contact hinge system associated with this embodiment are described in detail in Section 3.2.3c herein. This example illustrates an alternative contact hinge system, which is any rotational motion audio transducer of the invention including, for example, Examples A, B, D, E, K, S, W, and X. It may be incorporated in the embodiment of.

1.9 Audio Transducer of Example U Figures U1 to U4 show the audio transducer of Example U of the present invention. The audio transducer of Example U is a linear motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly U201 that is linearly coupled to the transducer base structure U202 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail below Section 4.2.3. The diaphragm structure is an alternative to any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification, eg, the diaphragm structure described in the context of the audio transducer of Example G. It may be used for. Alternatively, it may be a diaphragm assembly as described for Examples P and Y under Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 of the present specification. The transducer base structure U202 has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. A detailed description of the transducer base structure is also given herein in Section 4.2.3.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly U201 is linearly coupled to the transducer base via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the ferrofluid suspension system is used as described in Section 4.2.3. This can be similar or identical to the ferrofluid suspensions of Examples P and Y described in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5, respectively. In the alternative configuration of this example, any one of the suspension systems described in Section 2.2 in the context of Example G may be utilized instead.

Also, as described in more detail below Section 4.2.3 of the present specification, the diaphragm assembly housed within the surround U102 is substantially physically connected to the interior of the housing in place. It has an outer peripheral part that does not. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

As shown in FIGS. U1 and U2, the audio transducer of Example U is preferably housed in surround U102 of a device configured to house the transducer. Surround can be of any type required to configure a particular audio device depending on the application.

The decoupling mounting system U103 is provided to mount the audio transducer in surround. The decoupling mounting system of Example U is described in detail under Section 4.2.3. In an alternative configuration of this example, the decoupling mounting system is outlined in, for example, the decoupling mounting system described for Example Y under Section 5.2.5, or Section 4.3 of the present specification. It may be replaced by any other decoupling mounting system described herein, such as any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to design principles.

The performance of this audio transducer example is shown in Figures U3c and U3d and described in Section 4.2.3.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 4.2.3. Of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example U is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example U. be able to. For example, the audio transducer in Example U is either surround or housing as described under Sections 5.5.1-5.2.5 for the personal audio devices of Examples P, K, W, X, and Y, respectively. Can be housed within one, or it relates to the implementation, modification, or modification of any other personal audio device as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein. May be incorporated.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example U can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

Examples of the audio transducers of the present invention include one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example U, namely, diaphragm suspension systems, transducer base structures, conversion mechanisms, and /. Alternatively, it can be incorporated and configured for a decoupling mounting system.

1.10 Audio Transducer and Personal Audio Device of Example P Figures P1 to P3 show an audio device of Example P with the audio transducer of Example P of the present invention. The audio transducer of Example P is a linear motion audio transducer comprising a diaphragm assembly P110 that is linearly coupled to a diaphragm base P102 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail under Section 5.2.1 of the present specification. The diaphragm structure is an alternative to any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification, eg, the diaphragm structure described in the context of the audio transducer of Example G. It may be used for. The transducer base has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. In this embodiment, the base forms part of the housing. A detailed description of the transducer base is also given in Section 5.2.1 herein.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly P110 is linearly coupled to the transducer base via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the ferrofluid suspension system is used as described in Section 5.2.1. In the alternative configuration of this example, any one of the suspension systems described in Section 2.2 in the context of Example G may be utilized instead.

Also, as described in more detail below Section 5.2.1 of the present specification, the diaphragm assembly housed in the housing is substantially not physically connected to the interior of the housing in place. It has an outer peripheral part. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

As shown in FIGS. P1g and P1j, the audio transducer of Example P is preferably housed in surround P102 / P103 of a device configured to accommodate the transducer. The housing can be of any type required to configure a particular audio device depending on the application. In a preferred embodiment of this embodiment, the audio transducer is housed within a personal audio device, particularly using the earphone housing of the earphone device. The earphone housing was configured to provide a restricted gas flow path from the first cavity to another air during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or moderate base boost. It can also have any form of fluid passage. This practice is described in more detail in Section 5.2.1 of this specification.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 5.2.1 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example P is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example P. be able to. For example, the audio transducer in Example P is either surround or housing described under Sections 5.5.2-5.2.5 for the personal audio devices of Examples K, W, X, and Y, respectively. Can be housed within one, or it may be incorporated in connection with any other personal audio device implementation, modification, or modification as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein. It may be.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example P can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example P, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, diaphragm suspension system, transducer base. , And / or can be incorporated into a housing with air leak fluid passages and / or interface sealing.

1.11 Audio Transducer and Personal Audio Device of Example W Figures W1 to W3 show the audio device of Example W of the present invention incorporating the audio transducer of Example K. Example W differs from the Example K audio device in that a different housing is used to accommodate the Example K audio transducer. Therefore, the brief description in the context of the audio transducer of Example K in Section 1.6, apart from the housing design, also applies to this audio device embodiment. Details of the audio housing design of Example W, including air-fluid passages and interface sealing, are described in detail in Section 5.2.3.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example W, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into a system, transducer base structure, conversion mechanism, and / or housing with air leak fluid passages and / or interface sealing.

1.12 Audio Transducer and Personal Audio Device of Example X Figures X1 and X2 show the audio device of Example X of the present invention incorporating the audio transducer of Example K. Example X differs from the Example K audio device in that a different housing is used to accommodate the Example K audio transducer. In this embodiment, the audio transducer of Example K is implemented in an earphone device. Therefore, the brief description in the context of the audio transducer of Example K in Section 1.6, apart from the housing design, also applies to this audio device embodiment. Details of the audio housing design of Example X, including air-fluid passages and interface sealing, are described in detail in Section 5.2.4 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example X, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, hinge system, decoupling mounting. It can be incorporated into a system, transducer base structure, conversion mechanism, and / or housing with air leak fluid passages and / or interface sealing.

1.12 Audio Transducer of Example Y Figures Y1 to Y4 show an audio device of Example Y with the audio transducer of Example Y of the present invention. The audio transducer of Example Y is a linear motion audio transducer similar to that of Example P, comprising a diaphragm assembly Y117 linearly coupled to the transducer base Y224 via a diaphragm suspension system. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially rigid. The characteristics of this diaphragm structure are described in detail below Section 5.2.5 of this specification. The diaphragm structure is an alternative to any other diaphragm structure described below in sections 2.2 and 2.3 of the present specification, eg, the diaphragm structure described in the context of the audio transducer of Example G. It may be used for. The transducer base has a substantially rigid and compact geometry designed according to the preferred design described below in Section 6 herein. In this embodiment, the base forms part of the housing. A detailed description of the transducer base is also given in Section 5.2.5 herein.

As shown, the diaphragm assembly Y117 is linearly coupled to the transducer base via a diaphragm suspension system. In this embodiment, the ferrofluid suspension system is used as described in Section 5.2.5. In the alternative configuration of this example, any one of the suspension systems described in Section 2.2 in the context of Example G may be utilized instead.

Also, as described in more detail below Section 5.2.5 of the present specification, the diaphragm assembly contained within the housing is substantially not physically connected to the interior of the housing in place. It has an outer peripheral part. However, in the alternative configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly may not have an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to the housing associated in situ.

As shown in FIGS. Y2 and Y4, the audio transducer of Example Y is preferably housed in the surround of a device configured to accommodate the transducer. The housing can be of any type required to configure a particular audio device depending on the application. In a preferred embodiment of this embodiment, the audio transducer is housed within a personal audio device, in particular using the headphone cup of the headphone device. The headphone cup was configured to provide a restricted gas flow path from the first cavity to another air during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or moderate base boost. It can also have any form of fluid passage. This practice is described in more detail in Section 5.2.5 of this specification.

The decoupling mounting system Y204 is provided to mount the audio transducer in the housing. The decoupling mounting system of Example Y is described in detail under Section 5.2.5 of the present specification and is similar to that described in the context of Example U under Section 4.2.3. In an alternative configuration of this example, the decoupling mounting system is outlined in, for example, the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.3. In the context of Example U, or Section 4.3 of the present specification. It may be replaced by any other decoupling mounting system described herein, such as any other decoupling mounting system that may be designed according to the design principles.

The audio transducer of this embodiment has an electromagnet excitation / conversion mechanism with a permanent magnet having an inner pole piece and an outer pole piece to generate a magnetic field, and one or more coils operably connected to the magnetic field. It comprises one or more forms of force transfer or generational components. This is described in detail under Section 5.2.5 of this specification. In an alternative configuration of this embodiment, the conversion mechanism is known in the art such as, for example, a piezoelectric conversion mechanism, an electrostatic conversion mechanism, or a magnetostriction conversion mechanism as outlined under Section 7 of this specification. It may be replaced by any other suitable mechanism.

The audio transducer of Example Y is described in the context of an electroacoustic transducer such as a speaker. Some possible applications of audio transducers are outlined in Section 8 of this specification. The audio transducer is also implemented in any one of the personal audio devices outlined in Section 5 herein by substituting the device's audio transducer with the device's audio transducer in Example Y. be able to. For example, the audio transducer in Example Y is either surround or housing described under Sections 5.5.1-5.2.4 for the personal audio devices of Examples P, K, W, and X, respectively. Can be housed within one, or it may be incorporated in connection with any other personal audio device implementation, modification, or modification as outlined in Section 5.2.8 herein. It may be.

It will be appreciated that the audio transducer of Example Y can be implemented in one configuration, in another way, as an acoustic electric transducer such as a microphone as detailed below Section 7 of this specification.

An embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention is one or more of the following systems, structures, mechanisms, or assemblies of Example Y, ie, diaphragm assembly and structure, diaphragm suspension system, transducer base. , Conversion mechanisms, decoupling mounting systems, and / or can be incorporated into housings with air leak fluid passages and / or interface sealing.

2. Rigid diaphragm structure and assembly, and audio transducers incorporating it 2.1 Introducing Typical cone or dome diaphragm geometry provides rigidity in the main piston direction, while thin membrane geometry is all with pure rigidity. It is not possible to effectively resist possible resonance modes, where instead these modes are "managed" by, for example, the minimization of excitation or the application of attenuation. In some cases, rigid materials and geometry may be used to try to suppress well-balanced resonance, but because the diaphragm is a membrane, the design behaves without resonance over the entire operating bandwidth. It cannot be achieved and therefore, behind the best speakers, there is almost always an element of resonance management during the design process.

There are a wide variety of different speaker designs, including some with thick rigid type diaphragms, as opposed to the most common thin membranes. The thick diaphragm configuration is intended to alleviate some of the mechanical resonance problems found in thin membrane diaphragms. However, at resonance frequencies, thickly designed diaphragms may exhibit lateral tensile / compression and / or internal shear stress, which deforms the diaphragm and thereby adversely affects the quality of the sound conversion. To exert.

The following focuses on using the principle of stiffness to push the diaphragm's resonant mode to relatively high frequencies, preferably outside the FRO of the audio transducer, in order to improve the operation and quality of the transducer. The diaphragm structure and the audio transducer assembly incorporating it will be described.

2.2 Rigid diaphragm configuration Next, the configuration of various diaphragm structures will be described with reference to some examples.

2.2.1 Diaphragm Structure of Configuration R1 Next, the configuration of the diaphragm structure of the present invention designed to address shear deformation and other problems is shown in FIGS. A1, A2, and A15. This will be explained with reference to the actual example of 1. Many variations on the shape or form of this diaphragm structure, material, density, mass and / or other properties are possible, some of which are described and illustrated using other examples, but are limited. It's not something to do. The configuration of this diaphragm structure is referred to herein as the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 for brevity. The diaphragm structure is configured for use in audio transducer assemblies. To clarify, various preferred and alternative elements and / or features of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 are first described with reference to several different examples, followed by the implementation of these examples in audio transducers. explain.

With reference to FIGS. A15 and A2g, the diaphragm structure A1300 of configuration R1 comprises a sandwich diaphragm structure. This diaphragm structure A1300 is composed of a substantially lightweight core / diaphragm body A208 and a diaphragm body main surface A214 / A215 that resists compressive-normal stress received at or near the surface of the operating body. It consists of outer vertical stress reinforcements A206 / A207 connected to at least one adjacent diaphragm body. The normal stress reinforcements A206 / A207 can be connected to at least one surface, preferably at least one main surface A214 / A215 (as in the example shown) outside the body, or as an alternative, in operation. Compressed-to be connected within the body immediately adjacent to and substantially proximal to at least one main surface A214 / A215 so as to sufficiently resist tensile stress. Preferably, the normal stress reinforcements A206 / A207 are oriented approximately parallel to at least one main surface or surface A214 / A215 and extend within a substantial portion of the area defined by each associated surface. In this example, preferred for configuration R1, the normal stress reinforcements are the reinforcing members A206 on the opposing main front and rear surfaces A214 / A215 of the diaphragm body A208 that resists the compressive-tensile stresses that the body receives during operation. Equipped with / A207. Unless otherwise specified, references to the main surface or main surface of the diaphragm body contribute significantly to the generation of sound pressure (in the case of electroacoustic transducers) when incorporated into audio transducers, or during operation (in the case of electroacoustic transducers). It is intended to mean the outer surface or outer surface of the body that contributes significantly to the movement of the diaphragm body in response to sound pressure (in the case of acoustic electric transducers). The main surface or surface is not necessarily the largest surface or surface of the diaphragm body.

As shown in Figure A2g, the diaphragm structure A101 is embedded in the core and on at least one of the main surfaces A214 / A215 that resists and / or substantially reduces the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. It further comprises at least one internal reinforcing member A209 that is directed at an angle to it. In this example, preferably at least one internal reinforcing member is oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane A217 of the diaphragm body, which is preferred for configuration R1. The at least one internal reinforcing member may also be substantially perpendicular to the peripheral edge of the main surface of the diaphragm body, which is distal and / or most distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure. In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, the base region A222 or the base of the diaphragm structure is intended to mean the region where the diaphragm assembly A101 incorporating the diaphragm structure indicates the approximate center of the mass A218. Has been done. In some embodiments, the base region can also be a region, region configured to connect a portion of the excitation mechanism (eg, the diaphragm base structure). The internal reinforcing member A209 is preferably attached to one or more of the outer normal stress reinforcing members A206 / A207 (preferably on both sides-ie, on their respective main surfaces). The internal reinforcing member acts to resist and / or mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Preferably, there are a plurality of internal reinforcing members A209 distributed in the core of the diaphragm body.

The diaphragm body or core A208 is formed of a material composed of interconnect structures that vary in three dimensions. Preferably, the core material is a foam material or a material with an ordered three-dimensional lattice structure. The core material can be composed of a composite material. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam. Alternative materials include polymethyl methacrylamide foam, 35 polyvinyl chloride foam, polyurethane foam, polyethylene foam, aerogel foam, corrugated board, balsa wood, syntactic foam, metal microlattices, and honeycombs. Is done. In this example, the core A208 comprises a plurality of core portions having one or more (preferably multiple) internal reinforcing members A209 connected to each other and placed between them when the diaphragm structure is assembled. .. In an alternative embodiment, the core A208 comprises a single portion with one or more internal reinforcing members embedded therein.

This configuration results in improved breakup behavior due to synergistic interactions between the components. The tensile and / or compressive loads associated with the primary / major / large-scale diaphragm breakup resonance modes are mainly received by the outer normal stress reinforcement, and this outer normal stress. Reinforcing materials have a fairly large maximum physical separation between the members in a preferred manner (ie, the separation between the outer normal stress reinforcing members over each main surface is the full thickness of the vibrating plate body). Therefore, the I-beam principle increases the bending stiffness of the vibrating plate. Shear associated with such modes is primarily received by the internal reinforcements. The internal reinforcement also acts to transfer the shear load to a large area of the foam core, thereby causing a local foam blobbing resonance. Help to support it against mode). The foam core serves to minimize buckling and local lateral resonance of the normal stress reinforcement and anti-shear internal reinforcement.

Next, the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 will be described in more detail with reference to various examples, but it will be appreciated that the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples. Unless otherwise specified, reference to the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 herein is either one of the exemplary diaphragm structures described below, or any other structure including the design features described above. Should be interpreted to mean.

A preferred example of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 is shown in the audio transducer of Example A of FIGS. A1, A2, and A15 (rotating diaphragm with stanchions). FIG. A1 shows an example of an audio transducer called an audio transducer of Example A of the present invention, which incorporates the diaphragm structure of the configuration R1. The audio transducer comprises a diaphragm assembly A101 suspended from a transducer base structure A115. In this particular embodiment, the audio transducer comprises a diaphragm assembly A101 rotatably connected to the base structure A115, but the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 is an alternative audio transducer such as a linear motion transducer. It will be understood that it may be used in the design of. FIG. A2 shows a diaphragm assembly A101 incorporating the diaphragm structure A1300 of configuration R1 and the diaphragm base structure A222 or the diaphragm base structure A222 firmly connected to the end face of the diaphragm structure A1300. The diaphragm base structure comprises a force generating component A109 and a portion of the suspension system / hinge assembly A111. A diaphragm assembly incorporating the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 may be referred to herein as the diaphragm assembly of configuration R1. FIG. A15 shows the diaphragm structure A1300. The diaphragm structure A1300 comprises a single diaphragm composed of a substantially lightweight core A208, outer normal stress reinforcements A206 and A207, and an internal reinforcement A209.

To address the shear and bending problems of the diaphragm core, the diaphragm is connected vertically (compression-tensile) to or in the immediate vicinity of the main surfaces A214, A215 of the body, as described in the background section. ) It is a combination of stress reinforcing materials A206 and A207 and internal shear stress reinforcing member A209 embedded in the core material of the main body A208. In this example, the normal stress reinforcement is provided with external columns A206, A207 on the front and rear main surfaces A214, A215 of the diaphragm body core A208. In the alternative configuration, the normal stress reinforcement struts A206 and A207 are directly below, but even closer to, the front and rear main surfaces A214, A215 to maintain sufficient separation to resist tensile-compressive deformation during use. Can be placed in. The internal reinforcing member A209 is embedded in the core. The internal reinforcing member A209 is separated from the core material A208 and thus creates a discontinuity in the diaphragm body. In a preferred configuration, the internal reinforcing members A209 are tilted relative to the main surface so that they can sufficiently resist shear deformation during use. Preferably, the angle is between 40 and 140 degrees with respect to the main surface, or more preferably between 60 and 120 degrees, or even more preferably between 80 and 100 degrees, or most preferably about 90 degrees. be. The internal reinforcing member A209 is approximately orthogonal to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body A213. Preferably, the internal reinforcing member A209 is approximately parallel to the sagittal shape of the diaphragm body.

Referring to FIGS. A2 and A15, in this embodiment the diaphragm body A208 comprises at least one substantially smooth main surface A214 / A215 and the normal stress reinforcement is said to be substantially smooth. It comprises at least one reinforcing member A206 / A207 extending along one of the main surfaces. Each stiffener A206 / A207 extends along a significant portion or overall portion of the corresponding main surface area, or in other words, the stiffener is a significant portion of the respective dimensions of the corresponding main surface or Extends along the whole part. In an alternative embodiment, the normal stress reinforcement member can only partially extend along one or more dimensions of the corresponding main surface.

The smooth main surface of the normal stress reinforcing form diaphragm body A208 can be a flat surface or, as an alternative, a curved smooth surface (extending in three dimensions). Each normal stress reinforcement member A206 / A207 has a profile corresponding to the associated principal surface and is configured to connect on or in the immediate vicinity of the associated principal surface of the diaphragm body A208. Equipped with substantially smooth reinforcing plates A206 / A207. Reinforcing plates A206 / A207 can be provided with any profile or shape necessary to achieve sufficient strength against compressive-tensile stresses received on or near the corresponding surface of the body during operation. Is not intended to be limited to any particular profile. For example, each stiffener can be solid, the stiffener can be formed from a series of struts, a network of struts that intersect each other, or the stiffeners can be perforated in some areas. It may be present or dented. The peripheral portion of each plate A206 / A207 may be smooth, or the peripheral portion may be notched.

In the embodiments shown in FIGS. A1 and A2, each normal stress reinforcing member comprises a plurality of elongated or vertical columns A206 / A207 extending along the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body A208. The first series / group of columns A207 provided on the respective main surfaces A214 and A215 are arranged so as to extend substantially vertically along the corresponding main surface. Will be done. The normal stress reinforcement member further comprises one or more columns A206 (preferably a pair of columns) extending at an angle to the vertical axis of the corresponding main surface and / or a group of parallel columns A207. A pair of stanchions A206 are tilted relative to each other, preferably substantially orthogonal to each other and, for example, extend diagonally over / parallel struts A207 over the associated main planes. The normal stress reinforcement member in this embodiment comprises a network of tilted struts extending along a substantial portion of the corresponding main surface. In other alternative configurations, the network of two or more struts is sufficient to cover or extend along the corresponding main surface so that the two or more struts sufficiently resist tensile-compressive stress over the surface. It will be understood that they may be provided in various relative orientations. This particular example is preferred in terms of performance due to the low diaphragm inertia and high stiffness. The stanchion A206 may be formed integrally with the stanchion A207, or the stanchion A206 may be formed separately and securely connected to each other by any suitable method known in the art of mechanical engineering.

The normal stress reinforcements on each principal surface are within one or more areas extending away from the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure and / or one that is the most distal of the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure. Alternatively, a reduced mass region can be provided in the plurality of areas. For example, the normal stress reinforcement columns A206 and A207 on the surfaces A214, A215 decrease in thickness and / or width as they extend away from the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure A1300. In other words, the normal stress reinforcement struts A206 / A207 have a reduced thickness and / or width within the region distal to the base region A222 of the structure relative to the thickness and / or width within the region proximal to the base region. Has a width. In this example, as seen in Figure A2b, the normal stress reinforcement struts A206 and A207 are reduced in width at position A216. However, the reduction in width is fitted with step A216, which, as an alternative, may be tapered / gradual. It will be appreciated that struts with uniform thickness, width, and / or mass along their length are also possible within the diaphragm of configuration R1.

Normal stress reinforcement connection The normal stress reinforcement members A206 / A207 can be firmly connected / fixed to the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body A208 by any suitable method known in the art of mechanical engineering. In this example, each normal stress reinforcing member A206 / A207 is joined to the corresponding main surface of the diaphragm body by a relatively thin layer of adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. This has the effect of significantly reducing the total weight of the diaphragm structure.

In this example, the strut A207 is directly connected to the internal reinforcement member A209 so as to resist both tensile / compressive and shear deformations, respectively, without a fairly large source of intermediate followability. Two diagonal columns A206 for each surface A214 / A215 of the normal stress reinforcement A206 are attached to the surface of the diaphragm surface. The two diagonal columns A206 are firmly attached where the two diagonal columns A206 intersect the normal stress reinforcement column A207.

In this example, all struts A206 and A207 are tightly coupled to one of the long sides of coil winding A204. All reinforcements are well coupled to the diaphragm core A208 with multiple superpositions in order to minimize the followability associated with these couplings. These diaphragm portions are bonded to each other via an adhesive such as epoxy resin, but other fixing methods well known in the art (eg fasteners, welding, etc.) are also used or as an alternative. You may.

Loose connections, loose parts of the diaphragm body, etc. may rattle during use, which may generate unwanted noise and harmonics, so care should be taken to prevent them.

Vertical stress reinforcing material Each normal stress reinforcing member A206 / A207 is formed of a material having a relatively high specific elastic modulus as compared with a non-composite plastic material. Examples of suitable materials include materials such as aluminum, ceramics such as aluminum oxide, or highly elastic fibers such as those found in carbon fiber reinforced plastics. Other materials may be incorporated into alternative embodiments. In this example, the normal stress reinforcing columns A206 and A207 have a Young's modulus of about 450 GPa and about 2000 kg / m.³Density, and about 225MPa / (kg / m)³) Is made from anisotropic high elastic carbon fiber reinforced plastic having a specific elastic modulus (all numerical values include matrix binder). Alternative materials can also be used, but the specific modulus is preferably at least 8 MPa / (kg / m) to be sufficiently effective in resisting deformation.³), Or more preferably at least 20 MPa / (kg / m)³), Or most preferably at least 100 MPa / (kg / m)³).

It is also preferred that the reinforcing material has a higher density than the diaphragm body core material A208, eg, at least 5 times higher. More preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material has a core material density of at least 50 times. Even more preferably, the normal stress reinforcing material has a core material density of at least 100 times. This means that the mass is concentrated towards the main surface, which improves the moment of inertia of the beam by using the "I" profile as opposed to the solid rectangle. In the same way, the strength against the main diaphragm bending resonance mode is improved. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the normal stress reinforcements have density values outside these ranges.

In this example, suitable materials for use in normal stress reinforcements may include aluminum, beryllium, and boron fiber reinforced plastics. Many metals and ceramics are suitable. The Young's modulus of fibers without matrix binder is 900 GPa. Preferably, the stanchions are made of an anisotropic material such as fiber reinforced plastic, preferably the Young's modulus of the fibers constituting the composite is higher than 100 GPa, more preferably higher than 200 GPa, and most preferably 400 GPa. Higher than. Preferably, the fibers are placed in a substantially unidirectional orientation through each strut and substantially the same as the longitudinal axis of the associated strut to maximize the stiffness that the strut gives in the orientation. Arranged in the orientation.

Normal stress reinforcement thickness The normal stress reinforcement thickness can be uniform along / across one or more dimensions of the reinforcement, or as an alternative, the normal stress reinforcement thickness is 1. It may vary along / across one or more dimensions.

Some Possible Deformations of Normal Stress Reinforcement Figures A8, A9, A10, A11, and A12 are some possible variants of the form of the normal stress reinforcement in the vibrating plate structure of configuration R1. Is shown. These are described below, but it will be appreciated that the invention is not intended to be limited to these particular variants. Other modifications as described in other sections of the specification and / or variations conceived by those of skill in the art are also intended to be included within the scope of the invention. Other properties of the diaphragm, including the reinforcement material, reinforcement thickness, and / or reinforcement connection type as in the above example of configuration R1, are also applicable to the following modifications of the normal stress reinforcement.

As mentioned above, the normal stress reinforcements of the diaphragm of configuration R1 cover or extend along or near the surface of the main surface to resist tensile-compressive deformation, such as plates, foils, and / or columns. Any combination can be provided.

A modified example of the form of the normal stress reinforcing material of the diaphragm structure A1300 of the configuration R1 is shown in FIG. A8. In this embodiment, the normal stress reinforcement A801 comprises a foil or a substantially solid and thin plate that substantially covers the entire portion of each of the main surfaces A214, A215 of the diaphragm body. This modification also has an internal reinforcing member A209 in the core of the diaphragm body.

Another variant is shown in Figure A9. In this example, the diaphragm structure A1300 is for at least one (but preferably each) main surface of the diaphragm structure incorporating the normal stress reinforcement, the normal stress reinforcement is distal from the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure. It comprises a normal stress reinforcement A901 similar to the normal stress reinforcement A801 shown in FIG. A8, except that it is omitted in or near one or more peripheral edge regions of the main surface located in. The normal stress reinforcement is at or near one or more peripheral edge regions distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure (eg, at the mass region and / or at the center of the diaphragm assembly of the excitation mechanism). At least omitted. In this example, multiple isolated regions A902 are distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm body configured to connect parts of the excitation mechanism during use (ie, distal to the diaphragm base frame). There is no reinforcement along and / or in the vicinity of the peripheral edge region of the main surface facing and / or. Preferably, the region A902 without the stiffener is substantially located between the adjacent internal stiffeners A209. The edge region A902 of each main surface without reinforcement (near the end / tip of the diaphragm structure) is in the shape of three arcs, but many others, such as rectangular, annular, or triangular. Shape may be sufficient. In this example, for each main surface with normal stress reinforcement, the diaphragm structure faces at or near the side edges of the main surface extending between the base region A222 of the diaphragm body and the opposite end. There is also no normal stress reinforcement in the vertical peripheral edge region A903. In this example, each side edge region of each main surface, where the normal stress reinforcement is internally omitted, may be linear or substantial, although many other shapes, such as winding shapes, may be sufficient. It is a straight line. For example, FIG. D1 shows the normal stress reinforcement at or near the free peripheral edge of the main surface distal to the base of the diaphragm structure, each main surface of each diaphragm structure in the diaphragm assembly D101. Vertical omitted in the area D118 ~ D120 of An example of deformation similar to the stress reinforcing materials D109 to D111 is shown. For each diaphragm structure, the central arcuate section of each main surface is formed into a semicircle without normal stress, and the two other missing sections on either side of the central section are diaphragms. Extends to each side edge of.

FIG. A10 shows another similar variant of the normal stress reinforcement of configuration R1 in which region A1002 has no normal stress reinforcement on either main surface. In this variant, region A1002 is substantially a semicircle and extends over a substantial portion of the width of reinforcement A1001. The edge region A1003 of each main surface of the diaphragm structure on either side of each surface or in the vicinity thereof also has no normal stress reinforcement in a linear manner similar to the variant of Figure A9. .. Region A1002 does not have to be arcuate and / or region A1003 does not have to be straight in the alternative embodiment as in the variant of FIG. A9.

In Figure A11, the normal stress reinforcement on each main surface is (or related) to the normal stress reinforcement distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure relative to the thickness in the proximal region of the base of the diaphragm structure. Another variant similar to the foil variant in Figure A8 is shown, except that it has a reduced thickness in region A1102 (of the main surface). The change in thickness is reduced at step A1103. The thickness may be stepped or, as an alternative, tapered / gradual, in this variant the area of the reduced thickness A1102 diaphragm structure on each main surface is the diaphragm structure. The most recent region of the apical / marginal region of the main surface, which is the most distal from the base region A222. The diaphragm structure shown in this example is not necessarily the structure of configuration R1 (since it may only be an option to include internal reinforcements as described in more detail below Section 1.6). It is important to note that it is included here to illustrate possible variations in the form of the outer normal stress reinforcements that can be used in configuration R1.

Another variant is shown in Figure A12. This variant is similar to the example described above with reference to FIGS. A1 and A2 in that a series of columns A1201 and A1202 are used to form normal stress reinforcements on the respective main surfaces of the diaphragm. is doing. In this embodiment, the stanchions A1202 extend vertically adjacent to each other, but are arranged at a slight distance from the opposite side surfaces of the diaphragm body of each main surface, and the stanchion A1202 is the end of the opposite stanchion A1202. It extends diagonally over each main surface to form a single cruciform brace that extends to the portion. The struts A1201 have a reduced thickness along their length section distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure (eg, the region configured to connect the excitation mechanisms). An example of a thickness variant is fitted with step A1203, but as an alternative it may be tapered / gradual. However, in an alternative embodiment, each strut A1202 may have a reduced width or reduced mass, or may have a uniform thickness, width, and / or mass along the entire length portion. Can have.

Shear stress / internal reinforcement As mentioned above, the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 is at least one embedded / retained in the core material and between a pair of opposite main surfaces A214 and A215 of the diaphragm body A208. Includes internal reinforcement A209 (also known as shear stress reinforcement). In this example, the plurality of internal reinforcing members A209 are held in the core material of the diaphragm body. It will be appreciated that any number of members A209 may be used to achieve the required level of shear stress tolerance. In an alternative embodiment, only one member may be retained within the body A208.

In this example, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member A209 provides resistance to shear deformation in the plane of the stress reinforcing material apart from any resistance to shear provided by the core material, so that the core material of the diaphragm body. Separated from and connected to it. Also, each of the at least one internal reinforcing member A209 extends within the core material A208 at an angle to at least one of the principal surfaces sufficient to resist shear deformation during operation. Preferably, the angle is between 40 and 140 degrees with respect to the main surface, or more preferably between 60 and 120 degrees, or even more preferably between 80 and 100 degrees, or most preferably about 90 degrees. be. In this example, each internal reinforcing member A209 extends substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body A208 and approximately orthogonal to a pair of opposed main surfaces and normal stress reinforcing members A206 / A207. Maximize shear stress tolerance by having substantially or approximately orthogonal reinforcements.

Shear stress reinforcement form In this example, each internal reinforcement member A208 is a plate A209. The plate can be provided with any profile or shape required to achieve the desired level of resistance to shear stresses against the diaphragm body A208 during operation. For example, each internal reinforcement can be a plate, which can be solid or perforated within some areas, or it can be formed from a series of struts, a network of struts that intersect each other. be able to. The peripheral portion of each member A209 may be smooth, or the peripheral portion may be notched. In this example, each internal stress reinforcement member comprises a plate A209 that is substantially solid. The plates A209 extend at fairly large intervals (preferably, but not necessarily evenly spaced) in a manner parallel to each other within the core material in the assembled form of the diaphragm structure A101. Each plate A209 has a profile or shape similar to the cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm body A208, and in particular the shape over the sagittal section of the diaphragm body A208. Alternatively, each internal reinforcing member A209 comprises a network of coplanar stanchions. Further, in an alternative embodiment, the plate and / or strut can extend over three dimensions within the core material.

Each internal reinforcing member A209 is one of the most distal diaphragm bodies A208 from the base region of the diaphragm structure (eg, the position indicating the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly when the diaphragm is assembled with them). Or extend substantially towards a plurality of peripheral regions. In this example, this distal region is the tapered end of the diaphragm body A208.

The internal reinforcing member A209 of each shear stress reinforcing material is formed from a material having a relatively high maximum specific elastic modulus as compared with a non-composite plastic material. Examples of suitable materials include ceramics such as aluminum, aluminum oxide, or materials such as highly elastic fibers such as those found in carbon fiber reinforced composite plastics.

Preferably each inner reinforcing member has a relatively high maximum modulus, eg, preferably at least 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), Or most preferably at least 20 MPa / (kg / m)³) Is formed from the material. Many metals, ceramics, or highly elastic fiber reinforced plastics are suitable. For example, the inner reinforcing member can be made of aluminum, beryllium, or carbon fiber reinforced plastic.

Preferably, the inner reinforcing member has high elasticity in the directions of about +45 degrees and 45 degrees with respect to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body A213. If the inner reinforcing member is anisotropic, it is preferably subjected to tension-compression at about + -45 degrees to the coronal plane, for example if it is carbon fiber, preferably at least a portion of the fiber is on the coronal plane. It is aimed at a + -45 degree tilt with respect to. It is noted that in some diaphragm designs, there may be areas of inner reinforcement that require stiffness in other directions, for example near the point where the diaphragm is loaded, such as near the hinge assembly. sea bream.

In this example, the internal reinforcement A209 has a Young's modulus of about 69 GPa and about 28 MPa / (kg / m).³) Can be made from a 0.01 mm thick aluminum foil with a specific elastic modulus. It will be appreciated that this is only exemplary and is not intended to be limiting.

Shear Stress Reinforcement Thickness Each internal reinforcement member A209 is preferably relatively thin, thereby reducing the total weight of the diaphragm structure A101, but thick enough to provide sufficient resistance to shear stress. Therefore, the thickness of the internal reinforcing member depends on (but not limited to) the size of the diaphragm body, the shape and / or performance of the diaphragm body, and / or the number of the internal reinforcing members A209 used. In a preferred embodiment of configuration R1, the internal reinforcements are fairly thin and correspond to the area of the diaphragm body reinforced by the internal reinforcements so as to provide considerable rigidity for the split mode of resonance. Each internal reinforcement member is a formula<math num="7"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0007.tif" /></math>It is preferred to have an average thickness less than the value x (measured in mm) as determined by.

However, a can be pushed by the diaphragm body during use (mm).²The area of air (measured in units of), where c is preferably a constant equal to 100. More preferably, c = 200, or even more preferably c = 400, or most preferably c = 800. Preferably each internal reinforcement is made from a material with a thickness of less than 0.4 mm, more preferably less than 0.2 mm, more preferably 0.1 mm, or even more preferably less than 0.02 mm.

In this example, each internal reinforcing member A209 is made from a material that is about 0.01 mm thick.

Shear stress reinforcement connection type preferably, during assembly of the diaphragm structure, the internal reinforcement member A209 is either one of the opposite normal stress reinforcement members A206 / A207 (on the facing main surface of the diaphragm body A208). Is firmly fixed / connected on the side of. Alternatively, each internal reinforcement member extends adjacent to the opposite normal stress reinforcement member, but is separated from the opposite normal stress reinforcement member. During assembly, each internal reinforcing member A209 is firmly connected / fixed to the core material of the diaphragm body A208 by any suitable method known in the art of mechanical engineering. In this example, the member A209 is joined to the core material A208 and preferably the corresponding normal stress reinforcement members A206 / A207 via a relatively thin layer of epoxy adhesive. Preferably, the adhesive is less than about 70% of the weight of the corresponding internal reinforcement. More preferably, the adhesive is less than 60%, or less than 50%, less than 40%, or less than 30%, or most preferably less than 25% of the weight of the corresponding internal reinforcing member A209.

Preferably, the internal reinforcing member A209 is from a diaphragm base structure A222 or a force generating component (which is coil winding A109) in which the diaphragm is subject to changes in force during use and where most of the mass is concentrated. It extends to or near the farthest diaphragm edge region. The internal reinforcing member A209 is preferably connected to the normal stress reinforcing columns A206 and A207 on either side. The internal reinforcements from the motor coil A109 to the edge of the diaphragm, which is the furthest from the motor coil, because the remoteness of these edges from maximum mass concentration generally makes them particularly prone to resonance. It extends in the direction. Therefore, most of the struts, as well as all of the internal reinforcements, extend directly towards this most distal edge.

The effect of orientation for most of the internal reinforcements and struts is to increase the split frequency of the lowest and / or most problematic diaphragm and optimize the performance of the diaphragm. The two side edges that are not supported by the internal reinforcements are closer to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure, including the motor coil and the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly, and therefore tend to be less resonating. Also, the lowest frequency resonance with side displacement often appears as a twist mode, because it usually has a net displacement of air of almost zero, and it is usually the symmetry of the diaphragm and the overall excitation. It is not so high as it is only excited by the minimum.

Some Possible Deformations of Normal Stress Reinforcing Materials The internal reinforcing member A209 includes any combination of panels and / or struts embedded within the core material, preferably each sufficiently resistant to the forces of shear stress. It extends to cover a substantial portion of the thickness of the material. The simplest and most preferred versions (as used in the audio transducers of Example A of FIGS. A1 and A2) are shown in Figures H1a and H1b, whereby the internal reinforcements are substantially. A flat, substantially thin foil.

An alternative form of the internal reinforcing member may be used instead. For example, the network of triangular stanchions as shown in Figures H1c and H1d is similar to that found in the side views of the middle part of a typical crane structure. In some cases, the shear reinforcement function is not exactly directed in the plane, but well, for example, if the aluminum foil is corrugated (as shown in Figures H1e and H1f), the outer normal stress reinforcement. As long as there is a connection to the components of, it can be done pretty well.

Further, in some variants, the internal stress reinforcing member can take on an alternative shape (rectangular, arcuate, etc.) according to the cross-sectional shape of the corresponding diaphragm body. For example, in the audio transducer of Example G shown in FIG. G2, the internal stress reinforcement member G109 is substantially rectangular to follow the cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm body G108, another variation of the shape is in Figure G6. The internal reinforcing member G603 is substantially trapezoidal to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm body G602.

Although some possible variants to the form of the internal stress reinforcement of configuration R1 have been described above, it will be appreciated that the invention is not intended to be limited to these particular variants. Other variations as described in other sections of the specification and / or variations conceived by those of skill in the art are also intended to be included within the scope of the invention. Other properties of the diaphragm, including the stiffening material, stiffening thickness, and / or stiffening connection type as in the above embodiment of configuration R1, are also applicable to these variants of the stylus of configuration R1.

Diaphragm body morphology of the diaphragm body Returning to FIGS. A2 and A15, in this example of the diaphragm structure A1300 of configuration R1, the main surfaces A214 and A215 of the diaphragm body A208 are the normal stress reinforcements A206 and A207. Is substantially smooth to allow proper profile that can be glued. Preferably, the surface is reasonably flat, but this corresponds if it is relatively straight and therefore less prone to buckling, at least in positions and orientations where it is not supported by the internal reinforcement A209. This is because the normal stress reinforcing material gives more optimum rigidity. Most preferably, the entire outer profile of the main surface of the diaphragm body is used, especially when a diaphragm core A208 with an inconsistent or irregular morphology, for example a honeycomb core with irregular walls and / or cavities, is used. Is substantially smooth, but this allows the reinforcement to adhere to each wall through which the reinforcement passes so that the wall can provide lateral support to the reinforcement, thereby local. This is because it helps to minimize resonance and therefore the stiffener can give the core rigidity to give the stiffness of the entire diaphragm.

In this embodiment, upon assembly, the diaphragm A101 comprises a substantially wedge-shaped body A208 and / or a body having a substantially triangular cross section. The overall cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm body of the rotating transducer (parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body A217) is preferably substantially triangular or wedge-shaped, but has a rectangular, kite-like or bow-shaped profile, etc. Other geometries are also possible in alternative variants of configuration R1, and the invention is not intended to be limited to the shape of this particular embodiment.

Diamond cross-section profiles work well with linear motion transducers, but other profiles such as trapezoidal, rectangular, or bowed profiles are possible in alternative variants.

Approximately convex profiles, such as the trapezoidal profile as shown in Figure G6, generally have better split characteristics and are lighter and therefore generally preferred.

Diaphragm body core material Diaphragm assembly A101 or diaphragm structure A1300 has a density of 16 kg / m³And specific elastic modulus 0.53MPa / (kg / m³) Core material A208, which is a foam such as expanded polystyrene, or low density (ideally 100 kg / m)³It comprises a tapered wedge-shaped (but may consist of many other geometries) diaphragm bodies formed from other core materials with less than) and high modulus properties.

The core A208 is preferably a lightweight and fairly rigid material, which is composed of a material with a three-dimensionally variable interconnect structure such as foam or an ordered three-dimensional lattice structure. .. The core material can be composed of a composite material. Foamed polystyrene foam is the preferred material, but suitable alternative materials may include polymethyl methacrylamide foam, aerogel foam, corrugated cardboard, metal microlattice aluminum honeycomb, aramid honeycomb, and balsa wood. .. Other materials apparent to those of skill in the art are also conceived and are not intended to be excluded from the scope of the invention.

The core material of the diaphragm body A208, isolated from the remaining components of the diaphragm structure A101 (eg, isolated from the outer and internal reinforcements), has a relatively low density. In this example, the core material is about 100 kg / m³Less than, more preferably about 50 kg / m³Less than, even more preferably about 35 kg / m³Less than, most preferably about 20 kg / m³Has a density that is less than. It will be appreciated that in an alternative form, the core material of the diaphragm body can have density values outside these ranges. This means that the diaphragm can be made relatively thick without adding more mass than necessary, which increases stiffness and decreases mass, thereby improving resistance to split resonance.

The vibrating plate assembly comprises a scaffold that is very rigid with respect to internal shear stresses, and an outer vertical reinforcement, although in some cases the body material supports the scaffold components for local lateral resonance as well as. Further required to support itself for local "blobbing" resonances within the region between the skeletal components. The diaphragm body A208, isolated from the remaining components of the diaphragm structure (eg, isolated from the outer and internal reinforcements), preferably has a relatively high modulus of elasticity. In this example, the diaphragm body A208, isolated from the remaining components of the structure, is approximately 0.2MPa / (kg / m).³) Has a higher specific elastic modulus, most preferably about 0.4 MPa / (kg / m)³) Has a higher specific elastic modulus. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the diaphragm body may have a specific modulus value outside these ranges. The high modulus of elasticity means that the diaphragm body can support the skeleton and, in particular, its own weight, respectively, for the local "lateral" and "blobbing" resonance modes. ..

Diaphragm body thickness The diaphragm body (consisting of all body parts A208) is substantially thick (in its thickest region). In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, a reference to a substantially thick diaphragm body is referred to as a maximum diagonal length A220 (hereinafter, a maximum diaphragm body length or a maximum diaphragm body length) over the body. It is intended to mean a diaphragm body having at least the maximum thickness, which is relatively thick compared to at least the maximum dimension of the body (called). In the case of a 3D body (as in most embodiments), the diagonal length dimension can extend over the thickness / depth and width of the 3D body. The diaphragm body does not necessarily have to have a substantially thick uniform thickness along one or more dimensions. The phrase relatively thick in relation to maximum dimensions can mean, for example, at least about 11% of maximum dimensions (such as maximum body length A220). More preferably, the maximum thickness A212 is at least about 14% of the maximum dimension of the body A220. In the present specification, the maximum thickness in relation to a substantially thick diaphragm body may also be related to the length dimension of the diaphragm body which is substantially perpendicular to the thickness dimension (hereinafter,). The length of the diaphragm body (also called A211). The phrase relatively thick in this context can mean at least about 15% of the diaphragm body length A211, or more preferably at least about 20% of the diaphragm body length A211. In some embodiments, the diaphragm is in relation to the diaphragm radius (or length dimension) from the mass center position A218 (as seen by the diaphragm assembly) to the distal periphery of the diaphragm body. It can be considered that it is relatively thick. The phrase relatively thick in this context can mean at least about 15% of the maximum diaphragm radius A221, or more preferably at least about 20% of the maximum radius A221. In some embodiments, the length A211 of the diaphragm body can be measured from the axis of rotation to the most distal peripheral edge, especially in the case of rotary motion drivers.

In this example, if the diaphragm is designed for a rotary motion transducer, the diaphragm body thickness A212 (at least in the thickest region) is on the opposite side of the diaphragm body from the axis of rotation A114 or base region A222. It is preferable that the diaphragm body is substantially thicker than the length A211 (which is the length to the end / tip). Preferably, the ratio of the thickness A212 to the length A211 of the diaphragm body is at least 15% or most preferably at least 20%, as described above.

Preferably, the region of maximum thickness is the base region of the diaphragm structure.

The increase in thickness is the overall rigidity of the diaphragm, especially when the normal stress reinforcements are placed on the outer surface and when the diaphragm body has shear reinforcements as described herein. It can result in a disproportionate increase.

With reference to the angle tab diagram A2g, in this example, to help provide a strong connection, in particular with the internal reinforcement A209 and the diaphragm base structure A222 with coil windings A109, spacers A110, and shaft A111. With respect to shear loads between, multiple angle tabs A210 are inserted and glued (or otherwise firmly fixed) inside the base of the diaphragm body / wedge A208 so that each tab improves the strength of the connection. Provides a constant large surface area to the spacer A110 and the internal reinforcement member A209. In this example, four tabs are used, but any number of tabs may be used, typically to form the number of internal reinforcements A209 and / or the diaphragm body A208. It will be understood that it depends on the number of parts used. This is important for stiffness as the adhesive is not as strong as the structural components that are connected, and thus may act to limit transducer splitting performance, as described above.

When all angle tabs A210 are mounted inside the diaphragm body / wedge A208, the diaphragm body / wedge structure A208 uses a relatively strong adhesive such as epoxy resin to coil and spacer the associated transducer assembly. , And glued to the shaft.

Many adhesives contain softeners to improve their strength, which is harmful in this application as well as in many other applications described herein where rigidity is paramount. Note that it can be. In some cases, it may be preferable to use a resin that does not contain a softening agent in consideration of the strength. The epoxy resin used to bond the glass fibers may be suitable, but is not limited.

Production method The following outlines the method for mass-producing the diaphragm structure A1300 of this example. It will be appreciated that other methods may be utilized for individual or mass production and the invention is not intended to be limited to this particular embodiment.

In the case of this example, a wedge with a core A208 and an internal reinforcing member A209 is formed first. Multiple (4 in this case) large sheets of internal reinforcement material A209 are intermediate between multiple (5 in this case) large sheets of core material A208 using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. Is laminated to. Once cured, the laminate is sliced into pieces, eg, wedge A208 in this particular embodiment (or any shape required for the diaphragm body in other variants). Each piece / wedge A208 forms one of the diaphragm bodies A208 as shown in FIGS. A2 and A15, the force-generating components of the associated conversion mechanism (eg, coil windings), and / or vibration. Attached to other components such as plate base structure A222. The normal stress reinforcement can then be connected to the main surface of the wedge laminate. In alternative embodiments, it will be appreciated that the diaphragm structure is formed using other methods, such as by forming each individual diaphragm structure separately.

Minimize the mass of adhesive used to join internal shear stress reinforcements and normal stress reinforcements to each other and to the diaphragm core, constrained to be sufficient to prevent delamination during use. It is preferable to do so. This is because the adhesive does not contribute in proportion to the performance of this structure, especially its rigidity. Preferably, the adhesive is less than about 70% by mass per unit area of the corresponding inner reinforcing member. More preferably, the adhesive is less than 60%, or less than 50%, or less than 40%, or less than 30%, or most preferably less than 25%, by mass per unit area of the corresponding inner reinforcing member.

In preparation for adhering the member to the core material of the diaphragm, there are several suitable methods of attaching a thin adhesive layer to the vertical or shear reinforcing member. One of the methods involves applying the adhesive in the form of a fine spray. Another method involves first over-applying the adhesive and then removing it, for example by a rubbing or brushing operation, until a minimum and equal amount of adhesive is left behind. The low viscosity of the adhesive is advantageous for both of these methods.

A useful way to determine how much adhesive is applied is to visually determine the shade. When a yellow epoxy resin is used, the thicker areas of the adhesive will be a darker shade of yellow when viewed (eg) applied to a sheet of aluminum foil. Accurate scales can be used before and after the adhesive application is complete to measure the mass of the reinforcement, and this information can be used to indicate the total mass of the applied adhesive. When applying an adhesive agent, a thin layer can provide very good adhesion to the polystyrene foam core, for example, a sheet of aluminum reinforcement is 0.5 g / m.²Epoxy resin added at a moderate mass per area can be adequately adhered to the expanded polystyrene core. The thickness of this layer is about 0.5 μm. Note that the mass of the adhesive is doubled if a single reinforcement is laminated between two pieces of core material such that both sides of the reinforcement require adhesive.

The adhesive can be applied only to the surface of the reinforcing member (not the core), or only to the surface of the core (not the reinforcing member), or both surfaces of the reinforcing member and the core to be bonded together. Can be applied to.

The adhesive can be selectively applied to the core material wherever possible, thereby covering only the areas that come into contact with the reinforcement, while not covering any small blockages within the core, which is the blockage. This is because the application of the adhesive increases the mass without improving the strength because it does not come into contact with the internal reinforcing material. One way to achieve this result is to apply a thin layer of adhesive (eg, by using the method described earlier) on an adhesive coated board or sheet, such as a Teflon® or UHMWPE sheet. be. The core material is then lightly applied to the adhesive on the adhesive coated board, which is placed on a flat surface where the adhesive, which is the part that comes into contact with the board without filling the blockage, is transferred to the correct part of the core.

It is preferable to minimize the mass using an adhesive that can adequately bond the components together, and some trial and error is used. The amount of adhesive agent effective may vary depending on the type of reinforcement and core material to be adhered.

When laminating reinforcements and core materials, it is important to ensure that these parts are sufficiently held together as the adhesive cures. One way to achieve this is to first stack these parts in the order in which they are glued, and then apply force, such as weight. The jig can be configured to ensure that the force is evenly applied. Such jigs can include a base board on which the stack of stacks is located and an upper board that pushes the top of the stack of stacks toward the base board. The jig can also be equipped with side guides (if necessary) to help prevent lateral slippage of parts within the stack when a force is applied.

One way to determine how much pressure is applied is to first, for example, by experimentation or by investigating the manufacturer's specifications, for damage that significantly reduces the performance of the core (especially the specific modulus). Identify the maximum value that can be applied without causing it, and then reduce it somewhat to give a safety margin. For example, reducing this pressure by 50% can be a valid yet safe goal. An alternative preferred mass production method comprises a jig incorporating a stopper that mechanically limits the stacking of stacks from being over-compressed.

Audio Transducer Incorporating the Diaphragm Structure of Configuration R1 The diaphragm structure of Configuration R1 is intended and configured for use in audio transducer assemblies, examples of which are shown in Figure A1. .. In this example, the diaphragm structure A1300 is configured to be used according to the audio transducer assembly of the first preferred embodiment A. The transducer assembly of Example A is a rotary motion audio transducer assembly. In the assembled state, the transducer has a base structure A115 to which the diaphragm assembly A101 is connected and rotates relative to it. The base structure A115 includes at least a portion of a drive mechanism that rotates the diaphragm assembly A101 with respect to the base structure during operation. In this embodiment of the audio transducer, the electromagnet drive mechanism rotates the diaphragm during operation. The base structure A115 comprises a magnet body A102, with opposed and isolated pole pieces A103 and A104 at the end of the body A102 adjacent to the diaphragm assembly A101. The diaphragm assembly A101 is a electromagnet that is firmly connected to the diaphragm structure A1300 and the base of the diaphragm A1300, and is placed between the pole pieces A103 and A104 connected to the drive end of the diaphragm A101. It is provided with a diaphragm base structure A222 having a coil of the mechanism.

The terms "diaphragm structure" and "diaphragm assembly" are used herein to refer to each characteristic combination of examples of audio transducers, but this is for brevity. It will be appreciated that these terms are not intended to be limited to a combination of such features. For example, in the present specification and claims, in its broadest interpretation, reference to a diaphragm structure can at least mean a diaphragm body, and also a reference to a diaphragm assembly, unless otherwise specified. , At least can mean the diaphragm body. Reference to the diaphragm can also mean either a diaphragm structure or a diaphragm assembly.

Preferably, the audio transducer of Example A is an electroacoustic transducer configured to convert electrical energy into audio. The following description may refer to this type of application, or components suitable for this application. However, as will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art, the audio transducers of Example A may be utilized as electroacoustic electric transducers if improved or if certain components are replaced by their equivalents. It will be understood that it can also be done.

Diaphragm Assembly With reference to Figure A2, one end of the diaphragm A1300, the thicker end (sometimes referred to as the base end or base region of the diaphragm), is a force generating component attached to it. It has a diaphragm base structure A222 comprising. The diaphragm structure A1300 connected to at least the force generating component forms the diaphragm assembly A101. The force generating component is configured to apply a mechanical force to the diaphragm structure in response to energy, such as electrical energy. In this embodiment, the force generating component is an electromagnet coil A109 wound in a nearly rectangular shape consisting of two long sides A204 and two short sides A205 to match the shape of the base end of the diaphragm structure A1300. be. It will be appreciated that other shapes such as spiral or spiral type windings are possible and the shape depends on the shape and shape of the diaphragm body A208. The coil winding can be made from any suitable conductive material such as copper, or from enamel-coated copper wire held together, for example with epoxy resin. It can be optionally wrapped around the spacer A110 and can be formed from any suitable material that is non-conducting or only slightly conductive, preferably such as plastic reinforced carbon fiber or epoxy impregnated paper. .. The spacer can have a Young's modulus of about 200 GPa. The spacer is also a profile complementary to the thicker base end of the diaphragm structure A1300, thereby surrounding the peripheral edge of the thicker base end of the diaphragm structure A1300 with the diaphragm assembly A101 assembled. Extends in or near it. Spacer A110 is attached / fixed to steel shaft A201. The combination of these three components, located at the base / thick end of the diaphragm body A208, forms the diaphragm base structure A222, which is the rigidity of the diaphragm assembly with a substantially compact and robust geometry. The lighter weight of the diaphragm assembly creates a solid and resonance resistant platform to which it is firmly attached.

Rotational motion audio transducers such as those shown in Example A of the present invention may provide optimum efficiency when the conversion mechanism is located relatively close to the axis of rotation. This fits well with the present invention's goal of minimizing unwanted resonance modes, especially through relatively heavy and compact components without making the increase in rotational inertia of the diaphragm assembly too large. It fits well with the previous observation that placing a typically heavy excitation mechanism near the axis of rotation allows for a strong connection with the hinge mechanism. In the case of Example A, when used for personal audio type applications, for example, the coil radius can be about 2 mm or about 13% of the diaphragm body length A211, which is audio. It will be understood that it may depend on the size and purpose of the transducer.

The radius of the mounting position of the force generating component measured from the axis of rotation to maximize the transducer's ability to reproduce high fidelity audio with maximized diaphragm range and reduced sensitivity to resonance. The ratio of the diaphragm body to the length A212 of the diaphragm body is preferably less than 0.5, most preferably less than 0.4. This can also help optimize efficiency.

When the force transfer component is a coil, the efficiency study is preferably when the ratio of the coil radius to the length of the diaphragm body is greater than 0.1, more preferably 0.15, also when measured from the axis of rotation. Greater than, even more preferably greater than 0.2, and most preferably greater than 0.25. In general, larger coil radii fit well with lower mass coil windings to optimize driver efficiency and splitting.

Transducer Base Structure The diaphragm assembly A101 comprising the diaphragm structure A1300 and the diaphragm base structure A222 is configured to be rotatably connected to the transducer base structure A115 to form an audio transducer.

The audio transducer of Example A shown in FIGS. A1a-1b has a transducer base structure A115 composed of one or more components / parts with high specific modulus characteristics. The main benefit of this is that the resonance frequency inherent in the base structure A115 occurs at relatively high frequencies because the structure is relatively stiffer and relatively lighter. In this preferred embodiment, the base structure A115 comprises a portion of an electromagnet drive mechanism comprising a magnet body A102 and opposed and spaced pole pieces A103 and A104 connected to opposite sides of the magnet body A102. The pole piece is configured to direct and surround the magnetic flux in the vicinity of / near the long side A204 of the coil winding A109, thereby operably working with the winding to form a drive mechanism. do.

The elongated contact bar A105 extends laterally over the magnet body in the gap formed between the pole pieces. The contact bar A105 forms part of the contact hinge assembly of the audio transducer and is connected to the magnet body on one side and the shaft A111 of the diaphragm assembly A101 on the other side of the contact hinge assembly. Connected to other parts. The contact hinge assembly of this embodiment is described in detail in Section 3.2 of the present specification, which is incorporated herein by reference and is not repeated for brevity. The contact bar A105 is formed to have a larger contact surface area on the side connecting the magnet A102 than on the side connecting the diaphragm assembly A101.

A pair of decoupling pins A107 and A108 are one of the decoupling systems configured to project laterally from both sides of the magnet body A102 and pivotally connect the base structure A105 to the associated housing in place. Form a part. The decoupling system of this embodiment is described in detail in Section 4.2 of the present specification, which is incorporated herein by reference and is not repeated for brevity.

In a preferred configuration of Example A, the base structure A115 comprises neodymium (NdFeB) magnets A102, steel pole pieces A103 and A104, steel contact bars A105, and titanium decoupling pins A107 and A108. .. All parts of the transducer base structure A115 are connected using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. It will be appreciated that in the alternative configurations of this embodiment, other materials and connecting methods, such as welding or fastening with fasteners, may be utilized, as will be readily appreciated by those of skill in the art.

In this embodiment, the transducer further comprises a restoring / urging mechanism operably connected to the diaphragm assembly A101 to urge the diaphragm assembly A101 to a rotational position neutral to the base structure A115. .. Preferably, the neutral position is the substantially central position of the reciprocating diaphragm assembly A101. In a preferred configuration of this embodiment, the diaphragm centering mechanism in the form of a torsion rod A106 links the transducer base structure A115 to the diaphragm assembly A101 and places the diaphragm assembly A101 in equilibrium position with respect to the transducer base structure A115. Brings a strong enough restore / force to center. In this example, the restoring mechanism A106 forms part of a hinge assembly, which is described in more detail in Section 3.2 of the present specification. In this configuration, torsion springs are used to provide restoring force, while in alternative configurations other well-known urging components or mechanisms in the industry are used to provide rotational restoring force. It will be understood to get.

The transducer base structure A115 is designed to be substantially rigid so that any resonance mode it has, preferably occurs outside the transducer's FRO. An example of this type of design is that the main part of the transducer base structure A115 consisting of the magnet A102 and the pole pieces A103 and A104 (ie, most of the mass of the base structure) has a substantially rigid and compact geometry. However, there are no dimensions that are significantly larger than anything else.

The contact bar A105 is connected to the torsion bar A106 by an end tab A303 (as shown in Figure A3), and to aid in this connection in a robust manner, the contact bar A105 has a magnet A102 as well as an outer pole. Must project outward from pieces A103 and A104. The torsion bar A106 extends laterally and substantially orthogonally from the sides of the diaphragm assembly A101 and at or near the end of the most recent assembly A101 of the base structure A115.

The laterally projecting ends of the contact bar A105 are relatively elongated and tend to resonate accordingly. To mitigate these effects, the protrusions taper towards the end free end, thereby reducing mass near the end tab A303 where the deflection can be the maximum displacement, and any deformation is the end tab. It also increases the relative stiffness of the support provided by the squat bulk towards the base of the protrusion resulting in the maximum displacement of the area. Since the adhesive, epoxy resin has a relatively low Young's modulus of about 3 GPa, the contact bar is oriented in two different planes in its connection with the magnet A102 to minimize the followability associated with the adhesive. It also has a large surface area.

Since the transducer base structure A115 is mounted towards one end of the diaphragm, both the front and rear main surfaces A214, A215 of the diaphragm structure are unobstructed, thereby maximizing airflow and air resonance. This is possible, for example, when air is contained between the diaphragm and the magnets of a conventional dynamic headphone driver.

As an alternative, it will be appreciated that any one of the examples of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 shown in FIGS. A8 to A12 and described in detail above can be used with the transducer assembly of Example A. Other diaphragm structures of configuration R1, which are not shown but are readily apparent from the above description, may also be incorporated into the transducer assembly of Example A without departing from the scope of the invention.

During the operation of the audio transducer in an electroacoustic conversion application (eg, if the audio transducer is a speaker driver), the audio signal is transmitted to the coil windings via a cable or any other suitable method. Thereby, the winding A109 is made to act on the magnetic field generated by the magnet and the pole piece of the base structure A115. This action becomes a mechanical motion, and this mechanical motion is applied to the base of the diaphragm structure A1300. The hinge system allows the diaphragm assembly A101 to vibrate rotatably with respect to the base structure A115. This vibration of the diaphragm structure A1300 causes a change in air pressure on either side of the diaphragm A1300, which produces sound. The diaphragm structure of configuration R1 eliminates unwanted resonant splitting modes due to diaphragm bending, twisting, and / or other deformations at least near the FRO intended by the transducer, or the lower and upper band limits. It is designed to be. For example, a high fidelity audio transducer can have an FRO that spans at least a significant portion of the audible frequency range, within which the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 is free from unwanted resonances. The restoring mechanism A106 acts to urge the diaphragm assembly A101 to return towards a neutral position when the audio signal is no longer received by winding A109.

Other Examples of the Diaphragm Structure of Configuration R1 Some variants of the diaphragm structure of FIG. A15 have already been described above with reference to, for example, FIGS. A8 to A12. Next, another exemplary diaphragm structure of configuration R1 will be described with reference to FIGS. G1 to G8. The diaphragm structures of these exemplary configurations R1 are most preferably used for linear motion transducers, however, their use is not intended to be limited to such applications.

An example of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 is shown in the context of the audio transducer of Example G of FIGS. G1 and G2. In this example, the diaphragm body G108 is in the shape of a rectangular prism with substantially curved angular regions. The material and thickness of the diaphragm body G108 may be as described above in the context of the examples of the diaphragm body of Example A in the aforementioned subsections. In this example, the diaphragm body G108 comprises a lightweight foam or even core G108, specifically low density polystyrene. The normal stress reinforcement G110 in the form of a solid, substantially rectangular sheet is provided on each main surface and is complementary to the shape of the associated main surface of the body G108. Further reinforcement is provided by an internal shear stress reinforcement member G109 that is joined to the inside of the foam core and directed substantially orthogonally to the coronal plane G114 of the diaphragm body G108. Each internal shear stress reinforcing member G109 is substantially rectangular according to the cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm body G108.

The outer normal stress reinforcement G110 and the internal shear stress reinforcement G109 are formed from materials as described above in the context of an example of the diaphragm structure of the audio transducer of Example A. For example, the outer normal stress reinforcing material G110 and the inner reinforcing member G109 are made of a material as opposed to plastic, which has a high specific elastic modulus such as metal or ceramic or high elastic fiber. Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement is at least 8 MPa / (kg / m).³) Specific modulus, or more preferably at least 20 MPa / (kg / m)³) Specific modulus, or most preferably at least 100 MPa / (kg / m)³), And preferably the internal stress reinforcement is at least 8 MPa / (kg / m).³), Or most preferably at least 100 MPa / (kg / m)³) Has a specific elastic modulus. Aluminum foil may be used in this example. In addition, the outer normal stress reinforcement G110 and the internal reinforcement G109 are thin, for example, about 0.08 mm for a diaphragm having an area equal to the area of a conventional 25.4 cm (10 inch) driver.

This particular embodiment travels in a linear motion as opposed to a rotary motion and is supported by conventional surround and spider diaphragm suspension systems. Preferably, the internal reinforcing member G109 is fixed (eg, joined) to both the front and rear outer normal stress reinforcements G110, as well as the foam core G108. Preferably, the internal reinforcements are substantially flat, but it is not strictly necessary to effectively perform their major functions, including their resistance to shear deformation. Preferably, like the outer normal stress reinforcements, they are made from relatively rigid materials such as metal, ceramics, or highly elastic fibers. In the latter case, preferably at least some of the fibers are at approximately +45 and -45 degrees to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, as their primary purpose is to resist shear. Should be aimed at an angle. In this embodiment, aluminum foil is used.

Alternative anti-shear reinforcement structures may be used instead to play equal or similar roles. For example, a network of triangular stanchions similar to those found in the middle of a typical crane structure would be implemented as well. In some cases, for example, if the aluminum foil is corrugated, the anti-shear function is fairly well directed in the plane, as long as there is sufficient connection to the components of the outer normal stress reinforcement. Can be executed.

Preferably, a thin layer of epoxy adhesive is more than sufficient to prevent delamination in order to minimize the mass associated with this component, as the adhesive does not contribute proportionally to the performance of the structure. Used for.

The internal reinforcement extends from the central base region (eg, configured to connect heavy motor coils) to the peripheral sides of the diaphragm body located between the main surfaces and remotely from the central base region. .. The peripheral region of the diaphragm structure distal to the central base region tends to be larger than resonating at low frequencies, thus by using the internal reinforcing members to minimize strain-related shear deformation in these. It is advantageous to optimize the structural completeness of the support in this area. Therefore, the effect of this orientation on the internal reinforcement is to increase the split frequency and optimize performance.

In this example, the opposing peripheral sides that are not supported by the internal reinforcements are near the base region of the diaphragm structure, including the mass center of the heavy motor coil and diaphragm assembly, and therefore tend to be less resonating. There is. However, in some variants, these areas can also be supported by internal reinforcements.

A cavity is formed in the central region of the diaphragm body to support and accommodate a portion of the excitation mechanism of the associated diaphragm assembly. The cavity is located in the base region of the diaphragm structure.

As shown in FIGS. G1 and G2, the audio transducer of Example G resides in a speaker driver with a diaphragm for a linear motion audio transducer. The diaphragm is supported by a diaphragm suspension system with conventional flexible surround G102 and spider G105 (as shown in Figure G1c). The diaphragm structure G101 comprises both front and rear outer normal stress reinforcements G110 and an internal reinforcement member G109 embedded within a lightweight foam core G108 joined to the core G108. This configuration has been improved as this configuration comprises a structure that is dedicated and optimized to address the primary limiting factors in terms of diaphragm splitting that affects conventional diaphragms as described above. Brings a split behavior. This structure works together symbiotically, and the tensile / compressive deformation associated with the split resonance mode of the main / main / large-scale vibrating plate is mainly received by the outer normal stress reinforcement G110, and this outer normal stress reinforcement is considerably. It has a large maximum physical separation (ie, the separation is the full thickness of the vibrating plate), so the I-beam principle increases the bending stiffness of the vibrating plate and is associated with such modes. The shear deformation is mainly received by the internal reinforcing member G109, which also acts to transmit the shear load to a large area of the foam core, thereby with respect to the local foam bubbling resonance mode. The foam core G108 acts to minimize buckling and local lateral resonance of the outer normal stress reinforcement G110 and the internal reinforcement member G109, and also displaces the air during operation. ..

The audio transducer also extends along or around the permanent magnet A104 and the inner pole piece G10 extending along or around one or more faces of the magnet. It further comprises a transducer base structure with a substantially thick and compact geometry with an outer pole piece G106. The inner and outer pole pieces are separated, thereby providing a channel between them that receives the transducer force generating component G112. The former or other diaphragm base frame G111 is connected to the central base region of the diaphragm structure towards the transducer base structure and extends laterally from there. The force generating component comprising one or more coils G112 in this embodiment is tightly wound and tightly connected to the end of the base frame adjacent to the transducer base structure. The diaphragm base frame G111 is made of substantially rigid material and can have a fairly elongated and cylindrical shape. One end of the base frame may be firmly connected to the internal reinforcement G109, or otherwise to the outer reinforcement G110, to the diaphragm core G108, or to any combination thereof.

The base frame G11, coil, and diaphragm structure form the diaphragm assembly. The coil extends into a channel formed between the pole pieces of the magnet that causes in-situ excitation during operation. The diaphragm assembly is supported by a flexible surround member G102 and a flexible spider G105 around an enclosure or a housing such as a baffle G103. Spiders and surround extend substantially along the entire length portion of the diaphragm assembly. The surround G102 is fixedly connected to the peripheral edge of the diaphragm structure at one end and at the end facing the inner peripheral edge of the housing (enclosure or baffle) G103. The spider G103 is fixedly connected to the diaphragm base frame at one end and is fixedly connected to the inner peripheral portion of the housing G103 at the end facing the inner peripheral portion. The diaphragm suspension is fairly flexible so that the diaphragm suspension flexes during operation so that the diaphragm assembly reciprocates in response to an electrical signal received by the coil G112.

Figures G3 to G5 show deformation examples of the normal stress reinforcing material in this example. In these variants, the amount / mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement G110 is reduced in the region proximal to the edge of the associated main surface. For example, in the modification of FIG. G3, the width of the normal stress reinforcement is reduced and the triangular voids or notches are placed at either end of the normal stress reinforcement. The triangular voids taper toward the center of the normal stress reinforcement member G110. In the variant of Figure G4, two additional triangular apertures are formed on both sides and adjacent to the voids of each triangle. In the variant of Figure G5, the normal stress reinforcement reduces the thickness of the end region G502 adjacent to the triangular voids and aperture, thereby further reducing the amount / mass of the normal stress reinforcement in these outer regions. do. It will be appreciated that in each of these variants, the voids and apertures can take alternative forms such as arcuate, annular, etc. It will also be appreciated that in the variant of Figure G5, the thickness reduction is stepped in G503, but this can be, as an alternative, gradual in other embodiments.

Yet another example of the diaphragm assembly G600 of configuration R1 is shown in Figure G6. In this example, the body comprises a trapezoidal prism shape. The material and thickness of the diaphragm body G108 can be as described above in the context of the examples in FIGS. G1 and G2. In this example, the normal stress reinforcing member G601 on either of the facing main surfaces of the diaphragm body has a different form. The first normal stress reinforcement member G601 is substantially flat and flat to accommodate the associated upper principal surface morphology. The second normal stress reinforcement member G601 on the opposite surface is a hollow trapezoidal prism (with four inclined surfaces extending outward from the central surface) to accommodate the associated lower main surface morphology. It has a shape (note that in this embodiment, all four inclined lower and upper surfaces are considered to be the main surface). The internal reinforcing member G603 has a substantially trapezoidal shape so as to correspond to the cross-sectional shape of the diaphragm main body G602.

FIGS. G7 and G8 show deformation examples of the normal stress reinforcing material of this example. In these variants, the amount / mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement G601 is reduced in the region G602 proximal to the edge of the associated main surface. For example, in the variant of Figure G7, the width of the upper normal stress reinforcement is reduced, triangular voids or notches are placed at either end, the normal stress reinforcement and two additional triangular apertures. , Formed on both sides and adjacent to the voids of each triangle. The lower normal stress reinforcement member has two opposite inclined surfaces omitted. Two other opposing sloping faces have triangular voids formed at their ends, and two additional triangular apertures are formed on both sides and adjacent to each triangular void.

In the modified example of FIG. G8, the normal stress reinforcing member includes a series of columns. The stanchions along the upper main surface comprises a pair of vertical struts extending substantially parallel to and distal to the vertical edges of the main surface. A pair of cross struts are then placed at either end and extend between the pair of vertical struts. On the underside of the diaphragm body, the normal stress reinforcements form a series of struts that form a sealing shape containing a pair of side-by-side triangular teeth on each of a pair of opposing angular surfaces, and an angular surface. It is provided with a pair of normal columns extending along the edge of the central surface connecting to the teeth of each angular surface between them. In this variant, the normal stress reinforcements are reduced in thickness within the terminal region G801 via the step G802, thereby further reducing the amount / mass of the normal stress reinforcements in these outer regions. It will be appreciated that in each of these variants, the voids and apertures can take alternative forms such as arcuate, annular, etc. In the variant of Figure G8, the thickness reduction is stepped in the G802, but it will also be appreciated that, as an alternative, this may be gradual in other embodiments.

As an alternative, it will be appreciated that any one of the examples of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 shown in FIGS. G3 to G8 and described in detail above may be utilized with the transducer assembly of Example G. .. The diaphragm structure of another configuration R1, which is not shown but is readily apparent from the above description, can also be incorporated into the transducer assembly of Example G without departing from the scope of the invention.

Next, the configurations of various diaphragm structures, which are substructures of the configuration R1, will be described in detail with reference to actual examples. Unless otherwise specified, the features and possible variants of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 described above in Section 1.2 also apply to each of the following substructures. Such common features and possible variants are not described again for each substructure for brevity and clarity. Only the characteristics of a particular sub-structural design are intended to be limited as described in the sections below.

2.2.2 Configuration R2 ~ R4 diaphragm structure Many diaphragms have a uniform profile and structure.

In some rigid approach diaphragm designs, vibrations distant and / or distal from the base region, where the main bulk / mass of the diaphragm assembly containing electromagnetic coils or other heavy excitation components is often located. The unsupported outer or peripheral regions of the plate structure tend to travel relatively large distances due to the excitation of the main split resonance modes, and the mass of these zones is the undesired main diaphragm resonance mode. May imbalancely limit / reduce the frequency of. Therefore, unwanted mass in such areas is another limiting factor that can affect diaphragm breakage.

Reducing the amount of lateral normal stress reinforcement in such a distal end region of each major surface or all major surfaces, despite the reduction of reinforcement, is the mass in such a strategic location. Since the reduction reduces the load on the series of support structures, it can bring the win-win benefit of reducing the mass of the diaphragm structure and increasing the frequency of the main diaphragm split resonant modes.

When used in combination with the inner reinforcement to reduce core shear, the diaphragm splitting performance can be significantly improved by simultaneously eliminating the two limiting factors.

The diaphragm structure of configurations R2 to R4 will be described in more detail with reference to various examples, but it will be understood that the present invention is not limited to these examples. Unless otherwise stated, reference to the diaphragm structures of configurations R2 through R4 herein is any one of the following exemplary diaphragm structures described, as will be apparent to those of skill in the art. It is construed to mean any other structure, including one or the described design features.

Configuration R2 The configuration of the diaphragm structure of the present invention is designed to address the problem of unwanted resonance and is described with reference to the first embodiment shown in FIGS. A1, A2 and A15. The configuration of this diaphragm structure is referred to herein as configuration R2. The diaphragm structure of configuration R2 is a substructure of configuration R1, and many features incorporated in the structure of configuration R1 are also incorporated into the structure of configuration R2. The diaphragm structure of configuration R2 addresses the problem of core shear (as in configuration R1) and in the region around / around or near the diaphragm body or structure, especially distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure. By reducing the mass of the structure and optimizing the mass distribution within the diaphragm structure in one or more peripheral regions, improved diaphragm split performance is provided. In other words, the diaphragm structure contains less mass in one or more peripheral regions distal to the base region compared to the mass of the diaphragm structure in the base region or regions close to it. Unless otherwise stated in the present specification, the reference to the peripheral portion or the outer peripheral portion of the diaphragm main body or the diaphragm structure is mainly adjacent to the gathering peripheral portion and the peripheral portion of the main surface and close to the peripheral portion. It is intended to mean the entire boundary around the main surface of the diaphragm body, including the area of the surface, and any side surface to which the peripheral edge of the main surface can be connected. Unless otherwise stated in the present specification, the reference to the peripheral region or the peripheral region of the diaphragm body or the diaphragm structure is intended to mean the region in the peripheral portion of the diaphragm body or the diaphragm structure, respectively. , May include part or all of the periphery. In configuration R2, the reduction in the mass of the diaphragm structure in the perimeter / peripheral regions of the diaphragm structure is achieved through the reduction in the mass of the outer normal stress reinforcements in those regions. Therefore, in configuration R2, the amount and / or mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement coupled adjacent to at least one main surface of the diaphragm body is (the mass of the diaphragm assembly A101 incorporating the diaphragm structure A1300). Central A218 is shown) Decreasing at or towards one or more margins of the main surface distal or distant from base region A222. It is the same as the configuration R1 except that. In this regard, the diaphragm assembly A101 is firmly connected to the diaphragm structure A1300 and all other parts that move with the diaphragm structure when incorporated into the audio transducer assembly. Intended to consist of parts. Preferably, the one or more edges away from the base region are the one or more edges farthest from the center of mass position. Similar to configuration R1, internal reinforcements are used in the diaphragm structure of configuration R2 to address the core shear problem. In the following examples, the form of normal stress reinforcement for one main surface is referenced. Unless otherwise stated, it is understood that in the most preferred configuration, this embodiment also applies to normal stress reinforcements placed on or near any other main surface of the diaphragm structure. Let's go.

A first example of the diaphragm structure A101 of configuration R2 is shown in FIGS. A1, A2 and A15. In particular, referring to FIGS. A2a and A2b, in this example the mass of one or more (preferably all) normal stress reinforcement struts A206 and A207 is associated with being most distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure A1300. It is reduced by reducing the width of each strut A206, A207 in the region of the diaphragm structure A1300 at the periphery of the main surface or proximal to it. In other words, the region of reduced mass is located in the most distal region with respect to the base region A222 or the center of mass A218 of the diaphragm assembly incorporating the diaphragm structure. The diaphragm assembly includes a diaphragm structure A101 and a diaphragm base structure A222 as described above. In this particular example, the diaphragm base structure A222 is described in Section 2.2. As described in 1, the hinge assembly includes coil windings A109, spacers A110 and shaft A111 (although alternatives may include any combination of one or more of these parts). In this example, the mass center is the diaphragm structure A1300 because the diaphragm base structure A222, which includes the coil A109, spacer A110 and steel shaft A111, has a relatively large mass relative to the rest of the diaphragm structure A1300. Located close to the thicker base end of. Thus, the region of the normal stress reinforcement with reduced mass is located close to the thinnest region of the tapered diaphragm body A208, i.e., the distal free end of the diaphragm structure A1300. Therefore, in this configuration, preferably the normal stress reinforcements on each principal surface contain a relatively low mass in the peripheral edge region distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure and in or near the base region. Contains a relatively high mass. In this example, the normal stress reinforcements on each main surface have a relatively small width in the region distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure and a relatively large width in the region at or near the base region. In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, reference to the peripheral edge region of the main surface of the diaphragm body means a region located at the peripheral edge of the relevant main surface and directly adjacent to each other. Intended to do.

As shown in FIGS. 2Aa and 2b, in this example, in A216, the width reduction of the normal stress reinforcement columns A206, A207 occurs stepwise, but instead, the width decrease is gradual over the length of the column. It will be appreciated that / or may be tapered. Further, the staircase region A216 is located approximately in the middle of the longitudinal length of the diaphragm body A208. However, this is a design issue, many factors including the desired resonant response, the materials used, and the design of the diaphragm body, as well as many others that will be apparent to those skilled in the art in the relevant technical field. It will be understood that it depends on the factors of.

The reduction in the width of the columns A206, A207 may also reduce the thickness in order to reduce the mass of the relevant region, or may reduce the thickness instead of the reduction in width. Furthermore, it will be understood that the reduction can be achieved by changing the materials used for the stanchions in the relevant area, which can be more difficult to carry out.

Configuration A second example of the R2 structure is shown in Figure A9. In this example, one or more recesses A902 are formed in the normal stress reinforcement members A901 on each main surface of the region distal to the base region A222 (as described above for the first embodiment). The region A902 without the normal stress reinforcement can be of any shape required to achieve the desired resonant response during operation. In the example shown, the recess A902 is a cut ellipse. The decrease in mass increases as a function of the distance from the base region A222. The recess A902 is formed, for example, in a tapered shape, and is wider in the distal region from the base region A222. In some variants, the recess can include a rectangle, a triangle, or any other shape. Similarly, the number of recesses can be varied according to the desired resonant response and application. FIG. A10 shows, for example, a modification of the diaphragm structure of FIG. A9, in which a single cutting circle / elliptical recess A1002 extends over a significant portion of the width of the diaphragm body.

FIG. A11 shows another example of the diaphragm structure of configuration R2. In this example, the normal stress reinforcements adjacent to each main surface have an increased region of thickness A1101 close to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure and a decrease distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure. Includes a region of thickness A1102. It will be appreciated that the decrease in thickness is stepped at A1103, but in a variant of this example it can be gradual or tapered. The mass loss may taper and increase in some variants from the base region A222 to the most distal region. It is also understood that the staircase A1103 is located approximately midway along the length of the diaphragm body, but may be in any other region sufficiently distal to the aforementioned base region A222. Will. Figure A12 shows a variant of this example where the thickness reduction occurs at the stiffening columns A1201 and A1202 (instead of the stiffeners). Again, the reduction is gradual at A1203, but may be gradual or tapered, with the reduction occurring in the middle along the length of the diaphragm body, as described above in the base region. It may be located in another area sufficiently distal to A222.

The diaphragm structure of configuration R2 also reduces the amount of outer normal stress reinforcement G301 towards the perimeter / periphery away from the central base region where the position and mass center of the diaphragm assembly are also shown. , Also illustrated in the embodiment of the audio transducer shown in FIG. G3 having a diaphragm similar to that shown in FIG. G1. In this example, a recess is formed in the normal stress reinforcing plate of each main surface of the diaphragm structure adjacent to the periphery of the diaphragm body and in the distal region from the base region of the diaphragm structure. In addition, the normal stress reinforcement is omitted on either side G303 of each normal stress plate adjacent to the edge of the main surface located more proximal to the central base region. The recess is tapered to increase in width from the base region to the most distal region. In this embodiment, the end recess G304 is triangular, but may have other shapes. In some variants, the recess can have a substantially constant width. In this example, the base region / center of mass of the diaphragm assembly is located close to the motor coil G112 and the coil forming body G111 located approximately in the center of the diaphragm body. In this way, the mass of the normal stress reinforcement is preferably evenly reduced in the perimeter / peripheral region of the associated main surface of the diaphragm body.

In this example, each outer normal stress reinforcing plate G301 has a constant thickness, which is the same thickness as the embodiment of FIG. G1, in which case the reduction of the outer normal stress reinforcing material G301 is in the coil forming body G111. It is caused by the reinforcement removal increasing towards the farthest edge from the mounted coil G112.

A portion of the outer normal stress reinforcing plate G301 is excluded from the edge region G304 located in the middle of the inner shear stress reinforcing member G109. This serves the purpose of reducing the mass associated with the above portion of the outer normal stress reinforcement G301 and the purpose of reducing the adhesive used to attach the above portion to the foam core G108.

If the above normal stress reinforcement G301 is omitted from a portion of the surface to minimize mass, the rest of the diaphragm surface may be left exposed, or at least any coating may be applied with a thin coat of paint. Very lightweight, like a membrane, is preferred as it maximizes mass loss.

Decreasing the amount of outer normal stress reinforcing material G301 reduces the resistance to diaphragm bending in the local region between adjacent inner reinforcing members G109, but this distance is short and the associated adverse effects on local diaphragm resonance. Is offset by the associated reduction in mass reduction and the effects of both bending mode deformation and shear mode deformation. In some cases, the net effect may be a net improvement in terms of local "brove" resonance.

Looking at non-local resonances such as bending of the entire diaphragm, again, the resistance to bending mode deformation due to the reduction of the outer layer normal stress reinforcement G301 is reduced, but this is in the region where the outer layer is omitted. Since it is not connected to the inner reinforcing member G109, it has a relatively low effect on the bending of the entire diaphragm in this region, and the decrease in mass in the outer peripheral edge region offsets to some extent.

This peripheral edge region of each main surface is the most of the rest of the diaphragm and the heavy excitation mechanism, in this case the location away from the motor coil mounted in the center of the diaphragm is the main split resonance mode excitation. It is important because it means that you tend to travel relatively large distances below. Reducing the load in the peripheral edge region tends to provide a win-win benefit of excessively reducing diaphragm splits and also reducing diaphragm mass.

In the case of this diaphragm structure, due to the presence of the anti-shear inner reinforcing member G109, the edge region where the outer normal stress reinforcing material / layer is not omitted is localized as compared with the edge region where the outer layer is omitted. It is not easily affected by the resonance. In other words, the perimeter of each recess G108 is directly adjacent to or placed adjacent to the inner stress reinforcement, thereby providing a peripheral edge region of the main surface containing the normal stress reinforcement. Reinforce. Further, it is preferable that the outer normal stress reinforcing material G301 is firmly connected to the inner reinforcing member G109 in order to enhance the symbiotic effect. For these reasons, the normal stress reinforcing material G301 is preferably omitted in the peripheral edge region located adjacent to or in between of the inner reinforcing member G109 rather than directly above it.

Figure G4 shows another variant of the diaphragm structure of configuration R2 in Figure G3. In this example, a plurality of recesses are formed in the facing edge regions of each normal stress reinforcing plate G401, and a strut that tapers outward toward the edge region remains.

FIG. G5 shows yet another modification of the diaphragm structure of configuration R2 of FIG. G3. In this example, the diaphragm structure is similar to that shown in Figure G4, except that the thickness of the outer normal stress reinforcement also decreases towards the perimeter / periphery away from the central base region. The normal stress reinforcement is relatively thick at position G501 and is stepped towards the relatively thin portion G502 adjacent to the recess at position G503. This configuration uses, for example, a single component that combines a thick region G501 and a thin region G502, or two stacks in which one component extends into region G502 and the other component stops at position G503. It can be made from components. The thickness reduction can, in other embodiments, be stepped or instead gently / tapered so as to decrease towards the perimeter of the associated main surface.

Peripheral edge regions away from the base region (showing the excitation mechanism and / or mass center position when the diaphragm structure is part of the diaphragm assembly), as shown in Figures G3, G4 and G5. Reducing the amount of normal stress reinforcement towards, for example, thinning the outer normal stress reinforcement layer, omitting the outer normal stress reinforcement layer from a specific zone / region, narrowing the stanchions, tapering the reinforcement, And other possible methods of mass reduction that will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art. In addition, the diaphragm structure can include a tapered mass reduction in the peripheral edge region where the mass decreases as it gets closer to the edge of the main surface. This may be done by increasing the width of the recesses, or tapering the thickness of the stiffeners, or, for example, tapering the thickness and / or width of the stiffeners. Also, the mass-reduced peripheral edge region is either directly adjacent to the inner stress reinforcement, adjacent to the region of the main surface placed on it, or between the regions of the main surface, in other words, vibration. It is preferably located in the peripheral region containing the normal stress reinforcing material located directly adjacent to or above the inner stress reinforcing member of the plate structure.

Figures G7 and G8 show two further examples of the structure of configuration R2 of the present invention. In these examples, the amount / mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement G601 is reduced in region G602 or in the vicinity of the peripheral edge region of the associated principal surface. For example, in the variant of Figure G7, the width of the upper normal stress reinforcement is reduced, triangular recesses or notches are placed at both ends of the normal stress reinforcement, and two additional triangular apertures / recesses are at both ends. It is formed adjacent to each triangular recess in the portion. The lower normal stress reinforcement (extending over the three main surfaces of the diaphragm body) has two opposite inclined surfaces omitted. The two other opposing slopes have a triangular recess formed at their end, and two additional triangular apertures are formed at both ends adjacent to the triangular recess. In this way, the recess reduces the mass of the normal stress reinforcement in the area adjacent to the associated main surface distal to the base area. The outer region is the region distal to the base region in which the motor coil G112 and the forming body G111 of the diaphragm assembly incorporating this structure are located.

In the example of Figure G8, the normal stress reinforcement member comprises a series of struts. The struts along the upper main surface include a pair of longitudinal struts that extend substantially parallel and distal to the longitudinal edge of the main surface. The pair of cross struts are located at both ends and extend between the pair of longitudinal struts. On the underside of the diaphragm body, the normal stress reinforcement (extending over the three main surfaces) is a pair of triangular teeth adjacent to each of the pair of opposed inclined surfaces, and the edge of the central surface between the inclined surfaces. Includes a series of struts that form an enclosed shape, including a pair of longitudinal struts, extending along and connecting to the teeth of each inclined surface. In this variant, the normal stress reinforcements are reduced in thickness through the step G802 in the peripheral edge region G801, thereby the amount of normal stress reinforcements in these outer regions distal to the base region. / Further reduce the mass. The base region is the region where the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly including the diaphragm structure and the motor coil G112 and the forming body G111 is shown. In each of these examples, it will be appreciated that the depressions and apertures can take alternative forms such as arcuate, annular, etc. It will also be appreciated that in the example of Figure G8, the thickness reduction is gradual in the G802, but in other examples this may be gradual instead.

FIG. A9 shows Example A9, which is an example of the configuration R2 mounted on the diaphragm assembly of the single diaphragm rotary operation. FIG. D1 shows Example D1 which is an example of the configuration R2 mounted on the diaphragm assembly of the multi-diaphragm rotation operation.

Configuration R3 The further configuration of the diaphragm structure of the present invention is designed to simultaneously address the resonance problems caused by core shear deformation and high mass at the tip of the diaphragm, as shown in FIGS. A1 and A2. It will be explained with reference to the example of 1. The configuration of this diaphragm structure is referred to herein as configuration R3. The diaphragm structure of configuration R3 is a substructure of configuration R1, and many features incorporated in the structure of configuration R1 are also incorporated into the structure of configuration R3. The diaphragm structure of configuration R3 is composed of a diaphragm structure according to configuration R1, and one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm body distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure is the rest of the diaphragm body. And / or the area proximal to the base region of the diaphragm structure is reduced in thickness. This has the effect of reducing the mass of the diaphragm structure in the region away from the center of mass, as in the case of the structure of configuration R2. In the most preferred practice of configuration R3, one or more peripheral regions distal or distant from the base region of the diaphragm structure include a reduced thickness relative to the region close to the base region. In the example of the audio transducer of Example A shown in FIGS. A1, A2 and A15, the diaphragm structure A1300 is wedge-shaped and has a thickness along the length of the body from the thick end A1300b to the thin end A1300a. It becomes tapered. The thickness reduction / taper is loosely continuous, but is preferably stepped or contains any other profile, and / or the taper is in the middle along the length of the body. It may start in an area that is not necessarily located in the peripheral area. The peripheral region with reduced thickness is preferably the region farthest from the base region of the diaphragm structure. In this example, one end of the diaphragm body A208 located at or near the base region A1300b and configured to couple to the diaphragm base structure is thicker than the opposite end region A1300a distal to the base region.

In the embodiment of Example A, the thickness envelope or profile between the base region A1300b of the diaphragm body and the opposite peripheral region A1300a farthest from the base region is at least about 4 with respect to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. It has an angle of degrees, more preferably at least about 5 degrees with respect to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body A208. For example, the angle A223 shown in FIG. A2f indicates that the main surface A214 of the diaphragm structure A1300 forms an angle of about 7.5 degrees with respect to the coronal plane A213.

Other examples of the diaphragm structure of configuration R3 are shown in connection with the example of the audio transducer shown in Figure G6. The diaphragm body G602 is distal to the central base region of the diaphragm structure (in or proximal to the diaphragm assembly base structure including the motor coil G112 coupled to the diaphragm structure and the form G111). Includes one or more peripheral areas with reduced thickness. As mentioned above, the reduction in thickness reduces the mass of the diaphragm structure in these distal regions. The diaphragm body includes a cutting trapezoidal shape in which the body is tapered and the thickness decreases outward from the central base region. In this embodiment, the entire perimeter consisting of all peripheral regions includes a relatively thick, preferably reduced thickness with respect to the central region including a portion of the thickest diaphragm body.

The diaphragm structure of configuration R3 achieves similar results as achieved by the diaphragm structure of configuration R2 by reducing the mass of the diaphragm structure in the region distal (preferably most distal) from the base region. do. In both examples, core bending near the edges promoted by shearing of the core material and / or local lateral resonance promoted by core probe resonance (these modes tend to be combined in the same in this case). It is preferable not to make the peripheral area too thin, as the geometry cannot support the mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement (eg G601) and the core (eg G602) itself relative to (possible). In other words, the structure preferably remains substantially rigid in these peripheral regions. Inner reinforcements (eg, G603) address the core shear problem.

Configuration R4 Next, another substructure of the diaphragm structure of the configuration R1 of the present invention will be described. This diaphragm structure, referred to herein as configuration R4, is the diaphragm thinning of the diaphragm body in one or more peripheral regions distal to the base region of the relevant structure, and the base region of the structure (basically). From the combination of the diaphragm structures of configuration R2 and configuration R3) to the reduction of the outer normal stress reinforcement mass of at least one main surface in the peripheral edge region of the distal main surface or in the region adjacent to it. Thereby, it corresponds to the same resonance source more comprehensively than the configurations R2 and R3.

The reduced mass of the normal stress reinforcement in the peripheral edge region distal to the base region means that the associated peripheral region to be supported by the diaphragm body has less mass, which is the diaphragm body. It means that the peripheral area of the can be made thinner and a synergistic effect can be obtained. Configuration R4 is exemplified in the diaphragm structure shown in FIGS. A1 / A2, A9, A10, A11, and A12 of the wedge-shaped diaphragm body structure, and the diaphragm shown in FIGS. G7 and G8 of the trapezoidal prism diaphragm body structure. It is also exemplified in the structure. The form of the normal stress reinforcement is described in detail in Configuration R2 and will not be repeated for brevity. Similarly, the reduction in diaphragm body mass in these examples is described in detail in Configuration R3 and will not be repeated for brevity. In all of these examples, the reduction in the mass of the normal stress reinforcement and the reduction in the mass / thickness of the diaphragm body is far from the base region representing the mass center position of the relevant diaphragm assembly incorporating the diaphragm structure. It is located in the same peripheral region of the diaphragm structure at the position (preferably the most distal).

This is, for example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. G7, where a portion of the outer normal stress reinforcement G701 is omitted to reduce mass and is specifically excluded from the peripheral edge region located midway between the inner reinforcements G603. It is the same as the embodiment shown in FIG. G6 except that. This serves the purpose of reducing the mass associated with the above portion of the outer layer G701 and the mass associated with the adhesive used to attach the above portion to the core G602 from the critical end region. The net effect is a reduction in mass in the peripheral region, so that the diaphragm body core G602 only needs to support its own weight.

As previously described for configuration R2, this preferably occurs in the region between the inner reinforcement members G603 when part of the normal stress reinforcement G701 is omitted.

The important purpose of the diaphragm structure of the configuration R4 is to reduce the adverse effects associated with the diaphragm split resonance mode, but for thinning the diaphragm peripheral region and removing the reinforcing material from the peripheral edge region, the diaphragm It has the additional effect of reducing the overall mass and improving driver efficiency.

2.3 Configuration R5 ~ R7 Audio Transducers Traditional speakers with cone and dome diaphragms are severely affected by many membrane resonance modes, which are to minimize mode excitation. It may be addressed by techniques such as balancing and improving manufacturing accuracy, and may also be addressed by damping using vibrating plate materials such as plastic, coated or sliced paper, silk, Kevlar. There is also.

The "peripheral diaphragm" component plays the following important role in conventional thin-film diaphragms. 1) Support the edges of the thin diaphragm to keep it out of contact with surrounding components when bent, 2) The diaphragm may be less rigid in terms of resistance to certain resonances, such as in "gong" mode. Since there is, it attenuates the resonance.

Traditional perimeter and spider diaphragm suspension components create a compromise in the problematic 3-way design, with wider and looser suspension configurations each requiring increased diaphragm range or reduced diaphragm fundamental resonance frequency. It brings the element, which increases the problem of resonance at the top of the frequency bandwidth of the speaker. Simply put, this means that improving the bus results in an unwanted increase in resonance.

Nevertheless, the diaphragm peri-suspension components are ubiquitous, including combinations with a range of non-membrane diaphragms.

However, this symbiotic effect does not apply when combined with a diaphragm with a traditional thick and rigid design approach.

An audio transducer that combines a substantially rigid diaphragm structure with an outer peripheral region that is not substantially physically connected to the surrounding structure offers several advantages. First, the peripheral region of the diaphragm no longer needs to support the perimeter, only a relatively light self-weight mass, which can reduce rigidity and make it lighter. The intermediate diaphragm region can be significantly reduced in weight because it is not necessary to support the mass component of the peripheral region in which the peripheral region is removed. The diaphragm base no longer needs to support the perimeter, nor does it need to support the mass component of the removed peripheral region, nor the mass component of the removed intermediate region, so it should be lighter. Can be done. The weight of the electromagnetic coil can be reduced due to the reduction in mass elsewhere. In the case of a rotary operation diaphragm, the hinge mechanism requires less mass, which improves support.

Various audio transducer configurations designed to address some of the shortcomings mentioned above using these identified principles will be described with reference to some examples. The following audio transducer configurations are referred to herein as configurations R5 to R7 for brevity. Configuration The R5 to R7 audio transducers will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but it should be understood that the invention is not limited to these examples. Unless otherwise stated, reference to the audio transducers of configuration R5 through R7 herein is, as will be apparent to those of skill in the art, any one of the audio transducers exemplified below, or Interpreted to mean any other audio transducer containing the described design features of these configurations.

Free Peripheral Configuration In each of the audio transducers R5 to R7, the audio transducer is a diaphragm assembly having a diaphragm structure with one or more peripheral regions that are not physically connected to the peripheral structure of the transducer. included.

As used in this context, the phrase "not physically connected" means that there is no direct or indirect physical connection between the housing and the relevant free area around the perimeter of the diaphragm structure. Is intended to mean. For example, free or unconnected regions are preferably not directly connected to the housing, either directly or via intermediate solid components such as solid surrounding elements, solid suspension elements, or solid sealing elements, which are not connected. It is suspended or separated from the structure normally suspended by a gap. The gap is preferably a fluid gap such as a gas gap or a liquid gap.

Further, the term housing in this context is intended to include any other surrounding structure that accommodates at least a substantial portion of the diaphragm structure in between or within it. For example, a baffle that surrounds part or all of the diaphragm structure, or even a wall that extends from another part of the audio transducer and surrounds at least part of the diaphragm structure, may constitute a housing or at least a peripheral structure in this context. .. Therefore, the phrase "not physically connected" can be interpreted in some cases as having no physical connection to other surrounding solid parts. The base structure of the transducer can be thought of as such a solid peripheral component. For example, in the rotational motion embodiment of the present invention, it can be considered that a part of the base region of the diaphragm structure is physically connected and suspended from the transducer base structure by the related hinge assembly. can. However, the rest of the perimeter of the diaphragm structure need not be connected, so the diaphragm structure includes at least a partially free periphery.

Other phrases used herein with respect to the perimeter "at least partially not physically connected" (or "at least partially free perimeter" or in some cases abbreviated "free perimeter"". A similar phrase) is intended to mean one of the following perimeters:

Almost all of the perimeter is not physically connected, or If the perimeter is physically connected to the perimeter structure / housing, then at least one or more perimeters will have these areas around the perimeter. It is not physically connected so as to form a discontinuity in the connection to the perimeter with the structure.

Physically connected along one or more edges along approximately the entire length of the perimeter, but one or more other perimeter edges or (like the conventional suspension shown in Figure G1). ) The peripheral part of the diaphragm structure that is not connected along the side surface does not constitute the diaphragm structure including the outer peripheral part that is not physically connected at least partially, and in this case, the total length or the peripheral length of the peripheral part is It is supported in at least one region and there is no discontinuity in the connection with respect to the circumference.

Thus, if the audio transducer includes, for example, a solid suspension containing a solid perimeter or solid encapsulation element, the solid suspension is preferably a diaphragm in the housing or perimeter structure that has discontinuities in the connection near the perimeter. Connect the structures. For example, the suspension connects the diaphragm structures along a length of less than 80% of the perimeter of the periphery. More preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragm structures along a length of less than 50% of the peripheral perimeter. Most preferably, the suspension connects the diaphragm structures along a length of less than 20% of the peripheral perimeter.

The examples of the audio transducers shown in FIGS. G9A to G9 (hereinafter referred to as Example G9) are examples of implementation of a partial free peripheral portion. This audio transducer is similar to that shown in Figures G1a-c. The magnet assembly and basket G103 and spider G105 are the same assemblies as those shown in FIGS. G1a-c, and the diaphragm assembly G600 is the same assembly as shown in FIGS. G6a-f. The only other difference is that the diaphragm-structured suspension G102 is replaced by multiple suspension members G901 that cause discontinuities in the suspension around the perimeter. Thus, this embodiment constitutes a free edge design in which one or more peripheral regions G908 of the diaphragm structure are not physically connected to the peripheral region G902. In the free peripheral region G908, there is an air gap G903 between the outer periphery of the diaphragm structure and the peripheral structure G902 (at the position G902b of the structure G902). Peripheral structure G902 may be tightly coupled to basket G103.

As shown, preferably one or more peripheral regions G908 that are not physically connected constitute at least 20% of the total circumference of the diaphragm structure (eg, about 2 x G906 + 2 x G905). More preferably, one or more free peripheral regions make up at least 50%, or at least 80%, of the perimeter. This lack of physical connectivity provides advantages over embodiments with a higher degree of connectivity around the perimeter of the diaphragm structure. One advantage is that lower basic component Wn is facilitated, and the other is to reduce the area and peripheral length of the sound propagation component as the peripherals tend to adversely affect mechanical resonance. Can bring benefits to sound quality. For example, a partially unconnected periphery along about 20% of the circumference provides a significant advantage in operating bandwidth (eg, by lowering the fundamental frequency Wn) and the periphery of the periphery. Reduces distortion caused by division. As another example, if the perimeter is not partially physically connected and the remaining perimeter is thick so that the fundamental diaphragm frequency does not change, the perimeter's inherent resonance mode will be May increase frequency. The unconnected portion of the peripheral region of the diaphragm G908 is separated from the peripheral structure G902 by the air gap G903. Preferably, this gap is substantially small. For example, it may be between 0.2 and 4 mm depending on the application.

The diaphragm suspension member G901 connects the diaphragm G600 to the main surface G902A of the peripheral structure G902, which is the guide plate G902 of the basket G103 in this case. It provides a diaphragm suspension system that, in combination with the Spider G105, operably suspends the diaphragm assembly G600 into a basket and magnet assembly. Each diaphragm suspension member G901 is composed of a flexible region G901a and connecting tabs G901b and G901c. The tab G901c provides a surface area for mounting on the main surface G902a of the guide plate. The tab G901c is attached to the outer reinforcing material G601 and the core G602 at the outer peripheral portion of the diaphragm structure. In this embodiment, the diaphragm suspension member G901 is made of rubber. Other suitable materials include spring steel and metals such as titanium, silicon, closed cell foams and plastics. These components are solid suspension components (eg, not liquid suspension). Geometry, such as length G907 and width of region G901a, has a significant effect on the followability of the suspension system. The combination of material geometry and Young's modulus should preferably be adapted to provide this transducer with a substantially lower fundamental frequency Wn.

In the embodiment of any audio transducer, it is preferable that the peripheral parts of the diaphragm structure are at least partially and significantly not physically connected. For example, a significantly free perimeter constitutes at least about 20% of the outer circumference or two-dimensional circumference, or more preferably at least about 30% of the outer circumference or two-dimensional circumference. Alternatively, it can include a plurality of free peripheral areas. The vibrating plate structure is more preferably, for example, at least 50% of the outer circumference length or the two-dimensional circumference, or more preferably at least 80% of the outer circumference length or the two-dimensional circumference. Not connected. Most preferably, the diaphragm structure is almost completely free of physical connections.

In some of the audio transducer examples of the invention, ferrofluid is applied to the outer periphery of the diaphragm structure, as described for Examples P and Y in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 of the present specification, respectively. It can be used to support. Ferrofluids are solids, such as solid suspensions, where there is virtually no physical mechanical connection (as defined by the criteria above) between the outer perimeter of the vibrating plate structure and the inner perimeter of the perimeter structure. Do not configure components. The ferrofluid or other suspension fluid may be located, for example, in the gap G903 of Example G9, and the diaphragm structure is still considered to be a free peripheral type.

In the present specification, when referring to a free peripheral configuration, that is, a free peripheral configuration defined in Section 2.3 (other than this Section 2.3) or other similar references, such reference is made unless otherwise specified. The configuration is not excluded from the fact that the additional functionality described in Sections 2.3.1-2.3.3 below is a subconfiguration of that reference, but is not intended to be limited to this additional functionality.

2.3.1 Configuration R5 Next, the configuration of the audio transducer of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. A6g. The audio transducer A100 is referred to as configuration R5, but the diaphragm structure used in this audio transducer is not necessarily a substructure of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1, but in some variants configuration R1. It is important to note that it can be a substructure of the diaphragm structure. The audio transducer of configuration R5 simultaneously substantially eliminates the diaphragm suspension / periphery in one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm body A208 / diaphragm structure A1300 distal to the base region A222 and is laterally vertical. By substantially reducing the mass of the stress reinforcement, it provides improved diaphragm split behavior. The audio transducers of configuration R5 are the diaphragm structure A1300 with one or more peripheral regions that are at least partially not physically connected to the peripheral structure of the transducer and the main distal to the base region A222 of the diaphragm structure. Vibration with a substantially lightweight diaphragm body A208, with outer normal stress reinforcements associated with one or more main surfaces, whose mass decreases towards one or more peripheral edge regions of the surface. Included in plate assembly A101.

As shown in the configuration R5 audio transducer in Figure A6g, the audio transducer assembly A100 (also referred to herein as an audio device incorporating an audio transducer) is a diaphragm of (configurations R1, R2, and R4 described above). Includes a diaphragm assembly A101 including a diaphragm structure A1300 (shown in Figure A15) having a body A208 with one or more main surfaces reinforced with outer normal stress reinforcements A2076 / A207 (like the structure). Similar to the diaphragm structure of configuration R2, the normal stress reinforcement of the diaphragm structure of the configuration R5 audio transducer is distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure or distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly. Includes a mass distribution that results in a relatively small mass in one or more peripheral edge regions of the relevant principal planes in.

The audio transducer further includes, for example, an enclosure for accommodating the diaphragm assembly A101 and / or a housing in the form of a baffle or a perimeter A601. The housing also preferably houses the transducer base structure A115 inside. In addition to the reduction in the mass of the normal stress reinforcement, the diaphragm structure A1300 includes a perimeter that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the perimeter structure, which in this example is the housing A601. In this example, about 96% of the perimeter of the diaphragm structure A1300 has no physical connection to any perimeter structure, including the housing A601 and the transducer base structure, from the inner wall of the housing as shown by the air gap A607. It is separated. As such, the perimeter is approximately completely free of physical connections. However, the base region A222 is suspended from the transducer base structure by a diaphragm suspension system and physically connected to the base structure at a hinge connection (which constitutes about 4% of the peripheral edge circumference). .. However, in some modifications, the perimeter of the diaphragm structure is not partially physically connected to the housing by a different amount than above, but may still not be explicitly physically connected. For example, if the vibrating plate structure is not clearly physically connected, one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected may constitute at least about 20% of the perimeter or two-dimensional perimeter. It is preferable to constitute at least about 30% of the outer peripheral length or the two-dimensional circumference. The vibrating plate structure does not have to be substantially physically connected, for example, at least 50% of the outer peripheral length or the two-dimensional circumference is not physically connected, or more preferably the outer peripheral. At least 80% of the length or two-dimensional perimeter is not physically connected.

In this example, the at least one or more peripheral regions that are not physically connected are at least one peripheral region that is most distal to the base region of the diaphragm structure (eg, the edge facing the base region of the diaphragm assembly). Part) is included.

Configuration R5 is used in the audio transducer A100 of Example A. However, the diaphragm structure used in the audio transducer of this configuration is the diaphragm structure of configurations R1 to R4, or the diaphragm body having one or more main surfaces, and at least one of the above main surfaces. Can be any other diaphragm structure, including, adjacent to one, a normal stress reinforcement that resists the compressive-tensile stress exerted on the body during operation, and a normal stress reinforcement. The mass distribution of is such that a relatively small mass is in one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly. An example of a diaphragm assembly that can be used in place of the diaphragm assembly A101 is shown, for example, in FIG. A11. This assembly is the same as that of Example A, except that the core A1004 does not have an inner shear reinforcement laminated inside in some cases and the outer normal stress reinforcement is composed of a thin foil. The same is true. The foil is thicker in region A1101 close to the relatively high mass base of the diaphragm assembly and thinner in region A1102 towards the diaphragm tip in one or more distal regions. The stepwise variation in thickness is shown in the detailed view of position A1103 in Figure A11b. In this example, one or more distal regions of the diaphragm body are aligned with one or more distal regions of the normal stress reinforcement with reduced thickness or mass. As mentioned above for other configurations, the thickness may vary in a tapered or gradual manner in other variants. In this variant, the reduced thickness region A1102 is the region most proximal to the tip / edge region of the diaphragm most distal from the region configured to couple the excitation mechanisms in use.

It will be appreciated that there are many alternative variants that achieve mass reduction of the outer normal stress reinforcement in the region distal to the center of mass, for example as described above for configurations R1 and R2. These variants are also possible, but not limited to, for the diaphragm structure of the audio transducer of configuration R5. For example, the external normal stress reinforcement of the diaphragm structure shown in Figures A1 / A2, A9, A10, A12, G3, G4 and G7 can be used as an alternative. The diaphragms of Figures G3, G4 and G7 need to be placed with a diaphragm suspension that is at least partially physically unconnected to form the R5 configuration (eg, as in Example G9 or the like). Please note that there is. Further, in some modifications, the diaphragm structure may also include an inner stress reinforcing plate corresponding to any of the diaphragm structures described in structure R1. It will be appreciated that the diaphragm structure used in the audio transducers of this configuration can include any combination of one or more of the following features (above):

There is no normal stress reinforcement in one or more peripheral regions most distal to the center of mass position, and the diaphragm body has a relatively small mass in one or more regions distal to the center of mass position. The diaphragm body has a relatively thin thickness in one or more distal regions. The thickness may be tapered or stepped towards one or more distal regions, and the thickness of the vibrating plate body may be the region at or near the center of the mass. From the mass center position to the most distal one or more regions, and / or one or more distal regions of the vibrating plate body with reduced thickness or mass. Aligns with one or more distal regions of the normal stress reinforcement having.

A portion of the outer normal stress reinforcement located near the base region of the diaphragm structure is heavy against the bending of the diaphragm, other distal parts of the diaphragm, such as the marginal region distal to the base region. Being a "piggy in the middle" that must support the diaphragm base and force transfer components, it receives more load under split conditions. This means that it is more optimal for the non-edge (distal from the base) region to have a thicker outer reinforcement. On the other hand, the outer layer located away from the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly and the portion near the outer peripheral portion do not need to support the distal portion of the diaphragm, so that the outer normal stress reinforcing material is reduced as described above. can do.

The diaphragm assembly of FIG. A11 is also a diaphragm that tapers toward the mass center of the diaphragm assembly and / or the outer peripheral region away from the base region of the diaphragm structure, as in the diaphragm structure of configuration R3. Thickness is also characterized, which means that the disadvantages due to excess diaphragm mass associated with excess thickness in the peripheral region are also eliminated, but in alternative embodiments the thickness is It will be appreciated that it may be substantially uniform rather than tapered along the length of the diaphragm body.

In some implementations of this configuration, ferrofluid is used to support the perimeter of the diaphragm assembly, as described for Examples P and Y in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 of this specification, respectively. It can be used. As mentioned above, the change in ferrofluid is substantially the presence of a physical mechanical connection (as defined by the criteria above) between the outer circumference of the diaphragm assembly and the inner circumference of the surrounding structure. If not, it is still within the scope of this configuration. Any of the rotary motion audio transducers, including, for example, the transducer of Example A described in Section 2.2 of the present specification will be modified to include a ferrofluid support for the relevant diaphragm structure or assembly. It is possible and the present invention is not intended to be limited to supporting the diaphragm assembly of linear motion audio transducers as exemplified in Examples P and Y.

2.3.2 Configuration R6 The configuration of other audio transducers will be described with reference to FIGS. A6g and A10. The configuration of this audio transducer is a sub-configuration of the audio transducer of configuration R5, and is hereinafter referred to as configuration R6. The audio transducer of the configuration R6 of the present invention includes an audio transducer having a lightweight (preferably foam) diaphragm body reinforced by an outer normal stress reinforcement on one or more main surfaces of the diaphragm body. The diaphragm structure may or may not include an inner stress reinforcing material as described for configurations R1 to R4. Figure A6g shows the periphery of a diaphragm structure that is at least partially not physically connected to the surrounding housing. The above description of configuration R5 describes the features of this free perimeter design. Referring to FIG. A10, in the audio transducer assembly of configuration R6, the diaphragm assembly of FIG. A10 is utilized in the audio transducer of Example A, one or more according to the diaphragm structure of the audio transducer of configuration R5. Includes a diaphragm structure with a normal stress reinforcing member A1001 containing multiple reduced masses. In this configuration, the vibrating plate structure lacks normal stress reinforcement in one or more peripheral edge regions A1002 of the associated principal surface, with each peripheral edge region A1002 being the associated principal surface from the center of mass position. Placed at or beyond a radius centered on the center of mass, which is 50% of the total distance to the most distal peripheral edge of the.

The mass center position is the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly incorporating the diaphragm structure according to the above configuration. The outer normal stress reinforcement A1001 is discontinuous near one or more peripheral edge regions of the relevant principal surface distal to the base region in order to achieve mass reduction in the critical outer edge region. In addition, a diaphragm structure design that is not substantially physically connected to the surrounding structure is adopted according to configuration R5. That is, the audio transducer of configuration R6 further includes a housing with an enclosure and / or baffle for accommodating the diaphragm assembly, and the diaphragm structure is one or more that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing. Includes the outer peripheral area. As mentioned above, preferably one or more perimeter regions constitute at least 20% of the perimeter length of the diaphragm structure, as shown in Figure A6g. The diaphragm structure is designed to remain substantially rigid during normal operation. Removed from the associated surface in one or more peripheral regions located above a radius of 50% as described above, but more preferably over 80% of the distance from the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly. There are also vertical stress reinforcement materials. Preferably, there is a small air gap between the interior of the housing and the area around the diaphragm structure that is not physically connected to the interior of the housing. In some cases, the width of the air gap defined by the distance between the peripheral area of the diaphragm structure and the housing is less than 1/10 of the shortest length along the main surface of the diaphragm body, more preferably. It is less than 1/20. In some cases, the gap width is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body. The air gap width may be less than 1 mm.

The outer normal stress reinforcement is omitted in the region A1002, which is at least about 10%, more preferably at least about 25%, and most preferably at least about 50% of the total area of the relevant main surfaces of the diaphragm body. The advantage of omitting the normal stress reinforcement from a particular area, as opposed to thinning the normal stress reinforcement, is that no adhesive is required. This means that the diaphragm body in such a region need only be able to support its own weight. For this reason, in order to minimize the mass in this very important region, the region A1002 without normal stress reinforcement is exposed or uncovered, or at least one utilized in these regions. The coating is preferably (but not required) very lightweight, for example a thin coating of paint.

The embodiment shown in FIG. A10 is an example of a diaphragm structure that can be used in the audio transducer assembly of configuration R6. The core A1004 is solid and the normal stress reinforcement on the diaphragm surface is substantially uniform / consistent in thickness, from the distal end of the diaphragm body facing the base region to the relevant main of the diaphragm body. The outer stress reinforcing material extending in-plane has a substantially semicircular void or recess. The recess A1002 can take other forms or shapes, may be rectangular or triangular, and / or multiple, as shown, for example, in the outer stress reinforcements of FIGS. A9, G3, G4 and G7. It will be understood that there may be depressions. Figure G3, G4 and G7 diaphragms use a diaphragm suspension with at least 20% of the periphery not physically connected to form an R6 configuration (eg, placed in the G9 audio transducer). Note that it needs to be deployed. The example vertical stress reinforcement A1001 in FIG. A9 is also omitted from either side of the two main surfaces of the diaphragm along a significant portion or all of the length of the diaphragm body. However, in other embodiments, it will be appreciated that material strips cannot be omitted in these lateral regions. The outer normal stress reinforcement is the same on both main surfaces of the diaphragm body.

In this example, the normal stress reinforcement contains thin aluminum and the core contains polystyrene foam, which is only exemplary, for example, normal stress as defined for the diaphragm structure of configuration R1. Other materials can be used for the reinforcing material and the diaphragm body.

Preferably, the diaphragm body can be substantially thicker in terms of its length, eg, have a maximum thickness of more than 15% of the length of the body.

The diaphragm structure of the audio transducer of configuration R6 may or may not incorporate an inner stress reinforcing member as defined for, for example, the diaphragm structure of configuration R1.

In some implementations of this configuration, ferrofluid is used to support the perimeter of the diaphragm assembly, as described for Examples P and Y in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 of this specification, respectively. It can be used. Ferrofluid changes are still this if there is virtually no physical mechanical connection (as defined in the criteria above) between the outer periphery of the diaphragm assembly and the inner circumference of the perimeter structure. Within the scope of the configuration.

2.3.4 Configuration R7 Reference to FIGS. A6g and A12 shows yet another configuration of the audio transducer of the present invention. In this configuration, the diaphragm structure shown in FIG. A12 is utilized in the audio transducer of Example A, especially in the assembly shown in FIG. A6g. The diaphragm structure includes a lightweight core diaphragm body reinforced by external normal stress reinforcements A1201 / A1202 on or near both the front and rear main surfaces of the diaphragm body. In this configuration, a series of struts is utilized to provide the outer stress reinforcements so as not to reinforce other parts of the surface. As defined for configuration R5, the audio transducer of configuration R7 further comprises an enclosure and / or a housing in the form of a baffle for accommodating the diaphragm assembly. In addition to reducing the mass of the normal stress reinforcement, this diaphragm structure includes an outer circumference that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the housing. In this embodiment, the perimeter is not almost completely connected, but in some variants, the perimeter may only be partially not physically connected to the housing, but preferably at least the length of the perimeter. Do not connect along 20%. The diaphragm structure of the audio transducer in configuration R7 includes an outer normal stress reinforcement in the form of a series or network struts A1201 / A1202, thereby substantially completely free of normal stress reinforcement. Maintain the main surface.

Preferably, the stanchions are substantially thin to reduce the overall mass of the normal stress reinforcements and adhesives. Preferably, the concentration of normal stress reinforcement is such that each strut has a thickness greater than 1/100 of its width, or more preferably greater than 1/60 of its width, or most preferably its width. It is like having a thickness greater than 1/20 of. This helps the reinforcement to concentrate in smaller areas and reduce the mass of the adhesive, providing more effective coordination between the fibers in the stanchion through reduction of internal shear and with other stanchions. Improves connections to other reinforcement components and collaboration with other reinforcement components, such as intersections and connections to inner reinforcements.

Reducing the mass of the adhesive helps alleviate the shear problems of the foam core, especially near the edge zone region. The edge zone region is comprehensively supported by a strut such as A1201 or otherwise between the strut-supported regions, and the foam body only needs to support its own weight for a local "brove" resonance mode.

The diaphragm structure shown in Figure A12 also includes an outer normal stress reinforcement whose mass decreases toward one or more peripheral regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly incorporating the diaphragm structure. .. The columns A1201 and A1202 are thicker near the base region of the diaphragm structure (close to the axis of rotation A114 near the mass center of the assembly) and from the middle of the length of the associated main surface of the diaphragm body. (For example, almost half of the entire main surface of the diaphragm body) The thickness of the normal stress reinforcing column decreases and the mass decreases toward the peripheral edge facing the base region. The detailed view of FIG. A12c shows the thinning of the two columns A1201 running parallel to the sides of each main surface of the diaphragm body at the staircase position A1203. The detailed view of FIG. A12b shows the thinning of the staircase position A1204 of the two stanchions A1202 running diagonally on the main surface past the intersection of these stanchions. The configuration is the same on both main surfaces of the diaphragm. This change in thickness can achieve a further reduction in mass in the peripheral marginal region (distal from the center of mass position) and thus can improve diaphragm splitting performance. It will be appreciated that a reduction in mass can be achieved, alternative or additionally, by reducing the width of the struts that are subject to the requirement to be adequately coupled to the associated main surface. Further, any reduction in the thickness and / or width of the stanchions may be tapered or gradual instead of stepped, or any combination thereof.

A diaphragm structure design with perimeters that are virtually unconnected also reduces the mass of the perimeter of the diaphragm structure (because there is no or very little diaphragm suspension connected here). A cascade is provided to reduce the load through the rest of the diaphragm, which further addresses the internal core shear problem.

These features provide a driver that produces minimal resonance within the operating bandwidth and has very low energy storage properties within the operating bandwidth without the need for internal shear stress reinforcements. However, in an alternative embodiment, it will be appreciated that the diaphragm structure of the audio transducer of configuration R7 can include, for example, the internal shear stress reinforcement defined for the diaphragm structure of configuration R1. ..

Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement has a specific elastic modulus of at least 8 MPa / (kG / m).³), More preferably at least 20 MPa / (kG / m)³), Most preferably at least 100 MPa / (kG / m)³). Preferably, the normal stress reinforcement should contain an anisotropic material with increased stiffness in the direction of the column. Rigidity can be more important than strength in this application, so unidirectional carbon fibers should ideally have a high modulus with a Young's modulus of more than 450 Gpa on the axis (excluding the binder matrix), for example. Is suitable. Preferably, the Young's modulus of the fibers constituting the composite is higher than 100 Gpa, more preferably higher than 200 Gpa, and most preferably higher than 400 Gpa.

Preferably, at least 10% of the total surface area of the one or more main surfaces, or at least 25%, or at least 50% in the one or more edge zone regions, is free of normal stress reinforcement.

In this example of configuration R7, two or more struts A1201 / A1202 intersect and are joined at the intersections above. Preferably, the crossing region between the columns is located at least 50 percent of the total distance from the assembled center of mass position to the periphery of the diaphragm. However, the other areas of the intersection may be located within 50% of the total distance.

Also, one or more struts A1201 / A1202 extend longitudinally along the relevant main surface of the diaphragm body towards at least one peripheral edge of the associated main surface and the common peripheral edge or its thereof. Connect to other corresponding stanchions A1201 / A1202 located close to or in close proximity to the opposing main surface. Preferably, the connection forms a substantially triangular reinforcement that supports the associated common peripheral edges for displacement in the direction perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body.

In this example of configuration R7, the omission of the outer normal stress reinforcement from a particular region distal to the diaphragm base means that the reinforcement is concentrated in other regions. This provides the advantage that a more effective connection can be made when connecting the outer vertical reinforcement to other outer vertical reinforcements in order to limit the possibility of displacement at the intersection. Therefore, this design can preferably be thought of as a skeleton that includes a one-way stanchion that provides rigidity from the diaphragm base towards the distal periphery, especially at strategically selected locations where the struts intersect. Such an intersection position is, relatively speaking, spatially firmly fixed to the diaphragm base. The other positions of the periphery are kept lightweight so that any mass beyond its own weight of the foam core does not need to be supported and can be supported by the crossing position.

It is particularly useful to limit the displacement of the peripheral region of the diaphragm structure distal to the base in the direction perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body (the above displacements are in contrast to the basic mode). Due to the division of). Perhaps not as advantageous as structures incorporating internal shear stress reinforcements, but triangular structures incorporating struts at matching facings at strategically selected positions in the peripheral regions of the diaphragm structure are affected by core shear deformation. It will help to support the above peripheral area in a way that is less susceptible.

Concentration of reinforcement in a particular area also has other advantages, including one or more of the following:

-Easy to manufacture compared to other forms of customized installation of anisotropic fibers.

Allows the reinforcement to be manufactured separately without damaging the core material under controlled conditions such as high compression or heating.

. Enables optimization of the position of the reinforcing material.

-Allows more controlled interactions between various skeletal elements. For example, a strut runs along the edge of the inner reinforcement (as in Example A, for example), thereby all tension / (unlike extending over a region away from the inner reinforcement). Ensures that compressive reinforcement is well supported against shear. This is especially true in the case of unidirectional fiber reinforcing polymers or equivalent composite anisotropic reinforcing materials, which may exhibit a low shear modulus or shear if they are thinly distributed over a wide area. There may be a zero modulus gap, which may not be effectively allocated to help some of the reinforcing fibers increase the load of shear reinforcement to reinforce the vibrating plate. Means.

Especially when anisotropic composite reinforcements are used, it is difficult to make a sufficiently thin layer of composite reinforcements and attach it extensively on both sides of the foam (such as) core diaphragm by a simple method. Therefore, it can be particularly difficult to manufacture a very small diaphragm with three dimensions and rigidity that achieves the required low mass per unit area. Strut-based diaphragm configurations, including Configuration R7, are especially useful in small applications such as personal audio and treble drivers, as concentrating reinforcements can be of great help in solving this problem. be.

In some implementations of this configuration, ferrofluid is used to support the perimeter of the diaphragm assembly, as described for Examples P and Y in Sections 5.2.1 and 5.2.5 of this specification, respectively. It can be used. Ferrofluid changes are still this if there is virtually no physical mechanical connection (as defined in the criteria above) between the outer periphery of the diaphragm assembly and the inner circumference of the perimeter structure. Within the scope of the configuration.

2.4 Configuration The R8 and R9 audio transducer hinge systems are highly effective vibrating plate suspensions in certain respects, eg 3 between vibrating plate range of motion, vibrating plate resonance frequency, and undesired resonance. Directional trade-offs are easily resolved by the use of innovative hinge systems as described herein, as high frequency performance is more independent of the vibrating plate range and fundamental vibrating plate resonant frequency. You may be able to. Also, the rotating motion audio transducer does not suffer from the low frequency full diaphragm locking resonance mode that a linear motion transducer would suffer.

Transducers based on rotating diaphragms have a diaphragm resonance compared to transducers with linear diaphragm motion, as the hinge tightly couples the diaphragm structure to the transducer base structure for translation in three directions and rotation in two directions. On the other hand, it tends to be more difficult to design. This coupling means that the base of the diaphragm is fixed to the high mass of the transducer base structure and the frequency at which the diaphragm is severely affected, such as the split resonance of the total diaphragm bending type, is reduced. In addition, the diaphragm resonance in the rotary motion driver tends to be poorly damped and may be strongly excited.

Traditional rotating diaphragm speakers, such as the "Cyclone" speaker manufactured by Phoenix Gold, are hinged vibrations intended to provide buses for home or long distance applications such as car audio systems. Attempts have been made to utilize the power of the board to provide a large volume of motion and a low fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency, but rotary-operated speakers are less likely to play high-quality audio, especially in mid-range and high-range bandwidths. It wasn't noticed.

In order to realize the potential of rotary motion transducers and improve their performance, the weaknesses of diaphragm splitting must be resolved, which can be achieved using the configuration of the diaphragm structure of the present invention described above. Can be done.

Two audio transducer configurations designed to address some of the shortcomings mentioned above using these identified principles are described with reference to some examples. The following audio transducer configurations are referred to herein as configurations R8 and R9 for brevity. Configuration The R8 and R9 audio transducers will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but it should be understood that the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples. Unless otherwise stated, reference to the audio transducers of Configuration R8 and R9 herein is, as will be apparent to those of skill in the art, any one of the audio transducers exemplified below, or Interpreted to mean any other audio transducer containing the described design features of the configuration.

2.4.1 Configuration R8 The configuration of the audio transducer of the invention, referred to herein as configuration R8, is any one of configurations R1 to R4 rotatably coupled to a transducer-based structure that produces sound by vibrating rotation. Includes the diaphragm structure defined in one. An example of configuration R8 is shown in the audio transducer of Example A of Figure A1. The audio transducer is reinforced by outer normal stress reinforcements on the anterior and posterior main surfaces of the diaphragm body, and further inner shear coupled to the interior of the diaphragm body, more preferably the outer normal stress reinforcements. Includes a rotating motion diaphragm structure having at least one diaphragm body including a lightweight foam reinforced by stress reinforcing member A209 or an equivalent core A208. The inner shear stress reinforcing member A209 is preferably oriented substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body as defined by configuration R1.

In the case of Example A, the normal stress reinforcing material is composed of columns A206 and A207, but as described in the configuration R1, other forms of the normal stress reinforcing material may be used.

Another example of a diaphragm structure suitable for the audio transducer assembly of configuration R8 is shown in Figure A8, which is described in more detail in configuration R1.

In these examples of configuration R8, each inner reinforcing member of the associated diaphragm structure is tightly coupled to the hinge assembly, either directly or via at least one intermediate component. The connecting hinge assembly used to rotatably couple the diaphragm assembly A101 to the transducer base structure A115 is described in more detail in Section 3.2 of this specification. However, the diaphragm structure may be rotatably coupled to the transducer base structure via other suitable hinge mechanisms such as the flexible hinge mechanism as detailed in Section 3.3 of this specification. Will be understood.

The hinge assembly helps to resolve the three-way vibrating plate suspension trade-off between the vibrating plate range of motion, the resonant frequency of the vibrating plate, and the shift of unwanted resonances outside the FRO, and is also partly linear. It also eliminates the low frequency total vibrating plate locking resonance mode that affects the operating driver. On the other hand, the shear reinforcement increases the bandwidth by reducing the core shear deformation of the diaphragm.

2.4.2 Configuration R9 This specification describes another configuration of the audio transducer assembly of the present invention, which is a substructure of the audio transducer of configuration R6, referred to as configuration R9. An example of this audio transducer incorporates the diaphragm assembly of Figure A10 into the audio transducer of Example A.

Configuration R9 consists of an audio transducer incorporating a diaphragm assembly, which moves substantially with rotational motion around an approximate axis and is manufactured from a lightweight foam or equivalent core A1004. One of the anterior and / or posterior surfaces of the peripheral edge region of the relevant principal surface, including the diaphragm body, including the outer normal stress reinforcement A1001 on or near both the front and rear main surfaces. Alternatively, the normal stress reinforcing material A1001 is omitted from a plurality of parts. The peripheral edge region is preferably 80 of the radius of the distance from the axis of rotation (passing close to the base region and center of mass of the diaphragm assembly) to the most distal peripheral edge of the diaphragm structure. Placed above%, the radius is centered on the axis of rotation. The diaphragm body remains substantially rigid during use.

In this particular example, the normal stress reinforcement A1001 is from the sides of the two main surfaces of the diaphragm body where the reinforcement extends to the edge A1003 of the normal stress reinforcement, and the reinforcement is the bow of the normal stress reinforcement. Omitted from the central peripheral edge region of the associated main surface extending to the edge A1002 of the shape.

As with configurations R2, R4 and R6, the omission of normal stress reinforcements from the peripheral edge region of the relevant main surface distal to the base region achieves a reduction in mass in the outer region. For rotary motion drivers, mass loss in the region distal to the base region, including the end edge / end region, is the region farthest from the hinge to which this region joins the heavier transducer base structure. It is beneficial because it tends to travel relatively large distances as a result of excitation in the main split resonance mode, especially because it tends to resonate.

Again, with the hinge assembly, a low frequency full diaphragm locking resonance mode that affects the diaphragm's range of motion, the diaphragm's resonance frequency, and the three-way trade-off between resonances, and the linear operating driver. Helps to solve the problem. The reduction in lateral tension / compression reinforcement addresses the diaphragm shear deformation by reducing the load in the peripheral region of the diaphragm structure distal to the hinge shaft or base region (depending on configuration R6, configuration R9, It does not necessarily have to include internal reinforcements to explicitly address core shear, but it can be done in some implementations). As a result, it is possible to obtain performance without bus expansion or resonance over a wide bandwidth.

3. Hinging system and audio transducers incorporating it 3.1 Introduction How to minimize the effect of the split resonance mode of the diaphragm and diaphragm suspension in a conventional cone and dome diaphragm speaker driver for decades. A huge amount of research has been done on. It seems that relatively little equivalent research is being done on the split performance of the rotating speaker diaphragm and the diaphragm suspension, the range of motion of the diaphragm, and the improvement and optimization of the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency.

Traditional diaphragm suspension systems consist of both standard flexible rubber type perimeters and flexible spider suspensions, limiting the range of motion of the diaphragm, increasing the fundamental resonance frequency of the diaphragm, and increasing the fundamental resonance frequency of the diaphragm. Resonance is introduced. The soft materials used and the range of motion in which they are used are typically non-linear, resulting in inaccuracies in converting audio signals with respect to Hooke's law.

Rotating diaphragm speakers have not been noted for providing clean performance with respect to the energy storage measured in waterfall / CSD plots, and also give audiophiles high quality sound, especially in the mid and high frequency bands. It was also not noticed to provide.

The base structure of these drivers and conventional speaker drivers is often prone to unfavorable resonance modes within their operating frequency range, which are excited by the driver motor, especially the diaphragm suspension system. It can be amplified by the diaphragm, especially if some rigidity is incorporated.

3.1.1 Overview The diaphragm suspension system movably couples the diaphragm structure or assembly of an audio transducer to a relatively fixed structure such as a transducer base structure to make the diaphragm structure or assembly a fixed structure. Move against it to generate or convert sound. The following description relates to a rotating motion audio transducer in which the diaphragm structure is configured to rotate relative to the base structure to generate and / or convert sound. Such audio transducers require a hinge system to rotatably couple the diaphragm structure to the base structure. To minimize the occurrence of unwanted resonances, the hinge system moves the motion into a single motion, ie, translational motion from minimum to zero or other rotation, over the entire frequency range of motion of the audio transducer. It is preferable to restrict rotation around a single axis with motion. The hinge system of the present invention has been developed to allow the diaphragm assembly to move with substantially one degree of freedom with respect to the diaphragm base structure and / or other fixed portions of the audio transducer. Has been done. While these hinge systems allow for a single moving motion, they also provide high stiffness for all other movements of the diaphragm assembly.

As shown in the various examples described below, a hinge system is a system of two or more interoperable subsystems, an assembly of two or more interoperable components or structures, 2. It can include structures with one or more interoperable components, or even a single component or device. Therefore, the term system as used in this context is not intended to be limited to multiple interoperable components or systems.

Two categories / types of hinge systems are detailed herein. These are the contact hinge system and the flexure hinge system. Both systems serve a common purpose and can be used (to some extent) interchangeably, or in some implementations can be combined into one embodiment.

In both categories and in each embodiment of the audio transducers described in this section, the hinge system is coupled between the transducer base structure of the audio transducer and the diaphragm assembly. The hinge system can form one or both parts of the transducer base structure and the hinge system. The hinge system may be formed separately from one or both of these components of the audio transducer, or one or more parts formed integrally with one or both of these components. Can be included. Therefore, modifications to the audio transducer embodiments described below are envisioned according to these possible variants and are not intended to be excluded from the scope of the invention.

For example, in some embodiments such as the audio transducers of Examples A, B, E, K, S, T, the diaphragm assembly converts electrical or motion and is robust to the diaphragm structure. Incorporate the force-generating components of the coupled transformation mechanism. Since the mass of the force generating component is generally higher than that of the diaphragm structure and is often on the same order as the mass of the rest of the diaphragm assembly, the diaphragm structure and force generating configuration. A tight coupling between the elements is preferred to prevent a resonant mode consisting of one mass moving against the other mass.

The transducer base structure may be integrally formed with a part of the hinge system, or by a suitable mechanism such as using an adhesive such as epoxy resin, or by welding, by a clamp with fasteners. , Or even if tightly coupled to the hinge system by any number of other methods known in the art to achieve a substantially tight coupling between the two components / assemblies. good.

In a preferred configuration of the hinge system, the assembly is connected at least two fairly wide distances of the diaphragm assembly relative to the width of the diaphragm body. Similarly, the hinge system is preferably coupled at least two fairly wide distances of the transducer base structure relative to the width of the diaphragm body. The linkages at these positions may be separate or part of the same binding.

Appropriate wide spacing between the transducer base structure to the diaphragm assembly makes it effective for hinge systems or combinations of hinge systems to range the resonance mode of the diaphragm / transducer base structure where it is not desirable. It means that it can be suppressed.

It is also preferred that the connection from the transducer base structure to the hinge system and from the hinge system to the diaphragm assembly provide rigidity with respect to translational followability. When such hinge joint connections are used at reasonably wide intervals, the resulting hinge mechanism is a diaphragm so that the split mode may be at high frequencies in some cases and may be encouraged to exceed the FRO in some cases. Appropriate rigidity can be provided to the assembly.

3.1.2 Advantages The preferred hinge system configuration of the present invention, fully described herein, has potential advantages over conventional diaphragm suspension systems. For example, the soft and flexible suspension components used in conventional diaphragm suspension systems, such as the perimeter J105 and spider J119 shown in Figure J1 (d ~ e), are susceptible to mechanical resonance during operation. In some cases. Moreover, such suspensions do not adequately withstand the movement of the diaphragm J101 along axes other than the spindle, and thus may further promote unwanted resonances.

The hinge system of the present invention facilitates substantially adapted basic rotational motion, while providing substantial stiffness in other rotational and translational directions. Thus, they can be configured to operably support the diaphragm in a mode of operation with substantially a single degree of freedom over the wide bandwidth of the FRO. The very conformance of the basic rotation modes facilitates the low fundamental frequency (Wn) of the transducer, helps high fidelity reproduction of the bus frequency, and has minimal adverse effect on radio frequency performance.

Yet another potential advantage is the ability to design the hinge component itself (as detailed herein) so that it does not have its own internal adverse resonance within the FRO of the audio transducer.

3.1.3 Preferred Simple Rotation Mechanism Concepts The following description applies to both the contact hinge system and the flexible hinge system of the present invention.

A simple form of an audio transducer diaphragm suspension system for a rotary motion audio transducer is a mechanism that substantially limits the movement of the diaphragm assembly to rotational motion around the transducer base structure. FIG. H8a is a schematic representation of the diaphragm assembly H802 connected to a portion of the transducer base structure H803 by the hinge system H801. In this schematic, the diaphragm assembly H802 is shown in a wedge shape, but alternative shapes and a range of hinge positions can be implemented, and the configurations shown are for illustration purposes only. Please understand that we do not intend to limit it unless otherwise specified. There is an approximate axis of rotation or hinge axis of the diaphragm assembly H802 with respect to the transducer base structure H803. This configuration is preferred over the 4-bar link configuration described herein with reference to FIGS. 8b-8c. In the preferred embodiment of the hinge system of the present invention, the hinge system may distort the converted audio if it allows other modes of operation to store and release energy, so the associated diaphragm. The movement of the assembly is configured to limit the degree of single motion within the desired FRO (preferably pivot motion around a single axis of rotation).

3.1.4 4 Bar Link Concepts The following description applies to both the contact hinge system and the flexible hinge system of the present invention.

An example of a single-degree-of-freedom type audio transducer diaphragm suspension includes a 4-bar link mechanism, with a hinge system placed at each corner of the 4-bar link. An example of such a concept is shown in the schematic of Figure H8b, which allows the diaphragm assembly H802 to be one of the transducer-based structures H803 (according to the concept illustrated in Figure H8a) by the hinge system H801. It is connected to the part. In addition, the hinge systems H806, H807 and H808 are connected by bars H804 and H805. The hinge system H806 is linked to the diaphragm assembly H802, and the bar H805 links the preceding hinge systems H807 and H806 to the transducer base structure via the hinge system H808. The bar is formed in the shape of an elongated beam in the figure to represent a link member, but these members may have any shape or size, and the present invention is specific unless otherwise specified. Not intended to be limited to shape or size. In this concept, the components of the conversion mechanism can be attached to the bar H804 or H805 (or even to the diaphragm H802).

Figure H8c shows another example of a diaphragm suspension system utilizing a 4-bar link mechanism that includes multiple hinge systems. This concept is similar to the version shown in Figure H8b, but the diaphragm is connected between the hinge mechanisms H806 and H807 (instead of the bar H804), and the bar H809 (instead of the bar H804). Link the hinge systems H806 and H801. Since the bars H805 and H809 are of equal length (in this example), this mechanism translates the diaphragm substantially in parallel to the rotational component of motion (relative to the diaphragm base structure). This mechanism limits the movement of the diaphragm so that it always points in the same direction, but the tip of the diaphragm still draws an important arc (relative to the base structure).

Many variants of this behavior can be achieved by varying the length of the bar and the distance between the hinge systems.

The purpose of the 4-bar link is to provide a mechanism to limit the movement of the diaphragm to a single degree of freedom. By using the hinge connections described herein that provide high compatibility in all directions except the designed direction of rotation, the overall 4-bar linkage puts the diaphragm into a single mode of operation. Limit and limit unwanted movements that can distort the sound produced by the diaphragm.

The advantage of using a mechanism as shown in Figures H8a, H8b, and H8c is that the force generating component can be placed at a position where the distance traveled by the force generating component is not necessarily the same as the diaphragm. For example, a piezo transducer (generally optimized for maximum operating efficiency without long-distance travel) can be placed close to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm, or in a conversion mechanism. One bar can be arranged so as to be connected to the other bar or the like according to the optimum amount of movement required.

Other configurations of the plurality of hinge systems can be configured to operably support the diaphragm in use.

3.2 Contact Hinge Systems Rigid load bearing elements and rotational symmetry exhibited by bearing race-based hinge systems such as Phoenix Gold Cyclone Speakers, in some cases, other conventional diaphragm suspension designs. This means that, unlike most of, the followability along all three orthogonal translational axes may be low. The problem with this type of overall stiffness hinge, where followability along all three orthogonal translational axes is near zero, is, for example, manufacturing variability (eg, bumps on bearing balls) or, for example, dust or other on the hinge. The hinge is liable to malfunction when a foreign object is introduced.

The hinge system configuration of an audio transducer designed to address some of the above shortcomings will be described in detail with reference to some examples. The following configurations include a diaphragm assembly suspension hinge system that incorporates at least one hinge element that rolls or pivots firmly with respect to the associated contact member, which the urging mechanism moderates. It is firmly held in place by the urging mechanism so that a constant force can be applied to the contact joint. The urging mechanism is preferably substantially fitted along at least a translational axis or at least one direction. The conformance of the urging mechanism is preferably substantially consistent, repeatable and / or unaffected by environmental or operational variability. Hereinafter, such a hinge system will be referred to as a contact hinge system.

As shown in the various embodiments described below, the urging mechanism is an assembly of two or more interoperable systems, two or more interoperable components or structures, two or more. It can include structures with interoperable components, or even a single component or device. Therefore, the term mechanism as used in this context is not intended to be limited to multiple interoperable parts or systems.

3.2.1 Contact hinge system-Design considerations and principles Refer to Figure H7a-Figure 7c for the diaphragm assembly rotatably coupled to the transducer base structure via the hinge system. Explain the concepts and principles for designing contact hinge systems for rotary motion audio transducers. This is followed by a description of examples of exemplary hinge systems designed according to these concepts / principles.

Examples of the basic hinge connection H701 of the contact hinge system of the present invention are schematically shown in FIGS. H7a-H7d.

The contact hinge connections are configured to contact each other so that one can rotate with respect to the other, eg, swing, roll, and twist. Includes elements. Preferably, the hinge connection of the hinge system substantially defines the axis of rotation of the diaphragm assembly with respect to the transducer base structure.

FIG. H7a shows the hinge connection H701, where the first component, referred to here as the hinge element H702, contacts the second component, here referred to as the contact member H703, at a contact point / region H704. At the contact point / region H704, the hinge element H702 has a substantially projecting curved surface and the contact member H703 has a substantially flat surface. As used herein, a projecting or recessing curved surface or member is intended to mean a projecting or recessing curve that at least spans a cross-sectional plane substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation. Will be understood.

Figures H7a-d show a coil of tension that applies a force to the hinge element H702 at position H706 and an opposite force to the contact member H703 at position H603 so that the hinge element and contact member are held together in a compatible manner. The urging mechanism H705 represented as a spring is shown. Although spring symbols are used, the urging mechanism can take the form of structures or systems other than springs, examples of which are described herein. The spring symbol indicates another structure for the hinge element and the contact member, but the urging mechanism can include or incorporate one or both of the hinge element and the contact member and is not really separated at all. You may. Examples of the configuration of such an urging mechanism are also described herein.

FIG. H7b shows the hinge connection H701 in which the hinge element H702 contacts the contact member H703 at the contact point / region H704. At the contact point / region H704, the hinge element H702 has a substantially flat surface and the contact member H702 has a protruding curved surface.

FIG. H7c shows the hinge connection H701 in which the hinge element H702 contacts the contact member H703 at the contact point / region H704. At the contact point / region H704, the hinge element H702 has a protruding curved surface, and the contact member H703 also has a protruding curved surface. The hinge element H702 includes a surface with a radius (or relatively flat) relatively larger than the surface of the contact member H703.

FIG. H7d shows the hinge connection H701 in which the hinge element H702 contacts the contact member H703 at the contact point / region H704. At the contact point / region H704, the hinge element H702 has a protruding curved surface and the contact member has a recessed curved surface H703.

These are four examples of contact hinge connections. It will be appreciated that other configurations are possible, for example, the hinge element may be concavely curved at the contact point / region and the contact member may be concavely curved at this same point / region. .. If the two surfaces are curved in a protrusion, one surface may have a relatively larger radius than the other, as shown in Figure H7c, which is either the surface of the hinge element or the surface of the contact member. Or, in other cases, the two surfaces may have substantially the same radius. The cross-sectional profile viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation of any component does not necessarily have to have a constant radius. Other profile shapes such as parabolas can be used.

3.2.1a Radius of curvature at contact point / region According to the above example, one of the hinge element H702 or the contact member H703 is more than the other surface when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. This curved surface with a relatively small radius / sharply curved projecting surface, or at least a relatively small or at least equal radius with the same radius, is preferably low enough to roll on the opposite surface during operation. Includes a radius small enough to be a resistance.

This allows the hinge connection to:

-The fundamental frequency (Wn) of operation of a relatively low audio transducer-Relatively low noise generation level and / or-When the contact surface is discontinuous due to manufacturing variations and / or the introduction of foreign matter such as dust between surfaces. Sufficiently consistent hinge performance

It is preferred that this radius is not too small and not excessively sharp, as the contact is prone to local deformation and improper followability when the rolling area at the contact point / contact is significantly reduced. Therefore, there are compromises that need to be considered when establishing the required / desired radius of curvature for the projecting contact surface.

In addition, the following factors can be taken into account when designing the radius of curvature required for a more prominent curved surface.

For relatively long or large diaphragm assemblies / structures, the radius of curvature of the projecting surface can generally be relatively large, and for relatively short or small diaphragm assemblies / structures, the radius of curvature is relatively large. For audio transducers that can be made smaller and / or do not require relatively low fundamental frequency operation (eg, dedicated treble drivers), a relatively large radius of curvature (larger rolling region) at the contact surface. ) Can be used, and for audio transducers that require a relatively low fundamental frequency, a relatively small radius of curvature (smaller rolling region) can be used.

For example, when determining the radius of curvature, preferably any hinge element with a convex surface with a relatively flat / relatively small radius of curvature (when viewed in a cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation). Or the contact surface of the contact member<math num="8"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0008.tif" /></math>Has a radius of curvature r of meters that satisfies the relationship of.

Where l is the distance in meters from the axis of rotation of the hinge element to the most distal edge of the diaphragm structure (relative to the contact member), f is the fundamental resonant frequency of Hz of the diaphragm, and E is, for example. It is a constant of 3, more preferably 6, more preferably 12, even more preferably 20, most preferably 30, preferably about 3 to 30.

Alternatively or additionally, when determining the radius of curvature, preferably either with a projecting curved surface that is relatively non-flat / relatively small radius of curvature when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The contact surface of the hinge element or contact member of<math num="9"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0009.tif" /></math>Has a radius of curvature r of meters that satisfies the relationship of.

Where l is the distance in meters from the axis of rotation of the hinge element to the most distal edge of the diaphragm structure with respect to the contact member, f is the fundamental resonant frequency of Hz of the diaphragm, E is eg 140, It is a constant of more preferably 100, more preferably 70, even more preferably 50, and most preferably 40, preferably about 140 to 50.

3.2.1b Rolling resistance In order to reduce the basic resonance frequency of the diaphragm, it is preferable that the rolling resistance of the hinge element and the contact member is lower than the inertia of the diaphragm assembly. It is preferred that the surfaces of the hinge elements and contact members that roll with each other during normal operation are substantially smooth, allowing free and smooth operation.

Rolling resistance can be reduced by reducing the radius of curvature of the rolling contact surface. Preferably, when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, the smaller radius of curvature of the contact surface of the hinge element and contact member is the same in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation, in the immediate vicinity of the contact position. Has a radius of curvature of less than about 30%, more preferably less than about 20%, most preferably less than about 10% of the maximum distance across all components that are effectively tightly coupled to the local parts of the component. .. For example, in the case of the audio transducer of Example A shown in FIGS. A1 to A7, the rigid diaphragm assembly A101 has a maximum length equal to the diaphragm body length A211 in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation A114. The radius of curvature of the shaft A111 at the contact position A112 with respect to the plane of the contact bar A105 of the transducer base structure A114 is less than about 10% of the diaphragm body length A211.

Alternatively or additionally, the contact surfaces of the hinge element and contact member with the smaller radius of curvature when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation are also smaller in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation: It has a radius of curvature of less than 30%, more preferably less than 20%, and most preferably less than 10% of the distance across.

1) Maximum dimension across all components that are effectively and tightly coupled to the part of the contact surface in the immediate vicinity of the contact position with the hinge element, or 2) The portion of the hinge element in the immediate vicinity of the contact position with the contact surface. Maximum dimensions across all components that are effectively and tightly coupled to

Since the diaphragm inertia generally increases as the diaphragm length increases, the smaller curvature of the contact surface of the hinge element or the contact surface of the contact member when viewed in cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The one with a radius has a relatively small radius compared to the length of the diaphragm measured from the axis of rotation of the two parts to the farthest periphery of the diaphragm. Preferably, this radius should be less than 5% of the length of the diaphragm.

3.2.1c Contact points and contact diagram All H7a-H7d show side views of the hinge connection of the contact hinge system. In some forms, the contact member and hinge element are substantially longitudinal members and can have a longitudinal profile in the direction of the axis of rotation, the contact surfaces of these parts are the same along the length of the part. Has a cross section. In this form, there is a contact line between the hinge element H702 and the contact member H703. Since the contact line can be considered as a series of contact points, in this case, the contact point H704 shown in FIG. H7a becomes a part of this contact line. This configuration means that the hinge element H702 is restricted to a rotation axis that is close to the contact member H703. If the hinge system uses a hinge connection with the contact lines described above, any additional hinge connection used as part of the same hinge mechanism / assembly will allow the mechanism to operate freely and without limitation. It is preferred to have a contact point or contact line that remains substantially on the same line as the contact line of the first hinge connection to help ensure that.

In another embodiment, the hinge connection H701 may contact only at a single point. For example, in the case of the hinge connection portion shown in FIG. H7a, if the hinge element H702 has a spherical surface at the contact point H704, the contact line does not exist and only the contact point exists.

3.2.1d Bounce mechanism In order for the basic hinge connection H701 to operate as desired, the hinge element preferably remains in direct and substantially consistent contact with the contact member. To achieve this, the hinge connection H701 holds the hinge element H702 directly or indirectly to the contact member H703 during normal operation, or in other words, maintains frictional engagement between the contact surfaces. It may be supported by a urging mechanism H705 that applies a sufficiently large and consistent force. In addition, the urging mechanism H705 is substantially perpendicular to the tangential surface of the contact surface of the projecting curved surface with a smaller radius to allow efficient pivoting of the hinge, as described below. It is preferable to conform to. Examples of this component will be described later herein with reference to examples.

Biasing force The urging mechanism H705 applies a significant and consistent force that directly or indirectly holds the hinge element H702 against the contact member H703 in the course of normal operation.

Preferably, the urging mechanism is such that additional force is applied to the hinge element and the vector representing the net force passes through the contact area of the hinge element having the contact surface and is relatively small compared to the urging force. , Substantially consistent physical contact between the hinge element and the associated contact member tightly constrains the hinge element in the contact area to translational motion with respect to the contact surface in the direction perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area. As such, it is configured to apply sufficient urging force to each hinge element.

The contact between the hinge element H702 and the contact member H703 promoted by the urging mechanism H705 results in friction, preferably non-slip rest friction, whereby the hinge element is subject to translational displacement with respect to the contact member at the point of contact. Be tightly restrained.

For hinge systems that include several hinge connections, a single urging mechanism is used to apply the force required to hold the hinge element against each contact member within multiple hinge connections. It is possible. For example, a single spring connected between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure exerts a force in the center of the diaphragm assembly base, holds it towards the transducer base structure, and vibrates. A reaction force is generated in the hinge connection portion arranged toward each side of the plate.

Preferably, the magnitude of the substantial contact force between the hinge element and the contact member is provided by the urging mechanism. Thus, the urging mechanism is a physical component, structure, system or assembly rather than an external urging means such as gravity, or a load applied by, for example, a force generating component during operation. Gravity is generally too weak to effectively urge the components of a contact hinge connection together, for example. If the force used is too weak, there is a risk of unpredictable slipping or rattling of the components.

Since such movements are mechanically amplified through a light diaphragm, slippage can cause disproportionately large strains, and therefore slip events do not occur during normal operation, or slip events. It is highly desirable that even if it occurs, it is rare.

Further, as mentioned above, the translational fit at the joint of the pivot or rolling connection may decrease as the contact force increases, and the diaphragm resonance may decrease as the contact force increases. Means.

Preferably, the net force applied by all urging mechanisms is greater than the gravity acting on the diaphragm assembly and / or greater than the weight of the diaphragm assembly.

Therefore, the net force exerted by all urging mechanisms is preferably greater than the gravity acting on the diaphragm assembly and / or greater than the weight of the diaphragm assembly, more preferably about about gravity. Greater than 1.5 times and / or more preferably greater than about 15 times the weight of the diaphragm assembly. If gravity acts in the direction opposite to the direction of the force applied by the urging mechanism, it is important that the transducer continues to function properly, so this is a different angle orientation, such as with headphones and earphones. Especially preferred in applications where it can be operated. Preferably, the urging force is substantially greater than the maximum excitation force of the diaphragm assembly. Preferably, the urging force is greater than 1.5 times, more preferably greater than 2.5 times, and even more preferably greater than 4 times the maximum excitation force received during normal operation of the transducer.

It is also preferred that the urging force is greater for the diaphragm assembly with greater inertia and greater for the diaphragm assembly operating at higher frequencies.

It is preferable that a constant excitation force is applied to displace the diaphragm to any position within the normal range of motion so that the urging force is sufficient to minimize the resonance of the diaphragm. The average (ΣFn / n) of all Newton (Fn) forces urging each hinge element towards the associated contact surface in this type of n hinge connections in the hinge system, the diaphragm against the contact surface. Diaphragm around the axis of rotation of the assembly Kg.m of the assembly²The rotational inertia of (I) and the fundamental resonance frequency of Hz (f) of the diaphragm are consistent.<math num="10"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0010.tif" /></math>Satisfy the relationship.

Here, D is preferably a constant equal to 5, more preferably equal to 15, or even more preferably equal to 30, or even more preferably equal to 40.

If the urging force is too high, the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency may be excessively limited, and the transducer may be prone to noise at low frequencies, for example if dust enters the contact area.

Therefore, if a constant excitation force is applied to displace the diaphragm to any position within its normal range of motion, preferably each hinge element is within n hinge connections of this type within the hinge system. The average (ΣFn / n) of all forces of Newton (Fn) urging towards the relevant contact surface of<math num="11"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0011.tif" /></math>Satisfy the relationship.

Here, D is a constant preferably equal to 200, more preferably equal to 150, more preferably equal to 100, or most preferably equal to 80.

As mentioned above, each urging mechanism adaptively applies the urging force in order to provide a certain degree of contact force.

As mentioned above, the urging mechanism H705 is preferably designed or configured to exert sufficient force to hold the hinge element H702 firmly against the contact member H703. The magnitude of the force applied by the urging mechanism depends on several factors (but not limited to):

The intended FRO of the audio transducer-the rotational inertia of the diaphragm structure or assembly and / or the length, width, depth shape or size of the diaphragm structure or assembly, and / or-the diaphragm structure or assembly. Mass of

Preferably, the net force F that urges the hinge element to the contact member is F&gt; D × (2πf)._l)²× I_sSatisfy the relationship.

Where I_s(kG.m²) Is the rotational inertia around the axis of rotation of the part of the diaphragm assembly supported by the hinge element, f_l(Hz) is the lower bound of FRO, where D is preferably equal to 5, or more preferably equal to 15, or more preferably equal to 30, or more preferably equal to 40, or more preferably equal to 50. Or more preferably a constant equal to 60, or most preferably equal to 70.

Preferably, the above relationship is consistently satisfied at all angles of rotation of the hinge element with respect to the contact member during the course of normal operation.

In general, increasing the urging force forms a stronger and more rigid connection, thereby reducing or partially mitigating possible undesired translational motion of the hinge element H702 with respect to the contact member H703. This means that higher forces may be desirable, especially for audio transducers intended to operate at relatively high frequencies, such as treble drivers. Also, the high mass of the diaphragm structure means that more force is required to maintain sufficient contact during operation at high frequencies. At low operating frequencies such as bus drivers, relatively high urging forces are detrimental in that higher friction / contact forces during rolling of the contact surface can cause noise generation and / or resistance to motion. Can exert. Also, the high rotational inertia of the diaphragm structure means that higher contact forces can be used without unduely impairing operation at low frequencies, and everything else is equal.

Biasing Adaptation The urging mechanism preferably applies a laterally adaptive force to the contact surface so that rolling resistance due to the hinge system during operation is reduced under certain circumstances. In other words, the urging mechanism introduces some level or some degree of followability between the hinge element and the contact member so that the hinge element rotates or rolls with respect to the contact member around the desired axis of rotation. Allows, and in some situations relative lateral movement.

The degree or level of followability of the urging mechanism can affect the vibration frequency of the operating diaphragm in the same way that the object attached to the spring is affected by the stiffness of the spring. Therefore, the followability of the urging mechanism can also be designed with one or more factors including (but not limited to) the intended FRO of the audio transducer in mind. For audio transducers configured to operate at relatively low frequencies, such as bus drivers, the urging mechanism may have relatively high followability, but at relatively high frequencies such as treble drivers. For transducers configured to operate, the followability of the urging mechanism can be relatively low (ie rigid) without unduely affecting the performance of the lower end of the FRO.

When designing a hinge system, the followability of other hinge systems can also be taken into account, which are described in more detail below.

Preferably, the urging mechanism is additive from the contact member to the hinge element when the diaphragm assembly is in the neutral position during operation and in the direction through which the hinge element contacts the contact surface perpendicular to the contact surface. When a strong force is applied, the additional force is relatively small compared to the urging force, so there is no separation between the hinge element and the contact member, and the reaction force applied to the hinge element by the contact member. The resulting change has sufficient followability to be greater than the resulting change in force applied by the urging mechanism.

Preferably, the followability of the urging structure does not include followability in the contact area associated with the contact area of the non-connecting components in the urging mechanism as compared to the contact member.

Preferably, the urging mechanism H705 applies an urging force that exceeds 200% of the average force when the diaphragm traverses the entire range of motion when the transducer is stationary, more preferably 150. Has sufficient followability so that it does not change beyond% or most preferably 100%.

Computer model simulation methods such as structure finite element analysis (FEA) can be used to analyze the followability inherent in the urging mechanism. For example, a force can be applied to the hinge element from the contact surface, and displacement due to followability in the urging mechanism can be observed. Preferably, the stiffness k of the urging mechanism acting on the hinge element ("k" is defined by Hooke's law) is less than 5,000,000, more preferably less than 1,000,000, more preferably less than 500,000, more preferably less than 200,000. , More preferably less than 100,000, more preferably less than 50,000, more preferably less than 20,000, more preferably less than 5,000, most preferably less than 500.

Preferably, when the diaphragm is in equilibrium displacement during normal operation, two equally opposite forces are applied perpendicular to each surface with the same force with respect to the contact surface in such a direction that separates them. And the small increase in Newton's force (dF) that exceeds the force required to achieve the initial separation, and the change in meters resulting from the separation at the surface due to the deformation of the rest of the driver (dx). The ratio dF / dx to and dx is less than 10,000,000, except for the followability in the local region, which is related to the local region of the contact points between the unconnected components in the urging mechanism. More preferably, it is less than 5,000,000, more preferably less than 3000,000, more preferably less than 1,000,000, more preferably less than 500,000, more preferably less than 200,000, more preferably less than 100,000, more preferably less than 40,000, more preferably. Less than 10,000, more preferably less than 1,000, most preferably less than 500.

dF / dx can be thought of as the stiffness of the structure (or the reciprocal of followability) with respect to the translational force applied to the hinge connection in the direction perpendicular to the contact surface so as to separate the hinge element from the contact surface.

The followability associated with local contact points between rigid materials due to tiny surface features is not always useful in the context of urging mechanism followability analysis and can be ignored. Please note that. This is because such followability may not match in the range of motion, time / wear of the diaphragm if dust enters the gap, and may not match between units due to manufacturing variations. be. Therefore, the urging mechanism preferably provides followability through a more controllable, reliable, and manufacturable structure.

Computer simulations are used to determine followability, and for the reasons outlined above, follow-up in the local area, which is related to the local area of contact points between the unconnected components in the urging mechanism. These contact points are very small, equivalent to spot welds, if you want to eliminate sex, and if you avoid the inaccuracies associated with computer simulations not being able to calculate followability in point load situations. Can be replaced by solid concatenation. Such a connection is sufficient to neglect the resistance to turning (corresponding to rotation for analytical purposes) at the above points compared to other sources of followability that affect the variable being investigated. Should be small. In addition, spot welding is only applied to compressed connections, care must be taken to allow tensioned connections to separate freely as they occur in real-life scenarios.

As an example, in order to analyze the followability inherent in the urging mechanism of this hinge system, one possible method is to refer to the figures K1g and K1i showing the contact hinge system of the K audio transducer example. A force is applied to the first contact position k114 to be analyzed to separate the hinge element K108 from the contact member K105 (see Figures K1g and K1i). The force then changes by trial and error to determine the force required to cause separation only at the first contact position K114. Once a small separation is achieved, the other contact surface or surface of the hinge system (in this example there is only one other contact surface) is observed to see if the separation occurs. If separation occurs at other contact positions, this is okay, or if separation does not occur, there is a very small "spot weld" to add contact elements in terms of translating closer to / away from each other. It is added to the model at this position, thereby eliminating the followability associated with tiny surface features at this position. This separates the analysis towards the followability associated with the urging mechanism, as opposed to the inaccurate analysis associated with tiny surface features or point loads. The force applied is then increased and the associated separation changes are observed. The increase in force combined with the change in separation indicates the followability of the urging mechanism.

A possible check is to reduce the spot weld size and repeat the above analysis to ensure that the welds in both cases are small enough and the results are only negligibly affected by this change. can.

Preferably, the overall stiffness of the urging mechanism acting on the hinge element k ("k" is defined by Hooke's law), the axis of rotation of the portion of the diaphragm assembly supported via the contact surfaces described above. The rotational inertia around and the fundamental resonance frequency Hz (f) of the diaphragm are K &lt;C × 10,000 × (2πf).²Satisfy the relationship of × I.

Here, C is a constant given by preferably 200, more preferably 130, or more preferably 100, or more preferably 60, or more preferably 40, or more preferably 20, or most preferably 10.

Also, preferably, when the diaphragm is in equilibrium displacement during normal operation, the same force is perpendicular to each surface with respect to the contact surface in such a direction that two equally opposite small forces separate them. When applied, a small increase in Newton's force (dF) that exceeds the force required to achieve the initial separation and the change in meters resulting from the separation at the surface due to the deformation of the rest of the driver. Relationship with (dx), rotational inertia of the diaphragm around the axis of rotation of the diaphragm with respect to the contact surface (Kg.m)²(I)), and the fundamental resonance frequency Hz (f) of the diaphragm, except for the followability in the local region, which is related to the local region of the contact point between the unconnected components in the urging mechanism. ,<math num="12"><img file="JP2022017532A_D0012.tif" /></math>Meet.

Here, C is a constant given by preferably 200, more preferably 130, or more preferably 100, or more preferably 60, or more preferably 40, or more preferably 20, or most preferably 10.

Achieving equilibrium The urging mechanism preferably applies a contact force in a position and direction as follows.

1) If there is a separate means of applying the diaphragm's pivotal restoring force, the urging force can either destabilize the diaphragm into an unstable equilibrium, or excessively set the diaphragm's basic mode frequency. Does not generate a significant moment to raise.

2) If the urging force is a direct or indirect factor in the diaphragm restoring force, the restoring force should be sufficiently linear with respect to the range of motion of the diaphragm during normal operation.

Preferably, the urging force applied to the hinge element is applied near the edge that is in line with the axis of rotation of the diaphragm with respect to the contact surface over the entire range of motion of the diaphragm. More preferably, the urging force applied between the hinge element and the contact surface is the plane of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact surface of the contact member, perpendicular to the axis of rotation, over the entire range of motion of the vibrating plate. It is added to a position on the same straight line of the axis passing near the center of the contact radius on the contact surface side, which is curved like a protrusion with a relatively small radius when viewed in the cross-sectional profile in. Preferably, the position and direction of the urging force is always oriented parallel to the axis of rotation during normal operation, with a virtual line passing through the contact point, contact line, or contact area between the hinge element and the contact member. It is designed to pass through.

The configuration described is a vibration that can minimize the restoring force acting on the diaphragm (minimize Wn), prevent unstable equilibrium, and excessively increase the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency Wn. Helps prevent excessive restoring force of the board.

It will be appreciated that many different forms of urging mechanism are possible and can be designed according to the above requirements. For example, in some embodiments, springs or other elastic member structures can be used. Alternatively, a magnetic force-based structure may be utilized. These examples are given with reference to the embodiments of the present invention. However, it will be appreciated that other urging mechanisms known to those of skill in the art can be used instead and the invention is not intended to be limited to such examples.

3.2.1e The contact between the rigid restraint hinge element H702 and the contact member H703 provided by the contact is preferably parallel to the contact member, at least in a direction perpendicular to the plane in contact with the surface of the hinge element at the contact point / region. Substantially tightly constrains the hinge element at the point of contact / region H704 to movement. This is preferably provided by the urging mechanism, but may not be the case in some embodiments. In normal operation, when a small (and opposite) force is applied to the hinge element H702 compared to the urging force, a consistent physical contact between the hinge element and the contact member is a contact in the direction perpendicular to the contact surface. Firmly constrains the contact portion of the hinge element to the member for translational motion. Preferably, when a small force compared to the urging force, that is, a typical force during normal operation, is applied to the hinge element, consistent physical contact also hinges at the point of contact / contact area with respect to the contact member. The hinge element is tightly constrained to translation at the point of contact, either substantially parallel to or substantially in the plane of the plane tangent to the surface of the element. Most preferably, such restraint is due to static friction between the hinge element and the contact surface. If significant translational constraints are not provided, the hinge system does not work very well or at all in that it can prevent split modes from occurring within the FRO.

3.2.1f Coefficients and Geometry It is preferred that both the hinge element H702 and the contact member H703 are made of a material that is substantially rigid. A slight deflection in the contact area can result in a significant decrease in frequency in the diaphragm split mode and a corresponding decrease in sound quality.

For example, the hinge element and contact member are made of a material having a Young's modulus of greater than about 8 GPa, or more preferably greater than about 20 GPa. Suitable materials include, for example, steel, titanium, or aluminum, or metals such as ceramic or tungsten.

The contact surface between the hinge element H702 and the contact member H703 can also be coated with a hard, durable, high-strength dressing. Aluminum components can be anodized, or steel components can be ceramic coated. The ceramic coating of one or preferably both components reduces or eliminates corrosion due to fretting and / or other corrosion mechanisms at the points of contact. For this reason, either or (preferably) both the hinge element and the contact surface of the contact member at the contact position are non-metallic materials or coatings and / or corrosion resistant materials or coatings and / or fretting. Can include materials or coatings that are resistant to corrosion.

The geometry of the hinge element H702 and the contact member H703 must be substantially rigid near the contact point / region H704. If any component has a particularly thin wall that is not supported, there is a risk of deflection and associated hinge follow-up, eg, in the vicinity of the contact point / region, for example translation takes place in the tangential plane. For this reason, it is preferred that both the hinge element and the contact member be significantly thicker and / or wider at contact position H704 than the radius of curvature of the contact surface with a relatively small radius.

Preferably, the hinge element is thicker than 1/8, 1/4, or 1/2 of the radius of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact member, which is more prominent in the side profile, at the contact position. , Or most preferably thicker than this. Also, the wall thickness of the contact member is from 1/8, 1/4, or 1/2 of the radius of the contact surface, which is more prominent in the side profile of the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact member at the contact position. Also thicker, or most preferably thicker than this.

Preferably, there is at least one substantially non-conforming path through which the translational load can pass from the diaphragm to the transducer base structure via the hinge connection. For example, there is at least one path connecting the diaphragm body to a base structure that contains substantially rigid components so that one rigid component comes into contact with the other rigid component without being rigidly connected. In the immediate vicinity of the site, all materials have a Young's modulus higher than 8 GPa, or preferably higher than 20 GPa.

3.2.1g The rolling hinge element H702 is preferably capable of rolling and / or swinging substantially freely with respect to the contact member H703 during operation. It should be noted that the rolling mechanism does not always specify a completely pure rotational motion. For example, if a projecting surface with a smaller radius has a radius greater than 0 when viewed in a cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, then the surface is translated as it moves relative to other surfaces. There is also an element, which can change the position of the axis of rotation during operation. Also, if the hinge element H702 has a parabolic cross-sectional profile when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, and the contact member has a flat cross-sectional profile when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, the vibrating plate As it bends again, the degree of translation changes and the position of the axis of rotation may change. In some configurations, translational distances are important, but for purposes of the present invention, reference to the axis of rotation means the approximate axis of rotation defined by the hinge connection in operation.

3.2.1h Rubbing In some configurations, the hinge element H702 can also rub, twist, slide, or move along the surface of the contact member H703 as it moves with the hinge. Is. For example, in one configuration, the hinge element contacts the contact member and rotates (or twists) around an axis perpendicular to the plane that contacts the surface at the contact point / region H704. Suitable materials for both hinge elements and contact members can include rigid and rigid materials such as sapphire or ruby. In this configuration, one hinge connection is located on one side of the diaphragm width and the second element is located on the other side. Both hinge connections together define the axis of rotation.

All points of rubbing or sliding are preferably placed as close to the axis of rotation as possible. Preferably, when viewed in a cross-sectional profile along a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, the contact surface of the hinge element and the contact surface, whichever has the smaller radius of curvature, is from the axis of rotation of the two parts of the diaphragm. It has a radius relatively small compared to the length of the diaphragm assembly when measured to the farthest periphery. This radius is, for example, less than 2% of the length of the diaphragm assembly, most preferably less than 1% of the length of the diaphragm assembly.

3.2.1i Base structure and connection to diaphragm The hinge system including the hinge connection H701 may be configured to be coupled between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure. For example, the hinge assembly of a hinge system that includes the hinge element H702 of the contact hinge connection H701 may be tightly coupled to the diaphragm assembly, and the contact member H703 of the hinge connection of the assembly may be a transducer base. It may be firmly attached to the structure. It forms a simple and effective hinge connection mechanism, which provides a direct path for translational forces to be transmitted between the diaphragm and the base structure, achieving rigidity for pure translational movement. Helps to do. The absence of intermediate components helps minimize followability opportunities. In other words, the connection is firm so that the followability at the joint between the diaphragm structure or assembly and the hinge element and the joint between the base structure and the contact member is low or zero.

Alternatively, the hinge connection can be reversed so that the hinge element H702 is firmly attached to the transducer base structure and the contact member H703 is firmly attached to the diaphragm assembly.

Preferably, the diaphragm is operably supported by a hinge system and substantially rotates about an axis of rotation that is approximate to the transducer base structure. Preferably, the hinge element rolls with respect to the contact surface around an axis that is substantially collinear with the axis of rotation of the diaphragm. However, instead, the hinge element rolls around an axis that is parallel to the axis of rotation but not on the same line.

The diaphragm assembly, including the diaphragm structure or body, is preferably in close association and / or close contact with each hinge connection and associated contact surface. Also, the hinge element (or contact member) is firmly attached to the diaphragm structure, thereby becoming a component, forming a part of the diaphragm structure, and the diaphragm structure is in direct contact for all intentions and purposes. As a result, the translational rigidity is improved. Similarly, the transducer base structure, especially the squat bulk of the base structure, is preferably in close and / or in close contact with each hinge connection and associated contact surface. The contact member (or hinge element) is firmly attached to the squat bulk of the base structure, thereby becoming a component and forming part of the base structure, with the base structure in direct contact for all intent and purpose. The translational rigidity is improved.

If there is a distance between the diaphragm structure and the contact surface, this distance is the total distance from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm structure so that the diaphragm and each hinge connection are closely related. It is preferable that it is smaller than the above. For example, this distance is preferably less than 1/4 of the maximum distance from the tip of the diaphragm to the axis of rotation, or even more preferably less than 1/8 of the maximum distance of the tip of the diaphragm with respect to the axis of rotation. , Or less than 1/16 of the maximum distance of the tip of the diaphragm with respect to the axis of rotation. This helps reduce the followability between the diaphragm body and the hinge connection. Similarly, the squat bulk of the transducer-based structure and each hinge connection are preferably closely related at similar distances if there is a gap.

3.2.1j Hinge System Sims In some possible configurations, the contact member H703 can be attached to the transducer base structure via one or more shims or other substantially rigid members. These can be considered to form part of the contact member H703 in some cases. For example, the designer can probably determine that it is useful to insert the shim into the gap H704. In this case, the hinge system H701 can still function well with a minimal increase in translational followability. The shim used in this configuration is preferably made of a material having high rigidity and a Young's modulus of about 8 GPa or more, or more preferably about 20 GPa or more. Suitable materials include, for example, steel, titanium, or aluminum, or metals such as ceramic or tungsten.

Preferably, one of the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure is effectively and tightly coupled to at least a portion of the hinge elements of each hinge connection in the immediate vicinity of the contact area, the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base. The other side of the structure is effectively and tightly coupled to at least a portion of the contact members at each hinge connection in the immediate vicinity of the contact area.

Also, at all times during normal operation, the point or region of contact between the hinge element and the contact member shall be effectively and firmly coupled to both the hinge element and the transducer base structure in terms of translational displacement in all directions. Is preferable. In this way, the contact surfaces and hinge elements of each hinge connection are substantially immobile with respect to both the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure in terms of translational displacement.

Preferably, one of the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure is effectively tightly coupled to the hinge element and the other of the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure is effectively and tightly coupled to the contact member. To. More preferably, one of the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure is effectively and tightly coupled to one or more parts of the hinge element in the immediate vicinity of where the hinge element and the contact member come into contact. The other side of the diaphragm assembly and transducer base structure is effectively and tightly coupled to some or more of the contact members in the immediate vicinity of where the hinge elements and contact members are in contact.

The embodiment shown in Figure A1f is an example of this configuration that offers the advantages of being simple, low cost, and less susceptible to unwanted resonances, as described in more detail below.

When a flat metal shim is inserted in the gap between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure to ensure that the diaphragm assembly maintains constant contact with the transducer base structure, the device Note that it still works pretty well. The shim behaves as if it is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure, at least in the local area of the point / region of contact. In this case, when the contact member contains a shim and the diaphragm assembly contains a hinge element, the transducer base structure remains effectively and tightly coupled to the shim / contact member and the hinge element is the diaphragm assembly. It is tightly coupled to the solid and there is still an advantageous configuration as described above.

3.2.2 Example A-Contact Hinge System Overview of the Hinge System An example of the contact hinge system configuration of the present invention designed according to the design principles and considerations described above is shown in the audio transducer of Example A shown in Figure A1. Has been done. The transducer of Example A of the present invention comprises a rotary motion driver having a diaphragm assembly A101 pivotally coupled to a transducer base structure A115 via a hinge system. As mentioned in Section 3.2 of this specification, the diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm body that remains substantially rigid during operation. The diaphragm assembly preferably maintains a substantially rigid form across the diaphragm FRO during operation. The hinge system is configured to operably support the diaphragm assembly so that the diaphragm assembly A101 can rotate or swing / vibrate with respect to the base structure A115. And a rolling contact is formed between the transducer base structure A115 and the transducer base structure A115. In this example, the hinge system includes a hinge assembly A301 (shown in Figure A3a) with one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection containing a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member contacting. Has a surface. In this embodiment, the hinge assembly comprises a pair of hinge connections on either side of the diaphragm assembly. The hinge element of the hinge connection may be an element of the same or separate component, and / or the contact element of the hinge connection is a member of the same or separate component, as will be apparent from the following description. May be. During operation, each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the associated contact member while maintaining substantially consistent physical contact with the contact surface. In addition, the hinge system urges the hinge element towards the contact surface. Preferably, the hinge system is configured to adaptly apply urging force towards the associated contact surface to the hinge element of each connection.

In this embodiment, are both hinge connections substantially non-sliding during operation with respect to the contact member, which is the longitudinal contact bar A105 with a contact surface (also shown in Figure A1f)? Or it includes a common hinge element, which is a longitudinal hinge shaft A111 that rolls with slight sliding. In this embodiment, the hinge element A111 comprises a contact surface or apex that is substantially curved on one side of the hinge element in the contact area A112, and one contact surface of the contact bar A105 in the contact area A112 is substantial. It is flat or flat. In an alternative configuration as described above, either one of the hinge element A111 or the contact member A105 has a protruding curved contact surface on one side and the other corresponding surface of the contact bar or hinge element is one surface. Includes a plane, a recessed surface, a small protrusion (with a relatively large radius of curvature), or even another protrusion with a similar radius to allow it to roll with respect to the other surface. You may.

The components of the hinge element A111 and the contact member A105 are brought into a substantially constant and / or consistent physical contact state by a substantially consistent force applied with some followability by the urging mechanism of the hinge system. Be retained. The urging mechanism may include a part of the hinge assembly, such as a hinge element and / or a separate part thereof, as further described in some examples below. The diaphragm assembly, structure or body may also include an urging mechanism in some embodiments. In the example of the audio transducer of Example A, the urging mechanism of the hinge system is a permanent magnet A102 with opposing pole pieces A103 and A104 and a magnetically attractive steel shaft embedded in the diaphragm assembly. Includes magnetic structures or assemblies with A111. The urging mechanism acts to press the hinge element against the contact member at the desired followability level. The urging mechanism ensures that the hinge element A111 and the contact member A105 remain in physical contact during the operation of the audio transducer, preferably the hinge system, especially the movable hinge element, with manufacturing variations or contact. Effects of rolling resistance that may be present during operation due to surface imperfections and / or factors such as dust or other foreign matter that can be mistakenly introduced into the assembly during the manufacture or assembly of the hinge system. It has sufficient followability so that it is not easily affected. In this way, the hinge element A111 can continue to roll with respect to the contact member without significantly affecting the rotational movement of the diaphragm during operation, thereby causing otherwise possible sound disturbances. Alleviate or at least partially alleviate.

Preferably, the urging force is applied in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between the hinge element and the contact member. Preferably, the urging mechanism is substantially followable. Preferably, the urging mechanism has substantially followability in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact surface in the contact area between the hinge element and the contact member. The contact between the hinge element and the contact member is preferably translational at the contact point / region of the hinge element in a direction perpendicular to the plane in contact with the surface of the hinge element at least at the contact point / region with respect to the contact member. Substantially tightly restrains the hinge element.

The urging mechanism exerts a force substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vibrating plate structure and / or in a direction substantially perpendicular to the region or line of contact A112 or the plane tangent to the apex of the hinge element A111. In addition, it is configured to hold the hinge element A111 against the contact member A105. The urging mechanism allows the rolling hinge element to move with minimal resistance over any imperfections or foreign objects present between the contact surfaces of the hinge system so that the hinge element is smooth and sufficient on the contact member during operation. It has sufficient followability at least in this lateral direction so that it can roll without being hindered. In other words, the increased followability of the urging mechanism allows the hinge to behave like a hinge system with a perfectly smooth and unobstructed contact surface.

In the example of the audio transducer of the urging mechanism Example A, the urging mechanism of the hinge system is a magnet A102 having opposing pole pieces A103 and A104 and a magnetically attractive shaft embedded in the diaphragm assembly. Includes a magnet-based structure with A111. Magnet A102 may be made from, for example, but not limited to, neodymium material. Opposing pole pieces A103 and A104 are made from, but are not limited to, ferromagnetic materials such as mild steel. The pole pieces A103 and A104 are arranged on both sides of the contact bar A105 and the pivot shaft A111, and a magnetic field is generated between them, and a force is applied to the shaft A111 to urge the contact member A105. In this example, the magnet A102 is placed longitudinally aligned with the diaphragm assembly and the pole pieces are adjacent to both sides of the facing main surface of the diaphragm assembly to achieve the required magnetic field. It will be placed, but it will be appreciated that other configurations are possible.

The shaft A111 may be formed of, but is not limited to, a ferromagnetic material such as stainless steel, in which case it forms part of the diaphragm assembly A101. In this example, the contact bar A105 is also made from a ferromagnetic material such as stainless steel, but other suitable materials can be incorporated into the alternative configuration. Sufficiently strong steel, such as grade 422 steel, is preferably used, but other types are possible. Both the contact bar A105 and the shaft A111 are, in suitable form, coated with a thin physically vapor-deposited ceramic layer, such as chromium nitride, which has a reasonably high coefficient of friction (which helps prevent slippage at the contact points). Preferably, it has low wear properties and is non-metallic, which is useful in helping to prevent corrosion such as fretting. As described in the section above, it is understood that other materials and / or coatings may be utilized for the contact bar A105 and / or the shaft A111 and the invention is not limited to this particular embodiment. Yeah. The diaphragm assembly A101 and the transducer base structure A115 are substantially rigid. The materials, geometry and / or configuration of both the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure are relatively rigid in the immediate vicinity and / or in the vicinity of the contact area A112 on the contact bar A105.

As mentioned above, the urging mechanism, including the magnet A102, the pole pieces A103 and A104 of the transducer base structure, and the shaft A111 of the hinge and diaphragm assembly, applies a specific urging force to the hinge element A111 and identifies it for movement. Form a magnetic field that conveys the degree of followability and / or stiffness. In other words, the magnetic force is followable to the extent that it allows the hinge element to translate with respect to the contact member along an axis substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the diaphragm assembly A101.

The magnetic field generated by this structure traverses from the N side of magnet A102 (the direction of the arrow in Figure A1e and the N side indicated by the "N" symbol), through the N side outer pole piece A103 and the end closest to coil A109. Includes a nearly linear line of magnetic force extending towards, through the long side A109 of the first coil winding, the first side of the spacer A110, the shaft A111, and the ends of the outer pole piece A104 on the S side. The magnetic field then re-enters the magnet A102 on the S side (the arrow direction in Figure A1e and the S side as indicated by the "S" symbol) following the S side outer pole piece A104. It will be appreciated that the orientation of the north and south poles of the magnet may be modified in other configurations.

The direction of the force exerted by one coil winding side A109 depends on the direction of the current flowing through the coil. Since the generated force is always perpendicular to both the current and magnetic field directions, referring to Figures A1e and A1f, the direction of the force applied by one coil winding long side A109 is approximately left or right.

The magnetic urging mechanism provides an advantage with respect to the purpose of the urging mechanism, preferably providing substantial force to one or more hinge connections to which substantial followability has been added, hinge elements and contacts. Encourage one or more hinge elements to one or more contact members while allowing virtually unobstructed rotational movement between each pair of members.

In other configurations, the urging mechanism can consist of multiple magnets configured to repel and / or attract each other.

The degree of followability and the magnitude of force can be designed based on one of the following factors described in detail above.

The intended FRO of the audio transducer-the rotational inertia of the diaphragm structure or assembly and / or the length, width, depth shape or size of the diaphragm structure or assembly, and / or-the diaphragm structure or assembly. Mass of

The finite element method analysis is suitable for determining the followability inherent in the urging mechanism of the hinge system described in Section 3.2.1d.

The hinge system of the present invention adopted for the audio transducer of Example A has a structure in which the main path through which the load is transmitted between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure is made of a rigid material and has a rigid geometry. Since it is composed entirely of elements, the translational followability at the hinge connection (ie, the ease with which the shaft A111 can translate with respect to the contact bar A105) is relatively low or mitigated. It provides the benefit of win-win. Also, the resistance to rotation is relatively low, consistent and reliable, especially with respect to the robustness of the contact, as the force to hold the shaft A111 and the contact bar A105 together is applied adaptively. be able to.

This performance is achieved by the asymmetry inherent in the hinge system, which, on the one hand, allows the urging mechanism to adaptively apply a constant force to hold the diaphragm assembly against the transducer base structure. On the other hand, the transducer-based structure responds by defining a substantially constant displacement, resulting in equal reaction forces acting in opposite directions, exacerbating the resonance mode of the undesired diaphragm-based structure. Minimize possible translational followability. Preferably, the reaction force is provided by a portion of the contact member that connects the contact surface to the body of the contact member, which is relatively non-following.

The urging mechanism of this embodiment is sufficiently followable so as not to exhibit a significant internal load on the diaphragm assembly during operation. For example, when a small load is applied to the diaphragm assembly in use during operation and, for example, the split resonance mode is excited, the displacement of the hinge and shaft A111 of the diaphragm assembly is incompatible with this connection. Since it is configured in, it is mainly resisted by contact with the contact bar A105. The urging mechanism, on the other hand, is relatively followable and is therefore configured to maintain a relatively constant internal load and does not effectively resist such displacements.

Preferably, the hinge element / shaft A111 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm structure and forms part of the diaphragm assembly, the region of the hinge element A111 particularly close to the contact surface A112, and this region and the diaphragm. The connection between the rest of the assembly is relatively incompatible compared to the urging mechanism.

In the case of the audio transducer of Example A, the force applied by the excitation mechanism force generating component, which is the coil winding A109, may act to cause the hinge element and the contact member to slide unexpectedly. To minimize this possibility, the net force applied by all urging mechanisms should preferably be greater than the maximum force applied by the excitation mechanism. Preferably, the force is greater than 1.5 times, more preferably greater than 2.5 times, or even more preferably greater than 4 times the maximum excitation force received during normal operation of the transducer.

The force that urges the hinge element A111 towards the contact member A105 is preferably the force between the hinge element A111 and the contact member A105 when maximum excitation is applied to the diaphragm assembly during normal operation of the transducer. Large enough to maintain a substantially insignificant or non-slip contact between them. Preferably, the urging force, especially at the hinge connection, is more than a component in the direction parallel to the contact surface of the reaction force generated at the hinge connection when maximum excitation is applied to the diaphragm assembly during normal operation of the transducer. It is times, or more preferably 6 times, or most preferably 10 times larger. Preferably, at least 30%, more preferably at least 50%, or most preferably at least 70% of the contact force between the hinge element and the contact member is provided by the urging mechanism.

The net force applied by all urging mechanisms is applied in the approximate direction and may change somewhat as the diaphragm rotates during normal operation, minimizing the tendency to slip at the point of contact. .. Therefore, in the case of Example A, the urging force is less than 25 degrees, or more preferably less than 10 degrees, with respect to the axis perpendicular to the contact surface (or the vector perpendicular to the contact surface) in contact with the hinge element during use, and More preferably, it is added in the direction of an angle of less than 5 degrees. Most preferably, this angle is about 0 degrees between the two in use in the case of Example A.

In the example of Hinge Connection Example A, the contact bar A105 is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure A115. The contact bar A105 is formed separately from the base structure and may be tightly coupled to the base structure via any suitable mechanism, otherwise it is integrally formed with another part of the base structure A115. You may. The contact bar A105 can form part of the base structure. In this example, the contact bar A105 is tightly coupled to the surface of the magnet A102 of the base structure A115 to form part of the base structure. Similarly, the hinge element / shaft A111 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm structure A101 and thus can form part of the diaphragm assembly A101. The shaft A111 may be formed separately or integrally with the diaphragm assembly. In this embodiment, the shaft A111 is formed separately and the flat end face facing the projecting curved surface is with the corresponding flat end face of the diaphragm body A208 via any suitable mechanism known in the art. Firmly bond.

In this example, the projecting curved surface A311 of the pivot shaft A111 has a relatively small radius of about 0.05-0.15 mm, eg 0.12 mm, at the contact position / region A112. This is less than 1% of the length A211 (shown in Figure A2f) of the diaphragm body A208 from the axis of rotation A114 to the distal tip / end of the diaphragm. For example, in this example, the length of the diaphragm body is about 15 mm. This ratio helps facilitate free diaphragm movement and low fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency (Wn). It will be appreciated that these dimensions are only exemplary and that others as defined under the design principles and discussion section earlier of this patent specification are possible.

With reference to Figure A3a, the components of the contact hinge assembly of the hinge system are shown in more detail. The hinge element or shaft A111 comprises a substantially longitudinal body in a nearly cylindrical overall shape. The size of the shaft depends on the application and size of the transducer and can be, for example, about 1 mm to 10 mm for personal audio applications. Other sizes are envisioned and this example is not intended to limit the range of possible sizes. Also with reference to FIG. A2g, there is a recess or section with a reduced diameter A202 adjacent to both ends A203 of the shaft A111. In this way, the shaft A111 is substantially relative to the central section A201, two end sections of substantially similar diameter, and the central and end sections between the central and both end sections. Includes two recessed sections with reduced diameters. Contact member A105 includes a body having a substantially flat surface. A pair of contact blocks project laterally from the plane. The body is configured to couple the magnet A102 and / or the base structure A115 of the transducer assembly in the assembled state of the transducer.

Each recess section A202 is sized to accommodate the corresponding contact blocks A105a and A105b projecting from the surface of the contact member A105. Each contact block is sized to fit within the corresponding recess and includes a substantially flat contact surface A105c configured to be located / adjacent to the facing surface of the recess. Each recess section A202 of the pivot shaft A111 is configured to contact the contact surface A105c of the corresponding contact blocks A105a / A105b of the contact member A105 in the assembled form of the assembly (in cross section) substantially projecting. Includes a curved surface. The central section A201 of the pivot shaft A111 is configured to be located between the contact blocks of the contact members, and the end A203 is configured to be located outside the contact blocks. The central section A201 is preferably separated from the contact member A105. In this way, the shaft A111 can roll with respect to the contact member by the action of the recessed section A202 that rolls with respect to the contact surface of the contact block. Therefore, the hinge system allows the diaphragm assembly to freely swing / vibrate back and forth with minimal limitations.

Each recessed section A202 of the shaft A111 has an inclined surface extending to a protruding contact surface A311. This provides space for the shaft to rotate with respect to the contact surface A105c of the contact member A105 with minimal resistance. The inclined surface may be, for example, about 120 degrees, but other angles are possible and the present invention is not intended to limit this. At the apex of the angled section, the cross section of each recess section A202 has a relatively small radius that rolls in contact with a platform on a substantially flat contact block A105a / A105b or contact bar A205 in contact area A112. It has a protruding curved surface A311 (between 0.05 mm and 0.15 mm as described above).

In this example, the hinge system includes a pair of hinge connections separated along the axis of rotation A114 of the assembly, each defined by a recessed section and a corresponding contact block / platform A105a / A105b. The pair of hinge connections, especially the contact areas A112 of both, are substantially aligned so that the contact areas A112 / line are on the same straight line to form a common approximate axis of rotation A114 for the hinge system. .. In an alternative embodiment, there may be three or more hinge connections along the longitudinal axis, or a single hinge connection that extends over a significant portion of the longitudinal length of the hinge system. It is understood that there may be. In this example, the pair of hinge connections are configured to be adjacent to both sides of the width of the diaphragm body A208 of the diaphragm assembly A201 in the assembled state of the transducer.

Fixed structure diagram A3a shows an enlarged perspective view of the parts including the hinge assembly A301 of the hinge system of this embodiment. Referring to FIG. A3a, in this embodiment, the hinge assembly A301 comprises ligaments A306 and A307 that act to hold the diaphragm assembly A101 in place substantially perpendicular to the contact surface. These are designed so that they do not significantly affect rotation. They are too delicate and too followable to contribute significantly to the resistance of translational displacement in order to minimize the split resonance of the diaphragm, and mainly serve to hold the diaphragm in place.

Fixed structures are preferred because forces can be applied to the hinge element in the tangential direction of the contact surface at the point of contact, in the course of traffic movements, or in other situations such as drop or collision scenarios. Place the hinge element with respect to the contact member in the desired position for operation, while still allowing free rotation mode.

There are many possible configurations of fixed structures. The transducer of Example A has a hinge / motor configuration that is likely to have the force to rotate the shaft A111 in an oblique position that acts on the shaft A111, with one end attracted to the pole piece A103 and the other end attracted to the pole piece A104. Has. For such configurations incorporating a magnetic element (steel shaft A111) embedded in the diaphragm assembly, the fixed structure must be able to apply a large reaction force, but a vibration-acceptable rotation mode. In this respect, the followability is still low.

In Example A, this is achieved by a fixed structure containing ligaments. Such ligaments preferably include multiple strands and have increased bend followability to result in a reduction in the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency, eg, 10 GPa or higher, or more preferably 20 GPa or higher, or more preferably 30 GPa. Increase the tensile modulus to above, or most preferably 50 GPa or more, reduce the tendency to creep over time due to the possibility of changing the position of the diaphragm away from the ideal location, and wear. Promotes increased resistance to abrasion that helps prevent. Suitable materials for ligaments are liquid crystal polymer fibers such as Vectran .

For hinge / motor configurations that do not incorporate magnetic elements embedded in the diaphragm assembly, for example as in Example E, other simpler fixed structures are more cost effective. For example, Example E shown in FIGS. E1 (a-k) has a base block E105 having a contact member recess E117 and a hinge element projection E125 that contacts and rolls within the recess at contact position E114. The protrusion is part of the diaphragm base frame E107. In the event of an impact that could occur if the transducer drops, the protrusion E125 in contact with the tilted sidewalls E117b / E117c / E117c of the recess E117 can prevent excessive displacement of the protrusion.

Inclined side wall E117d if the protrusion moves in the direction of the axis

Preferably, in a cross-sectional profile (ie, the cross section shown in FIG. E1k) in which the other and the contact surface of the hinge element are perpendicular to the plane of the contact surface and in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, the first element is of the axis of rotation. It has one or more ridges that prevent it from moving too far in the direction.

The torsion bar A106 detailed in FIG. A4 of Example A is a different type of fixed structure that is a metal spring that contributes to positioning the shaft A111 with respect to the transducer base structure A115.

As an alternative to the ligament fixation structure of Example A, two torsion bars similar to but not the same as the torsion bar A106 can be used, one in the position shown in Figure A1 and the other in the diaphragm. It is attached to the other side. The torsion bar A106 is not designed to provide stiffness with respect to translational forces perpendicular to the axis of rotation, so two torsion bars can be modified. The flexible tab A401 needs to be reduced or removed, preferably with a larger cross section of the torsion bar. This double torsion bar fixation structure is easier and cheaper to manufacture than a ligament type fixation structure, but may also limit the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency and the range of motion of the diaphragm. ..

In such a fixed structure using a flexible spring, it is preferable that the spring is resistant to fatigue. For example, metals such as steel or titanium are suitable.

Other types of fixation structures such as soft flexible blocks of elastomers or magnetic centering can be used to provide positioning of the hinge element with respect to the contact member.

Referring to FIGS. A3a and A3f ~ i, the hinge assembly A301 further includes a fixation structure to assist in placing the pivot shaft A111 with respect to the contact bar A105. The fixation structure consists of a pair of ligaments A306 and A307 at each hinge connection adjacent to each end of the shaft. For each hinge connection, the first ligament A306 wraps the first ligament pin A308 on one side of the plane of the shaft (opposing the contact member) and the second ligament A307 wraps the second ligament pin A310. The second ligament is located on the opposite side of the plane of the shaft A111. Each ligament pin A308, A310 is firmly attached to both the shaft A111 and the spacer A110 of the diaphragm assembly. This can be done via any suitable mechanism, for example via an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive. Each ligament A206, A307 wraps the ligament pin, rests beyond the pivot shaft A111, is provided on the opposite side of the contact member, and is secured to the pivot shaft A111 and contact member A105 along its length. It contains elongated strands of material, which secure the two components together.

For example, referring to Figure A3f, ligament A307 loops around pin A310 and intersects at position A307-1 as it passes around the sides of shaft A111. The ligament A307 extends along a sloping flat surface A307-2 and is preferably attached to the shaft A111 using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. However, care is taken to prevent the adhesive from approaching the small radius of position A307-3. This means that there is no glue in about half the length of plane A307-2 near position A307-3. This makes the ligament A307 as flat as possible as it passes around the projecting curved surface A311 at position A307-3, facilitating a low fundamental frequency (Wn). Ligament A307 then passes air through the corner / edge of position A307-5 opposite the ligament pin A310 of contact block A105a. Below the area of radius at position A307-3 is a small clearance A309 recessed in the contact block A105a of contact bar A105. This recess A309 prevents the shaft A111 from crushing the ligaments A306, A307 because this can break the ligament over time, and the recess A309 has a shaft contact area. It also prevents the ligament from restricting direct contact with the contact bar A105 at the A112. The ligament A307 passes around the corner / edge A307-5 of the block and then through the slot A304 formed in the contact bar A105 along the block and body. The ligament is preferably attached to the contact bar along region A307-6 using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. The ligament then passes under the body of the contact bar A105 at position A307-7 and proceeds to channel A305 opposite the contact block A105a of the body, where it is reattached to the contact bar, for example with an epoxy adhesive. It is attached. Ligament A306 is a ligament, except that it is in the opposite direction. Follow the same route as the A307. It begins by looping the ligament pin A308, where the loop joins one ligament at position A306-2 and at positions A306-2, A306-3, A306-4, A306-5, as shown in Figure A3i. Follow the route via A306-6 and A306-7. Both ligament pin A308 and ligament A306 are coupled according to ligament pin A310 and ligament A307. The direction of ligament A306 at position A306-4 is substantially parallel to ligament A307 at position A307-4. The two ligaments may overlap in this area.

At all times and angles of motion of the diaphragm, the ligament remains substantially in line with the contact surface A105c of the contact bar A105 in contact with the shaft A111. Both of these features allow for minimal constraints on the shaft A111 with respect to permissible rotational diaphragm operation, thereby facilitating low fundamental frequencies (Wn).

All ligaments are placed under a small tensile load, in this case about 80 g, before the adhesive is applied to the adhesive area, otherwise sagging that can result in inaccurate positioning of the diaphragm. Helps to minimize.

The pivot shaft shaft A111 receives an in-situ magnetic field and is anchored so that the shaft A111 can swing with respect to the contact member and / or the transducer base structure A115 in the contact area A112. The magnetic field provides the benefit of applying the urging force that holds the shaft A111 to the transducer base structure A115.

In some, but not all, this magnetic force can cause problems. The magnetic field vibrates during operation by 1) creating an unstable equilibrium, which causes the diaphragm to move to an extreme range of motion angle, or 2) applying a centering force to hold the diaphragm at the equilibrium angle. The shaft can be rotated in two ways: increasing the fundamental frequency of the plate.

The two factors governing the torque applied to the shaft by a magnetic field are: 1) The net movement of the shaft towards one or the other pole piece generally releases potential energy, so if this is possible, a magnetic field. There can be forces exerted in this direction by, and 2) the magnetic field attempts to position the shaft at an angle that maximizes the magnetic flux traveling from one pole piece to the other pole piece through the shaft. Is. Therefore, the magnetic field attempts to rotate the shaft to an angle across the gap between the pole pieces so that the widest part of the shaft in the cross-sectional profile is aligned, assuming there is the widest part.

The radius of curvature of the surface of the shaft A111 in the contact area A112, and the position of the curved surface relative to the net position where the force is applied, can torque the shaft A111 given the simple geometry. The direction and strength of the lines of magnetic force also affect equilibrium.

The purpose of high performance transducers is to strike a good balance between all these factors so that a low fundamental frequency (Wn) is achieved.

In the embodiment of Example A, the above problems related to the magnetic field of the transducer are substantially alleviated as follows. First, the shaft A111 is primarily cylindrical. The shaft A111 has two large recesses A202 as described above, which are located in the area where the contact points A112 and the centering ligaments A306 and A307 are located (from start to finish). (Meaning that the shaft is not a simple annular cross section), both recesses are still relatively small so as not to significantly change the bulk or overall profile / shape of the shaft A111. Also, the recess is shaped / sized so that the curved contact surface is located close to and / or substantially aligned with the central longitudinal axis of the shaft A111. By positioning the approximate axis of rotation A114 as defined by the contact area A112 near the central longitudinal axis of the shaft A111, the body of the shaft A111 approaches either the outer pole pieces A103 or A104 during rotation. There are few things.

For example, if the diaphragm assembly rotates during operation, or if the ligament 306 or 307 is improperly installed or stretched, the body of shaft A111 translates slightly towards one or the other pole piece. In this case, an unstable equilibrium may occur. To counter this, the shaft A111 includes a flat surface on the opposite end A203 and a central section A201 of the shaft configured directly adjacent to the contact member A105. A flatter surface is formed with respect to the entire surface where the shaft A111 contacts the diaphragm body A208. This forms a slightly elliptical cross-sectional profile. The main axis of the elliptical profile tries to some extent align with the field lines extending between the two outer pole pieces A103 and A104, which negates the instability that provides the low / neutral net torque.

Also, the radius of curvature of the contact surface A311 of the shaft A111 in the contact area A112 is relatively small (better if the radius is larger), as described in more detail in the design principles and discussion sections herein. ) It is selected to balance the conflicting requirements of translational stiffness with low fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency (better if the radius is smaller) and low noise generation. The relatively small radius also minimizes translation towards the pole piece, which can cause unstable equilibrium when the hinge element rolls relative to the contact member.

By adjusting the geometry of the contact and magnetic structures of Example A described, the diaphragm assembly can be placed in a state of equilibrium or unstable equilibrium, whereby the diaphragm can be placed in any of these states. The magnetic force that holds the assembly is reduced. Once this is achieved, another simpler control method of centering the diaphragm assembly to its dormant position can be used to overcome small forces and still provide a low fundamental frequency.

During restoration mechanism operation, the hinge element / shaft A111 is configured to rotate relative to the contact member / bar A105, preferably between two maximum rotation positions located on either side of the central neutral rotation position. In this embodiment, the hinge system is a restoring mechanism for restoring the hinge and diaphragm assembly to the desired neutral or balanced rotation position with respect to its fundamental resonance mode when no excitation force is applied to the diaphragm. Further prepare. By using the restoration mechanism, the bus roll-off frequency response can be adapted to the diaphragm range of motion capability of the transducer, and the bus response can be optimized to maximize the range of motion capability.

The return mechanism may include any form of elastic means that urges the diaphragm assembly towards a neutral rotation position. In this embodiment, the torsion bar is used as the restoration / centering mechanism. In other forms, the restoring mechanism includes a followable flexible element such as a soft plastic material (eg, silicone or rubber) placed in close proximity to the axis of rotation. In other embodiments as described herein in connection with Example E, the position, direction of the urging force applied by the urging mechanism through the geometry of the contact surface, in part or in whole of the restoring mechanism and the force. And provided within the hinge connection according to strength. In the same or alternative form, the restoration / centering mechanism and a significant portion of the force are provided by the magnetic structure.

As mentioned above, the transducer of Example A shown in FIG. A1 comprises a diaphragm restoring and / or centering mechanism in the form of torsion bar A106 (as shown in FIG. A1a). The torsion bar A106 is connected between the diaphragm assembly A101 and the transducer base structure A115 to restore the diaphragm to the neutral rotation position.

An elastic member such as a spring, or torsion bar A106 in this case, is an easy, linear and reliable mechanism to use. The torsion bar also serves a second purpose of positioning the diaphragm assembly A101 in a translational direction parallel to the axis of rotation A114, so that the moving parts of the diaphragm assembly A101 are the circumference of the diaphragm assembly A101. Do not touch and rub the transducer base structure A115 or (as shown in Figure A6) transducer housing A601 that can extend around the length in-situ and during operation. In addition, the torsion bar supports the wires leading to the coil winding A109, preventing them from resonating and adversely affecting the quality of the audio reproduction.

FIG. 4A details the structure of the torsion bar A106 used in Example A. The torsion bar can be formed from any suitable elastic material such as metal or elastic plastic material. In this example, the torsion bar is a folded titanium foil with a relatively thin thickness, for example 0.05 mm. The shape of the torsion bar is rigid enough to minimize or eliminate harmful resonances in the transducer FRO, and is also flexible enough to twist so that the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency (Wn) is low.

The materials used are preferably relatively low Young's modulus (to help promote low fundamental frequency and high range of motion), moderately high specific Young's modulus (ie, low Young's modulus but internal). Low density to mitigate resonance), high yield strength, and / or preferably not significantly creep or fatigue over many operating cycles. Non-magnetic materials such as titanium can also be useful in preventing or alleviating problems due to attractive forces on the magnetic assembly. Other materials are also suitable, for example 402 grade stainless steel may be sufficient.

The torsion bar includes a longitudinal body with a central longitudinal flexion section / region A402. This region preferably has a consistent cross section (as shown by cross-hatching in Figure A4d). This section A402 includes a substantially curved or curved wall that forms a channel that extends the length of the bar. The wall of section A402 is bent at about 90 degrees. Region A402 is long (as seen in the side view of Figure A4b) and thin in the side profile, making it suitable for twisting. Section A402 is also preferably substantially rigid / rigid against bending in response to forces perpendicular to section A402. This is achieved by forming section A402 to have dimensions of height and width that are fairly large relative to the thickness of the foil. This geometry is important to reduce or prevent resonance over such long spans.

The torsion bar further comprises a widened, relatively wide wing section A401 at both ends of the central flexion region A402. The central flexion region A402 extends into the winged section in region A404 or adjacent to both ends of the torsion bar. Spreading in this region A404 is preferred (although not exclusive) to avoid the creation of stress concentration areas that can fatigue over time and to smoothly transition to the wide flat winged spring section A401. ) Gradually taper using a curved taper as shown, not stepped. It will be appreciated that the taper may be linear in other configurations and / or may be created in a series of steps to reduce the risk of stress concentration. Each end A401 of the torsion bar A106 contains a pair of separation tabs A401 forming a wing. For each winged section A401, each tab comprises a folded wall extending from one side of the folded wall of the central bending section A402 and bent towards the opposite tab. In this embodiment, the opposing walls of the tabs are spaced, unconnected, and form a channel between them. These wings A401 extend from one end of the body of the contact bar A105 (shown in Figure A3a) for effective attachment to the lateral end tab A303 and the short length of the coil winding A109 of the diaphragm assembly. It provides a large enough surface area for effective mounting on side A205.

In situ, the torsion bar is configured to be located on the arm A312 of the body of the contact member A105 having a tab A303 extending longitudinally from one side of the body and projecting laterally at the end. The recess of the arm A312 is placed adjacent to the tab to hold the winged section A401 of the torsion bar in it. The other recess between the arm A312 and the pivot shaft A111 holds the other wing part A401 of the torsion bar, and the central section A402 is located on the arm A312. One wing is tightly coupled to the tab A303 and the other end is tightly coupled to a diaphragm assembly such as the side A109 of the coil winding. Any suitable fixing mechanism can be used, for example via a suitable adhesive.

For the torsion bar A106, the bends in the end tab wall at the four bend positions A403 (substantially flat and thin) tilt the ends of the torsion bar when the bend area A402 of the torsion bar A106 is twisted. Since there is a tendency, we will introduce some degree of rotation adaptability similar to the universal connection. If this followability is not provided, it has the effect of suppressing the bending region A402 against twists that increase the fundamental frequency (Wn) of the assembly. Twisting forces can also act to break the adhesive or other mechanism that secures the ends of the torsion bar. Preferably, one or more preferably both of the end wing sections incorporates rotational adaptability in a direction perpendicular to the length of the intermediate section. Preferably, the translational and rotational adaptability is one or more leaf springs at one or both ends of the torsion bar whose plane is oriented substantially perpendicular to the main axis of the torsion bar. Provided by the end tab wall. Preferably, both end wing sections are relatively incompatible with respect to translation in the direction perpendicular to the main axis of the torsion bar.

Preferably, at least one end of the section provides translational followability in the direction of the torsion bar spindle. The bends in the end tab wall at the four bend positions A403 also introduce a slight translational followability along the longitudinal axis of the torsion bar, allowing the bend A402 of the torsion bar A106 to be twisted during operation. The shortening helps prevent the contact area A112 from sliding along the axis of rotation A114. Also, in impact scenarios such as drops, the bends at the four bend positions A403 prevent the torsion bar from being stripped from its connection to the transducer base structure A105 and diaphragm assembly A101. Is also useful.

The torsion bar design shown in Figure A4 is virtually free of resonance within the transducer's FRO.

Preferably, the mechanism that imparts the restoring force is substantially linear with respect to the force-displacement relationship (displacement measured at either the displaced distance or the angle of rotation). If the mechanism substantially follows Hooke's law, this means that the audio signal will be reproduced more accurately.

Preferably, the conductor connecting to the motor coil is attached to the surface of the middle section of the torsion bar. Preferably, the wire runs parallel to the torsion bar and is mounted near an axis around which the torsion bar rotates during normal operation of the transducer.

Variations of the urging mechanism As described for Example E, the mechanical urging mechanism provides benefits for the purpose of the urging mechanism, preferably one or more hinge connections with substantial followability added. Provides substantial force to the section, urging one or more hinge elements to one or more contact members, while substantially free rotational movement between each pair of hinge elements and contact members. Enables.

There are many types and configurations of mechanical urging mechanisms. In one form, the urging mechanism comprises an elastic element, component or component that urges or drives the hinge element towards a contact surface. The elastic element is a pre-tensioned elastic member, such as a spring member, located at each end of the hinge element to urge or drive the vibrating plate towards the contact surface as described in Example E. Or low-young elastomers such as silicone rubber, or natural rubber, or viscoelastic urethane configured for use with either tension (eg, stretched latex rubber bands) or compression (eg, crushed blocks of rubber). It may be a polymer (registered trademark). Other types of springs, including needle springs, torsion springs, coil compression springs, and coil tension springs, may also be effective. These springs are preferably made from a material with a high yield stress, such as steel or titanium.

In other configurations, the urging mechanism includes a metal leaf spring (in a bent state) with one end attached to the transducer base structure and the other end connected to one end of the intermediate components that make up the ligament. , The other end of the transducer is contacted to the diaphragm assembly. In such configurations, use multiple strand ligaments with high tensile modulus (eg, higher than 10 GPa) such as liquid crystal polymer fibers such as Vectran or ultra high molecular weight polyethylene fibers such as Spectra . Is preferable. In some configurations, the urging mechanism comprises a first magnetic element and a second magnetic element that are in contact with or tightly coupled to the hinge element, the first and second magnetism. Magnetic forces between the elements urge or drive the hinge element towards the contact surface so as to maintain consistent physical contact between the hinge element in use and the contact surface. The first magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic fluid. The first magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic fluid arranged near the end of the diaphragm body. The second magnetic element may be a permanent magnet or an electromagnet. Alternatively, the second magnetic element may be a ferromagnetic steel component coupled or embedded in the contact surface of the contact member. Preferably, the contact member is placed between the first magnetic element and the second magnetic element.

One of ordinary skill in the art should be aware of a wide range of other possible configurations of urging mechanisms capable of performing equivalent or similar functions consistent with the principles outlined herein.

As mentioned above, the urging mechanism provides some degree of followability when urging force is applied between the hinge element and the contact member. On the other hand, the structure connecting the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly is preferably rigid and incompatible. For this reason, the urging mechanism preferably has a structure or a structure that operates separately or at least separately from the structure or mechanism that connects the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly. Note that the urging mechanism can operate separately from the structure or mechanism that connects the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly, but is still integral with the structure or mechanism that connects the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly. I want to be. This will be further described, for example, with respect to the hinge system of the audio transducer of Example S. Therefore, without departing from the scope of the present invention, the urging mechanism of the hinge system described above in connection with the audio transducer of Example A can be replaced with any one of these variants.

Diaphragm assembly The hinge system described above can be used with any form of diaphragm assembly, but is one of the diaphragm structures defined under configurations R1 through R11 in Section 2 herein. It is preferred that a diaphragm assembly incorporating one be used. The diaphragm assembly A101 controls the resonance (as defined, for example, for the diaphragm structure in configurations R1 to R4 in Section 2.2 or the diaphragm structure in the audio transducer configurations R5 to R9 in Sections 2.3 and 2.4). Includes a substantially thick and rigid diaphragm for which a rigid approach is used. Since the hinge system according to the present invention has the advantage of minimizing the translational followability over the contact surfaces resulting in the diaphragm split, combining such a hinge mechanism with a rigid diaphragm structure often provides a degree of benefit. Increase.

Therefore, it is preferred that the above-mentioned hinge system be incorporated into an audio transducer having a rigid diaphragm structure as described, for example, with respect to the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 of the present invention. The features and aspects of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 of this audio transducer example are described in detail in Section 2.2 of this specification, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the following, for the sake of brevity, only a brief description of this diaphragm structure is given.

Referring to FIGS. A1 and A2, an audio transducer incorporating the above decoupling system further comprises a diaphragm structure A101 of configuration R1 including a sandwich diaphragm structure. This diaphragm structure A101 consists of a substantially lightweight core / diaphragm body A208 and a diaphragm body main surface A214 / A215 to resist compressive-normal stress received on or near the surface of the body during operation. It consists of outer vertical stress reinforcements A206 / A207, which are adjacent to at least one and coupled to the diaphragm body. The normal stress reinforcements A206 / A207 are coupled to at least one main surface A214 / A215 outside the body (as in the illustrated example) or directly adjacent to at least one main surface A214 / A215 inside the body. Substantially closest and sufficiently resistant to compressive-normal stress during operation. The normal stress reinforcements include reinforcing members A206 / A207 provided on the opposing main front and rear surfaces A214 / A215 of the diaphragm body A208 to resist the compressive-tensile stresses that the body receives during operation.

The diaphragm structure A101 is embedded in the core and oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces A214 / A215 to resist and / or substantially mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Further includes at least one inner reinforcing member A209. The inner reinforcing member A209 is preferably attached to one or more outer normal stress reinforcing members A206 / A207 (preferably both sides, that is, each main surface). The inner reinforcing member acts to resist and / or mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Preferably, there are a plurality of inner reinforcing members A209 distributed in the core of the diaphragm body.

Core A208 is formed from a material that contains interconnected structures that vary in three dimensions. The core material is preferably a foam or a regular three-dimensional lattice structure material. The core material can include composite materials. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam.

Preferably, the thickness of the diaphragm body is greater than 15% of its length, or more preferably its length, in order for the geometry to be robust enough to maintain substantially rigid behavior over a wide bandwidth. Greater than 20%. Alternatively or additionally, the diaphragm body comprises a maximum thickness greater than 11%, or more preferably greater than 14%, of the maximum dimension (such as the diagonal length across the body).

In some embodiments, the inner stress reinforcement of the diaphragm structure of this exemplary transducer may be eliminated. However, it is preferable to have an inner stress reinforcing material. In this preferred configuration, the inner stiffener copes with diaphragm shear deformation and the hinge system provides great support for translational displacements that would otherwise result in a total diaphragm split resonance mode. In addition, the hinge system provides a high diaphragm range of motion and a low fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency.

Referring to FIG. A2, a force generating component is attached to one end of the diaphragm A101, which is a thicker end. The diaphragm structure A101 coupled to the force generating component forms the diaphragm assembly. In this embodiment, the coil winding A109 is wound in a substantially rectangular shape consisting of two long sides A204 and two short sides A205. Coil windings are made from enamel-coated copper wire held together with epoxy resin. It is wrapped around a spacer A110 made of plastic reinforced carbon fiber with a Young's modulus of about 200 GPa, but alternative materials such as epoxy impregnated paper are sufficient. The spacer is a profile complementary to the thicker end of the diaphragm structure A101 in the assembled state of the audio transducer / diaphragm assembly, thereby around the periphery of the thick end of the diaphragm structure. Or it extends adjacent to this. Spacer A110 is attached / fixedly coupled to pivot shaft A111. The combination of these three components, located at the base / thick end of the diaphragm body A208, forms the rigid diaphragm base structure of the diaphragm assembly with a substantially compact and robust geometry, and the diaphragm assembly. Creates a solid, resonance-resistant platform with a three-dimensional, lighter, rusty portion firmly attached.

3.2.3 Example S &amp; T Next, two additional rotary motion audio transducers of the invention, having a hinge system for pivotally coupling the diaphragm structure to the base structure and designed according to the principles of the invention. Examples will be described. In particular, the urging mechanism associated with these hinge systems will be described in detail. Other components are not described in detail for brevity. However, the remaining components of the transducer, including the base structure, diaphragm assembly, and excitation mechanism, may be any one of the audio transducer configurations described above, or as will be apparent to those of skill in the art. It will be appreciated that different configurations may be used. In other words, the hinge system described for the audio transducers of Example S or T is any of the audio transducers described for Examples A, B, D, E, K, S, T, W, X and Y. Can be incorporated into one.

The following examples exemplify an urging mechanism designed according to the principles outlined above. In particular, the urging mechanism or mechanism of the following embodiment hinges to minimize translational displacement (such as sliding rather than rolling of mutual contact surfaces) in the plane of the contact surface in the contact area. The hinge element of the system is pressed against the contact member to maintain consistent physical contact during operation. Further, the urging mechanism or mechanism includes some lateral followability to the contact surface and can relatively reduce the frictional contact force between the surfaces during operation when necessary.

3.2.3a Hinge connections based on background rolling or pivot elements provide the possibility of high diaphragm range of motion and reasonably low followability in rotary motion speakers, as mentioned above.

Standard ball bearing race hinges are the somewhat standard mechanism used in most conventional rotary motion audio transducers. This hinge design is susceptible to high ball rolling resistance and / or rattling. These problems can be exacerbated by the inclusion of foreign matter such as wear, corrosion and dust. Manufacturing tolerances are high, resulting in increased costs.

When a part wears, the part becomes inaccurate during manufacturing, or the temperature fluctuates, and a gap is created (once) between the contact surfaces, the diaphragm cannot be restrained. Can cause rattling and / or the appearance of split frequencies. This mechanism is dimensionalized by 1) if the bearing is exposed to dust (which can occur if the part wears during operation), 2) if the part is manufacturing inaccurate, and 3) due to temperature fluctuations. If so, it also tends to be slightly clogged. All of these problems can generate unwanted noise and generate non-linear responses, resulting in poor sound quality.

For example, when used with very small diaphragms such as personal audio headphones and earphone speaker drivers, these types of problems are small due to the demand for low fundamental frequency (Wn) in these types of applications. This is even more problematic because there are additional challenges to achieve this with low mass diaphragms and the corresponding small manufacturing tolerances are required.

Some existing rolling element bearings (eg ball bearings) include spring elements in structures that preload in a suitable manner. Many standard preload bearing types are still available, but are not well suited for audio transducer applications.

Referring to Figures V1a-e, a standard prior art ball bearing V101 incorporating a adaptively applied preload is shown. Bearing V101 contains a pair of bearing elements V106a and V106b, including an outer shell V102, within which a pair of bearing elements V106a and V106b each having a series of rolling balls V112 housed between the annular outer race V109 and the annular inner race V110. ing. The central shaft V103 penetrates the annular inner race V110 of the bearing. This mechanism can form a hinge between two components by connecting one component to the shaft and the other component to the shell / sheath V102. Preload is applied to the mechanism via spring load washers V108b and V108a located between the shell / sheath V102 and one outer race V109a of the bearing. The spring load washer slides the outer race V109a to the right with respect to the outer sheath V102 and, as the profile of the outer race V109a is curved, pushes the rolling elements in contact towards the central axis of the bearing, thereby Appropriately apply load to the right bearing race V106a. There is also a reaction force side that pushes the outer race of the left side V109b toward the left, and similarly applies a load to the bearing element V106b on the left side in a suitable manner. Note that this happens even though the left outer race V106b is not adjacent to the spring.

When the diaphragm and force conversion components are mounted on the bearing V101 to form a rotary motion diaphragm assembly, this is in that the adaptive load of the rolling elements is reduced to provide consistent rolling resistance. It offers advantages over prior art audio transducers, everything else is equal, and in some cases can promote deeper bass with low distortion, for example reducing self-noise generation. Examples of audio transducers of the present invention can include, for example, such a bearing V101 for hinge coupling of a diaphragm assembly to a base structure.

However, the right set of rolling element V112a in bearing V101 is not optimal for high frequency performance in speakers as there is no firm contact between the slidable outer race V109a and the outer sheath V102. On the contrary, there is a small air gap V113 that minimizes the contact between V109a and V102 (which allows the race V109a to slide relative to the sheath V102). This is because there is a discontinuity in the path through which the load is transmitted from the shaft V103 to the outer sheath V102, and this discontinuity effectively causes the hinge assembly (rather than the urging mechanism) to have a diaphragm structure or assembly. It means that a translational undesired followability, which is a detour perpendicular to the axis of rotation, is introduced between the hinge element and the hinge element of the hinge assembly. This undesired followability in the hinge assembly can result in diaphragm splits or other forms of resonance during operation. Similar to the introduction of followability, this sliding contact also introduces the possibility of rattling. On the other hand, the hinge system of the present invention described, for example, in connection with Example A, has relatively low or zero followability between the diaphragm assembly and the hinge element.

Another solution to the problem of discontinuity is to use two or more bearings V101, for example one can be placed at each end of one side of the hinged diaphragm. Since the bearing element V106b on the left side can pass translational loads in a non-conforming manner, the use of two such bearing elements causes non-conforming restraints on both sides of the diaphragm, which is undesirable. The possibility of resonance is reduced. To clarify with respect to followability and non-followability, the overall goal is to provide a hinge assembly that is compatible with rotation around one axis and not with translation and other rotation axes. That is, this is achieved by a hinge system that includes a combination of compatible urging mechanisms and incompatible rolling contacts. On the other hand, low frequency performance is improved compared to comparable speakers of the prior art, as the benefits of reduced and consistent rolling resistance are retained.

Figures S1-3 and T1-4 show two simpler and more effective solutions that are less prone to rattling and eliminate the demand for sliding surfaces and / or liquids. These examples show alternative hinge systems developed according to the design principles outlined in Section 3.2.1 of this specification.

3.2.3b Example S Refer to Figure S1 for a diaphragm assembly pivotally coupled (shown in Figures S2a-e) to a transducer base structure S101 (shown in Figures S3a-e) via a hinge system. An alternative form of a rotary motion audio transducer with the S102 is shown. The diaphragm assembly S102 includes a diaphragm structure similar to the configuration R1 to R4 structures defined in Section 2.2 of this specification. In addition, the transducer-based structure S101 comprises a relatively thick squat geometry for the audio transducer of Example A with a permanent magnet S119 and an outer pole piece S103 that define the magnetic field of the excitation mechanism. When implemented in an audio device, the diaphragm structure is at least partially or substantially or with the surrounding structure of the device as defined for any one of the audio transducers in configuration R5 through R7 in Section 2.3. It is possible to have an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected almost entirely. The audio transducer can include the decoupling mounting system described in Example A Audio Transducer in Section 4.2.1 of this specification. Otherwise, any other decoupling mounting system designed according to the principles outlined in Section 4.3 may be used.

The hinge system of this embodiment removes half of the original number of balls (typically eight or more) and there are no more than four balls in each sub-bearing / bearing element. It is based on a standard rolling element bearing (eg ball bearing) structure. Preferably, cages made of the plastic material S118 maintain circumferential ball separation, as the low mass and inherent damping of the plastic means they are less susceptible to rattling, but other cages. It also works in design. Preferably, the outer race S116 of each bearing element has a thinner profile than typical of rolling elements of this radius. The outer lace S116 is preferably pressed and adhered to a thin aluminum tube S112. Alternatively, the tube S112 may be made from any relatively rigid material, for example carbon fiber reinforced plastics are also suitable. A tight-fitting rolling element S117 is used, and the outer race S116 and tube S112 are fitted and deformed to accommodate them without the clogging and other problems associated with standard rolling element bearings.

The fact that each bearing element has fewer rolling elements S117 means that the span or distance between the outer race and tube rolling elements S117 when viewed from the side, as seen in Figure S1g, is greater than that of a typical rolling bearing. Means increasing, which is local in the vicinity of each bearing element S117 (in this case part of the hinge system urging mechanism) in connection with the thin outer race S116 and tube S112. It means that the lateral followability is greater than that of a typical rolling element bearing.

The overall translational followability (other than lateral followability) of the hinge system may be inherent in the lateral race S116 and its supporting tube S112 localized in the immediate vicinity of each ball, but the transducer. Low with respect to radial load transfer between base structure S101 and diaphragm assembly S102. This is because the overall followability of the hinge system depends on the local followability / deflection in the immediate vicinity of a particular ball, as opposed to the overall followability of the tube to the transducer-based structure. This is because it depends on the followability / deflection.

This also means that the benefit of reduced consistent rolling resistance is retained due to the lateral translational followability in the local area of contact between each ball and the outer race, and also again. With respect to the translation of the entire diaphragm S102 with respect to the base structure S103, the overall translational followability promotes the translation of the entire diaphragm even if the outer race is locally laterally deformed in response to pressure from a particular ball. It is relatively low because proportional followability cannot be obtained. This low overall translational followability in the hinge mechanism makes it less susceptible to unwanted resonant / diaphragm splits and promotes high frequency expansion.

In this case, the reduced and / or more consistent rotational friction properties at the hinge facilitate the use of bearings with radii larger than those otherwise all that may be equivalent. This facilitates the support of the large diameter hollow shaft S112, which doubles as an inner pole piece and can accommodate a sufficiently thick fixed steel shaft S104 / S113 to prevent resonance over a wide bandwidth. It is possible to modify this design, for example when using rolling element bearings with smaller diameters, to reduce rotational friction and thereby improve low frequency performance.

This design also eliminates the possibility of over-constraining the rolling element S117, allowing some to be loaded and others unloaded, which can cause unconstrained rattling. be.

In this embodiment, the urging mechanism including the outer race S116 and the support tube S112, in this case the four balls S117 supporting the translation of the diaphragm assembly with respect to the transducer base structure, the outer race S116 and the tube S112 are structural or It operates separately from the mechanism, but is an integral part of the same structure. The urging mechanism can operate separately from the structure or mechanism connecting the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly, but is still integral with the structure or mechanism connecting the hinge element to the diaphragm assembly. Please note.

3.2.3c Example T Referring to FIGS. T1a-h, a further embodiment of the rotary motion audio transducer T1 of the present invention is shown, which is via a hinge system incorporating a followable urging mechanism (FIG. T3a). Includes diaphragm assembly T102 (shown in Figures T2a ~ e) rotatably coupled to transducer base structure T101 (shown in ~ e). The diaphragm assembly T102 includes a diaphragm structure similar to the configuration R1 to R4 structures defined in Section 2.2 of this specification. Further, the transducer-based structure T101 includes a relatively thick squat geometry according to the audio transducer of Example A having a permanent magnet T119 and an outer pole piece T103 that define the magnetic field of the excitation mechanism. When implemented in an audio device, the diaphragm structure is at least partially or substantially or with the surrounding structure of the device as defined for any one of the audio transducers in configuration R5 through R7 in Section 2.3. It is possible to have an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected almost entirely. The audio transducer can include the decoupling mounting system described in Example A Audio Transducer in Section 4.2.1 of this specification. Otherwise, any other decoupling mounting system designed according to the principles outlined in Section 4.3 may be used.

The hinge system is a modification of the bearings in Figures V1a-e where followability is introduced to avoid problematic sliding contact between the outer race V109a and the casing V102. Instead, the bearing preload is applied by the followability introduced in the diaphragm assembly T102, and this followability is introduced so as not to cause excessive diaphragm split resonance. In this case, the diaphragm is supported by two rolling element bearing assemblies T110a and T110b. Followability is unique to the plurality of leaf springs T123 that make up the leaf spring bushing component T122 located adjacent to the rolling element bearing assembly T110b. The spring T123 is perpendicular to the axis of rotation T127 so that it can incompatiblely transmit forces along their lengths, i.e., in the radial direction, while incompatiblely transmitting forces along the axial direction. Oriented in a plane.

Similar to Examples V and S, in this case the introduction of followability via the leaf spring T123 reduces rolling resistance and makes it more consistent. In this case, the rolling element T117 is located at a smaller radius than the radius of the coil T111 compared to Example S, which further reduces rolling resistance, improves low frequency expansion, and has an equivalent coil radius. Configuration The noise generation at low frequencies is further reduced. The entire diaphragm is tightly constrained to axial displacement via other rolling element bearing assemblies T110a with no adjacent leaf springs. Axial loads are transmitted to the diaphragm via the component T124, which forms a triangular profile for this purpose, as seen in Figure T1e, when tightly bonded to the diaphragm base tube T112. ..

3.2.5 Example K With reference to Figures K1g ~ K1j, an example of a further contact hinge system of the present invention is shown in connection with the audio transducer of Example K. Other features of the Audio Transducer of Example K are described in detail in Section 5.2.2 of the present specification. The following is only a description of the hinge system associated with this embodiment.

A hinge system is a contact hinge system configured according to the design principles and considerations described in Section 3.2.1 of this specification. The hinge system includes a hinge assembly having a pair of hinge connections on both sides of the assembly. Each hinge connection includes a contact member that provides a contact surface and a hinge element configured to abut and roll on the contact surface. Each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the contact member while maintaining consistent physical contact with the contact surface, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface. To.

The hinge element in the form of the hinge shaft K108 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame K107 via the connector K117 on one side. On the opposite side, the hinge shaft K108 is rotatably or pivotally coupled to the contact member K138. As shown in FIG. K1i, in this embodiment, each contact member includes a recessed contact surface K137, allowing the free side of the shaft K108 to rotate relative to the contact surface K137. The recessed surface K137 has a radius of curvature greater than the radius of curvature of the shaft K108. Each contact member K138 is the base block of the base component K105 of the transducer base structure assembly K118 extending laterally from the base structure assembly to the diaphragm assembly. The pair of base blocks K138 extend from both sides of the base component K105 and are rotatably or pivotally coupled to both ends of the shaft K108, thereby forming two separate hinge connections. The base block can be extended into the corresponding recess formed at the base end of the diaphragm structure. The contact hinge connection is preferably closely related to both the diaphragm structure and the transducer base structure.

Referring to FIGS. K1l to K1m, the hinge shaft K108 is elastically and / or adaptively held in place with respect to the contact surface K137 of the base block K138 by the urging mechanism of the hinge system. The urging mechanism includes a substantially elastic member K110 in the form of a compression spring and a contact pin K109. One end of the spring K110 is tightly coupled to the base structure K105 and the opposite end engages the contact pin K109 at contact position K116. The elastic contact spring K110 is urged towards the contact pin K109 and is held in place at least slightly compressed. In situ, the contact pin K109 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame K107 via the connector K117 and extends fixedly between the contact members K138 with respect to the corresponding concave curved surface of the connector K117. The contact pin K109 and the corresponding urging spring K110 are preferably centered between the hinge connections. This arrangement pulls the diaphragm base structure, including the base frame K107, connector K117 and hinge shaft K108, adaptively to the contact base block K138 at the hinge connection. In this way, the shaft K108 contacts the curved surface K137 of the base block K138 at two contact positions. The degree of followability and / or elasticity is as described in Section 3.2.2 of this specification.

The geometry of the hinge system matches the two contact positions K137 between the diaphragm assembly K101 and the transducer base structure K118, preferably the contact position between the contact pin K109 and the contact spring K110 (Figure). Designed with the approximate axis of rotation K119 (shown in K1b). This configuration helps minimize the restoring force generated by these components and thus helps reduce the fundamental resonant Wn of the transducer.

In some embodiments, one of the hinge elements or contact members prevents the other of the hinge elements or contact members from moving over the ridges or protrusions when an external force is exerted or applied to the audio transducer. Includes contact surfaces with one or more ridges or protrusions configured to. Depending on the application, it may also be useful to provide a stopper that prevents impact on potentially fragile components such as motor coils. These may be independent of the stopper acting on the contact surface.

In this embodiment, the hinge element K108 is the base of the base component K105K, which includes a projecting cross-sectional profile when viewed in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation, as in Figure K1i, and a substantially recessed contact surface K137. -At least partially includes the contact member K138, which is a block protrusion. This configuration contributes to the recentering of the hinge mechanism in situations where the hinge element is moved away from the central neutral region K137a of the contact surface. Recessed edge regions K137b or K137c on the contact surfaces located on either side of the central region center the associated hinge element K108 if the element is forced to move beyond its intended position. Relocate towards region K137a. This feature prevents the transducer from bumping or dropping and contact point K114, as the geometry described prevents excessive slippage, which in some cases can cause audible rattling distortion during operation of the device. It is advantageous in the case of a small impact such as slipping. Such a configuration can be applied to any one of the other contact hinge embodiments described herein, such as Examples A, E, S or T.

During normal operation, the protrusion of the hinge element K108 can contact the recess K137 where the radius of the protrusion is greater than the radius of the recess, when viewed in a cross-sectional profile in a plane perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The lack of space is preferred as a further improvement to this structure. This configuration substantially prevents continued rattling distortion caused by collisions between surfaces that may be repeated without causing centering. Instead, as in Example K, which has a contact surface K137 with a radius greater than the protruding radius of the hinge element K108, centering is caused only by the slope at the contact surface, which is by sliding on the slope. It means that the resulting distortion is always associated with the correction of the centering position, thereby reducing the possibility of continued distortion. Such a configuration can be applied to any one of the other contact hinge embodiments described herein, such as Examples A, E, S or T.

3.2.5 Example E Schematic References E1 to E4 show an example of a further audio transducer of the invention referred to herein as Example E, which is described in Section 3.2.1 of the present specification. Includes a diaphragm assembly E101 rotatably coupled to a transducer base structure E118 via a contact hinge system designed according to the principles that have been used. In summary, the diaphragm assembly E101 includes a diaphragm structure similar to the structure of configurations R1 through R4 as defined in Section 2.2 of this specification. Further, the transducer-based structure E102 includes a relatively thick squat geometry according to the audio transducer of Example A, having a permanent magnet E102 and an outer pole piece E103 and an inner pole piece E113 that define the magnetic field of the excitation mechanism. .. One or more coil windings E130 / 131 tightly coupled to the diaphragm structure extend into a magnetic field to move the diaphragm assembly during operation. As shown in Figure E2, the diaphragm structure is at least partially, substantially, or with the transducer perimeter structure E201-E204 defined for any one of the audio transducers of configuration R5-R7 in Section 2.3. It has an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected almost entirely. The audio transducer can include the decoupling mounting system described in Section 4.2.2 of this specification. Otherwise, other decoupling mounting systems designed according to the principles outlined in Section 4.3 may be used.

The diaphragm base structure diagram E1h shows the cross section of the audio transducer, and the cross sections of the long sides E130 and E131 of the coil winding are curved and overhanging with a radius centered on the rotation axis E119, so that the diaphragm rotates. If so, a displacement angle is available before the long side of the coil winding begins to exit the region of the flux gap between the outer pole pieces E103 and E104 and the inner pole piece E113. In this way, high linearity of the drive torque is achieved.

Figure E3a itself shows two side arc coil reinforcements E301, two reinforcement triangles E302, a main base plate E303 that extends the width of the diaphragm, and a bottom that extends the width of the diaphragm. A diaphragm base including a side strut / plate E304, an upper strut / plate E305 that expands the width of the diaphragm, an intermediate arc / coil reinforcing material E306, and a lower base plate E307 that expands the width of the diaphragm. Shows frame E107.

The coil winding E106 is attached to the diaphragm base frame E107. The short side E129 of each coil winding is attached to each of the two side arc coil reinforcements E301. The long sides E130 and E131 of the coil winding are attached to two side arc coil reinforcements E301 and an intermediate arc coil reinforcement E306. The long side E130 of the coil winding is attached to the edge of the upper column / plate E305.

Side arc coil reinforcement E301, reinforcement triangle E302, main base plate E303, lower column plate E304, upper column bonded to coil winding E106, which are all areas of the diaphragm base frame E107. The combination of plate E305, intermediate arc coil reinforcement E306 and lower base plate E307 forms a diaphragm base structure that is substantially rigid and does not resonate within the FRO. The mass of the diaphragm base frame E107 and winding E106 is relatively high compared to the rest of the diaphragm assembly E101, but the mass is located near the axis of rotation E119, which reduces rotational inertia. To.

Each of the three coil reinforcements E301 and E306 includes a panel that extends perpendicular to the axis of rotation and connects the first long side of the coil E130 to the first second long side of the coil E131. Each side arc coil reinforcement E301 is placed close to and in contact with each short side E129 of the coil E106 and is approximately the junction between the first long side and the first short side E129 of the coil E130. Extends from, approximately to the junction between the second long side and the first short side of coil E131, and in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation towards the rest of the diaphragm base frame. If these vibrating plate base frame parts are not made of the same piece of material (sintered as one part in this example), solder, weld, or glue such as epoxy or cyanoacrylate. Care must be taken to ensure the use of reasonably sized contact areas between the parts to be bonded using appropriate and robust bonding methods such as the bonding used.

Preferably, the coil reinforcement panel is made of a material having a Young's modulus higher than 8 GPa, or more preferably higher than 20 GPa.

The long sides E130 and E131 of the coil are not connected to the formation and instead are thick enough to support themselves in the area between the coil reinforcements. Formants may be used.

Contact hinge assembly The contact hinge assembly responds to an electrical audio signal reproduced through a coil winding E106 mounted on the diaphragm assembly E101 with respect to the transducer base structure E118. Makes it easy for the E101 to rotate back and forth around the approximate axis of rotation E119.

The hinge assembly includes a diaphragm assembly and a pair of hinge connections located on either side of the transducer base structure. Each hinge connection includes a hinge element and a contact member. The diaphragm base frame E107 has two projecting (in cross-section) curved protrusions E125 located on either side of the diaphragm base frame (one of which is the cross-sectional details of Figures E1g and E1i). (Shown in the figure), form the hinge element of the hinge connection. Transducer base structure E118 includes base block E105, both sides forming contact members for hinge connections. Each side of the base block E105 includes a recessed curved contact surface E117 that supports and rolls the associated hinge element E125 during operation. In another embodiment, the contact assembly can be reversed to provide a recess on the diaphragm side and a protrusion on the transducer base structure side.

The hinge element has a high enough modulus to firmly support the diaphragm against translational and rotational displacements (except for the desired mode of rotation) where split resonance of the diaphragm can otherwise occur. It is formed from a material having.

In the region of contact with the contact base block E105, each hinge element E125 vibrates as described in connection with Embodiment A to help promote free motion and low diaphragm fundamental resonance frequency (Wn). It includes a surface E114 having a substantially smaller radius with respect to the length E126 of the plate body, but this radius is preferably not small enough to cause bending of the contact material and affect splitting performance.

If the audio transducer is impacted or dropped in transit, or if used excessively (eg, millions of cycles) thereafter, the hinge element will sit in the center of the contact surface of the base block. May shift from. The contact surface will eventually be sloped enough to return the hinge element to the proper contact position if the hinge element shifts too far from the optimum position (eg, due to a one-time impact event). Includes a gradient that increases in all directions from the contact area to reach. The sides of the contact surface of the contact block also contain gradual changes in tilt, so there is no possibility of collisions that could cause continued rattling distortion. Note that such slippage of the hinge element is a one-time rare and does not occur during normal operation of the transducer.

The diaphragm is configured to rotate about the approximate axis E119 with respect to the transducer base structure E118 via the hinge assembly. The coronal plane of the diaphragm body E123 is ideally extended outward from the axis of rotation E119 so as to move a large amount of air as it rotates.

Unlike the audio transducer of Example A, the audio transducer of Example E does not have a ferromagnetic material embedded in the diaphragm assembly E101, so that the magnet E102 and pole piece are with hinge elements and contact members. No urging force is applied to the diaphragm assembly or hinge element to maintain contact between.

The hinge assembly of this embodiment includes an urging mechanism having an elastic member E110 that holds the hinge element in the diaphragm base frame E107 with respect to the contact member E117 in the transducer base structure E118. The elastic member E110 is an elongated member made from a substantially thin body. The middle part of the body connecting both elastic ends is firmly connected to the base block E105 by any suitable method and does not bend. Both ends of the elastic urging member E110 are coupled to both sides of the diaphragm base frame so as to urge the base block towards the protrusion / hinge element of the base frame, respectively. The urging member applies a consistent urging force to hold the contact surfaces of the hinge connections together during operation, but allows the diaphragm assembly to rotate around the axis of rotation during operation. It also allows some lateral movement between them in certain environments (as due to the presence of dust or manufacturing tolerances as described in sections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 of the present specification). There is sufficient followability to make it.

Figure E1i shows a longitudinal cross section of the elastic urging member E110 on one side of the audio transducer. Each end of the urging member extends from the side of the base block E105 and is bent (almost at right angles to the intermediate section) until it surrounds the force application pin E109 of the diaphragm base frame E107. Extends almost parallel to the side of. Each bent end of the urging member E110 is preferably long enough to disengage the end from its position by bending the end sideways. Once the diaphragm assembly is first assembled with the transducer base structure E118a and the end of the urging member E110 is hooked on the base frame E107, the end must be reasonably pre-tensioned, so once When hooked in place, it provides the required contact force (its size and reason are outlined in Section 3.2.1).

FIG. E1e shows a side view of one end of the elastic urging member E110 hooked on the force application pin E109. You can see an almost square hole. At the force application position E116, the edge of the hole that contacts the force application pin E109 is substantially flat. The direction in which the force is applied is substantially perpendicular to its flat edge and towards the force applying pin E109. This direction was chosen to be substantially perpendicular to the plane tangent to the projecting curved surface of the hinge element in the contact area E114 on each side. In this way, no combination of forces acting on the transducer base structure E118 to cause the diaphragm assembly to be out of balance is applied to the diaphragm assembly. The force application pin position E116 coincides with the rotation axis E119. The axis positioning defined by the two force application positions E116 with respect to the rotating axis E119 reduces the resonant frequency (Wn) and provides a restoring force for centering the diaphragm to its equilibrium position. For example, if the axis defined by the force application position E116 is offset from the axis of rotation E119 to the diaphragm side (left side with respect to FIG. E1e), it becomes unstable as the diaphragm rotates and is located on one side. It moves suddenly toward. When the axis defined by the force application position E116 is offset from the axis of rotation E119 to the base structure side (on the right side with respect to Figure E1e), the force acts to center the diaphragm in an equilibrium stationary position.

The two hinge connection protrusions / hinge elements E125 are placed at an appropriate distance from the diaphragm body width E128, one of which is the maximum width of the diaphragm body on one side of the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body E124. The other protrusion E125 is similarly spaced on the other side. By properly separating the contact hinge connections, the combination may provide improved rigidity and support for the diaphragm assembly E101 with respect to the diaphragm rotation mode, which is not the diaphragm basic rotation mode (Wn). can. There are two such rotation modes, both having a rotation axis substantially perpendicular to the diaphragm's basic rotation axis E119, and both being substantially perpendicular to each other. These can be identified using finite element analysis of the computer model of this transducer and are similar to the analysis performed in Example A within this specification.

In this embodiment, the configuration of the hinge system suspends the diaphragm assembly at an angle to the transducer base structure, providing a more compact transducer assembly. In other words, in the assembled state, the longitudinal axis of the base structure is oriented at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the diaphragm assembly in the neutral position / state of the diaphragm assembly. This angle is preferably an obtuse angle, but may be a right angle or an acute angle in alternative configurations.

Transducer-based structure Transducer-based structure E118 includes a base block E105, outer pole pieces E103 and E104, a magnet E102, and an inner pole piece E113. All of these transducer-based structural parts are either bonded via an adhesive such as epoxy resin or tightly coupled to each other. The magnet E102 is magnetized so that the north pole is located on the surface connected to the outer pole piece E103 and the south pole is located on the surface connected to the outer pole piece E104. This may be reversed in the alternative embodiment.

The magnetic circuit is formed by a magnet E102, outer pole pieces E103 and E104, and two inner pole pieces E113. The magnetic flux is concentrated in a small air gap between the outer pole pieces E103 and E104 and the inner pole piece E113. The direction of the magnetic flux in the gap between the outer pole piece E103 and the inner pole piece E113 is generally towards the axis of rotation E119. The direction of the magnetic flux in the gap between the inner pole piece E113 and the outer pole piece E104 is generally approximately away from the axis of rotation E119. The coil winding E106 is wound in a substantially rectangular shape by enamel-coated copper wire and has two long sides E130 and E131 and two short sides E129 as described above. The long side E130 is located approximately within the small air gap between the outer pole piece E103 and the inner pole piece E113, while the other long side E131 is the small air gap between the outer pole piece E104 and the inner pole piece E113. Located inside. During operation, when the electrical audio signal is reproduced through the coil windings, torque is applied in the same direction by both the long sides E130 and E131 of the coil windings, causing the diaphragm assembly to vibrate. The coil winding E106 is relatively rigid and is wound thick enough to push up the undesired resonant mode beyond the FRO (bonded together with an adhesive such as epoxy). It is preferably thick enough not to require a coil forming body, which is the thickness of a given coil winding and between the long sides E130 and E131 of the coil winding and the pole pieces E103, E104 and E113. For a given clearance gap, it means that the magnetic flux gap can be made smaller (increasing the magnetic flux density and the efficiency of the audio transducer).

Diaphragm structure The diaphragm assembly is configured to rotate about an approximate axis E119 with respect to the transducer base structure E118. The diaphragm body thickness E127 is considerably thicker than the length of the diaphragm body. For example, the maximum thickness is at least 15% of the length, or more preferably at least 20% of the length. This thickness provides a structure with improved rigidity and helps push the resonant mode out of range. The geometry of the diaphragm is mostly flat. The coronal plane of the diaphragm body E123 is ideally extended outward from the axis of rotation E119 so as to move a large amount of air as it rotates. It is tapered at an angle E402 of about 15 degrees as shown in Figure E4c, significantly reducing rotational inertia and improving efficiency and split performance. Preferably, the diaphragm body is tapered away from the mass center E401 of the diaphragm assembly E101.

The diaphragm includes a plurality of inner stiffeners E121 laminated along a multi-angled angle tab E122 between wedges of the low density core E120. These parts are attached using an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive, a synthetic rubber adhesive or a latex adhesive. Once glued, the base face end of this wedge laminate (including the faces of the four angle tabs E122) is attached to the main base plate E303. The normal stress reinforcement including the plurality of thin parallel columns E112 is attached to the main surface E132 of the main body, preferably aligned with the plurality of inner reinforcements E121, and connected to the upper column / plate E305. Additional normal stress reinforcements, including two diagonal stanchions E111, are attached in a cross structure over the entire top of the parallel stanchions E112 across the same main surface E132 of the body and are also connected to the upper stanchion plate E305. The columns E111 and E112 are similarly attached to the other main surface E132 of the body, except that they are connected to the lower base plate E307. The stanchions are preferably made from ultra-high modulus carbon fibers with a Young's modulus of about 900 GPa (without matrix binder), such as Mitsubishi Dialed. These parts are glued together using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. However, other coupling methods are also envisioned as previously described for the other embodiments.

For example, the use of highly elastic struts E111 and E112 attached to the outside of a thick, low density core E120 made from EPS foam also maximizes the benefits of a second area moment that the struts can also provide. Due to the thick geometry, it provides a useful composite structure with respect to the rigidity of the diaphragm.

During operation, the diaphragm body E120 is required to be clearly non-porous because it moves air as it rotates. EPS foam has a reasonably high modulus and 16 kg / m³It is a preferred material due to its low density. The properties of the EPS material help to facilitate improved diaphragm splitting compared to traditional rotary motion audio transducers. The stiffness performance allows the core E120 to provide some support for the columns E111 and E112, which, without the core E120, may be thin enough to suffer local lateral resonance at frequencies within the FRO. The laminated inner stiffener E121 provides improved diaphragm shear rigidity. The orientation of the surface of each inner reinforcing member is preferably substantially parallel to the direction in which the diaphragm moves, and is also substantially parallel to the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body E124. In order for the inner reinforcing member E121 to appropriately assist the shear rigidity of the diaphragm body, it is preferable that a moderately firm connection is made to the parallel columns E112 arranged on both sides of each inner reinforcing member. Also, at the base end of the diaphragm, the connection from the inner reinforcing member E121 to the main base plate E303 must be robust, and an angle tab E122 is used to assist in this robustness. Each tab E122 has a large adhesive surface area for connecting to each inner reinforcing member E121, shear forces are transmitted around the corners of the tab, the other side is connected to the main base plate E303, etc. Is a large adhesive surface area of.

Diaphragm Assembly Housing Figure E2 shows the audio transducer of Example E mounted on the diaphragm housing, peripheral E201, main grille E202, two side reinforcements E203 and the separation described in Section 4.2.2. Includes two 304 decoupling pins E208.

The perimeter E201 is attached to the base block E105, outer pole piece E103 and magnet E102 so that there is a small air gap E206 of approximately 0.1 mm to 1 mm between the perimeter of the diaphragm structure and the inner wall of the perimeter E201. Assembled to.

Sectional view E2e shows that the peripheral portion E201 has a curved surface in the small air gap E205 at the tip of the diaphragm. The center of this radius of curvature is approximately located on the axis of rotation E119 of the audio transducer so that a small air gap E205 is maintained at the tip of the diaphragm as the diaphragm rotates. The air gaps E206 and E205 are required to be sufficiently small so that a large amount of air does not pass through due to the pressure difference existing during normal operation.

The peripheral portion E201 has a wall that functions as a barrier or a baffle, and reduces the cancellation of radiation from the front surface of the diaphragm due to anti-phase radiation from the back surface. Note that, depending on the application, a transducer housing (or other baffle component) is required to further reduce the cancellation of front and rear sound emissions.

The main grill E202 and the two side reinforcements E203 are attached to the perimeter E201 using a suitable method such as adhesive (eg, epoxy adhesive). Since all of these diaphragm housing components are tightly attached to the transducer base structure, the combined structure, which is the base structure assembly, is rigid enough to allow harmful resonant modes to exceed the FRO. To achieve this, the overall geometry of the combined structure is compact squat-like, which means that there are no significantly larger dimensions than the others. Also, the area of the diaphragm housing that extends around the diaphragm is due to the use of triangular aluminum stanchions incorporated into the main grille E202 and side reinforcements E203 that form a rigid cage around the plastic perimeter E201. It will be reinforced. Triangular structures generally work better with respect to unfavorable resonances, as they have less mass and less stiffness than non-triangular structures.

The diaphragm housing also incorporates a stopper that does not connect to the diaphragm assembly as a means of preventing damage to the more fragile parts of the diaphragm assembly, except in unusual cases such as drops or collisions. .. Cylindrical stopper blocks E108, which are part of the diaphragm base frame E107, project from both sides of the diaphragm assembly E101. After the transducer is mounted in the diaphragm housing and the portion of the transducer base structure that is in contact with the diaphragm housing is joined using an adhesive such as epoxy, the two stopper rings E207 Is inserted into each side of the perimeter E201 of the diaphragm housing. In the assembled state, there is a small gap E209 between each stopper ring E207 and each stopper block E108. The dimensions of these gaps E209 are preferably smaller than the length of the diaphragm body E126 and the dimensions of the gaps around the peripheral edges of the diaphragms E205 and E206. This means that in the event of a fall, the stopper gap closes and the stopper components E207 and E108 are connected to something else, such as the perimeter E201 of the diaphragm housing, where the rest of the diaphragm assembly E101 is. To be concatenated before. Once each stopper ring E207 is installed, two plastic plugs E204 are inserted into the remaining holes on each side of the diaphragm housing. This helps obstruct the path of air flow from the positive sound pressure region on one side of the diaphragm to the negative sound pressure region on the other side of the diaphragm. The stopper ring E207 and the plug E204 are connected to the peripheral portion E201 of the diaphragm housing and to each other via an adhesive such as epoxy.

In another configuration, the audio transducer of Example E does not include a diaphragm housing and the audio transducer is housed within the transducer housing via a decoupling mounting system.

3.3 Flexible Hing System Conventional flexible hinge designs often struggle with the compromise of reducing the fundamental frequency (Wn) of the vibrating plate and increasing the range of motion of the vibrating plate to extend low frequency performance. It has tended to increase the followability of translations in at least one direction, thereby reducing the frequency of the vibrating plate / hinge mutual resonance mode in question, which is a design goal where minimizing energy storage is important. In some designs, high frequency performance is compromised.

Hinge assemblies that include flexible and elastic parts or elements, such as thin-walled parts or elements that include spring components, facilitate audio transducer designs with low energy storage properties as measured by waterfall / CSD plots. And, if properly designed, promotes good audio reproduction and good volumetric range and bandwidth performance.

Reducing the translational followability of the entire hinge assembly, preferably along three orthogonal axes, helps achieve a high performance rotary motion audio transducer.

The flexible hinge system of the present invention incorporating two or more flexible and elastic elements and / or parts will be described in detail with reference to some examples. The elements and / or portions may form or separate parts of a single elastic component.

Examples are described with reference to audio transducers including a diaphragm assembly and a transducer base structure and a flexural hinge system tightly coupled to both the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure. .. The diaphragm assembly is operably supported by a flexible hinge system, allowing the diaphragm to pivot with respect to the base structure during operation. The hinge system includes at least two elastic hinge elements that may be part of a single member. These elements may be separated or combined (integrally or separately). Both elements are tightly coupled to the transducer base structure and diaphragm assembly in response to vertical forces to facilitate movement of the diaphragm assembly around an approximate axis of rotation with respect to the hinge assembly. Deforms or bends. Each hinge element is closely related to both the transducer base structure and the diaphragm and includes substantial translational stiffness that resists compression, tension and / or shear deformation across the element along the element. At least one hinge element may be integrated with or form part of the diaphragm assembly and / or at least one hinge element may be a transducer-based structure. It may be integrated with a part of the transducer base structure or may form a part of the transducer base structure. As described in more detail below, in some embodiments, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible to bending. Preferably, in these embodiments, each hinge element is substantially rigid against torsion in place. In an alternative embodiment, each flexible hinge element at each hinge connection is substantially flexible with respect to twist. Preferably, in these embodiments, each flexible hinge element is substantially rigid against in-situ bending.

The deflection hinge system described herein is of a rotary motion audio transducer described herein, including, for example, the audio transducers of Examples A, D, E, K, S, T, W and X. It can be incorporated into any one of the examples and the invention is not intended to be limited to the uses of the examples described below.

As described in some examples, the elastic part may bend due to bending, and in some other examples, the elastic part bends due to twisting. In other configurations, the elastic portion may bend due to bending and twisting.

3.3.1 The audio transducer of Example B, FIG. B1, includes a diaphragm assembly B101 (shown in FIGS. B2a-g) pivotally coupled to the transducer base structure B120 via an exemplary flexible hinge system. , An exemplary rotational motion audio transducer of the invention (hereinafter referred to as the audio transducer of Example "B") is shown. In this embodiment, the flexure hinge system comprises a flexure hinge assembly B107 (detailed in FIG. B3). It is understood that the audio transducer in this example is a rotary motion full range headphone speaker audio transducer, but the transducer may be any other speaker design or audio electric transducer such as a microphone instead. sea bream. The diaphragm assembly B101 has a substantially lower rotational inertia, as described, for example, in relation to the diaphragm structure of configurations R1 to R4, or in relation to the diaphragm structure of the audio transducers of configurations R5 to R7. Includes composite diaphragm. The hinge assembly B107 includes at least one hinge connection tightly coupled between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure. In this embodiment, the hinge assembly B107 comprises a first hinge connection B201 and a second hinge connection B203, both of which have one end to the transducer base structure B120 and the other end to the opposite end. Firmly coupled to the diaphragm assembly B101. The flexible hinge assembly B107 is a diaphragm assembly around the axis of rotation B116 approximately relative to the transducer base structure B120 in response to an electrical audio signal reproduced via a coil winding B106 attached to the diaphragm assembly. Promotes rotation / pivot movement / vibration of B101. In this embodiment, the hinge assembly, with the audio transducer assembled, includes a diaphragm base frame on one side / end of each hinge connection that forms part of the diaphragm assembly. , Opposing sides / ends of each hinge connection that form part of the transducer base structure Includes bass block in part. The hinge connection forms an intermediate connection between the diaphragm assembly and the transducer base structure.

3.3.1a Hinge Assembly Overview The hinge assembly B107, in particular each hinge connection, is substantially resistant to tensile and / or compressive and / or shear forces in the plane of the associated hinge elements B201a / b and B203a / b. It is configured to be rigid. This is because the entire diaphragm assembly is robust to all translational and rotational displacements, except for the rotational motion around the required axis of rotation of the hinge assembly, as the hinge elements are tilted relative to each other. It means being restrained. In particular, the stiffness of the hinge elements in compression, tension and shear and the relative angles between the pair of hinge elements at each connection are substantially orthogonal to at least two, preferably all three, during operation of the vibrating plate assembly. It means that it is sufficiently substantially resistant / rigid to translational motion / displacement at each hinge connection along the axis. The wide separation of the two hinge connections, as well as the relative angles of the elements, is sufficiently substantial for the vibrating plate assembly to rotate around the axis perpendicular to the required axis of rotation of the hinge assembly during operation. Means resistance / rigidity. Each hinge element is preferably substantially flexible around the axis of rotation of the assembly, and thus the hinge assembly is also flexible and rotatable around this axis.

In some configurations, the diaphragm assembly B107 configuration does not necessarily limit the movement of the diaphragm to pure rotational motion around a single axis of rotation, especially as the diaphragm experiences a very large range of motion. Although not, it should be noted that the motion is considered to be approximately rotation around the approximate axis of rotation B116.

FIG. B2 shows a hinge assembly B107 coupled to a diaphragm assembly B101. In this embodiment, the hinge assembly includes a diaphragm base frame to which the coil winding B106 of the transducer excitation mechanism is mounted. Transducer-based structures have been removed from these figures for clarity. As shown in FIG. B3, the hinge assembly B107 is a first B201 and element B203a consisting of a substantially longitudinal diaphragm base frame (discussed further herein) and element pairs B201a and B201b. And a second hinge connection consisting of B203b, including a pair of equivalent hinge connections of B203, extending laterally from both ends of the base frame and in situ on both sides of the diaphragm assembly and transducer base structure. It is configured to be located at. The diaphragm base frame is configured to extend along a significant portion of the width at the thicker base end of the diaphragm body to in-situ connect the diaphragm body to the coil winding B106. The structure of the base frame will be described in more detail below.

FIG. B3 shows in detail the flexible hinge assembly B107 of this example. Each hinge connection B201 and B203 is coupled to a coupling block B205 / B206 configured to be tightly coupled to one side of the transducer base structure B120. Transducer-based structure B120 can include complementary recesses on the surface of the structure to aid in the coupling of parts. The hinge assembly B107 includes a plurality of pairs of flexible hinge elements B201a / B201b and B203a / B203b. The hinge elements of each hinge connection pair B201a / B201b and B203a / B203b are tilted relative to each other. In this example, the hinge elements B201a and B201b are substantially orthogonal to each other, and the hinge elements B203a and B203b are substantially orthogonal to each other. However, other relative angles, including sharp angles, are envisioned, for example, between each pair of hinge elements. Each hinge element is substantially flexible so that it can flex in response to a force substantially perpendicular to the element and in response to a moment in the desired direction of the axis B116 of the diaphragm assembly. It is flexible. In this way, the hinge element allows for rotational / pivotal motion and vibration of the diaphragm assembly around the axis of rotation B116. The hinge assembly as a whole may be urged towards the neutral position, thereby being elastic so that the diaphragm assembly is urged towards the neutral position in-situ during the operation of the transducer. preferable. Each element can flex so that the diaphragm assembly can swivel in any direction of the neutral position. In this example, each hinge element B201a, B201b, B203a and B203b is a substantially flat portion of a flexible and elastic material. Other shapes are possible, as described in more detail below, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to this embodiment.

3.3.1b Flexible Hinge Element Shape, Dimensions and Material For each hinge connection, at least one (but preferably both) of each pair of flexible hinge elements is thin enough in this example and / or perpendicular to the element. It has sufficient dimensions to bend the hinge element in response to a strong force. This allows for a lower fundamental frequency (Wn) of the diaphragm assembly B101 with respect to the transducer base structure B120. It should be appreciated that one or both flexible elements of each pair are formed from a substantially flat sheet or portion of material, but other forms are also possible. Preferably, each hinge element is relatively thin relative to its length to facilitate rotational movement around the axis of rotation of the diaphragm. Each hinge element can include a substantially uniform thickness over at least most of its length and width.

In some configurations, one or each of the pair of hinge elements is less than about 1/8 of the length of the seat, or more preferably less than about 1/16 of the length, or more preferably about 1 of the length. A sufficiently thin sheet of material having a thickness of less than / 35, or even more preferably less than about 1/50 of the length, or most preferably less than about 1/70 of the length. If it is too thin, there is a risk of buckling due to deflection in situations where high forces are applied, for example in a fall or collision scenario. For this reason, preferably, each thin sheet of material is thicker than 1/500 of its length.

In some configurations, the width of one or each hinge element is less than twice its length, or less than 1.5 times its length, or most preferably less than its length.

In some configurations, the thickness of one or each hinge element in each pair is less than about 1/8 of its width, or preferably less than about 1/16 of its width, or more preferably about 1/1 of its width. It is less than 24, or even more preferably less than about 1/45 of the width, or even more preferably less than about 1/60 of the width, or most preferably about 1/70 of the width.

One of each pair or each flexible hinge element (both in this example) is not from a typical plastic material or a flexible and flexible material such as rubber, but substantially like a metal or ceramic material. It is formed from a material that is substantially rigid in the material plane, such as a material with a high Young's modulus. In this way, the flexible hinge element is substantially resistant to tension and compressive forces in the element's plane. Preferably, the material is also substantially resistant to shear loads received in the plane of the material. Thus, the flexible hinge element undergoes in-situ zero to minimal deformation due to such forces during operation. At least one or both flexible hinge elements in each pair are such that the hinge assembly B107 fits in terms of diaphragm rotation and the deflection of the above hinge elements facilitates the desired direction of diaphragm rotation. Oriented substantially parallel to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm assembly. Preferably, one or both hinge elements in each pair are made from a material having a Young's modulus higher than 8 GPa, or more preferably about 20 GPa.

In the preferred configuration of this example, each hinge element is made from a high tension steel alloy or tungsten alloy or titanium alloy, or an amorphous alloy such as "Liquid metal" or "Vitreloy". .. In other forms, the hinge element may be made from a composite material with a sufficiently high Young's modulus, such as plastic reinforced carbon fiber.

In some configurations, the material forming the hinge element has a linear force-to-displacement relationship (displacement measured as either a displacement distance or a rotation angle) when flexed during normal operation, and Hooke's law. It is used within the range according to. This means that the audio signal will be reproduced more accurately.

As mentioned above, in this example, each (or at least one) flexible hinge element in each pair is in the form of a substantially or substantially flat profile, eg, a substantially flat sheet or portion of material. In other embodiments, the one or more flexible hinge elements are slightly bent along their length in the relaxed / neutral state and flexed during normal operation and / or are coupled to the hinge assembly in situ. Then it becomes a substantially flat surface.

Preferably, each hinge element of each hinge connection has an average cross-sectional area with respect to the in-plane cross-section perpendicular to the axis of rotation so that it is calculated along the length portion of the hinge element that deforms significantly during normal operation. It has an average width or height dimension greater than 3 times, more preferably 5 times, or most preferably 6 times the square root of. This helps to give the element sufficient followability with respect to rotation around the hinge axis.

Each pair of hinge elements B201a / B201b for the orientation hinge connection B201 and each pair of hinge elements B203a / B203b for the hinge connection B203 are angled with respect to each other, thereby in a substantially different plane. Oriented to. Due to their geometry, and as mentioned above, the hinge elements are relatively rigid with respect to compressive / tensile and / or shear loads, but in response to substantially vertical forces and also moments in the direction of axis B116. Relatively compatible / flexible in terms of bending in response to. This allows the flexible hinge element to effectively constrain the diaphragm at each point of attachment to the diaphragm in terms of translation in any direction parallel to and in the plane of each plane. Means.

If the orientation of each pair of hinge elements at an angle to each other so that they are in substantially different planes, the overall hinge assembly will be such that each hinge element can resist translations in its plane. It means maintaining a strong resistance to the pure translation of the diaphragm in all directions.

The angle between the planes of the hinge elements is between about 20-160 degrees, or more preferably about 30-150 degrees, or even more preferably about 50-130 degrees, or even more preferably about 70-110 degrees. It may be possible to achieve adequate performance, but the angle between them is most perpendicular / 90 degrees, i.e. the pair of hinge elements at each hinge connection are most likely tilted at about right angles to each other. preferable. In this embodiment, one flexible hinge element at each hinge connection extends significantly in a first direction substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation.

For a hinge structure consisting of a first hinge connection B201 with a pair of flexible hinge elements B201a and B201b, the axis of rotation B116 is located at or approximately the same as the intersection of the planes occupied by each flexible hinge element. It is in a straight line and / or at the intersection between the hinge elements. For other hinge structures consisting of the hinge connection B203 with the flexible hinge elements B203a and B203b, the axis of rotation is located approximately at the intersection of the planes occupied by these two flexible hinge elements. To ensure a low fundamental frequency (Wn) of the diaphragm, the alignment of the axes defined by each of the two hinge connections B201 and B203 on each side of the audio transducer is substantially collinear. In this embodiment, the flexible hinge elements B201a, B201b, B203a and B203b of the hinge assembly are sufficiently tolerant of tensile / compressive and shear forces in the plane of the flexible hinge, each of the two hinge connection structures. It is wide enough in the direction of the axis of rotation B116 described above to ensure that it has high stiffness in three dimensions with respect to translational motion. Each hinge connection also provides relatively high rotational followability for the common axis of rotation B116 of the structure. Both combinations of the two hinge connections provide a hinge assembly that operably supports the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure, allowing for a relatively low fundamental frequency (Wn) and all others. Rigid enough for rotation mode and all translational modes.

Positionally preferably the diaphragm structure is in close proximity / closely related to the hinge assembly, thereby minimizing the distance between the flexible hinge element and the diaphragm structure, with respect to the less flexible and less desirable split resonance mode. Produces a tighter connection between them within the FRO of the transducer, which adversely affects performance. For example, the diaphragm body or structure may be directly connected / directly adjacent to each end of the hinge element. In other examples, the diaphragm body or structure may not be directly attached, but the components between them have dimensions that allow the diaphragm body to remain in close contact with the hinge element. include.

Preferably, the distance from the diaphragm body or structure to one or both of the flexible hinge elements is less than half the maximum distance from the diaphragm to the axis of rotation, or more preferably the most distal periphery / termination of the diaphragm. Less than 1/3 of the maximum distance from to the axis of rotation, or more preferably less than 1/4 of the maximum distance from the most distal periphery / end of the diaphragm to the axis of rotation. Similarly, the transducer-based structure is in close proximity / closely related to the hinge assembly, thereby minimizing the distance between the flexible hinge element and the diaphragm structure, with respect to the less flexible and less desirable split resonance mode. Produces a tighter connection between them within the FRO of the transducer, which adversely affects performance. For example, the transducer base structure may be directly connected / directly adjacent to each end of the hinge element. In other examples, the transducer base structures do not have to be directly attached, but the components between them are dimensions that allow the diaphragm body or structure to remain in close contact with the hinge elements. including.

In a preferred embodiment, the conversion mechanism force generating component, eg, the motor coil B106, is via a lever arm or hinge to facilitate and facilitate the behavior of a single degree of freedom in the audio transducer system. In contrast, it is attached directly to the diaphragm.

The two hinge connection portions B201 and B203 are arranged at an appropriate distance from the width B215 of the diaphragm body. The outside of the first hinge connection B201 connected to the block B205 is located on the surface B217, and the outside of the second hinge connection B203 connected to the block B206 is located on the surface B218. Preferably, these surfaces B217 and B218 are, in assembled form, parallel to the central sagittal plane of the diaphragm body B119 and are located on either side of it. Preferably, at least a portion of one flexible hinge connection B201 is located outside the surface B219 located at a distance of 20% of the diaphragm body width B215 offset from the central sagittal plane of the diaphragm body B119. At least a portion of one flexible hinge connection B203 is located outside the surface B220 located at a distance of 20% of the diaphragm body width B215 offset from the other side of the central sagittal plane. By properly separating the flexible hinge connections, or by having a sufficiently wide hinge connection if there is only one, the hinge assembly is a diaphragm that is not in the diaphragm's basic rotation mode (Wn). Provides additional rigidity and support for the diaphragm assembly B101 with respect to rotation mode. Usually, there are two such modes of rotation, both of which usually have axes of rotation that are substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm B116, both of which are usually substantially orthogonal to each other. These can be identified using finite element analysis of the computer model of this transducer, similar to the analysis performed in Example A herein.

In this example, the pair of hinge connections are configured to be in-situ located adjacent to the side edges of the diaphragm structure / assembly. The pair of hinge connections B201 and B203 are preferably connected to the diaphragm structure at at least two wide distances on the diaphragm structure relative to the width of the diaphragm body B215. If the hinge connections are connected in a non-widely spaced position, additional hinge elements, deflections or mechanisms are preferably incorporated into the diaphragm assembly so that they are connected in at least two widely separated positions. .. Similarly, the flexible hinge assembly containing the pair of hinge connections is preferably mounted at least two widely separated positions in the transducer base structure relative to the width of the diaphragm body. Flexion Hinge When the assembly is mounted in a non-widely separated position (or multiple positions), preferably additional hinge elements, deflections or mechanisms are coupled so that at least two widely separated positions are connected. Incorporated into the transducer base structure. Hinge connections can be placed on or near the perimeter of the diaphragm structure or assembly and / or near or near the perimeter of the transducer base structure.

In this embodiment, each hinge connection is located on both sides of the diaphragm. Preferably, the first hinge connection is located close to the first corner region of the end face of the diaphragm and the second hinge connection is placed close to the second opposite corner region of the end face. And the hinge connections are substantially on the same line. Preferably, each hinge connection is located at a distance from the central sagittal plane of the diaphragm, which is at least 0.2 times the width of the diaphragm body.

In some embodiments, a single hinge connection containing a pair of flexible hinge elements is securely attached to at least two widely separated locations in the diaphragm structure / assembly and / or transducer base structure. It should be understood that it can extend over a significant portion of the diaphragm structure or assembly.

Connection Each hinge element B201a, B201b, B203a and B203b has one end firmly connected to the diaphragm assembly B101 and the opposite end firmly connected to the diaphragm base structure B120. In this example, each pair of hinge elements is tightly coupled to the transducer base structure via coupling blocks B205 and B206. These connections (eg, between the hinge element and the diaphragm base frame, between the hinge element and the connecting block) are clamped with an adhesive such as epoxy, by welding, or with fasteners. It is done by or by many other methods, including any combination thereof, as is well known in the field of mechanical engineering. The geometry used to connect the diaphragm structure to the flexible hinge element and to connect the hinge element to the transducer base structure is not slender laterally (eg, like a lever arm) and is not slender. Instead, it is preferred to be short, squat-like, and perhaps triangular (using a truss-like structure) in that direction. Preferably, the diaphragm is tightly and operably coupled to one or both of the hinge elements without a lever arm. For example, in this embodiment, the diaphragm base frame is used to connect the diaphragm structure to the hinge element. The base frame is substantially short and squat-like, at least laterally (ie, across the connecting joint, but not necessarily along the connecting joint). Similarly, the connecting blocks that connect the hinge elements to the rest of the transducer base structure are at least substantially shorter and squat-like, at least laterally (across the connecting joints). In other words, the hinge element is preferably closely related to both the diaphragm structure and the transducer base structure. For example, the hinge element may be placed directly adjacent to the diaphragm structure and the transducer base structure. These types of geometry can cause split modes that occur within the FRO. Helps prevent deflection in the area. The materials used in these structures must also be rigid and have a Young's modulus preferably greater than 8 GPa and more preferably greater than 20 GPa.

Also, in order to facilitate a substantially robust connection between each hinge connection and the diaphragm structure or body, the size of the connection is preferably the diaphragm structure or body (to which the connection is connected). Large enough for the size of the end face of. Preferably, the size dimension of at least one of the connections parallel to the two orthogonal dimensions of the end face is large enough. Preferably, the two orthogonal size dimensions of the junction are large enough. For example, preferably, one or more hinge connections are connected to at least one surface or periphery of the diaphragm, and at least one overall size dimension of each connection corresponds to the associated surface or periphery. Greater than 1/6, more preferably greater than 1/4, or most preferably greater than 1/2 of the dimensions. For example, the main plate B303 of the diaphragm base frame (connecting the hinge connection to the diaphragm) joins the end faces of the diaphragm structure and is substantially similar in height and width to the end faces of the diaphragm structure. Includes width and width. Also, the plate B304 of the diaphragm base frame joins the main surface B121 of the diaphragm structure and includes a width similar to the width of the main surface and a length greater than 1/16 of the length of the main surface.

The use of adhesive at the end of a substantially uniform flat hinge element may not be optimal in some audio transducer situations. Even when the hinge element is embedded in the slot, the adhesive tends to form small cracks, which do not cause complete breakage, but when combined with a lightweight, low damping diaphragm. Occurs cracking that can be mechanically amplified.

The hinge element is an alternative and may be clamped into the slot without the use of glue, which can still reliably achieve a large range of motion, but when combined with a lightweight, low damping diaphragm. It tends to cause mechanically amplified cracking and noise generation.

Therefore, connecting the hinge elements via an adhesive may be undesirable in some embodiments as it can act as a limitation of the range of motion of the diaphragm.

In an alternative configuration of the hinge assembly of the present invention, the first and second thin-walled flexible hinge elements of each hinge connection pair are coupled and coupled to the diaphragm assembly / diaphragm base frame and B208 / B209. They are thickened and / or widened towards their termination edges / boundaries B210 / B211 connected to the block / transducer base structure. Thickening and / or spreading preferably does not include material changes such as steel / ceramic for flexible hinge elements, i.e., all formed from a single uniform piece of material. Alternatively, the thickening described above can be carried out through strong bonding with other strong materials such as welding or brazing.

By thickening and / or widening towards the end edge, the level of stress within the strong and rigid deflection component can be reduced and the stress is the point of adhesion / clamping in the diaphragm and transducer base structure. By the time they reach, they are significantly reduced. This can prevent high stresses from being transmitted to the local area of the bond and / or the clamp, resulting in local breakage or creeking of the bond at the clamped connection.

It is preferred that the thicker and / or wider portions of the hinge element have sufficient surface area suitable for coupling to the diaphragm and / or transducer base structure. Thickening may be preferable to spreading, as internal stresses are more reliably reduced over the entire area of the bond or clamp. In addition, thickening and / or widening to minimize sharp corners and such geometry that may create "stress concentration" and thereby limit the range of motion of the maximum diaphragm. It is preferable to carry out gradually and smoothly (that is, smoothly and tapered).

Referring to FIGS. B2a-e, in this example, the flexible hinge element B201a is connected to the diaphragm base frame at position B210, where the cross-sectional thickness of the element uses small radii on both sides of this location. Then slowly / gradually (ie, taper) to thicken. Similarly, when the flexible hinge element B201b is connected to the diaphragm at position B211 the cross-sectional thickness of the element is also slowly / gradually (ie tapered) thickened using a small radius. Also, if the flexible hinge elements B201a and B201b are connected to the corresponding blocks B205 at positions B209 and B208, respectively, the thickness of these elements is increased by the use of a small radius. In all of these connections, the gradual thickening of the cross section minimizes the generation of stress-increasing geometry. Similar thickness increases are shown for the flexible hinge elements B203a and B203b of the second hinge connection B203.

Section 3.3.2 below outlines possible variations of the hinge assembly used in the audio transducer of Example B.

3.3.1c Diaphragm Base Frame In this example, the diaphragm structure is supported by the diaphragm base frame along or near the end that is directly attached to the hinge assembly during use, and the diaphragm base frame is , Directly or closely attached to one or both of the hinge elements. Preferably, the diaphragm base frame is arranged to facilitate a tight connection between the diaphragm structure and the hinge connection. The diaphragm base frame can be considered as part of the diaphragm assembly, part of the hinge assembly, or preferably both. Each end of the hinge element of each hinge connection is tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame. The base frame of this example includes a longitudinal channel that accepts and is tightly coupled to the end face of the diaphragm structure.

Referring to FIG. B3, in this embodiment, the diaphragm base frame comprises a second channel at an acute angle to the first channel configured to coupled the diaphragm structures. The second channel is configured to connect the coil / force generating component B106. It will be appreciated that the angle between the channels corresponds to the relative orientation of the diaphragm structure end face to the coil. The first channel connected to the diaphragm end face contains a substantially L-shaped cross section so that the channel can be connected in situ to the end face and the adjacent main surface of the diaphragm structure, thereby the robustness of the connection. To improve. Multiple lateral reinforcing plates B301, B306 extend into the second channel, connect to the coil / force generating component B106 of the diaphragm assembly, and are firmly distributed along the longitudinal length of the coil. It also improves the tightness of the connection between them.

In this example, the diaphragm base frame includes a pair of arched end plates B301 located at both ends of the longitudinal diaphragm base frame. Each plate B301 comprises a substantially arcuate / curved free end edge. On the outside of each bow-shaped end plate, a triangular reinforcing ridge B302 extending laterally from the end plate is provided. In this example, the assembly further comprises an additional intermediate / central arched plate B306 extending in parallel at intervals from the arched end plate B301. In some embodiments, there may be two or more intermediate plates B306 spaced between the end plates B301. The main base plate B303 extends longitudinally along the width of the diaphragm base frame to accommodate the width of the diaphragm structure. The end plate extends laterally from one side of the main base plate B303. The lower column plate B304 extends laterally from the longitudinal edge of the main base plate B303 opposite the arched plates B301 and B303. The lower column plate B304 is located adjacent to the flexible hinge elements B201a, B201b, B203a, and B203b of the assembly B107. The main base plate B303 also extends along a substantial portion of the width of the diaphragm base frame. The upper strut / plate B305 extends laterally from the longitudinal edge of the main base plate B303 on the opposite side of the edge on which the lower strut / plate B304 extends in the direction opposite to the lower strut / plate B304. The upper strut / plate B305 extends along a part of the bow-shaped edges of the bow-shaped plates B301 and B303. The upper column also extends longitudinally along a significant portion of the width of the diaphragm base frame. The lower base plate B307 extending longitudinally along a significant portion of the width of the diaphragm base frame is substantially aligned with the triangular stiffener B302 adjacent to the underside of the arched plates B301, B303. Is located. The lower base plate is connected to the flexible hinge elements B201a, B201b, B203a and B203b.

The lower strut plate B304 and the main base plate B303 form a first channel between them for accommodating and connecting the base end of the diaphragm structure. The lower base plate B307 and the main base plate B303 accommodate and connect two arched end plates B301, a central arched plate B306 and an upper strut plate B305 between them. A second channel is formed on the opposite side of the first channel, and these four components B301, B306 and B305 accommodate and connect the coil B106.

Referring to FIG. B1f, in the assembled state of the audio transducer, the coil winding B106 is firmly attached to the diaphragm base frame of the hinge assembly B107. The coil winding short side B109 is attached to two arched end plates B301. The coil winding long sides B108 and B117 are attached to the arched end plate B301 and also to the central arched plate B306. The coil winding long side B108 is also attached to the edge of the upper column / plate B305. These parts can be attached using an adhesive such as an epoxy resin adhesive. Other binding methods are also possible.

Combination of diaphragm base frame components including end plate B301, triangular reinforcement B302, main base plate B303, lower strut / plate B304, upper strut / plate B305, central arc B306 and lower base plate B307 Firmly adheres to the coil winding B106 in the area of the diaphragm body base to form a diaphragm base structure that is substantially rigid and does not resonate within the FRO of the transducer.

The mass of the diaphragm base frame and winding B106 is relatively high compared to the rest of the diaphragm assembly B101, but the mass is located near the axis of rotation B116, which reduces rotational inertia. ..

The three arched plates B301, B302 and B306 act as coil reinforcements, each with a panel extending perpendicular to the axis of rotation. The arched edges of the plates B301, B302, and B306 connect between the first long side of coil B117 and the second long side of coil B108. The end plates B301 and B302 are located close to and preferably adjacent to each short side B109 of the coil B106 and are approximately joined between the first long side and the first short side B109 of the coil B117. From the portion, it extends in a direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation to the substantially joint portion between the second long side and the first short side B109 of the coil B108. If these diaphragm base frame portions are not made of the same piece of material (sintered as an integral part in this example), it is preferably soldered, welded, or epoxy resin or cyanoacrylate. Appropriate solid bonding methods such as bonding with a strong adhesive can be used. If an adhesive is used, care must be taken to ensure the use of a reasonably sized contact area between the parts to be adhered so that the inherent followability of the adhesive does not limit system performance.

In this embodiment, the long sides B117 and B108 of the coil B106 are not connected to the forming body and instead may be thick enough to support themselves in the area between the coil reinforcements. Will be understood. However, formations can also be used in alternative embodiments.

3.3.1d The articulated block hinge assembly B107 further includes articulated blocks B205 and B206 on the transducer base structure side. The connecting block is firmly attached to the four thin, flat flexible hinge elements B201a, B201b, B203a, B203b as described above to connect the diaphragm to the transducer base structure. An arrangement of flexible hinge elements B201a and B201b approximately perpendicular to each other forms a hinge connection B201 on one side of an audio transducer connected to block B205, and a similar arrangement of flexible hinge elements B203a and B203b vibrates. A hinge connection B203 is formed on the other side connected to the block B206 so that the plate is forced to rotate around the axis of rotation B116. Figure B2e details a side view of the hinge assembly on one side of the audio transducer.

Each connecting block B205, B206 is formed in a wedge shape with a substantially sloping surface for joining the ends of the respective hinge element pairs B201a / B201b, B203a / B203b. Other shapes of connecting blocks are also conceivable. In some embodiments, a single connecting block can be provided that is connected to both hinge element pairs.

The connecting blocks B205 and B206 are firmly attached to the transducer-based structural block B105 using an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive or via any other suitable method known in the art. May be done. Otherwise, each connecting block may be integrally formed with the rest or other parts of the transducer base structure. The transducer-based structural block B105 may be made of aluminum in some configurations, but other suitable materials are also envisioned. The diaphragm base frame and connecting blocks can be made of any suitable rigid material such as sintered aluminum, but other materials such as welding or soldering small parts together are used. It may be produced by

The diaphragm base frame can be considered to include all parts of the hinge assembly B107 on the diaphragm side of the deflection. Preferably, all diaphragm base frame components are made from a material having a Young's modulus higher than 8 GPa, or more preferably higher than 20 GPa. Similarly, the connecting block is made from a material having a Young's modulus preferably higher than 8 GPa, or more preferably higher than 20 GPa.

3.3.1e Transducer base structure and generation of force The configurations of the diaphragm assembly B101 and the transducer base structure B120 of the audio transducer of the audio transducer of the embodiment B of the present invention will be described below. However, the flexible hinge assembly B107 described above may be incorporated into any suitable rotary motion audio transducer configuration and the invention is limited to the structural / assembly combinations described in this embodiment. It will be understood that it is not intended. For example, the hinge assembly B107 may be incorporated into any one of the audio transducers of Examples A, D, E, K, S, T, W, or X described herein.

Referring to FIGS. B1e and B1f, the transducer base structure B120 includes a base block B105 (preferably made of a substantially rigid material such as aluminum). The base block B105 houses the magnet assembly at one end and the hinge assembly B107 at the opposite end. The magnet assembly of the transducer base structure B120 was held between the outer pole pieces B104 and B103 (eg steel) and between them (eg neodymium grade N52). Includes magnet B102 (made of NdFeB) and inner pole piece portion B115 (eg made of soft steel). The outer pole pieces B104, B103 and magnet B102 are stacked on the corresponding substantially flat surface of the base block B105. The inner pole B115 is curved and is configured to be located relative to a curved brace member extending laterally from the top surface of the base block. In situ, the inner pole B115 is located adjacent to but slightly spaced apart from the outer pole pieces B104 and B103, providing a gap between them for coil B106. At the opposite end of the base block, a staircase area / recess accommodates and securely joins the connecting blocks B205 and B206 of the hinge assembly B107. The outer pole pieces B104 and B103, the inner pole pieces, and the connecting blocks B205 and B206 are all adhered to the base block B105 via an adhesive such as epoxy resin. The magnet B102 is bonded to the corresponding outer pole pieces B104, B103 on both opposing main surfaces via a suitable adhesive such as epoxy resin. However, other suitable binding methods are envisioned in the alternative embodiments.

In this example, the magnet B102 is magnetized so that the north pole is located on the surface connected to the outer pole piece B103 and the south pole is located on the surface connected to the outer pole piece B104, but in an alternative configuration. Will also be understood to be suitable. The diaphragm assembly B101 is configured to rotate about a rotation approximation axis B116 with respect to the transducer base structure B120 during operation.

In this configuration, the magnetic circuit is in-situ formed by a magnet B102, an outer pole piece B103, B104 and two inner pole pieces B115. The magnetic flux concentrates in a small air gap between the outer pole pieces B103 and B104 and the inner pole piece B115. The direction of the magnetic flux in the gap between the outer pole piece B103 and the inner pole piece B115 is generally towards the axis of rotation B116. The direction of the magnetic flux in the gap between the inner pole piece B115 and the outer pole piece B104 is generally approximately away from the axis of rotation B116. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the directions of the magnetic fluxes may be opposite. In this example, the coil winding B106 is wound with enamel-coated copper wire in a curved, approximately rectangular shape with two long sides B108, B117 and two short sides B109. In-situ, the long side B108 is approximately located in the small air gap between the outer pole piece B103 and the inner pole piece B115, while the other long side B117 is the small air between the outer pole piece B104 and the inner pole piece B115. Located in the gap. During operation, the electrical audio signal can be reproduced through the coil winding, and the current along the long side B108 of the coil winding travels in the opposite direction to the current on the other long side B117. The torque applied by both coil winding long sides B108 and B117 is the same direction due to the current and magnetic flux directions described. The undesired resonance mode preferably occurs outside the FRO because the coil winding B106 is thick enough and glued together relatively tightly with an adhesive such as epoxy. The coil winding B106 is thick enough not to require a coil forming body, which means that the flux gap can be reduced to increase the flux density and improve audio transducer efficiency, otherwise equal. do. It will be appreciated that these aspects of magnet and coil windings may be modified in alternative embodiments and the present invention is not intended to be limited to such features.

FIG. B1e shows a cross section of the audio transducer, and the cross sections of the coil winding long sides B108 and B117 are curved with a radius centered on the rotation axis B116 of the diaphragm assembly B101. The coil winding begins to exit the region of the two flux gaps B122 between the outer pole pieces B103 and B104 and the inner pole piece B115 as the coil winding long sides B108 and B117 rotate as the diaphragm rotates during operation. In addition, it overhangs so that the displacement angle can be used. In this way, a high degree of linearity of the drive torque is achieved. The inner ends of the outer pole pieces B103 and B104 adjacent to the inner pole B115 are curved or curved corresponding to similar angles or curves inside the inner pole B115. This configuration forms two nearly curved flux gaps B122 between the outer pole piece and the inner pole piece to penetrate the coil windings. In particular, the coil winding B106 has a substantially curved shape corresponding to the curvature of the gap B122. In this way, during the rotation of the diaphragm, a substantially uniform torque is applied to the diaphragm regardless of the rotation position. The gap B122 is aligned with the corresponding curved recess B123 of the base block B105 so that the coil winding B106 can be extended into the base block B115 while operating at some rotational positions of the diaphragm. To.

3.3.1f Diaphragm Structure In this example, the hinge assembly contains a pair of flexible hinge elements on either side of the assembly to support a relatively substantially thick diaphragm structure. For example, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness greater than 15% of the length from the axis of rotation to the distal periphery of the diaphragm body, or more preferably from the axis of rotation to the distal periphery of the diaphragm body. It can contain thicknesses greater than 20% of the length. Alternatively or additionally, the diaphragm body is more than about 11% of the body's maximum dimensions (eg, diagonal length across the body), as defined, for example, for Example A in Section 2.2. It can contain a maximum thickness that is larger, or more preferably greater than about 14% of the maximum dimension. A relatively thick diaphragm structure is required to provide geometry that can adequately withstand the diaphragm deflection resonance mode. When used in combination with a hinge assembly that is effective in resisting the pure translation of the diaphragm, an audio transducer that is particularly resistant to unwanted resonant modes over a wide band is obtained. In this example, the thickness B214 of the diaphragm body may be about 4.2 mm, which can be, for example, 28% of the length of the diaphragm body. This thickness provides a structure with improved rigidity and helps push the resonant mode out of range. The geometry of the diaphragm body is almost flat. The coronal plane of the diaphragm body B118 extends substantially outward from the axis of rotation B116 so that a large amount of air is moved when the diaphragm body rotates. It is tapered to significantly reduce rotational inertia and improve efficiency and split performance. Preferably, the diaphragm body is tapered away from the mass center B222 of the diaphragm assembly.

In this embodiment, the audio transducer can include, for example, a rigid diaphragm structure as described in connection with the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 of the present invention. The features and aspects of the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 are described in detail in Section 2.2 of this specification, which is incorporated herein by reference. Only a brief description of this diaphragm structure is shown below for brevity. This diaphragm structure is replaced with any diaphragm structure as described in Sections R1 to R4 of Section 2.2 of the present specification or Configurations R5 to R7 of Section 2.3 without departing from the scope of the present invention. It will be understood that it is also good.

Referring to FIGS. B1a-f, the audio transducer incorporating the above-mentioned hinge system B107 further includes a diaphragm assembly B101 having a diaphragm structure including a sandwich diaphragm structure. This diaphragm structure is substantially coupled to the diaphragm body adjacent to at least one of the main surfaces B121 of the diaphragm body to resist the compressive-tensile stresses it receives on or near the surface of the body during operation. It is composed of a lightweight core / diaphragm body B112 and an outer normal stress reinforcing material B110 / B111. The normal stress reinforcements B110 / B111 are coupled to at least one main surface B121 outside the body (as in the example shown), or substantially adjacent directly to at least one main surface B121 inside the body. Closest and sufficiently resistant to compressive-normal stress during operation. The normal stress reinforcements include reinforcing members B110 / B111 provided on the opposing main front and rear surfaces B121 of the diaphragm body B112 to resist the compressive-tensile stresses that the body receives during operation.

The diaphragm structure is embedded in the core and oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces B121 to resist and / or substantially mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Further includes one inner reinforcing member B113. The inner reinforcing member B113 is preferably attached to one or more outer normal stress reinforcing members B110 / B111 (preferably both sides, that is, each main surface). The inner reinforcing member acts to resist and / or mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Preferably, there are a plurality of inner reinforcing members B113 distributed in the core of the diaphragm body.

Core B112 is formed from a material that contains interconnected structures that vary in three dimensions. The core material is preferably a foam or a regular three-dimensional lattice structure material. The core material can include composite materials. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam.

In some embodiments, the inner stress reinforcement of the diaphragm structure of this exemplary transducer may be eliminated.

Since this hinge type can provide a high degree of support for translational displacements in at least one direction without compromising rotational followability and / or maximum range of motion, this diaphragm structure has the flexibility described above. By working particularly well in combination with the hinge assembly, it is optimized to minimize unwanted resonances.

In this configuration, the internal reinforcement responds to the split resonance of the diaphragm by minimizing internal shear. The hinge assembly provides translational resistance, thereby supporting the split resonance mode of the entire diaphragm, while allowing a wide diaphragm range and a low fundamental resonance frequency.

In this embodiment of Example B, the diaphragm structure comprises four inner stiffeners B113 laminated along an angle tab B114 with four angles between the five wedges of the low density core B112. These parts are attached using any suitable method for tight coupling, for example using an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive. The normal stress reinforcing material includes a thin parallel strut B111 attached to the main surface B121 of the diaphragm body, is aligned with the inner reinforcing member B113, and is connected to the upper strut / plate B305. Additional normal stress reinforcements, including the two diagonal columns B110, are cross-structured across the top of the parallel columns B111 across the same main surface B121 of the diaphragm body and are also connected to the upper column plate B305. To. The columns B110 and B111 are also attached to the other main surface B121 of the diaphragm body in a similar manner, except that they are connected to the lower base plate B307. The stanchions are preferably ultra-high modulus carbon fibers with a Young's modulus of about 900 GPa (without matrix binder), eg Mitsubishi. Manufactured from Dialed. These parts are attached to each other using any suitable connecting method, such as using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive. It will be appreciated that other forms of inner and outer reinforcements, core materials and mounting methods are possible as defined for the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 through R4.

The diaphragm structure is coupled to the hinge assembly B107 as follows. The end face of the diaphragm body (at the thick end of the diaphragm body including the faces of the four angle tabs B114) is tightly coupled to the main base plate B303 of the diaphragm base frame of the hinge assembly B107. The normal stress reinforcement including the thin parallel strut B111 is connected to the upper strut / plate B305. Additional normal stress reinforcements, including two diagonal stanchions B110, are also attached to the upper stanchion plate B305. On the other main surface B121, columns B110 and B111 are attached to the lower base plate B307 of the hinge assembly.

The use of relatively high modulus / rigid struts B110 and B111 coupled to the outside of the thick, low density diaphragm body core B112 is again the second moment associated with the separation achieved between the front-to-back struts. Due to the thick geometry that maximizes the benefits of the area, it provides a useful composite structure with respect to diaphragm stiffness.

During operation, the diaphragm body B112 is required to be clearly non-porous because it moves air with rotation / vibration. In this example, the diaphragm body has a reasonably high modulus of elasticity and 16 kg / m.³Formed from EPS foam due to its low density. The diaphragm body core material preferably does not contain large blockages in critical locations such as near the tip of the diaphragm. The properties of the EPS material help to facilitate improved diaphragm splitting. The stiffness performance allows the core B112 to provide some support for carbon fiber struts B110 and B111 that are thin enough to suffer local lateral resonance at frequencies within the FRO without the core B112. The laminated inner stiffener B113 provides improved diaphragm shear rigidity. The orientation of the surface of each inner reinforcing member is preferably substantially parallel to the direction in which the diaphragm moves, and is also substantially parallel to the longitudinal direction of the diaphragm body B119. In order for the inner reinforcing member B113 to assist the shear rigidity of the diaphragm body, it is necessary that a moderately firm connection is made to the parallel carbon fiber columns B111 arranged on both sides of each inner reinforcing member. Further, at the base end of the diaphragm, the connection from the inner reinforcing member B113 to the main base plate B303 is preferably rigid, and an angle tab B114 is used to assist this rigidity. Each tab B114 has a large adhesive surface area for connecting to each inner reinforcing member B113, shear forces are transmitted around the corners of the tab, the other side is connected to the main base plate B303, etc. Is a large adhesive surface area of.

In this embodiment, the hinge system configuration is oriented such that the diaphragm structure extends at an angle with respect to the longitudinal axis of the transducer base structure in the neutral position / state of the diaphragm assembly. There is. This angle is preferably an obtuse angle, but may be substantially orthogonal or acute. The relative orientation between the diaphragm body and the transducer base structure affects the overall size of the audio transducer in order to provide a smaller device. In this particular example, the audio transducer may have relatively small dimensions. For example, the diaphragm body width B215 and the diaphragm body length B213 (measured from the axis of rotation) may both be about 15 mm. However, many other sizes are possible depending on the application and the FRO required, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these dimensions.

3.3.1g Diaphragm Structure Housing Figure B4 (a ~ f) shows the audio transducer of "Example B" mounted on the diaphragm housing and shown in Figure B-1 (a ~ f), and the perimeter. Includes B401, main grill B402 and two side reinforcements B403. In the assembled form of the audio transducer, the diaphragm housing substantially surrounds the diaphragm structure B101 and the transducer base structure. The perimeter can be made of a plastic material such as polycarbonate or plastic, and the main grill and side reinforcements can be made of punched pressed aluminum. Alternatively, these parts can be made by another process such as laser cutting or sintering, and more rigid main grills and side reinforcements can be insert molded into the perimeter. Alternatively, all of these parts can be combined into a single integral part made of a material such as aluminum and sintered. Other materials, configurations and processes are possible and the invention is not intended to be limited to these examples.

The inner surface of the perimeter B401 is tightly coupled to the corresponding outer surface of the base block B105 of the transducer base structure using any suitable method. In this example, an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive is used to bond the perimeter B401 to the base block B105. The inner surface of the perimeter is also preferably tightly coupled to the outer surface of the outer pole piece B103 and magnet B102. It is understood that the peripheral part, in the assembled state, is about 0.01 mm to 1 mm, for example 0.3 mm (however, the size of this gap depends on the application) between the side part of the diaphragm structure and the peripheral part B401. There will be a relatively small air gap B406 (compared to the overall size of the entire audio transducer assembly), and relatively small between the tip of the diaphragm and the perimeter B401. The transducer base structure and diaphragm structure are shaped and sized so that there is an air gap B405 (eg, a gap of similar size to that adjacent to the side).

Section B4e shows that the perimeter B401 has a curved surface at the end configured to be adjacent to the tip of the diaphragm body (with a small air gap B405). The center of this radius of curvature is the rotation of the audio transducer so that a substantially uniform air gap B405 is maintained between the perimeter and the free end / tip of the diaphragm body as the diaphragm rotates. Almost located on axis B116. The air gaps B406 and B405 are small to prevent the passage of large amounts of air due to the pressure differences present during normal operation.

The peripheral portion B401 has a wall that functions as a barrier or a baffle, and reduces the cancellation of radiation from the front surface of the diaphragm due to anti-phase radiation from the back surface. Note that, depending on the application, transducer housings (or other baffle components) may also be desirable to further reduce the cancellation of front and rear sound emissions.

The main grill B402 and the two side reinforcements B403 are firmly attached to the perimeter B401 using any suitable method, such as via epoxy adhesive, or are optionally formed integrally with the perimeter. The main grille and two side reinforcements are also firmly attached to the transducer base structure. All of these diaphragm housing components are firmly attached to the transducer base structure, so the combined structure, which is the base structure assembly, is rigid enough to allow harmful resonant modes to occur beyond the FRO. be. To achieve this, the overall geometry of the combined structure is preferably short and squat-like. Also, the area of the diaphragm housing that extends around the diaphragm uses triangular aluminum struts built into the main grill B402 and side reinforcement B403 to form a rigid cage that supports the plastic components of the perimeter B401. Reinforced by.

As mentioned above, the transducer base structure is tightly mounted in a diaphragm housing with narrow gaps B405 and B406 around the diaphragm to effectively seal the air moving from front to back. The diaphragm housing is preferably made of one or more structural materials having a high specific elastic modulus, such as that at least one of which is possessed by a metal such as aluminum or magnesium, in order to make the diaphragm housing sufficiently rigid. Preferably, this material is at least 8MPa / (kG / m).³), Or more preferably at least 20MPa / (kG / m)³) Has a specific elastic modulus. Preferably, both the diaphragm housing resonance mode and the diaphragm housing / audio transducer system resonance occur at high frequencies, preferably above the FRO, when firmly mounted on the audio transducer above. Audio degradation caused by any resonance mechanically amplified by the lightness of the diaphragm, then transmitted to the lightweight diaphragm via the robust mounting above and then via the rigid hinge assembly described above, is clear. Is to be inaudible.

In this embodiment, the diaphragm structure includes a peripheral portion that is at least partially not physically connected to the interior of the perimeter structure that is the diaphragm housing / transducer base structure of this embodiment. Peripherals that are not physically connected in relation to the diaphragm structure are described in detail in Section 2.3 of this specification. In this example, almost the entire circumference of the diaphragm structure is not physically connected to the housing and is separated from the inner wall of the housing as indicated by the gap. However, in some modifications, the perimeter of the diaphragm structure may not be physically connected to the housing only partially, but may still not be clearly physically connected. For example, one or more peripheral areas of the diaphragm structure do not have to be physically connected to the interior of the housing, and overall, one or more peripheral areas are vibrations for the peripheral parts. At least about 20% of the length or periphery of the plate structure is constructed so as not to be clearly physically connected. Preferably, one or more peripheral areas that are not physically connected to the interior of the housing make up at least approximately 30% of the outer circumference. More preferably, the perimeter of the diaphragm structure is substantially along, for example, along at least 50 percent of the perimeter or perimeter, or most preferably at least 80 percent of the perimeter or perimeter. Not physically connected to.

In other configurations, the audio transducer of Example B does not include a diaphragm housing, and the audio transducer is, for example, the housing and decap described for Example A or Section 4.2 described in Section 4.2. Similar to a ring mounting system or any decoupling mounting system designed according to the principles outlined in Section 4.3 of the present specification, it is housed in a transducer housing via a decoupling mounting system.

3.3.2 Alternative Hinge System Figures C1 to C11 show variants of the hinge assembly that can be used in a flexible hinge system designed according to the principles described for the audio transducer hinge assembly B107 of Example B. It will be explained with reference to. Unless otherwise stated, the features of the hinge assembly B107 also apply to the following variants, and in most cases only the differences will be briefly described. For example, most of these variants, despite this preference, do not show the conversion mechanism force generating component attached to the diaphragm.

3.3.2a Bending Hinge Connection Diagrams C1 (a-e) are schematic views of an audio transducer having a diaphragm structure C101 coupled to the hinge assembly C102 of the present invention, eg, as described in Example B. Is shown. This hinge assembly C102 includes a diaphragm base frame C103, one side connecting to a diaphragm structure C101 and the other side connecting to a hinge connection C105 containing two flexible hinge elements C105a and C105b. The diaphragm base frame C103 may or may be the same as the diaphragm base frame of the hinge assembly B107 described above in connection with Example B. Alternatively, the diaphragm base frame is the same as any diaphragm base frame described, for example, in connection with the audio transducers of Examples A, D, E, K, S, T, W and X. It may or may not be the same.

As shown in Figure C1e, the profile of the hinge assembly is similar to that of the hinge assembly B107 described in connection with the audio transducer of Example B, but with one on each side of the assembly 2 Rather than having one hinge structure, a variant of this hinge assembly, C102, was configured to extend over a significant portion of the length of the assembly and span a significant portion of the width of the associated diaphragm structure C101. Includes a single longitudinal hinge assembly structure. This design provides constraints at both ends of the axis of rotation and achieves the desired single degree of freedom result. A single pair of flexible hinge elements C105a and C105b tilted with each other extend in situ over the width of the diaphragm structure. In a preferred implementation of this variant, the pair of flexible hinge elements C105a and C105b are oriented substantially perpendicular / orthogonal to each other and at the junction C107 adjacent to the diaphragm base frame C103 on the diaphragm side. It is firmly bonded. It will be appreciated that other relative angles are possible, as described for the hinge assembly B107 above. The hinge elements C105a and C105b are capable of resisting tension / compressive forces in their respective planes, but are substantially flexible / deformed in response to forces perpendicular to their respective planes. It is flat and thin. Opposing ends of each hinge element C105a, C105b tightly couple a single connecting block C104 to the transducer base structure side. With the base blocks B205 and B206 described for hinge assembly B107, the articulated base block C104 is a single longitudinal block configured to extend over a significant portion of the width of the diaphragm structure. The same is true. In assembled form, the diaphragm is configured to rotate approximately around the axis of rotation C107 during operation. C109 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and C108 indicates the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.

The hinge assembly C102 can be manufactured from any suitable material and method as described in Section 3.3.1b above, including the use of wire electric discharge machining (WEDM) of titanium, for example.

Figures C2 (a-d) show other modifications of the hinge assembly of the present invention. The figure shows a schematic view of the diaphragm assembly C201 tightly coupled to the hinge assembly. The hinge assembly includes the same or similar diaphragm base frame C202 as the diaphragm base frame described for the hinge assembly B107. In particular, the diaphragm base frame is configured to tightly bond the diaphragm assembly, including the diaphragm structure and preferably the associated coil windings as described above. The diaphragm base frame can be made of any suitable material as already described for assembly B107, such as aluminum. It will be appreciated herein that the diaphragm base frame is shown for illustrative purposes to represent the components for coupling each hinge connection to the diaphragm structure. It will be appreciated that instead, other components may be used and / or the hinge connection may be directly coupled to the diaphragm structure.

The hinge assembly further includes a single pair of flexible hinge members C204 and C205 connected to the end of the diaphragm base frame of the hinge assembly. The opposing ends of the hinge member are tightly coupled to the coupling block C203 configured to couple (and form part of) the transducer base structure. Each hinge member C204 and C205 has a pair of flexible hinge elements C204a, b and C205a, b tilted relative to each other, respectively. Each pair of hinge elements forms a hinge connection. In this example, two hinge connections are provided on either side of the assembly, and the corresponding elements of the connection are made of the same member / sheet material. Each hinge member C204, C205 is configured to extend in situ over a significant portion of the width of the diaphragm structure. In a preferred embodiment of this variant, the pair of flexible hinge members and the pair of flexible hinge elements at each connection are oriented so that they are substantially perpendicular / orthogonal to each other. It will be appreciated that other relative angles are possible, as described for the hinge assembly B107 above. Hinge elements are capable of resisting tension / compressive forces in their respective planes, but are substantially flat so that they can flex / deform in response to forces perpendicular to their respective planes. There is thin. In place, the hinge element is preferably only substantially flexible around an axis that is substantially parallel to the intended axis of rotation. The connecting block C203 is a wedge shape with an inclined surface for joining the ends of the flexible hinge element. The block C203 can be formed from any suitable material as described for the hinge assembly B107, such as aluminum.

Each flexible hinge member C204, C205 has a central recess extending centrally over a significant portion of the width of the member, thereby narrowing the width (C204a / C205a of the first hinge member and C204b of the second hinge member). Form two flexible hinge elements of / C205b). Thus, in this example, the hinge elements are part of a common member, and as a whole, they form two pairs of flexible hinge connections located on either side of the diaphragm assembly C201. In some embodiments, these hinge elements may be separate or may not be connected by a central bridge. In this hinge assembly, the diaphragm assembly C201 is configured to rotate approximately about the axis of rotation C212. C211 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and C210 indicates the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.

The two hinge connections formed by the two pairs of flexible hinge elements C204a / C204b and C205a / C205b are similar to the two hinge connections B201 and B203 described for the hinge assembly B107 of the audio transducer of Example B. Is. In this example, the flexible hinge member, base frame C202 and connecting block C203 can be integrally formed, but preferably these parts of the hinge assembly are separate and any suitable rigid fixing mechanism. Connected to each other via. For example, to form a hinge assembly, the flexible hinge elements C204a, C204b, C205a and C205b are stamped or laser cut from a single sheet of material such as titanium and then the sheet is stamped or laser cut to the desired relative such as 90 degrees. It can be manufactured by bending only an angle. The corners of the bend can then be attached to the diaphragm base frame C202 using any suitable fixing method, such as an adhesive, such as epoxy adhesive. This bend extends over a significant portion or width of the diaphragm base frame C202, thus improving the fixed (eg, adhesive) surface area. The opposing ends of the hinge element are coupled to the respective edges of the connecting block C203 via any suitable fixing method described for the hinge assembly B107, eg, a suitable adhesive. The connecting block C203 includes a flat or substantially flat edge region at both ends of the inclined surface in order to increase the connecting surface area with the hinge element. The opposite end of the flexible hinge element (transducer base structure side) also spans a significant portion or width of the audio transducer to provide an improved connection (eg, adhesive) surface area.

The thickness of the flexible hinge element is substantially uniform and / or consistent along its length and width (cut from a flat sheet), so there is a stress concentration in all connecting connections. However, there is a risk of connection failure, bending breakage, or crack cracking. To prevent this, the width of each flexible hinge element C204a, C204b, C205a, C205b is increased at a position adjacent to the connection connection with the connection block C203 and the diaphragm base frame C202. In other words, the ends of each of the flexible hinge elements C204a, C204b, C205a, C205b are flanged to provide a stronger connection. The flange region / small radius decreases in the region of connection to both the diaphragm base frame C202 and the coupling block C203 compared to the stress in the central region where the stress in the flexible hinge element is narrow as the diaphragm rotates. As such, it is used to gradually unfold each flexible hinge element near each area of the connection. For example, the flexible hinge element C205a gradually expands (ie, includes the flange) by using two radii in the region C209 connecting to the connecting block C203. The flexible hinge portion C205a also gradually expands (ie, includes the flange) by using two radii in the region C208 connecting to the diaphragm base frame C202. The other three flexible hinge elements C204a, C204b and C205b also include similar flanges in the connecting area.

FIG. C3 shows yet another alternative hinge assembly similar to that described above in relation to FIG. C2. In this variant, the hinge connection C301 includes two flexible hinge elements C301a and C301b that are naturally bent when the diaphragm assembly C201 is in its stationary / neutral position. As the diaphragm C201 begins to rotate clockwise, the flexible hinge element C301a begins to straighten and the flexible hinge element C301b bends more. Similarly, as the diaphragm C201 begins to rotate counterclockwise from the neutral position, the flexible hinge element C301b begins to straighten and the flexible hinge element C301a bends more. Since the flexible hinge element contributes to the resistance of tensile and compressive forces without bending / buckling, it increases the frequency of the split mode including all translational modes and the rotation mode other than the main diaphragm rotation mode. It is preferable that it is slightly bent in a neutral state. The coupling block C303 of this variant includes a tilted edge for splicing to the tilted end of the flexible hinge element. The diaphragm assembly C201 is configured to rotate approximately around the axis of rotation C304 via this hinge assembly and is connected to the hinge assembly via a similar base frame C202. This hinge assembly with a slightly bent flexible hinge element is less preferred than a hinge assembly that has a straight flexible hinge element and is otherwise all equal.

FIG. C4 shows yet another modification of the flexible hinge assembly of the present invention. In this example, the hinge connection C401 includes three flexible hinge elements C401a-c extending from the diaphragm base frame C405 toward the connecting block C404. The flexible hinge elements C401a, C401b and C401c resist the translational motion of the hinge assembly along the three orthogonal axes and the rotational motion around the two orthogonal axes (excluding the axis of rotation) due to the combined effect. As such, they are substantially flat and are inclined to each other. Each hinge element may be a single longitudinal component or may include multiple longitudinally spaced (connected or cut) portions having at least one portion on either side of the assembly. But it may be. The flexible hinge element can be displaced substantially uniformly or, in some cases, non-uniformly in the radial direction. There may be any number of two or more angled flexible hinge elements that connect between the diaphragm base frame and the connecting block. The connecting block C404 includes a sharp recessed surface for connecting to the ends of the flexible hinge elements C401a-c. The diaphragm base frame includes a connecting flange for connecting to the corresponding ends of each element C401a-c. The connecting block and / or the diaphragm base frame may include a recess or groove for accommodating the corresponding end of the flexible hinge element. Any suitable connecting mechanism can be used to connect the hinge element to the diaphragm base frame and / or the connecting block via soldering or an adhesive such as an epoxy adhesive. In this assembly, the diaphragm assembly C201 is configured to rotate approximately about the axis of rotation C406, adjacent to the end of the hinge element in the diaphragm base frame.

Figures C5 (a-e) show a schematic representation of yet another variant of the flexible hinge assembly designed according to the principles of the hinge assembly B107 described above. This hinge assembly is at least a pair of substantially having planes that are tilted relative to each other and intersect in the middle of their length to form an "X" configuration (hereinafter referred to as the "X-deflection" hinge connection). Includes planar hinge elements / plates C505a and C505b. Each pair of hinge elements is preferably orthogonal to each other, but other relative angles are possible. The preferred configuration of this example is two pairs of X-flexible hinge connections, one on each side of the hinge assembly so that they are located on either side of the diaphragm body (similar to the configuration of the hinge connection in assembly B107). There is. It will be appreciated that a single longitudinal X-flexion hinge connection may be used instead.

The diaphragm assembly C501 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame C504 attached to the coil winding C502 via any suitable coupling mechanism described above. The flexible hinge elements C505a, C505b, C601a and C601b are firmly attached to one end / edge tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame C504 and to the coupling block C503 via any suitable method described above. Has an opposed end connected to. The first pair C505a and C505a of the flexible hinge element form the first X flexure structure, the hinge connection C505, on one side of the hinge assembly, and the second pair C601a and C601b of the flexible hinge element , Form a second X flexure structure, hinge connection C601 on the opposite side. The axis of rotation C507 of this hinge assembly is approximately located at the line of intersection of the planes of each pair of flexible hinge elements. C508 shows the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and C509 shows the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.

In this example, the diaphragm base frame includes an alternative form for accommodating substantially separated ends of each X flexure structure. Similarly, the connecting block C503 includes an alternative form for accommodating the X-flexible structure.

Figures C6 (a-d) show the hinge assembly described above with respect to Figure C5, but the connecting block C503 has been removed for clarity. As shown, each X flexure structure contains a pair of hinge elements that are adjacent to each other, in contact with each other, but not on top of each other. In an alternative configuration of this example, the hinge elements may overlap or may be slightly separated. The base frame C504 is an end connecting between the upper and lower side plates for connecting to the upper and lower longitudinal inner surfaces of the coil winding C502 and the upper and lower side plates for connecting to the corresponding end faces of the diaphragm structure. It is equipped with a part plate. Each flexible hinge element is configured to connect adjacent to the upper or lower edge of the end face of the diaphragm structure.

Figures C7 (a-e) show still other variants of the hinge assembly designed according to the principles described for the hinge assembly B107. In this example, the assembly includes at least one hinge connection C702, thereby including a pair of flexible hinge elements C702a and C702b that are tilted relative to each other but substantially separated at both edges. .. In other words, each pair of hinge elements is spaced apart from the end of the base frame C706 and the end of the connecting block C701. In the preferred configuration of this example, there are two hinge connections C702 and C703, configured to be located on each side of the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body C710, with each pair 1 on each side of the coronal plane C709. It has two flexible hinge elements and suspends the diaphragm assembly C501. The diaphragm base frame is similar to that described for the hinge assembly shown in Figures C5 and C6, except that the base frame further includes an inclined outer rim to which each end of the hinge element connects. .. The flexible hinge elements C702a, C702b, C703a, and C703b in this example are tightly coupled to one of the longitudinal rim edges of the diaphragm base frame. For each flexible hinge element pair, one hinge element has its end connected to one of the longitudinal edges of the diaphragm base frame C502, and the other hinge element has a corresponding end of the diaphragm base. Connected to the other opposite longitudinal edge of frame C502. The other end of the flexible hinge element is coupled to a coupling block C701 configured to coupled the transducer base structure. The axis C707 of the diaphragm assembly with this hinge assembly relative to the connecting block C701 is located approximately at the intersection of the planes of each pair of flexible hinge elements. The angle C708 between the planes of each pair of flexible hinge elements may be orthogonal, otherwise other angles are sufficient. In this example, the angle C708 is about 60 degrees. 90 degree angle is the lowest undesired translation and

FIGS. C8 (a-d) show yet other variants of the hinge assembly similar to those described above in relation to FIGS. C5 and C6 (connecting blocks not shown). In this example, each X flexure structure, eg, the hinge connection C801, comprises a pair of overlapping hinge elements C801a and C801b that intersect a significant portion or all of their width. In this example, the two X-flexible hinge connections C801 and C802 are located on either side of the diaphragm assembly, but a single X-flexure hinge connection is substantially along the width of the diaphragm assembly. It will be understood that it can be extended. The flexible hinge elements C801a and C801b may be orthogonal to each other. For this hinge assembly, the diaphragm is configured to rotate around an approximate axis of rotation C803 located at the intersection of the hinge elements of each hinge connection. C804 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and C805 indicates the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.

FIGS. C9 (a to b) show an actual example of the hinge connection portion C801 having the X bending structure described for the assembly shown in FIG. C8. The hinge elements C801a / C801b can include a consistent cross section over the entire width and can be manufactured, for example, using wire electrical discharge machining (WEDM) of titanium, for example. However, as mentioned above, other manufacturing methods and forms are also envisioned. The flexible hinge element C801a on one plane passes through the flexible hinge element C801b on the other plane approximately perpendicular to the first plane, which are connected at the intersection C903. As explained earlier, the thickness of the hinge element increases at the intersection C903, helping to mitigate the performance degradation due to stress concentrations.

3.3.2b Twisted Hinge Connection Diagrams C10 (a-e) show a schematic representation of yet another variant of the hinge assembly designed according to the principles of hinge assembly B107. The hinge assembly comprises at least one longitudinally substantially elastic twisting member, which may be in the form of, for example, a torsion beam, a pair angled to each other and connected at their intersections. May have a flexible and elastic longitudinal hinge element.

In the preferred configuration of this example, twisted members are placed on both sides of the diaphragm assembly C1001 to form the two hinge connections C1005 and C1006. Each torsion member is elastic in torsion, but is substantially rigid / rigid against compressive, tensile and shear forces. The first twisted hinge connection C1005 includes a pair of hinge elements C1005a and C1005b, and the second twisted hinge connection C1006 contains a pair of hinge elements C1006a and C1006b. The two pairs of hinge elements may be separate (to form two separate twisting members) or may be connected on either side of the diaphragm assembly, in an alternative, the two pairs of diaphragms. It may be connected or integrated to form a single twisted member that extends over the entire width of the diaphragm and substantially extends beyond both sides of the diaphragm. In this example, the hinge element is part of a single twisted member within each connection. The hinge elements of each twisted hinge connection are preferably angled orthogonally to each other, but other angles are envisioned. Each pair of hinge elements C1005a / C1005b and C1006a / C1006b protrudes / pops out substantially beyond each side of the diaphragm in a direction substantially parallel to the intended axis of rotation. Each twisted member contains a substantially L-shaped cross section. In the assembled state, the inner surface of the L-shaped member faces the diaphragm assembly. In this way, one hinge element of each pair supports the diaphragm adjacent to or against one surface, and the other hinge element of each pair supports the adjacent surface of the diaphragm. .. One end of each twisting member is firmly connected to the end face of the diaphragm assembly C1001. Such a connection may be direct or via the diaphragm base frame C1002, as described above in other embodiments. The terminations of the torsion members C1006 and C1005 distal to the diaphragm assembly are supported by connecting blocks C1004 and C1003, respectively. Each connecting block C1003, C1004 is tightly connected to the transducer base structure on the fly and / or

Each torsion member is formed from a substantially rigid material and / or geometry capable of resisting tensile, compressive and shear forces in the plane of the respective hinge element of the beam. For example, the twisted member is made from a material with a fairly high modulus of elasticity, such as titanium. The diaphragm base frame C1002 and the connecting blocks C1003, C1004 are preferably formed of a substantially rigid material having a high specific elastic modulus. For example, the diaphragm base frame and connecting block may be made of titanium, but are formed thicker with respect to the twisted member in order to increase the rigidity of these components. The twisted member is tightly coupled to the diaphragm base frame C1002 by any suitable coupling method and may be bonded or welded with a suitable adhesive such as epoxy resin. The twisted member may also be tightly coupled to the connecting blocks C1003, C1004 by any suitable method and may be glued or welded using a suitable agent such as epoxy resin. The diaphragm base frame C1002 is tightly coupled to the diaphragm assembly C1001 by any suitable coupling method, such as adhesive or welding. Also, the coupling blocks C1003, C1004 are tightly coupled to the transducer base structure of the audio transducer via any suitable coupling method such as glue or welding. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, other linking methods for the components described above may be used, or the components may be integrally formed with several components. The two torsion hinge connections C1005 and C1006 provide relatively high followability to rotate around the axis C1009 and relatively low followability in all other rotational and translational directions, which is relevant. Helps push the split frequency out of the FRO range. C1010 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm body, and C1011 indicates the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body.

Figures C11 (a-f) show the cross-sectional shape / morphological deformations of the twisted members of the hinge assembly described in connection with Figure C10. The design of each torsion member shown in these figures achieves relatively high followability to rotation around the axis C1101 and relatively low followability / high stiffness in all other rotation and translational directions. do. In other words, each member is substantially elastic and flexible to twist, but substantially rigid / rigid to tension, compressive and shear forces. Figure C11a shows a twisted hinge connection C1102 in which the two hinge elements C1102a-b of the beam are tilted relative to each other and separated / not in contact at their adjacent ends. One hinge element may be coupled to one surface of the diaphragm assembly and the other hinge element may be coupled to the adjacent surface. The combination forms a twisted hinge connection. FIG. C11b shows a twisted hinge connection C1103 containing a substantially arcuate / curved longitudinal body with two flexible hinge elements or portions C1103a-b tilted relative to each other. Each hinge element is part of the same member in this embodiment. The first flexible hinge element C1103a adjacent to one edge of the body can be configured to join the first surface of the diaphragm assembly and the section flexible adjacent to the opposite edge. The hinge portion C1103b can be configured to join a second surface adjacent to the first surface of the diaphragm assembly. Figure C11c shows a twisted hinge connection C1104 that includes two flexible hinge elements C1104a-b that make an acute angle to each other. C11d indicates a twisted hinge connection C1105 that includes three flexible hinge elements C1105a-c that intersect at a common axis forming the axis of rotation C1101 and are uniformly radially spaced apart. Figure C11e shows a U-shaped or horseshoe-shaped twisted hin with a central flexible hinge portion C1106b that is tilted relative to two other flexible hinge portions C1106a and C1106c opposite the central portion. The connection part C1106 is shown. FIG. C11f shows a twisted hinge connection C1107 that is substantially cylindrical but has a recess along the length of the body so that the body contains multiple hinge element portions C1107a-d tilted with respect to each other. .. In this example, a plurality of uniformly spaced flexible hinge portions of a single member tilted relative to each other form a twisted hinge connection.

In the examples of FIGS. C1 to C10 and C11c and C11d, the orientation change between the pair of hinge elements is sudden or sharp. On the other hand, in the examples of FIGS. C11b, C11e and C11f, the change in orientation between the hinge elements is gradual or smooth.

In the examples of FIGS. C10 and C11, the hinge element forms a wall or a plurality of walls of the twisted member. In some configurations, the wall is substantially flat, in other cases the wall is curved or substantially arched. For example, FIGS. C10a-e, C11a, C11c and C11d show twisted members with substantially flat walls, and FIGS. C11b, C11e and C11f show twisted members with substantially curved walls.

Note that the axis of rotation C1101 does not necessarily have to be located at the intersection of the planes occupied by the elements if the flexible elements operate in a substantially twisted manner, as seen in the case of Examples C11e and C11f. Finite element analysis is one of the methods that can determine the position of the axis of rotation.

FIG. C12 shows yet another variant of the hinge assembly similar to that described in connection with FIG. C10. In this hinge assembly, each twisted hinge connection C1201 and C1207 is described with respect to FIG. C10, except that each longitudinal flexible hinge element contains a cross-sectional thickness that varies along the length of the element. Similar to the one. In particular, each flexible hinge element C1201a, C1201b, C1207a and C1207b includes a region of increased thickness in the portion of the element configured to connect the diaphragm base frame C1002 and / or the connecting blocks C1003, C1004. .. At the junction between the thicker and thinner parts of each hinge element, the change in thickness is tapered (eg, in these areas) so that the change is slower (eg, at positions C1203 to C1206). There is a radius in), which alleviates the performance degradation due to the stress concentration. In alternative embodiments, it will be appreciated that the change in thickness may be gradual. For example, the flexible hinge element C1201a has a small radius / taper in the region C1205 where the thickness gradually increases near the diaphragm base frame C1002 and the region where the thickness gradually increases near the connecting block C1004. C1203 has a small radius / taper. Similarly, the flexible hinge element C1201b has a small radius / taper in the region C1206 where the thickness gradually increases near the diaphragm base frame C1002 and the region where the thickness gradually increases near the connecting block C1004. Has a small radius / taper in C1204. These parts can be welded to the diaphragm base frame C1002 or the connecting blocks C1003 and C1004, as the thicker parts are less stressed during normal operation compared to similar areas of the audio transducer in Figure C10. It may be glued instead of. Alternatively, epoxy adhesives can be used to limit the risk of poor adhesion, crack formation, and partial creeking or breakage during operation. .. However, it will be appreciated that alternative connecting methods such as welding may be used.

FIG. C13 is still another variant of the hinge assembly similar to the assembly described for FIG. C10, except that each flexible hinge element contains an intermediate region with reduced cross-sectional width (in the protruding portion of the element). An example is shown. In other words, each hinge element contains an increasing cross-sectional width in the region where the element connects to the diaphragm base frame C1002 and the connecting blocks C1003, C1004. This means that the flexible hinge elements C1301a, C1301b, C1307a, and C1307b are narrowed in the middle portion extending between the wider end portions. Preferably, the narrow portion in the middle comprises a significant portion of the length of each element. At the junction between the wider and narrower parts of each hinge element, the change in width (eg, in regions C1303, C1304, C1305 and C1306) is tapered, which is a region with a wide cross section. It gradually changes from to a narrow area, and vice versa, which means that the performance deterioration due to the stress concentration part is alleviated. These parts do not necessarily have to be welded to the diaphragm base frame or connecting block, as the wider parts are less stressed during normal operation compared to similar areas of the audio transducer in Figure C10. , Alternatively, a weak coupling method such as bonding may be used. The spreads described can limit the risk of poor adhesion, crack formation, and partial creeking or breaking during operation. However, it will be appreciated that alternative connecting methods such as welding may be used.

In each of the above examples of twisted members, the twisted members are arranged so as to extend substantially parallel to and in close proximity to the axis of rotation and have a height in a direction perpendicular to the coronal plane of the diaphragm. However, the height measured in millimeters is preferably greater than about twice the mass of the diaphragm assembly measured in grams. Preferably, the twisted member has a width parallel to the diaphragm and perpendicular to the axis, which is about twice the mass of the diaphragm assembly measured in grams when measured in millimeters. big. Preferably, the twisted member is greater than about 4 times, more preferably greater than 6 times, or most preferably greater than 8 times, the width and width measured in millimeters of the mass of the diaphragm assembly measured in grams. Has a height.

In place of or in addition to each of the above twisted member examples, the width and height of each twisted member may be the diaphragm structure or body from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery of the diaphragm structure / body. Greater than 3% of length. More preferably, the width and height are greater than 4% of the length associated with the diaphragm body / structure (from the axis of rotation to the most distal periphery). Preferably, one or more torsion members have an average dimension in the direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation, which is calculated along the portion of the length of the torsion spring member that deforms significantly during normal operation. (Excluding adhesives and wires that do not add much strength) Average break calculated along the length of the spring that is greater than twice the square root of the average cross section, or more preferably significantly deforms during normal operation. Greater than 3 times, or more preferably 4 times, the square root of the area. Preferably, at least one or more twisting members are mounted on or near the axis of rotation and combined to produce a small, pure diaphragm translation in any direction perpendicular to the axis of rotation, at least 50. Provides% resilience directly.

3.3.3 Audio Transducer of Example D Briefly with reference to FIG. D1e, a flexure hinge assembly according to the above principles implemented in an alternative audio transducer embodiment of the present invention is shown. The audio transducer of this embodiment includes a diaphragm assembly D101 hinged to a transducer base structure D104 via a hinge system. The hinge assembly is similar to that described in connection with Figure C7, including at least one flexible hinge connection D112 (preferably two located on either side of the diaphragm assembly) and each hinge. The connection D112 includes a pair of flexible hinge elements D112a and D112b that are tilted relative to each other and tightly coupled to the diaphragm assembly and transducer base structure D104. As shown, the hinge elements D112a-b connect the coil windings D116 to connect to the diaphragm assembly at one end and the connecting block D113 at the opposite end of the transducer base structure. To combine. The ends of the flexible hinge element are thickened and / or expanded to enhance the connection of these areas. Each hinge element is formed from a material that is substantially rigid so as to resist compressive and tensile forces in the plane of the material. Also, each structure is capable of resisting rotation about an axis orthogonal to the intended axis of rotation of the diaphragm assembly, but is compatible with respect to rotation around the axis of rotation of the diaphragm assembly. Each hinge element is also closely associated with the diaphragm assembly at one end and with the transducer base structure at the other end, as described for the hinge assembly B107 of Example B. , Minimize unwanted resonance in the transducer's FRO.

In this particular embodiment, the diaphragm assembly comprises a plurality of diaphragm structures spaced radially apart. The diaphragm assembly includes three diaphragms D101, D102 and D103 connected on the outside / outer periphery by rigid side frames D107 and D108, and the rigid side frames D107 and D108 are coil windings D116. Is linked to. Each side frame can be made of aluminum. Each diaphragm structure is described in the cores D118, D119 and D120, the normal stress reinforcements D109, D110, D111 on the main surface of each diaphragm body and the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 to R4 in Section 2.2. Includes inner shear stress reinforcements embedded in each diaphragm. The diaphragm structure includes an outer circumference that is not physically connected as defined in Section 2.3 of this specification.

The transducer base structure includes magnets D104, outer pole pieces D105 and D106, base block D113, and inner pole pieces D117. Each flexible hinge element of the hinge system has one end D115 tightly attached to the coil winding D116 and the other end D114 tightly attached to the base block D113. D125 represents the sagittal plane of the diaphragm assembly and all three diaphragm structures. D121 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm D101. D122 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm D102. D123 indicates the coronal plane of the diaphragm D103. The normal stress reinforcements D109, D110, D111 do not cover the main surface of each diaphragm body in the distal region of the axis of rotation D124 or in the distal region of the base region of the diaphragm assembly D126. It will be appreciated that any other diaphragm structure described in Section 2.2 or 2.3 of the present specification can be utilized. In order to improve the rigidity of each diaphragm, the diaphragm base reinforcing materials D127, D128, and D129 may be provided on the base surfaces of the diaphragm bodies D118, D119, and D120.

Figure D2 shows the audio transducer of Figure D1 incorporating a substantially cylindrical diaphragm assembly housing. The transducer base structure is firmly attached to the diaphragm housing. The housing includes a diaphragm housing body D203 and two diaphragm housing side portions D204. Multiple vents D205 on each diaphragm housing side ensure that air flows to one side in the direction of arrow D201 as the diaphragm rotates in one direction during operation and exits from the other side along arrow D202. enable. The diaphragm housing is preferably compact and rigid geometry and is preferably designed so that it does not resonate across the transducer's FRO. The transducer can be mounted in an enclosure or baffle to help prevent the positive sound pressure emanating from one side of the transducer from being canceled by the negative sound pressure emanating from the other side. Since this transducer can operate in large frequency bandwidths without mechanical resonance of the diaphragm, for example, by using the decoupling mounting system of the invention described in Section 4 of this specification. It is also preferred to separate this transducer from the enclosure or baffle.

Multiple diaphragms are useful in applications that require high sound pressure levels at bus frequencies, a compact form factor, and high sound quality (results of minimal energy storage).

This driver can be configured to use any other hinge assembly described herein. The size of the driver can be scaled up to move more air or scaled down to improve the high frequency response, depending on the application.

3.3.4 Personal Audio Applications The audio transducers of Example B and / or the audio transducers of Example D, including variants of the flexible hinge system described herein, can be used in personal audio devices. It may be incorporated. As defined in Section 5, personal audio devices can be configured to be located within 10 cm of the ear during use, eg, within headphones or bad earphones. For example, the audio transducers of the audio devices described in Examples K, W and X of Section 5 may be replaced by the audio transducers of Examples B or D and / or described herein. Any one of the flexible hinge systems may be implemented in these embodiments without departing from the scope of the invention.

4. Decoupling mounting system and its built-in audio transducer 4.1 Introduction The disadvantage of separating a conventional audio driver from the enclosure is that the resonance inherent in the driver cannot be dissipated into the enclosure, so the driver The resonance inherent in the system can actually be exacerbated. Also, separating a typical conventional driver with a thin film diaphragm and rubber perimeter suspension will result in an enclosure as there is still a diaphragm and perimeter resonance that obscures audio reproduction within the operating bandwidth. Resonant excitation reduction does not dramatically improve subjective sound quality. Therefore, the benefits are limited and the advantages of separation cannot offset the shortcomings and associated costs.

Similarly, separating a small, eg, mid-range driver enclosure system from a large bus driver enclosure system reduces the excitation of the latter system, but with the internal resonance inherent in the former system. It means that it has the drawback of not being dissipated.

Decoupling systems have additional non-audio related drawbacks, including, for example, increased potential for damage in transit, and increased product complexity and cost.

This means that the overall benefit may not be sufficient for the decoupling system to have value in traditional drivers.

On the other hand, audio drivers incorporating the design features of the present invention can reduce or eliminate energy storage within the operating bandwidth due to minimal internal resonance, at least in the operating bandwidth. .. Dissipating internal resonance from such a driver into the enclosure is of little or no benefit, as resonance is typically present in the driver's FRO very little or not at all. is not it.

If the transducer with low or zero internal resonance is firmly mounted in a non-resonant enclosure (or housing or stand or baffle, etc.), the driver and enclosure will be part of the same system and the driver will be in the enclosure. In addition to resonance, some new driver / enclosure interaction resonances can occur. This is because the separation is advantageous in connection with the features of the other audio transducer designs of the invention, which eliminate (shift from the FRO) or at least mitigate the resonance of the internal driver and improve performance. It means helping to improve.

For example, a fairly thick rigid diaphragm that employs a rigid approach to resonance control (as defined, eg, for the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 through R4 in Section 2.2 of the present specification) is well separated from the audio transducer enclosure. If so, neither the enclosure resonance nor the diaphragm resonance obscures audio reproduction within the operating bandwidth.

Similarly, the perimeter of the diaphragm structure that is not physically substantially connected to the perimeter (eg, as defined for the audio transducers of configurations R5 to R7 described in Section 2.3 of the present specification). If the audio transducer it has is sufficiently isolated from the enclosure, both the enclosure resonance and the diaphragm suspension resonance can be reduced or eliminated within the operating bandwidth, preventing audio playback from becoming obscured. Helps to do. The diaphragm suspension for such an audio transducer can be geometrically more robust to resonance without unduely compromising the overall diaphragm followability and range of motion. Also, the diaphragm suspension has a reduced area so that possible resonances are inaudible.

In addition, the enclosure, provided that there is relatively no resonance, because the base structure of the audio driver is made from a rigid material and has a compact and durable geometry (eg, as defined in Section 2.2 of this specification). Neither the resonance of the nor the resonance of the base structure obscures the audio reproduction within the operating bandwidth.

Finally, the ferromagnetic diaphragm suspension is useful in combination with a decoupling system because the resonance of the diaphragm suspension is substantially eliminated without compromising the diaphragm's range of motion and fundamental resonance frequency.

4.2 Examples of Decoupling Mounting System Next, a plurality of examples of the audio transducer decoupling system of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

4.2.1 Transducer of Example A-Decoupling System Next, the audio transducer decoupling system of the present invention and the audio device incorporating the system will be described with reference to FIGS. A5 to A7. Referring to FIGS. A5a-5h, an embodiment of the audio transducer of the present invention (referred to as Example A) is shown, which is a diaphragm assembly pivotally connected to the transducer base structure A115. Equipped with A101. An audio transducer is connected to the exemplary decoupling system A500 of the present invention. Although the audio transducer in this embodiment is a rotary motion transducer, it will be appreciated that the exemplary decoupling mounting system shown may be otherwise used in conjunction with a linear motion transducer. In addition, alternative decoupling mounting systems for rotational or linear motion audio transducers that comply with the decoupling design principles and considerations described herein without departing from the scope of the invention. May be designed for.

The audio transducer of Example A comprises a diaphragm assembly A101 incorporating the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 (described herein in Section 2.2.1) with an electric audio signal (or electric audio signal). In the case of an acoustic electric transducer, a conversion mechanism (not shown) connected to a diaphragm assembly A101 configured to operably convert (rotational motion corresponding to sound pressure) is further provided.

The decoupling system A500 mounts the audio transducer A100 on another component, such as the audio device housing A613 (shown in Figure A6a). The decoupling mounting system also separates the audio transducer A100 from other components such as the associated housing. Effectively, the decoupling mounting system A500 is placed between the diaphragm assembly A101 and at least one other part of the audio device. The term "between" in this context is intended to mean both between two direct components and between two indirect components. For example, in a series of concatenated components, the decoupling mounting system A500 may have one or more other intermediate components between one or both components and the mounting system. Even so, it can be said to be located between two components of this series. For example, a decoupling mounting system is placed between the diaphragm assembly and the housing, even if it is only directly coupled to the transducer base structure and housing. This will at least partially reduce the mechanical transmission of vibrations between the diaphragm assembly A101 and at least one other part of the audio device in this series.

The decoupling mounting system A500 is configured to follow-up mount the two components of the audio device in order to effectively separate the diaphragm assembly from at least one other part of the audio device. To. For example, a decoupling system mounts two components of the device in a follow-up manner. Preferably, at least one other part of the audio device is away from the diaphragm assembly A101 rather than another diaphragm assembly of another transducer, for example in a multiway speaker system. Another part of the device. In this example, a decoupling mounting system is mounted on the audio transducer base structure A115 to separate the audio transducer from an associated housing such as a baffle or enclosure. Preferably, the decoupling mounting system A500 is configured to follow-up mount the two components, where the resulting component is at least one translational axis during operation of the associated transducer. Can move relative to each other along, but preferably along three axes of rotation that are orthogonal to each other. Alternatively, but more preferably in addition to this relative translational motion, the decoupling system A500 is centered on at least one axis of rotation during operation of the associated transducer, but is preferably orthogonal. Two components are mounted follow-up so as to allow the components to be pivoted relative to each other around the three axes of rotation. In this way, the decoupling mounting system is along at least one translational axis, or more preferably substantially orthogonal, along at least two translational axes, or even more preferably substantially orthogonal. At least partially reduce the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device along the three translational axes. In addition, there are few decoupling mounting systems.

The mounting system includes a pair of decoupling pins A107, A108 extending laterally from both sides of the transducer base structure. Decoupling pins A107, A108 have their longitudinal axis as the node axis of the transducer assembly. It is arranged so as to substantially match the position A506 of axis). The node axis is the central axis when the transducer base structure rotates due to the reaction force and / or the resonance force seen during the swing of the diaphragm. In practice, the position of the node axis can change during operation. Position A506, which coincides with the decoupling pin, operates the transducer assembly when operating the transducer assembly in a virtual unsupported state and at a frequency substantially lower than when causing unwanted diaphragm resonance. Corresponds to the position of the node axis at the time. The method of identifying this position A506 will be described in more detail below. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, one decoupling pin may extend through the base structure A115 at any end forming a pair of decoupling pins A107, A108. Decoupling pins A107, A108 extend substantially orthogonal to the longitudinal axis of the transducer assembly from the side surface between the upper main surface A116 and the lower main surface A117 of the base structure A115, and the base structure A115. Strongly connected and / or integrated with. Bush A505 is mounted around each pin A107, A108. In addition, a washer A504 may be connected between the bush A505 and the associated side of the transducer base structure A115. Bushes and washers may be referred to herein as "node axis mounts". The node axis mounts A504, A505 are configured to connect the corresponding inner flanks of the transducer housing, as described in more detail later.

The decoupling mounting system further comprises one or more decoupling pads A501 arranged on one or preferably both main surfaces A116 and A117 of the transducer base structure A115. Pad A501 provides an interface between the associated base structural surface and the corresponding interior wall / interior surface of the transducer housing to assist in separating the components. In this example, one pad A501 is placed on each main surface (upper and lower) of the base structure. The decoupling pad is preferably located in the region of the transducer base structure distal to the node axis position A506. For example, the decoupling pad is placed at or near the edge of the base structure A115 adjacent to the diaphragm A101. Each pad A501 preferably has a vertically elongated shape and extends longitudinally along the lateral edge of the base structure A115. As shown in FIG. A5f, in a preferred embodiment, each pad A501 comprises a pyramid-shaped body A501 having a tapered width along the depth direction of the body. Preferably, the apex A502 of the pyramid A501 is connected to the associated main surface of the transducer base structure A115 and the opposite base of the pyramid is configured to connect the associated faces of the transducer housing in situ. .. However, in some implementations this orientation may be reversed. In an alternative embodiment, a decoupling mounting system is used around one or more of the main surfaces A116 and A117 of the transducer base structure A115, and / or decoupling pins extend from it. It is also possible to have multiple pads distributed around the sides of the underlying structure, and as will be apparent to those of skill in the art, the invention is not intended to be limited to this exemplary configuration alone. Will be understood. Such mounts are referred to herein as "distal mounts".

The node axis mounts A504, A505 and the distal mount A501 are sufficiently follow-up to the relative motion between the two components to which each of them is attached. For example, node axis mounts and distal mounts can be flexible enough to allow relative motion between the two components to which they are attached. Node axis mounts and distal mounts can be equipped with flexible or elastic members or materials for compliance. These mounts preferably have a low Young's modulus relative to at least one but preferably both components to which they are mounted (eg, relative to the transducer base structure and the housing of the audio device). Have. Also, these mounts are preferably sufficiently dampening. For example, the node axis mounts A504, A505 may be made of a substantially flexible plastic material such as silicone rubber, and the pad A501 may also be made of a substantially flexible material such as silicone rubber. The pad A501 is preferably formed of a shock-vibration absorbing material such as silicone rubber or, more preferably, a viscoelastic urethane polymer. Alternatively, the node axis mount and / or distal mount may be formed from flexible and / or elastic members such as metal decoupling springs. Substantially compliant other members, elements, or magnetic levitations that have a sufficient degree of followability to movement to suspend the transducer. The mechanism may also be used in alternative configurations. Some examples of possible materials for node axis mounts and distal mounts are: · 30 durometer hardness (shore A scale) silicone rubber with a Young's modulus value of about 0.7 MPa; · Young's modulus of about 1.8 MPa Nitrile rubber with a hardness of 50 durometer (shore A scale) with a value;

The node axis mount and the distal mount may be made of a material having a Young's modulus value of, for example, about 0.5 MPa to 30 MPa. These values are merely exemplary and are not intended to be limiting. Materials with other Young's modulus values may be used, as it will be understood that the followability is also based, for example, on the geometry of the material.

In a preferred embodiment, the decoupling system has lower followability (ie, higher stiffness) relative to the decoupling system at the distal mount A501 at the node axis mount A505, or , Forming a higher stiffness connection between the associated parts). This can be achieved using a variety of materials, and / or, in the case of this embodiment, this is the geometry (shape, morphology and / or profile, etc.) of the node axis mount A505 relative to the distal mount A501. Achieved by changing. This difference in geometry indicates that the node axis mount A505 with respect to the distal mount A501 has a larger contact area with the base structure and housing, thereby reducing the followability of the connection between these parts. means.

For some applications, it is desirable to have a decoupling with relatively high rigidity between the base structure and the housing. The reason is that it minimizes the movement of the base structure during resonance mode and when the device receives a sufficiently large impact. However, having a decoupling with high rigidity means that displacement of the base structure, for example due to vibration, is more easily transmitted. The decoupling system of this embodiment helps alleviate these shortcomings of a decoupling system with high rigidity. Placing a portion of the decoupling system with lower followability at node axis position A506 reduces the movement of the transducer base structure A515 at this position during operation and therefore the associated housing. This means that the transmission of unwanted vibrations to is reduced. Also, the difference in followability (eg, flexibility) of the decoupling system at the node axis mounts A504, A505 and at the distal mount A501 will be explained in more detail later on the transducer of the transducer. Helps prevent or at least reduce the amount of possible changes in node axis position during operation. Preventing or reducing the amount of change in node axis position means that the base structure will continue to have minimal displacement at the node axis mount position throughout the transducer's FRO. In addition, minimizing the displacement at the node axis mount (the mount with higher stiffness) means vibration to the transducer housing or other unwanted machine via any decoupling with relatively higher stiffness. It means reducing the transmission of stiff movements.

The contact vertices A502 of the pyramid A501 can be seen in detail in Figures A5f and A5h. Here, a very small / thin tip contacts the transducer base structure. The support achieved at these positions is, for example, relative to other positions of the support (node axis mount) because of the touch of such a small contact area and because of the material's followability. Etc.), it will have very high followability. This is important. This is because these positions are far from the transducer node axis position A506, and therefore in virtual unsupported states (eg, no mount, no gravity), the transducer is in resonant mode during use. This is because these parts of the are inevitably subject to large displacements. A decoupling mount with relatively high followability allows for such large displacements without transmitting a correspondingly high load to the housing.

On the other hand, the bush A505 and washer A504 are arranged so as to be close to the transducer node axis position A506, where the displacement in the virtual unsupported state is small. Therefore, these components are designed to have relatively low followability (ie, have relatively low followability (eg, flexibility) compared to the distal mount A501) and these components. Will be responsible for most of the support for placing the transducer within the transducer housing. Providing a mount with relatively low followability at the node axis position functions to allow the decoupling to resist movement of the node axis position, as well as the base structure during operation of the transducer on this axis. It means helping to maintain the property of rotating around. This means that the displacement / translation at this highly rigid decoupling position is minimal.

Further referring to FIGS. A6a-i, the audio transducer assembly A100 is configured to be connected inside the transducer housing A613 of the audio device using the decoupling system A500. The housing A613 is a housing body A601 having a concave shape for receiving and accommodating the corresponding transducer assembly, and a lid configured on top of the in-situ open recess to close the open recess. Equipped with A602. The lid A602 is securely connected to the housing by a suitable fixing mechanism, such as a fixture A603 located at the corner of the housing. The lid A602 is equipped with a grill or aperture A604 in the area configured to be located near the diaphragm assembly A101 when the audio transducer assembly is connected within the housing A613, thereby providing sound. Allows the transmission of pressure. The audio transducer assembly (of Example A of this particular example) is shown mounted in the transducer housing A613 in Figures A6c and A6g. The distal mount pyramid A501 is shown in Figure A6c, one of which is shown in detail in Figure A6d. Each mount A501 is attached to the associated surface on both sides using a suitable fixing mechanism, such as via an adhesive (eg, an epoxy adhesive). One distal mount of the distal mounts A501 is attached to the inner surface of the housing lid A602 on the base side and to the associated main surface A116 of the transducer base structure on the contralateral apex side A502. The other distal mount A501 is connected to the inner surface A609 of the housing body A601 on the base side and to the associated main surface A117 of the transducer base structure on the opposite apex side A502 (eg, one mount A501). See Figure A6d, which shows the connections in.) In the case of this embodiment, one of the distal mounts, A501, is a base structure port. It is connected to Le Peace A104 (as shown in Figure A6d) and the other distal mount is connected to the base structure pole piece A103 (as shown in Figure A5f). It will be appreciated that in an alternative embodiment, the orientation of the mount A501 may be reversed, the vertices of each mount may be connected to the housing surface, and the base of the mount may be connected to the transducer base structure.

The washers A504 and bush A505 are coupled to the transducer housing body A601 via two slugs A610 of the decoupling system detailed in FIGS. A7a-f. Each slug A610 comprises a cut cylindrical body having a generally flat or generally planar surface and a generally bow-shaped surface. An annular recess A701 is formed within the planar surface to provide a seating / contact surface for the associated washer A504. The aperture is placed in the recess and extends laterally into the internal cavity A704 of the body of the slug A610 (not required, but preferably extended to fully pass through). The cavity A704 is sized to receive and accommodate the corresponding decoupling pins A107, A108 and Bush A505 of the decoupling system on the fly. As shown in Figure A6h, the aperture has an inlet with a reduced diameter relative to the rest of the aperture where the Bush A505 is placed in place. This creates an internal rim or stop A611 on which the Bush A505 rests. The purpose of this stop A611 will be described in more detail later. The body of each slag further comprises a narrow slit A702 extending longitudinally along one side of the slag. The threaded aperture A703 is configured to extend through the curved portion of the body approximately perpendicular to the aperture of the decoupling pin and the longitudinal axis of the body to receive the threaded fixture. The aperture A703 is aligned with the slit A702 and extends into the slit A702 so that when inserted, the fixture can be fully screwed into place and engages on the side of the most distal slit from the aperture A703. Combined to exert force. This increases the size / width / diameter of the base of the body, which allows the base of the body to be frictionally engaged and locked in place within the corresponding recess A614 of the transducer housing. Become.

Particularly with reference to FIGS. A6h and A6i, the washer A504 of the decoupling system is first slid onto pins A107 and A108 in order to assemble the audio transducer of Example A within the housing A601. Each bush A505 is then slid from the end of the enlarged diameter into the respective cavity A704 of the associated slug A610 until resting on the internal stop A611. The slug A610, which holds the bush in it, is then slid over pins A107 and A108 until it contacts each washer with its respective seat / recess A701 of the associated slug A610. The recess A701 accommodates a portion of the thickness of the washer, thereby forming a gap A607 between the outer wall of the transducer base structure and the housing A601. In addition, the decoupling pad A501 is glued to the associated main surface of the transducer base structure (preferably near the lateral edge near the diaphragm).

The transducer assembly A100, which holds the slug A610 on it, is then carefully placed in the corresponding recess of the housing body A601. Specifically, the slug A610 is aligned with and slid into the corresponding arched channel A614 on the opposite side of the body A601. Once in place, the grab screw A612 is inserted into the hole A605 in the housing body A601 and screwed into the threaded aperture A703 in the slug A610. When fully screwed in place, each grab screw contacts the distal edge / distal of the corresponding slot A702 and gently bends the associated narrow side of the slug A610 next to the slot, thereby the slug. Increase the diameter of the base to prevent frictional movement of the slag within the associated channel A614 of the housing body A601. In this way, the transducer assembly is securely engaged by friction within the associated recess of the housing.

FIG. A6h shows a detailed cross-sectional view of the decoupling bush A505 and washer A504 mounted snugly between the slug A610, the pin A107, and the magnet body A102 of the transducer base structure A115. The slug stopper surface A611 is relatively short and accurate distance away from pin A107. This configuration means that no contact occurs between the transducer assembly and the transducer housing during normal operation. However, in the event of a collision or drop, the surface of the stopper comes into contact with the pin A107, preventing the transducer assembly from being significantly displaced with respect to the housing. This further prevents the diaphragm assembly A101 from coming into contact with the transducer housing and being damaged in such cases.

In addition, when the transducer is assembled within the housing, a narrow and substantially uniform gap / space A607 is formed between the transducer base structure / magnet A102 and the housing body A601 as shown in Figures A6g and A6h. Will be done. This narrow gap A607 may extend around at least a significant portion (preferably the entire circumference) of the circumference of the base structure A115. The gap A607 can also be reduced or closed in some areas during impacts such as dropping. For significant lateral movement (direction of axis of rotation A114), the robust transducer base structure A115 is configured to hit the housing body A601 before the more brittle diaphragm assembly A101 can contact the housing body A601. And therefore acts as an additional stopper / protection structure. This is compared to the gap between the edges and sides of the diaphragm assembly A101 and the adjacent interior walls of the housing, with respect to the edges and sides of the transducer base structure A115 and the adjacent interior walls of the housing. This can be achieved by allowing the formation of relatively narrower gaps between them.

As mentioned above, the stopper of the transducer base structure is used to assist in protecting the diaphragm assembly from hitting the surroundings, especially in the event of an abnormal collision or dropping into an audio device. These stoppers consist of areas or points of the transducer base structure that are physically limited by the area or point where the transducer housing is located in the event of an abnormal collision or drop. In the cases mentioned above, mounts placed at pins A107 and A108 in close proximity to the decoupling washers A504 and decoupling bushes A505, for example, when manufacturing tolerances are inadequate or when the mount creeps. It facilitates precise stopper tolerances by avoiding unwanted contact during use that would result in decoupling loss.

In other words, the decoupling system is configured to provide a very narrow gap between the diaphragm base structure and the housing at the node axis decoupling mount. The narrow gaps are located around the longitudinal axis of each decoupling pin and are sized to be relatively smaller than the gap between the diaphragm assembly and the housing, resulting in the inner surface of the slug A610. The A611 will be able to act as a stopper to prevent significant relative movement between the transducer and the housing. In other cases, this relative motion causes the diaphragm assembly to come into contact with the housing. The decoupling system provides another gap A607 parallel to the longitudinal axis of the decoupling pin (due to the movement of the washer), which is from the gap between the diaphragm assembly and the housing. Also significantly narrower, thereby preventing the diaphragm assembly from contacting the housing as the transducer moves substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the decoupling pin.

Referring to FIG. A6i, in this example, the audio device is attached to the inner wall of the transducer aperture of the housing body A601 on one side and to the inner wall of the lid A602 on the other side, for example an adhesive such as epoxy adhesive. Also equipped with a diaphragm excursion stopper A606, which is also connected using. There may be one or more such stoppers. There can be one or more longitudinally extending stoppers A606 in situ that are generally uniformly spaced along each surface in the proximal region of the diaphragm structure of assembly A101 (three in this example). ). As shown in Figure A6c, these stoppers A606 are in the event of any anomalous event that could cause the diaphragm to move excessively, such as a device falling or a very large audio signal being provided. It has an inclined surface that is positioned to contact the diaphragm. The inclined surface is configured to be in-situ placed in the vicinity of the diaphragm body A208 to accommodate the angle of the diaphragm body when the diaphragm is accidentally rotated to this point. The stopper A606 is made from a substantially soft material such as expanded polystyrene foam to avoid damaging the diaphragm. This material is preferably relatively softer than, for example, the material of the diaphragm body (eg, may be a material of relatively lower density than polystyrene of the diaphragm body) in order to mitigate damage. The stopper A606 has a large surface area that is not large enough to effectively slow down the diaphragm, but to create a closed air cavity that blocks excessive airflow and / or tends to resonate. Has.

Referring again to Figures A6g and A6h, as mentioned, there is a small gap A607 that extends in situ around a significant portion of the peripheral edge of the transducer (and preferably the entire peripheral edge). .. This gap is small, ranging from 0.5 mm to close to 1 mm, to ensure that the positive pressure on one side of the transducer cancels out with the negative pressure on the other side during use. Is. Preferably, the size of the clearance is more distal than the most rigid decoupling mount A504 / A505 compared to the position closer to the most rigid decoupling mount A504 / A505. By the way, it's bigger. The reason is that in the fall scenario, these positions tend to be displaced more than they are closer to the stopper surface, such as the A611.

In this exemplary decoupling system of the invention, except through the decoupling mounting system, and in some cases, wires that carry current to the motor coil winding A109 of the transducer assembly (shown). The transducer assembly A100 and the transducer housing A601 do not come into contact with each other except through the case. These wires are preferably fully adhered to the transducer using an adhesive, such as an epoxy adhesive, to prevent the wires from resonating or buzzing. The wire passes from the side of the coil winding A109 around the first bend A403 (to avoid tensioning the torsion bar during a drop and damaging the wire), and the torsion bar A106 bends. Along the medial corner of the bend in the easy intermediate region A402 (because this position does not significantly expand or contract during use and there is no risk of causing wire fatigue) and pass around the second bend A403. , Passing over the end tab A303 of the contact bar A105 and extending along the contact bar towards the magnet A102. At the practical position closest to the transducer node axis position A506, which is the position where the displacement during normal operation is minimized, the wire separates from the transducer and passes through the air gap to the transducer housing. In addition, wires connect from the transducer housing to the amplifier and sound source.

Most preferably, the wires are stagnant on both sides of the gap and short enough to be resonance-free in the middle, thereby substantially resonance-free of all unseparated elements. The nature will be maintained.

Note that these wires are not shown in the drawings. Also, while the wire paths described are considered to be advantageous in both resonance management and even reliability, other wire configurations are potentially valid and the present invention is an example of this. Note that it is not intended to be limited to just.

Preferably, the decoupling mounts A504, A505 and A501 have good damping. The reason is that the attenuation assists in controlling the resonance. Preferably, the mount is made of a relatively low creep material, for example from a viscoelastic urethane polymer. Otherwise, the transducer may displace over time when subjected to long-term loads, such as gravity loads, which may result in contact with the housing or stopper during normal operation. This can also result in a loss in the effectiveness of the decoupling. The node axis bushing preferably has sufficient contact area (specifically, decoupling pins A107, A108) to keep the long-term stress on the bushing within the creep stress limits of the material used. Contact area between and Bush A505). In addition, the geometry of the mount and the connection to the mount can be designed so that the material is not overstressed by weight in long-term situations.

The decoupling system described above can be incorporated into an audio device having any type of audio transducer assembly, and the transducer of Example A used in the above description provides the context of a decoupling system. It will be understood that it is merely an example for. Next, some suitable audio transducer assemblies that will be combined with the decoupling system described above will be described in more detail.

Preferably, the above-mentioned decoupling mounting system is: Audio of configuration R5 to R7 of section 2.3, as described in the diaphragm structure of configuration R1 to R4 of section 2.2 herein. Thick, high-rigidity diaphragms that employ a rigid approach to resonance control, as in the case of the diaphragm structure described under the transducer, Section 2.2.1 of this specification. Base structures with high rigidity and robust geometry as previously described for the Audio Transducer of Example A, defined in the Audio Transducer described under Section 2.3 of the present specification. Diaphragm assembly suspensions such as, and / or one or more of rotary motion audio transducers having a hinge system, as defined under Section 3.2 or 3.3 herein. However, preferably all) are incorporated into audio transducers with any combination.

Combined with one or more of the above assemblies, structures or systems and the decoupling systems described herein, as shown by the CSD / waterfall plot described further below. Such energy storage within the operating bandwidth of the audio transducer is negligible. The audio transducer of Example A of the present invention incorporates, for example, a combination of this decoupling system with all the features of the audio transducers described above. This is described in more detail in subsequent subsections within Section 4 of this specification.

With reference to the node axis decoupling diagrams A5 and A6 again, as mentioned above, the decoupling pins A107, A108 of the decoupling system A500 rotate where they are integrated or attached. It has a longitudinal axis that substantially coincides with the node axis of the motion audio transducer. The node axis of the audio transducer can be observed when the transducer operates in a virtual unsupported state, where no external reaction force is seen and no structural impact is seen (eg, seen by mounting). Reaction force etc.). The node axis position A506 of interest is when the diaphragm assembly and base structure are operated in a virtual unsupported state at frequencies well below frequencies that clearly indicate unwanted diaphragm resonance. This is the position where the transducer base structure rotates around it due to the reaction force seen during the vibration of the diaphragm. The axis around which the base structure rotates is referred to herein as the "transducer node axis". The position of the node axis in the virtual unsupported state of the transducer is referred to herein as the node axis position A506. In a typical transducer, none of these axes are present or are in a position away from the base structure assembly. For many rotary motion transducers and some other drivers, the axis is present in close proximity to or within the base structure assembly. In the illustrated audio transducer described above, the node axis is substantially parallel to the hinge axis of the diaphragm assembly A101.

Normally, decoupling mounts must be translationally compliant for them to be effective, but during the course of normal operation, the transducer base structure moves in motion with a significant rotational component (when unconstrained). In the case of a rotating motion audio transducer with, the decoupling mounts A505 / A504 may be placed around it at or near position A506 on the node axis where the above rotation occurs. There are special cases. In this case, these decoupling mounts do not need to provide a significant degree of translational compliance as long as they follow the rotation around the node axis. During the course of normal operation, the transducer does not attempt to translate significantly at this position A506, minimizing the transmission of translational displacement to the enclosure in which the transducer is mounted.

Furthermore, if vibrations are sent from an external source to the transducer via the translations of these mounts A505 / A504, this will result in only a slight translation at the diaphragm hinge point, which in turn will result in any excitation of the diaphragm. It means that the rotation is substantially limited to the rotation around the hinge axis. The diaphragm basic mode functions as a form of decoupling with good damping against such excitation. When the transducer base structure is separated in this way, the above-mentioned effects such as mechanically amplifying the resonance of the enclosure and other external vibrations through the lightweight diaphragm are greatly reduced. This also works for microphone transducers, which means that the microphone will only respond slightly to external vibrations, despite the effective presence of hinge connections in its mounting. Implicitly means.

This means that such transducers can be separated via a mounting system that resists translation and thus has relatively high robustness and reliability. It should be noted that it is preferred that such a mount actually incorporates some degree of followability, and it is even more preferred that such a mount also achieves attenuation. The reason is that, in practice, the node points can change slightly over the working bandwidth, or even over the course of a single diaphragm swing.

FEA-Determining Node Axis As mentioned above, the node axis position A506 of the transducer base structure assembly should have zero or at least minimal translation when the audio transducer is operated in a virtual unsupported state. This is the position where the rotation of the base structure occurs around that point. The virtual non-supported state is a state in which there is no external reaction force such as from the mounting other than the force seen by the vibration of the diaphragm. This situation can be achieved in weightlessness because the transducer does not require a mount. However, it is difficult to actually achieve weightlessness.

A preferred method of the present invention for determining the node axis position A506 is to utilize finite element method analysis (FEA) to simulate the operation of the transducer assembly in zero gravity without mounting the transducer. Is.

An alternative approach for simulation is to operate the audio transducer using the excitation of a sinusoidal input to the diaphragm of the assembly over a frequency band, where the translation is zero. To identify, the resulting movement of the base structure is analyzed.

Node axis position A506 when the transducer is mounted using a mounting that is extremely flexible and lightweight, applying a substantially constant bearing load in response to the forces obtained from gravity. Can be determined experimentally. Thus, the transducer's response to sinusoidal excitation becomes substantially independent of mounting, so that a sensor such as an accelerometer can be used to determine the non-translational axis position A506. It may be advantageous to use a sensor that is lighter than the driver. For example, the transducer's base structural assembly can be suspended via a thin rubber band with high followability, or is lightweight with high followability of open cell foam or pillow stuffing. Can be placed on a piece. The driver's excitation must be high enough to neglect the followability of the mounting, but this frequency is low enough to make the transducer behave with virtually one degree of freedom. be.

The above are examples that can be used by those of skill in the art to determine the node axis position of a particular transducer assembly.

Revisiting the preferred method of using FEA, there are several possible FEA-based approaches, including 1) mode analysis (performing the driver's FEA mode analysis in zero gravity; node axis A506). , Part of the base structure that translates only slightly when the basic vibrating plate resonance frequency is observed); 2) Linear dynamic finite element analysis (also in zero gravity) Another FEA analysis of the driver includes, for example, sinusoidal excitation and reaction forces applied to the vibrating plate and transducer base structure over a wide frequency range of 20Hz to 30kHz). The displacement amplitude at the position of the simulated sensor on the base structure can be calculated, and from that information it can be possible to determine the position on the base structure that receives the smallest displacement. This is the node axis A506.

Next, the mode analysis method 1) will be described in more detail.

The results of computer simulations performed according to this method are shown in Figures A13a-A13m. In this computer simulation, a model of a transducer that is the same as and / or is similar to the transducer assembly of Example A above is constructed and utilized. This model represents a transducer assembly without a housing.

The transducer is modeled as floating in free space. Densities, modulus and Poisson's ratios of various materials were modeled. A mode analysis is performed to identify the unique resonance mode of the transducer. Since the simulation is weightless, the first six resonant modes calculated consist of three translational and three rotation modes for the entire transducer, which occur at 0 Hz. These are ignored. Other resonance modes specific to the transducer are shown in Figures A13a-m.

The first relevant resonance mode that occurs at 110 Hz is the basic operating mode of the diaphragm assembly A101 that rotates relative to the transducer base structure A115, which is shown in Figures A13a, b, c, d and e. It is shown. Figures A13a-d show the vector plot of the displacement, where hundreds of arrows indicate the direction and magnitude of the displacement. The orientation and length of each arrow indicates the orientation and magnitude of the displacement of the transducer points located at the rear end of the arrow.

The node axis A506 of the transducer base structure can be seen as being generally parallel to the axis of rotation A114, but there is a slight angle A1301 between them of about 2.6 degrees. If the transducer base structure is more symmetric about the sagittal plane of the diaphragm body A217, these two axes will be closer to parallel. Figure A13b shows the figure in direction A (shown in Figure A13a), where the directions of the arrow vector A1303 are all concentric about a point on the transducer base structure A115 and are therefore of the transducer node axis. It shows position A506.

Arrow A1302, which also indicates displacement, is generally significantly larger than arrow A1303. The reason is that the arrow A1302 indicates that the diaphragm movement is greater than the movement of the heavier transducer base structure. Note that the arrows A1302 are so dense and large that it is difficult to see the individual arrows, and that the outline of the diaphragm assembly A101 is unclear.

Figures A13d and A13e show the same isometric view of the displacement in the fundamental resonance mode. Except that Figure A13d shows a vector plot and Figure A13e is a displacement plot showing the magnitude of the displacement with a gray shade. The closer the gray shade is to white, the greater the displacement.

Figures A13f and g show the vector plot and gray scale style displacement plot of the second diaphragm resonance mode (referred to as the first diaphragm split mode) at 18.2 kHz. Is a diaphragm twist mode, in which the tip of the left diaphragm moves forward and the tip of the right diaphragm moves oppositely backward.

Figures A13h and i show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the second diaphragm split mode at 19.4 kHz, which is the diaphragm slicing mode, where vibration. The left and right tips of the plate move laterally in the same direction.

Figures A13j and k show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the 3rd diaphragm split mode at 19.9kHz, which is the diaphragm bending mode, here at the tip of the diaphragm. The intermediate region is displaced forward and backward.

Figures A13l and m show the vector plot and gray scale style displacement plot of the 4th diaphragm split mode at 22kHz, where the middle region of the diaphragm tip is displaced forward and the diaphragm. This is a diaphragm mode in which both the left side and the right side of the tip are displaced backward.

When modeling a transducer that has other parts firmly attached to the transducer base structure, these other parts affect the mass portion of the base structure and should be further included in the computer model. Please note. Therefore, the position of the axis should be determined relative to the entire transducer base structure assembly.

Performance of Decoupling System Next, the performance of the audio transducer of Example A, including the features of the decoupling and other suitable transducer assemblies, will be described with reference to another simulation.

Figure 14a shows a computer model of the same audio transducer model described above, which is here mounted on its decoupling system, which is shown in Example A of Figure A5a. Similar to the decoupling system used and the decoupling system described in Section 4.2 above. Specifically, the node axis mounts A504, A505 are positioned to coincide with the node axis position A506 determined from the unsupported simulation above, with the distal mount A505 near / near the diaphragm hinge. Placed on the surface. Figure A14b shows another diagram of the same model, showing the positions of the six simulated sensors A1401, A1402, A1403, A1404, A1405 and A1406. To avoid obscuring the sensor position A1405 even though the decoupling bush A505, decoupling washer A504 and decoupling pin A107 on the sensor placement side of the transducer are included in the computer model. Note that this figure does not show the decoupling bush A505, decoupling washer A504 and decoupling pin A107 on the sensor placement side of the transducer.

The position of the simulated sensor is A1401 at the tip of the diaphragm assembly A101, A1402 slightly above the side of the diaphragm, A1403 near the diaphragm base, and the transducer base structure that is reasonably close to the diaphragm. At A1404 on the A115, A1405 on the transducer base structure approaching the mounting hole for the decoupling pin A107, and A1406 on the transducer base structure at the farthest end from the diaphragm. Identified along the sides of the transducer.

This computer model was analyzed using harmonized / modal finite element analysis with the surface of the decoupling system, which normally touches the transducer housing, fixed in space. For example, the outer cylindrical surface of the decoupling bush A505, the outer flat surface of the decoupling washer A504, and the outer flat surface of the decoupling pyramid A501 were all fixed in space. This means that these surfaces are attached to the stationary part of the housing (such as the housing described in Figure A6a). Displacement plots of the first eight modes of vibration are shown in Figures A14c-A14r.

In addition, the same model was analyzed using dynamic linear finite element method analysis (FEA) using sinusoidal and reaction forces applied to the diaphragm and transducer base structures, respectively, over a frequency range of 50 Hz to 30 kHz. The displacement amplitude at the simulated sensor position with respect to frequency was calculated. These are shown in the graph in Figure A14s.

A14s are A1407 showing the plot for sensor A1401, A1408 showing the plot for sensor A1402, A1409 showing the plot for sensor A1403, A1410 showing the plot for sensor A1404, A1411 showing the plot for sensor A1406. , And a graph of log displacement vs log frequency at the positions of the six simulated sensors on the transducer simulation of the A1412, which shows the plot for the sensor A1405.

Note that this simulation used a damping ratio of 2% for all materials. This damping ratio is low and does not exhibit the damping reaction expected to be exhibited in the used decoupling materials such as viscoelastic urethane polymers and silicone rubber in a preferred mounting embodiment. The reason for using low ratios is to make the resonant peaks associated with each mode more prominent as sharper, so that these modes can be easily identified in the graph of Figure A14s as a result. ..

Figures A14 (c ~ r) are the results of harmonic / mode analysis for various resonant modes of transducers and decoupling mount systems. Figures A14c and d show the vector plot of the entire driver and the grayscale style displacement plot on the decoupling mount in the first decoupling resonance mode at 64Hz, respectively. These plots show rotation modes around an axis that are generally arranged to pass through the decoupling bush A505 and the decoupling washer A504. In the graph shown in Figure A14s, the frequency position A1413 has a clear peak in the plots A1410, A1411 and A1412 corresponding to the three sensors on the transducer base structure A115, and in the plot for the diaphragm sensor A1409. Is shown. The plots A1407 and A1408 for the two sensors closest to the diaphragm tip show only small deviations. The reason is that the displacement of the diaphragm associated with the fundamental resonance of the transducer (Wn) is overwhelmingly larger than the displacement due to the first decoupling resonance. The displacement shown in plot A1412 is very small at 64 Hz, indicating good performance that minimizes translation at the position of the relatively rigid node axis decoupling mounts A504, A505. Please note. A relatively soft decoupling mount A501 is used at other positions away from the node axis position A506. The reason is that these positions are believed to transfer significant energy and motion at frequencies up to 64Hz and frequencies around 64Hz.

The basic diaphragm resonance of the transducer (Wn) at 111Hz is the next resonance on the plot in Figure A14s shown at frequency A1414. Relevant peaks can be seen across the plot of positions for all six sensors. Figures A14e and f show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of this resonant mode, which is the same mode as shown in Figures A13a-d. The displacements shown in plots A1410, A1411 and A1412 correspond in absolute quantity to 64 Hz, but these plots do not actually peak at 111 Hz when relative to the diaphragm displacement. This becomes clearer in plots that are homogenized to keep the diaphragm displacement constant over all frequencies. Therefore, there is no base structure resonance with displacement on the decoupling mount at this frequency. It should be noted that during normal operation, the fundamental diaphragm resonance frequency will be well controlled by electrical attenuation.

Figures A14g and h show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the second decoupling resonant mode at 259Hz shown at frequency A1415, where the transducer is at the tip of the diaphragm. It is a translational mode that moves substantially back and forth in the direction of going and away from it. Figures A14i and j show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the third decoupling resonance mode at 266 Hz, which is primarily a translational mode. Peaks associated with these two modes can be seen at position A1415 on the graph in Figure A14s, but only on the three sensors located on the transducer base structure A115. The frequencies of both of these modes are so close that the two peaks are combined into one. Both of these modes result in very small displacement amplitudes, and the reason is that both of these modes are rarely excited by the placement of the main mount, which is the node axis of the base structure where the displacement is small. Please note that this is because it affects the mode. This shows that the decoupling mount design successfully mitigates these two resonant modes. It should also be noted that if the actual value of decoupling damping is used in this model, the displacement will be further reduced.

Figures A14k and l show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the fourth decoupling resonance mode at 345 Hz, which is the rotational mode. This particular mode is not clearly visible in any of the plots in the graph in Figure A14s (hence this position is not shown). The reason is that the force applied by the coil and the reaction force applied by the transducer base structure act in one direction and are applied to positions where the transducer is not significantly excited. Again, this shows that the decoupling mount design successfully mitigates this resonant mode.

Figures A14m and n show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the fifth decoupling resonance mode at 468 Hz, which is the rotational mode. Figures A14o and p show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the sixth decoupling resonance mode at 479 Hz, which is primarily the translational mode, but the circular displacement seen in Figure A14p. Significant rotational movements as indicated by the lines are also relevant. Due to the close frequency of both of these modes, the two peaks are combined into one and shown at position A1416. This is another example of the very small displacement amplitudes of both of these modes, which are successfully mitigated through the choice of decoupling mount position and followability. It shows that it is.

Figures A14q and r show the vector plot and grayscale style displacement plot of the second diaphragm resonance mode (referred to as the first diaphragm split mode) at 18.2 kHz. Is the torsion diaphragm mode (also shown in Figure A13f ~ g). On all plots in the graph of Figure A14s, the associated peak can be seen at position A1417. In this frequency band of the diaphragm, the transducer no longer behaves in one degree of freedom, which means that the transducer is not expected to have a node axis at or near the position of the decoupling mount. do. However, good decoupling performance is maintained because the high frequency displacement is small and all mounts have some degree of followability.

For this transducer, the plot A1412 corresponding to the decoupling mount position A1405 with the highest robustness / lowest followability shows the smallest displacement of all sensor positions throughout the FRO.

The advantage of this decoupling system design is that only one of the six decoupling system resonance modes is strongly excited and significantly affects the displacement of the diaphragm. The other five modes have little effect on either the diaphragm and even the base structure. This can be seen from the fact that all relevant peaks are on the order of magnitude lower than the displacement of the diaphragm at equal frequencies. Another advantage of this decoupling system is the resonant mode of one excited decoupling system, even though the mounting system has relatively higher robustness and lower followability than some others. Is to occur at a relatively low frequency of 64Hz (although this does not have to be this frequency in practice). In addition, the resonant modes of all decoupling systems will have high attenuation.

Simulation Results Described The simple form of the suspension system is the traditional one-degree-of-freedom mass-spring-damper system, where forces are applied to the mass, the intent of which is to attach the springs and dampers. Minimize the transmission of force to the base where you are. Decoupling is usually achieved in the "mass control" region above the resonant frequency. At per resonance frequency (attenuation control region) and below resonance (stiffness control region), decoupling systems are usually ineffective.

Proceeding to the common 3D transducers on the decoupling system, the transducers moving on the decoupling system have 6 degrees of freedom (and at the lower frequencies associated with the basic diaphragm resonance frequency, the 7th. There is a degree of freedom). Six degrees of freedom are three translations along three orthogonal planes and three rotations around three orthogonal axes of rotation. For Example A, six related transducer resonance modes are shown in Figures A14c / d, A14g / h, A14i / j, A14k / l, A14m / n and A14o / p. The seventh basic diaphragm resonance frequency is shown in A143e / f.

Similar to a one-degree-of-freedom system, in a typical 3D transducer with a decoupling system, decoupling is usually achieved only in the mass control region, with the mass control region under the resonance of the maximum frequency transducer. be. For the transducer of Example A, the maximum frequency resonance mode when the transducer is mounted using a decoupling system is shown in Figure A14o / p, which occurs at about 479Hz in the simulation. This usually implies that the decoupling system will only start to take effect at higher frequencies, perhaps above 958Hz (twice the maximum resonant frequency). However, in addition to this, as described in Section 4.7 above, the simulated decoupling system described in Section 4.2 has the lowest resonance that occurs at about 64Hz as shown in Figure A14c / d. It is effective even if the frequency drops to a frequency close to the mode.

This is the highest resonance mode of the transducers on other decoupling mounts, including all five other resonance modes that go down into the mass control region relative to the lowest 64Hz mode. It shows that this decoupling system has novelty because the decoupling performance is maintained at frequencies below. This is evident from the relatively low displacement level observed at the resonant frequency relative to the intended displacement of the operating diaphragm.

The essential reason is that the node axis decoupling mounts A504 and A505 with relatively low followability are placed at the node axis position A506, which is almost non-translated (virtual weightlessness) of the transducer. It is possible for the transducer to move virtually as if it were in zero gravity without shrinking the rigid mount. This decoupling design can be seen as an alignment of the behavior of the decoupling system to the "zero gravity" behavior of the transducer, and thus the stiffness of the transducer / decoupling system where the displacement is affected by the transducer mount. And at frequencies throughout the resonant control region ("first operating state"), and even in the transducer mass control region ("zero gravity"" where displacement is little or little affected by the transducer mount. At frequencies in the "second operating state"), the displacement of the transducer will include rotation about substantially the same axis. This alignment significantly separates translational motion and improves decoupling performance during operation (here, the node axis mount operates the device as if it were in a "weightless" state). It means that only the distal mount A501 with higher followability, which is located away from the axis A506, is utilized. These distal mounts A501 have sufficient followability to generate the associated resonant mode at low frequencies of 64 Hz in the case of the transducer of Example A.

Frequency range of operation (FRO) The simulated driver computer model discussed above in connection with Figure A14a can have an operating frequency range as low as 20Hz, although At a fundamental frequency of 111Hz, the volume will decrease sharply. The lower bound for this driver will vary depending on the final configuration where this driver is deployed.

When implemented as a personal audio driver, the "proximity effect" of being close to the ear can increase the volume of the bus frequency. If the eardrum side of the diaphragm is sealed to some extent, the bass response can be further improved.

By controlling the sealing between the tympanic membrane side, which is the positive pressure side of the transducer, and the other negative pressure side, the damping of the fundamental resonance frequency and the fundamental mode is potentially adjusted. Please note.

The upper limit of the frequency response of this driver may extend close to what is normally considered to be the human audible limit (20kHz). The first diaphragm split mode is 18.2 kHz, which is the twist mode. This peak A1417 can be clearly seen in the displacement plot A1407 (Fig. A14s) by the sensor A1401 at the side tip of the diaphragm. When this mode is measured using an on-axis microphone, it is difficult to identify that the mode is not strongly excited. The reason is that the positive sound pressure generated on the left side of the diaphragm is canceled by the negative sound pressure on the right side of the diaphragm. The actual waterfall plot in Figure H2a shows little of this mode at position H203, so the FRO can extend even higher.

The second diaphragm split mode of the computer simulation that occurs at 19.4kHz is also balanced and does not move a significant amount of air, so it cannot actually be seen in the displacement plot in Figure A14s.

The third diaphragm split mode of the computer simulation that occurs at 19.9 kHz, which corresponds to the peak A1418 of the displacement plot in Figure A14s, is the diaphragm bending mode, which is susceptible to excitation. This mode will produce prominent peaks in both the waterfall plot and even the frequency response plot. It is preferred that the FRO is below the frequency of this mode. The reason is that the frequency in this mode causes significant audio distortion. However, in this case, the distortion deviates from the audible bandwidth.

4.2.2 Transducer of Example E- Decoupling system With reference to diagrams E1 and E2, an embodiment of the audio transducer device E200 (referred to herein as the audio transducer of Example E) is shown, which is the appropriate hinge set. It comprises a diaphragm assembly E101 that is pivotally connected to the transducer base structure E118 via a solid. As shown in Figure E2, the transducer assembly E200 is housed within the transducer housing E118b. The transducer housing is provided on the base structure with a decoupling pin E208 similar to the decoupling pin described in the decoupling system in Section 4.2. All of the assembly E200 shown in Figure E2 to determine the node axis position for the transducer base structure, including the transducer housing E118b and the base structure E118a and diaphragm assembly E101 contained therein. The position of the decoupling pin was determined by modeling the part of. This helps identify a suitable location for separating this assembly from another part of the audio device, as already described in Section 4.6. Other parts may be, for example, another baffle, enclosure, housing, or headband of the headphones. Decoupling pin E208 was placed at or near this node axis.

A suitable decoupling mounting system for this embodiment would be made from an elastomer to provide most of the support for the assembly shown in Figure E2 located at the decoupling pin E208. Equipped with a flexible mount. The system is also intended to prevent the assembly from rotating too far away from the part of the audio device that separates the assembly during operation and to prevent the two parts from touching. It also has an additional distal mount that is placed away from the node axis as described under Section 4.2 for light support for the purpose of doing so. The decoupling mounting system described is not fully shown in the drawings, but it separates the transducers of Example A as shown in Figure A2 and as described under Section 4.2. Similar to a system for

4.2.3 Transducer of Example U- Reference to the decoupling system configuration diagram U1 shows an audio device with an audio transducer U101 mounted on a housing (or part of the housing) or surrounding U102 via the decoupling system U103 of the present invention. ing. The decoupling system U103 comprises a plurality of flexible and followable mounts U103a-c that are placed around the periphery of the transducer U101. This decoupling mounting system provides a small gap between the transducer U101 and the housing U102, around a significant portion of the periphery of the transducer U101, and preferably around the entire periphery away from the mount position. Configured to maintain U104. Further referring to FIG. U2, the transducer U101 is a linear motion transducer comprising a transducer base structure U202 and a diaphragm assembly U201 movably connected to the base structure. The base structure U202 has a squat geometry with significant thickness rigidity and has a substantially hollow open chamber U215 on one side to accommodate the movable diaphragm assembly U201. .. It should be noted that this transducer base structural assembly comprises a portion U202 and further comprises a magnet assembly composed of magnets U205 and pole pieces U206a-c. In this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly U201 is supported by ferrofluid in place with respect to chamber U215. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments as will be apparent to those of skill in the art, other mechanical mechanisms may be used to support the diaphragm assembly within chamber U215. The diaphragm assembly is reciprocally movable within chamber U215 to convert sound. Specifically, the conversion mechanism provides an electromagnetic mechanism with a coil U209 extending laterally from the diaphragm structure U212 into the magnetic field generated by the magnet U205 and into the associated pole pieces U206a-c. Prepare To. The diaphragm assembly U201 is aligned with the chamber but not coupled, so that a substantially uniform clearance U203 is maintained between the outer periphery of the diaphragm structure U212 and the inner circumference of the chamber U215. .. Therefore, under Section 2.3 of this specification, the audio transducers of this embodiment are substantially physically coupled to the surrounding structure, as defined in the audio transducers of configurations R5 to R7. It has a diaphragm structure that does not. However, the diaphragm structure may or may not have an inner reinforcement and / or an outer reinforcement in this embodiment.

Referring again to FIG. U1, the decoupling system U103 comprises a plurality of mounts distributed around the periphery of the audio transducer, specifically the transducer base structure U202. In this embodiment, a pair of decoupling mounts U103b and 103c are placed and distributed around the cavity U105, and a third mount is placed on the opposite end / side of the base structure U202. It will be appreciated that different numbers of mounts may be used in the alternative embodiments. Mounts U103b and U103c are connected between the outer peripheral wall of the cavity U105 near the diaphragm structure and the inner peripheral wall of the housing U102. The inner wall of the housing comprises recesses configured to accommodate the associated mounts U103b, U103c. Each mount has a curved inner end face that matches the curved outer peripheral wall of the cavity U105. Also, the opposite end faces of the mounts U103b, 103c are curved to match the inner wall of the associated housing recess. A third decoupling mount U103a is placed between the end face of the base structure and the inner wall of the housing on the opposite surface of the transducer base structure U202 with respect to the cavity U105. Mount U103a is placed in the corresponding recess in the inner wall of the housing. The mount U103a comprises a substantially flat end face of the base structure and a substantially flat facing end face matching the flat surface of the recess. One end of each mount U103a-103c has a flange to stay in place in the corresponding groove (not shown) in the corresponding recess. Each mount U103a-c has a thickness substantially greater than the depth of the corresponding housing recess, thereby substantially around the transducer base structure between the outer perimeter wall of the base structure and the inner perimeter wall of the housing. Make a uniform gap U104. Each mount U103a-c preferably has suitable flexibility and followability, such as a soft plastic material such as a rubber material or a silicone material. Formed from material. In addition, the mount is preferably tightly connected to the base structure and housing on both sides via any suitable method, such as an adhesive, which will be apparent to those of skill in the art.

Mount U103a is located at or near the node axis of transducer U101, which so that the audio transducer pivots around it in a virtual unsupported state during the swing of the diaphragm assembly. Axis. Figure U2h shows the location of the node axis U214 for the audio transducer of this embodiment. In this example, the node axis mount U103a is located within a distance of approximately 10% of the longitudinal length of the transducer assembly / base structure from the node axis. It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the mount may be placed less than about 25%, 20% or 15% of the maximum dimensions of the base structure assembly described above. This mount may have relatively lower followability than the distal mounts U103b and 103c in some configurations. Distal mounts U103b and U103c are distal to the node axis. Distal mounts U103b and U103c are located approximately 80-90% of the length of the base structure from the node axis, but at distances greater than 25% or 40% in alternative embodiments. It will be understood that it may be placed in. The distal mounts U103b and U103c can have relatively higher followability than the node axis mounts U103a described above.

Performance The decoupling system of Example U was designed to have a compliance profile that meets the performance criteria and design considerations described in Section 4.4 of this specification. This performance of this audio transducer was simulated. The results will be described below.

Figure U2g ~ m is a depiction of the FEM mode analysis of the basic diaphragm resonance frequency occurring at about 41Hz when the audio transducer of this example is simulated in a virtual unsupported state. Note that in this analysis, the diaphragm suspension is modeled as thin silicon rather than ferrofluid to facilitate the analysis setup.

As can be seen in Figures U2i and U2j, the audio transducer has a node axis U214 around which the base structure U202 rotates in a virtual unsupported state. This is because the audio transducer has an asymmetric profile and the diaphragm assembly and chamber U215 are located on one side of the base structure, even though the diaphragm moves in a substantially linear motion. And the cause.

Figures U3c and U3d show the results of FEM mode analysis of drivers mounted on decoupling mounts U103a-c. These figures show the maximum frequency resonance mode with movement of the driver base structure on the decoupling mount. In the simulation, this resonance mode occurred at about 173Hz. Note that in this case, the mount is asymmetric and therefore, in general, as in the case here, all resonant modes are excited during operation of the diaphragm assembly. It should also be noted that in this simulation the outer surface of mounts N103a-c is fixed in space, and this assumption is valid when the perimeter of the driver and / or the enclosure is relatively rigid and heavy. sea bream.

The level of followability provided by the decoupling mounts 103a-c is sufficient for this audio transducer to operate as a mid-range audio transducer with an FRO of, for example, about 100Hz-1600Hz. means. The octave value corresponding to this FRO is 4 octaves. See example b) of the followability criteria outlined in Section 4.3.1 below, where the lower limit of FRO (100Hz) x 2^(4/4)= 100Hz × 2¹= 200Hz. 200Hz is higher than the frequency of the highest resonant mode of 173Hz for this audio transducer. This is because the 173Hz mode is the maximum frequency resonance of the base structure on the decoupling mount, even though all vibration modes of the base structure on the decoupling mount occur at frequencies below 200Hz. This means that the decoupling mounting system has sufficient followability. In other words, the resonance of this audio transducer is limited to the lower 1/4 of the FRO, which makes the audio transducer suitable as a midrange transducer by this criterion.

4.3 General decoupling-Design considerations The above simulations lead to some operating principles and design considerations. To assist in designing an effective decoupling system, these operating principles and design considerations relate to the decoupling systems described in Sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.3. Of this specification. Will be described below. These principles and considerations may also be used to design alternative decoupling systems for the decoupling systems described in Sections 4.2.1 to 4.2.3. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that such alternative designs based on the considerations are not intended to be excluded from the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, reference to the decoupling system of the present invention is construed to include not only the embodiments described in Section 4.2, but also decoupling systems as may be designed according to the following considerations. It shall be.

4.3.1 Excitation mode outside or near the limits of FRO In order to obtain reasonable performance, the decoupling system is operating a diaphragm structure that causes significant (base structure) movement. All vibrational modes of the base structure that are significantly excited to be generated can be designed to occur at frequencies that are outside the range of the transducer's FRO or at least within the range of the lower frequency range of the FRO.

The main considerations are the followability and / or followability profile of the decoupling system, as well as the decoupling system for the associated base structure assembly (or other components that are the decoupling structure). The position of. The phrase "follow-up profile" associated with decoupling systems is used throughout the degree of followability associated with all decoupling mounts and / or decaps distributed at various locations on the transducer assembly. It is intended to include the degree of relative followability between ring mounts.

For example, in some embodiments, the followability and / or followability profile of the decoupling mounting system, as well as the decoupling mounting to the associated base structure assembly, for effective decoupling. The position of the system is significant during the operation of the diaphragm of the associated audio transducer to cause significant movement of the base structure assembly with respect to at least one other part of the audio device that is not the diaphragm. All vibration modes excited by: a) FRO of the audio transducer; b) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 4)}; c) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 2)}It's like generating at a lower frequency.

For example, if the FRO is between 150Hz and 9600Hz, the FRO is just 6 octaves (9600 = 150 × 2).⁶Is). In this case, the octave value corresponding to FRO is 6.

As mentioned above, significantly during the operation of the diaphragm of the associated audio transducer to cause significant movement of the base structure assembly relative to at least one other part of the non-diaphragm audio device. The only resonant mode that is excited is the mode that occurs at 64Hz. This means that case a) applies because 64Hz &lt;FRO of audio transducer (ie, &lt;150Hz). In this case, the decoupling performance is good because the decoupling mode is not excited during normal operation (150Hz-9600Hz).

When the transducer is used from 20Hz to 10,240Hz, the octave value corresponding to FRO is 9 octaves. This is 64Hz &lt;FRO lower limit x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 4)}= 20Hz × 2^(9/4)It means that the above case b) is applied because = 95Hz. Since the frequency band from 95Hz to 10,240Hz contains 3/4 of the FRO, the transducer will still be isolated over most of the FRO, which means that the performance is still very good.

4.3.2 Minimizing changes in node axis position In practice, transducers mounted within a high performance decoupling mounting system may have transducer node axis positions that move during operation. .. In the relatively low frequency range (relative to the FRO), the movement of the transducer base structure and node axis position if present is primarily at the mechanical constraints of the decoupling mounting system (mounts A504, A505 and A501). It is defined by (relative followability) (referred to herein as the "first operating state"). In general, the movement of the transducer base structure is diverse and changes in the presence of node axes when compared to the virtual unsupported movement of the transducer.

At frequencies outside this low frequency range, the movement of the transducer base structure and, if present, the node axis position is primarily the force exerted on the transducer base structure (reaction force and / or resonance force from the vibration of the diaphragm). It is defined by position and orientation, as well as by the mass distribution of the base structure assembly (referred to herein as the "second operating state" (usually the node axis position in a virtual unsupported state). same)).

The decoupling system described in Section 4.2.1 above resists or significantly reduces such changes in motion, including aspects of changes in node axis position. The decoupling system should minimize or eliminate the movement of the node axis position within the FRO to minimize or prevent translational motion at the decoupling position with lower followability. , Designed.

Not all transducers mounted in the decoupling mounting system in both the first and second operating states have a node axis. The reason is that the associated resonance mode can be a simple translation in one or both states. The second operating state is the preferred operating mode for most bandwidths of the FRO, specifically the housing or baffle that is separated from the transducer when decoupling is ineffective. Or at a frequency such that the enclosure or the like has a resonance that can be excited. If a second operating state transducer node axis is present, the position of this axis should not change significantly in the first operating state, or at least any change in such axis should be relatively low. It is preferable to design the decoupling mounting system so that it occurs at frequency (based on FRO).

This is because, as described in the case of the audio transducer of Example A of the present invention, most of the support made by the node axis mounts A504, A505, that is, the mounts having relatively low followability, is in a virtual non-support state. This condition is achieved if it is located at or at least near the axis of the non-translating transducer in (this condition corresponds to the "second operating condition").

If the audio transducer of Example A uses a decoupling mounting system such that it does not have most of the support made near the transducer node axis position in the second active state, it will be of higher frequency. One or more of the resonant modes of the transducer / decoupling system will be strongly excited, and such excitation will result in a transition from the second operating state to the first operating state. Sometimes the node axis position will change. If the rotational compliance at the node axis mounts remains relatively low, the decoupling system's translational follow-up at the node axis mounts A504 and A505 will be based on the followability of the distal mount A501. By being sufficiently high, this position becomes the node axis in the first operating state and further in the second operating state. This is a low frequency (based on FRO) where the transition from the second operating state to the first operating state (and vice versa) is largely affected by the followability of the softer distal mount. Means what happens in.

For example, a suboptimal decoupling configuration is a standard conical with translational diaphragm operation to exhibit rotational symmetry but asymmetric decoupling mount compliance. It may be a diaphragm driver. This system can show a second operating state without a transducer node axis and a first operating state with a transducer node axis, with a relatively transition from the second state to the first state. It can happen at high frequencies. In this case, the decoupling system creates one or more modes that are strongly excited to occur at relatively high frequencies, such as in a housing or baffle or enclosure unless this frequency is well exceeded. It may not be possible to effectively prevent the vibration from passing through.

The effectiveness of the decoupling system is related to the degree of vibration transmitted by the decoupling system. The followability of the decoupling system can increase vibration transmission around frequencies where resonance modes are created, and can even increase beyond the levels of non-decoupling systems. It is best for the device to operate above these frequencies, but this is not always practical. Around such frequencies and below, the position of the transducer node axis is defined or partially affected by the mechanical constraints of the decoupling mounting system.

In some embodiments, the followability and / or followability profile of the decoupling mounting system, as well as the location of the decoupling mounting system relative to the associated base structure assembly, is the base structure assembly. G: a) Lower limit of FRO for audio transducers; b) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 4)}; c) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 2)}It is such that the audio transducer will operate in the second operating state when it receives an operating frequency approximately higher than any one or more of the;

It compares the resonance of the decoupling system with the frequency at which the mounting system is not effectively separated, and preferably the frequency band from 400Hz to 4kHz, where the human ear is most sensitive. The reason is that the sound quality is improved when the decoupling mounting system has sufficiently high followability so that it is generated at a low frequency.

The simulated audio transducer of Example A operates in a second operating state at a frequency sufficiently higher than the sixth decoupling mode (479Hz) of maximum frequency, for example one octave higher. Therefore, in the second operating state, it is one octave higher than 479Hz, that is, it exceeds 958Hz. This scenario maintains optimum decoupling performance. However, as shown, good performance can be achieved even at lower frequencies in special cases where the mount is carefully designed, such as the A14. Specifically, if the system A14 is operated at a low near 64Hz, for example as low as 128Hz, this bandwidth will only slightly excite the decoupling mode, and therefore the driver. However, the audio degradation is negligible despite the transition to its first operational state.

As described, if the decoupling mount and decoupling compliance are configured to equalize the transducer node axis in the first operating state with the position in the second operating state. Optimal disconnection is achieved by the decoupling system. In practice, due to the expected tolerances, decoupling mounts and decaps should be such that the transducer node axis in the first operating state is very close / adjacent to the position in the second operating state. If ring followability is configured, the decoupling system will provide sufficient decoupling.

In some embodiments, the decoupling mounting system exceeds a distance of 25%, more preferably 40%, of the maximum dimensions of the base structure assembly from the transducer node axis in the second operating state. Has one or more distal mounts located in. The distal mount has followability and is compared to the node axis mount because the movement of the base structure assembly relative to the component on which the base structure assembly is mounted is highly reliable and significant. It is preferable not to provide most of the support for the transducer. The purpose of the distal mount is primarily to provide some centering capability that prevents the transducer from touching the housing or any other part of the audio device during normal operation. Preferably, the distal mount has sufficient followability collectively and is therefore significantly during the course of operation of the audio transducer when all remaining decoupling mounting system mounts are removed. The frequency of all resonance modes of the base structure assembly, such as with the movement of the base structure assembly relative to the component on which the base structure assembly is mounted, is excited: a) of the audio transducer. FRO; b) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 8)}; c) Lower limit of FRO x 2^{((Octave value equivalent to FRO) / 4)}It will be lower. A good way to calculate the frequency of such a resonant mode is through a computer model that uses finite element method analysis.

4.4.3 Various decoupling materials and configurations Decoupling mounting systems move from one part of an audio device to another with the aim of beneficially reducing the mechanical transmission of vibrations between the two parts. A wide variety of materials and configurations can be provided to provide support with adequate followability. For example, the decoupling mounting system can have flexible and / or elastic materials such as rubber, silicone or viscoelastic urethane polymers, or other members made of soft plastic materials. .. The decoupling mounting system can have a ferrofluid, which can be held in place by the application of a magnetic field. Decoupling mounting systems can use magnetic repulsive forces, potentially repelling a magnetic element on one part with another magnetic element on another part. In another configuration, the decoupling mounting system can have a fluid or gel to form a support between the first and second components. The fluid or gel can be encapsulated with a flexible material. Alternatively or in addition, at least one of the mounting systems can have flexible and / or elastic members or elements, such as metal springs or other metal elastic members.

In some embodiments, the decoupling mounting system may have a mechanical loss factor greater than 0.2, greater than 0.4, greater than 0.8, or most preferably greater than 1 at 24 degrees Celsius. Has a flexible material. This means that the resonant mode with the driver running on the decoupling mount can be better controlled.

4.4 Characteristics of Suitable Audio Transducers Combined with Decoupling As mentioned above, for example, the decoupling mounting system of the invention as described under the examples in Section 4.2, and / or Section 4.3. Examples of any other transducer system that may be designed by those of skill in the art in accordance with the considerations outlined in are described in the following features: The diaphragm structure of configurations R1 through R4 in Section 2.2 of this specification. Thick and highly rigid vibrations that employ a rigid approach to resonance control, such as, or as in the case of the diaphragm structure described under the audio transducers in configurations R5 to R7 in Section 2.3. Boards, base structures with high rigidity and robust geometry as described for the audio transducers of Example A under section 2.2.1 of the present specification, and under section 2.3 of the present specification. Free peripherals as defined in the audio transducers described. Periphery) Diaphragms and / or features of one or more of the rotary motion transducers having a hinge system, as defined under Section 3.2 or 3.3 of the present specification (although suitable). Is suitably incorporated into audio transducers having any combination of all features).

The combination of these features with the decoupling system is described (mainly) with reference to the audio transducer of Example A incorporating the decoupling system described in Section 4.2.1 of the present specification. However, the following audio transducer features described may be designed without departing from the scope of the invention as described in Section 4.2.2 or 4.2.3. Or according to the criteria outlined in Section 4.3. It will be appreciated that it can be combined with any other decoupling system such as.

4.4.1 Decoupling Combined with Highly Rigid Diaphragm As mentioned above, a significantly thicker and more rigid diaphragm structure that employs a rigid approach to resonance control (eg, section 2.2) Both the enclosure resonance and the diaphragm resonance are within the operating bandwidth if they are sufficiently isolated from the driver's enclosure (as defined for the diaphragm structure of configurations R1 through R4). Do not obscure the audio playback of. Accordingly, the decoupling system of the present invention preferably comprises an audio transducer having an audio transducer having a high rigidity diaphragm structure as described, for example, in connection with the diaphragm structure of the configuration R1 of the present invention. Built into the device. The features and aspects of the diaphragm structure of the configuration R1 of this audio transducer example are described in detail in the section of the diaphragm with high rigidity herein incorporated by reference. In the following, for the sake of brevity, only a brief description of this diaphragm structure will be given.

Referring to FIGS. A2 and A15, in one embodiment, the audio device incorporating one of the above-mentioned decoupling systems of the present invention has a diaphragm structure A1300 in configuration R1 having a sandwich type diaphragm configuration. Further equipped with an audio transducer having. This diaphragm structure A1300 has a significantly lighter core / diaphragm body A208 and a diaphragm body main surface A214 / to resist the compressive-normal stresses it receives at or near the surface of the body in operation. It is composed of outer vertical stress reinforcing materials A206 / A207 which are connected to the diaphragm body adjacent to at least one main surface of A215. Can the normal stress reinforcements A206 / A207 be connected on at least one main surface A214 / A215 on the outside of the body (as in the example shown), or otherwise directly on at least one main surface A214 / A215. It can be connected within the body in a form that is adjacent and substantially proximal, thereby sufficiently resisting compressive-normal stress during operation. In order for the normal stress reinforcement to resist the compressive-tensile stress that the body receives during operation, the reinforcing members A206 / A207 on each of the opposite front main surface A214 and rear main surface A215 of the diaphragm body A208 are provided. Be prepared.

The diaphragm structure A1300 is embedded in the core to resist the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation and / or to substantially mitigate the shear deformations thereof, and at least one of the main surfaces A214 / A215. It further comprises at least one internal reinforcing member A209 that is directed at an angle to the main surface. The internal reinforcement A209 is preferably attached to one or more of the outer normal stress reinforcements A206 / A207 (preferably on both sides (ie, at each main surface)). The internal reinforcements function to resist and / or mitigate the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. Preferably, there are a plurality of internal reinforcing members A209 distributed in the core of the diaphragm body.

Core A208 is formed from a material with a three-dimensionally variable interconnect structure. The core material is preferably a foam or a material having a regular three-dimensional lattice structure. The core material can include composite materials. Preferably, the core material is expanded polystyrene foam.

The diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body that is sufficiently rigid to maintain a substantially rigid morphology during operation beyond the FRO of the transducer.

Preferably, the diaphragm body has a maximum thickness that is at least 11% of the maximum length dimension of the body to the axis of rotation. More preferably, the maximum thickness is at least 15% of the maximum length dimension of the body to the axis of rotation.

In some embodiments, the thickness of the diaphragm body is tapered to reduce the thickness towards the distal region. In another embodiment, the thickness of the diaphragm body is stepped to reduce the thickness towards a region distal to the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly.

In some embodiments, the internal stress reinforcements in the diaphragm structure of this exemplary transducer are eliminated, as in the case of the diaphragm structure described under the audio transducers in configurations R5 through R7. May be good.

4.4.2 Decoupling Combined with Free Peripheral Type Audio Transducers As mentioned above, peripherals that are at least partially unconnected to the surrounding structure, as defined under Section 2.3, for example. If the audio transducer with a diaphragm structure comprising a section is sufficiently separated from the enclosure of the audio driver, both the enclosure resonance and the diaphragm suspension resonance can be reduced or eliminated within the working bandwidth. This helps prevent obscuring audio playback.

The diaphragm suspension for a diaphragm structure that has at least partially free peripherals is geometric with respect to resonance without unnecessarily impairing the followability and range of motion of the entire diaphragm. It can be made to have a higher robustness scientifically. Also, the diaphragm suspension has a small area, which reduces the audibility of any resonances that may occur. Therefore, in some embodiments, the decoupling system of the invention is preferably an audio system with a free peripheral type diaphragm as described in Section 2.3 of the specification incorporated by reference. Built into the transducer.

In the following, for the sake of brevity, only a brief description of the suitable structure will be given. In a suitable configuration, the decoupling system is incorporated into the audio transducer configuration as described under Configurations R5 through R7 in Section 2.3 of this specification.

Referring to Figure A2, this example audio transducer simultaneously eliminates suspension around the diaphragm and reduces the mass of the outer normal stress reinforcement near the diaphragm body edge. It is configured to achieve improved diaphragm split behavior. The audio transducer of this example is a diaphragm assembly having a diaphragm structure with a peripheral portion that is at least partially not physically connected to the surrounding structure. Also, the outer vertical stress reinforcement material such that the diaphragm structure preferably reduces mass towards one or more peripheral edge regions of the associated principal surface away from the mass center of the diaphragm assembly. Equipped with an extremely lightweight diaphragm body. In the example shown, the center of mass of the diaphragm assembly is located proximal to a force transfer component such as a coil winding, but it may be located elsewhere depending on the design of the assembly. Will be understood.

The diaphragm assembly A101 has a diaphragm structure A1300 having a body with one or more main surfaces reinforced by an outer normal stress reinforcement. The normal stress reinforcement of the diaphragm structure has a mass distribution that makes the mass relatively small at one or more regions distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly. In addition to reducing mass within the normal stress reinforcement, the diaphragm structure comprises perimeters that are not substantially physically connected to the interior of housing A601 in place. In this example, the perimeter is generally not physically connected to the housing in its entirety, but in some variants, the perimeter is also at least 20%, 30%, 50% or 80% of the length of the perimeter. It does not have to be connected along.

In this example, a series of struts is used to provide the outer stress reinforcement while leaving other parts of the unreinforced surface intact, but it will be appreciated that other forms of reinforcement may be used. .. The stanchions are wider near the base region of the diaphragm structure (near the axis of rotation proximal to the mass center position of the assembly) and in the middle of the length of the associated principal surface of the diaphragm body. (For example, almost half of the main surface of the diaphragm body) reduces the width and mass of the normal stress reinforcing columns toward the peripheral edge on the opposite side of the tip of the main surface.

The audio transducer also has reduced mass at the periphery of one or more diaphragm structures (where there is no or minimal diaphragm suspension to be coupled), thereby. Continuous unloading through the rest of the diaphragm will be achieved, further addressing the internal core shear problem.

Preferably, there is a small air gap between the interior of the enclosure and one or more peripheral regions of the diaphragm structure that are not connected to the interior of the enclosure. Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1/20 of the length of the diaphragm body. Preferably, the size of the air gap is less than 1 mm.

In one embodiment, the diaphragm comprises a diaphragm body having a maximum thickness of at least 11%, more preferably at least 14% of the maximum length dimension of the body.

These features provide a driver that produces the least resonance in the working bandwidth, thus this driver has very low energy storage characteristics within the working bandwidth.

4.4.3 Decoupling Combined with Compact and Highly Robust Base Structure As mentioned above, the reason why the base structure of the audio driver is made from rigid material and has a compact and highly robust geometry. As relatively resonance-free (eg, as defined in Section 2.2.1 herein), either the enclosure resonance or the base structure resonance will obscure audio reproduction within the working bandwidth. do not do. The features and aspects of this base structure A115 are described in detail in Section 2.2.1 of the specification incorporated by reference. In the following, for the sake of brevity, the base structure will only be briefly described.

Referring to FIG. A1, in some embodiments, the decoupling system of the present invention comprises a transducer base structure A115 composed of one or more components / parts with relatively high modulus properties. Incorporated into an audio device that has an audio transducer. The transducer base structure A115 is designed to have significantly higher stiffness so that any resonant mode it will have is suitably generated outside the transducer's FRO range. An example of this type of design is the main part of the transducer base structure A115, which consists of a magnet A102 and pole pieces A103 and A104 (most of the mass of the base structure). The magnets A102 and the pole pieces A103 and A104 preferably create a short leg body with the significantly higher rigidity of the transducer base structure A115.

As will be described in more detail later, when the base structure assembly is substantially unconstrained, the base structure has a mass distribution that moves with operation with a large rotational component. For example, when the transducer is operated at a sufficiently high frequency and, as a result, the stiffness of the decoupling mounting system is negligible or negligible, the base structure assembly is substantially. Is unconstrained.

The base structure A115 comprises a portion of an electromagnetic actuator mechanism, including a magnet body A102, as well as pole pieces A103 and A104 facing and being separated at one end of the magnet body A102. Pole pieces are connected to both sides of the magnet body A102. An elongated contact bar A105 extends laterally across the magnet body in the gap formed between the pole pieces. The contact bar A105 is connected to the magnet body on one side and to the diaphragm assembly A101 on the other side. The contact bar A105 is formed to have a larger contact area on the side connected to the magnet A102 than on the side connected to the diaphragm assembly A101. A pair of decoupling pins A107 and A108 of the decoupling system in Section 4.2.1 project laterally from both sides of the magnet body A102 to allow the base structure A105 to be pivoted to the associated housing in place. Configured to connect. The base structure A115 can include neodymium (NdFeB) magnets A102, steel pole pieces A103 and A104, steel contact bars A105, and titanium decoupling pins A107 and A108. All parts of the transducer base structure A115 can be connected using an adhesive, for example an epoxy-based adhesive.

In this example, the transducer further comprises a restoring / urging mechanism operably connected to the diaphragm assembly A101 to urge the diaphragm assembly A101 to a neutral rotational position relative to the base structure A115. .. Preferably, the neutral position is the substantially central position of the reciprocating diaphragm assembly A101. In a preferred configuration of this embodiment, a diaphragm centering mechanism in the form of a torsion bar A106 links the transducer base structure A115 to the transducer assembly A101 and moves the diaphragm to an equilibrium position relative to the transducer base structure A115. Provides restoring / urging forces that are strong enough to center the assembly A101. This configuration utilizes torsion springs to provide restoring force, but in alternative configurations, other well-known additions in the art to provide rotational restoration force. It will be appreciated that force components or urging mechanisms may be utilized.

The contact bar A105 is attached to the torsion bar A106 at the end tab A303 (as seen in Figure A3), and in order to facilitate this connection in a rigid manner, the contact bar A105 is a transducer base structure. It must project outward away from the magnets A102 and the outer pole pieces A103 and A104 that make up the short body of the legs with high rigidity. The torsion bar A106 extends laterally substantially at right angles from the sides of the diaphragm assembly A101 at or near the end of the assembly A101 closest to the base structure A115.

The contact bar A105 is relatively elongated and therefore prone to resonance accordingly. To minimize this, the contact bar A105 is tapered to reduce mass near the end tab A303 where it is maximally displaced when flexed, and also the support provided by the short body of the legs. The relative stiffness is increased towards the base of the protrusion, where any deformation maximizes the displacement of the area of the end tabs. The contact bar also has a large surface area in various planar orientations at its connection to the magnet A102 to minimize the followability associated with the adhesive material. The reason is that the adhesive material (epoxy resin) has a relatively low Young's modulus of about 3 GPa.

Since the transducer base structure A115 is mounted so as to face one end of the diaphragm, both the front main surface A214 and the rear main surface A215 of the diaphragm are unobstructed, thereby allowing air flow. It maximizes and minimizes air resonance caused by the large amount of air contained between the components, such as the transducer base structure, diaphragm and housing A601.

4.4.4 Decoupling Rotational Motion and Force Transmission Components Combined with Rotational Motion Driver If the rotational motion transducer is firmly mounted in an enclosure or other structure with inherent resonances, these resonances will occur in the linear diaphragm. It can be excited by the driver in much the same way as resonance by a working driver, resulting in undesired energy storage. For rotary motion drivers, this stored energy can be transferred from the enclosure to the diaphragm via the diaphragm assembly hinge system. The reason is that the hinge mechanisms transfer energy due to their inherent resistance to translational displacements, even though they usually have very high followability for one basic mode of rotation.

In this process, the amplitude of the vibration can be mechanically amplified by the impedance mismatch between the relatively heavy enclosure panel and components of the transducer base structure and the lightweight diaphragm.

Therefore, it is advantageous to configure a rotating audio device with a decoupling system that reduces the transmission of vibrations from the resonance-prone structure to the diaphragm structure. For example, one useful embodiment is a headphone with a rotary motion transducer that is robustly and compactly mounted tightly within an enclosure, where the entire transducer / enclosure is large and prone to resonance. A decoupling system for separating the transducer / enclosure system from the headband, which is either a low resonance system or virtually resonance free. This configuration allows vibrations to pass through the headband (which accidentally separates from the listener's ears and cannot emit sound directly), accumulates through the internal headband resonance mode, and through the diaphragm. To prevent it from being released into the listener's ears.

Referring to FIGS. A1 and A2, in some embodiments, the decoupling system of the present invention is incorporated into an audio device having a rotary motion transducer. In the assembled state, the transducer comprises a base structure A115 where the diaphragm A101 is connected to and rotates about it. The base structure A115 has at least a portion of an actuator mechanism for rotating the diaphragm with respect to the base structure during operation. In this example of an audio transducer, the electromagnetic actuator mechanism rotates the diaphragm during operation, the base structure A115 comprises a magnet body A102, and the magnet body A102 is at the end of the magnet body A102 near the vibrating plate A101. It comprises pole pieces A103 and A104 that are opposed and separated. The coil of the electromagnetic mechanism is located between the pole pieces A103 and A104 and is connected to the working end of the diaphragm A101.

Referring to FIG. A2, one end of the diaphragm A101, which is a thicker end, has a force generating component A109 to which it is attached. In a preferred embodiment, also associated with the use of the decoupling mounting system described herein, the conversion mechanism is on the diaphragm structure A1300 to minimize the opportunity for unwanted resonant modes. It comprises a force transfer / generation component that is directly and tightly coupled (eg, motor coil winding A109 or magnet). Alternatively, the force transfer / generation component is tightly coupled to the diaphragm structure A1300 via one or more intermediate components, and the distance between the force transfer component and the diaphragm body is the diaphragm body. Less than 75% of the maximum size of. More preferably, this distance is less than 50%, less than 35% or less than 25% of the maximum size of the diaphragm body. This proximity aids in the rigidity of the structure and also minimizes the chances of unwanted resonant modes.

The diaphragm structure A1300 connected to the force generating component forms the diaphragm assembly A101. In this example, the force generating component is a coil winding A109 wound in a schematic rectangle consisting of two long sides A204 and two short sides A205. The spacer has a profile that is complementary to the thicker base end of the diaphragm structure A1300 and therefore, in the assembled state of the audio transducer / diaphragm assembly, the thick end of the diaphragm structure. It will extend around or near the peripheral edge of the portion. The spacer A110 is attached / fixedly connected to the steel shaft A111 which forms part of the hinge assembly A301. The combination of these three components, located at the base end / thick end of the diaphragm body A208, provides the high rigidity of a diaphragm assembly with a substantially compact and highly robust geometry. It forms the diaphragm base structure, thereby creating a sturdy and resonant resistant platform where the lighter wedge portion of the diaphragm assembly is firmly attached.

Rotational motion audio transducers provide optimum efficiency when the conversion mechanism is located relatively close to the axis of rotation. This works well for the purposes of the present invention based on minimizing undesired resonance modes, and specifically by arranging the excitation mechanism close to the axis of rotation to rotate the diaphragm assembly. It works well in the idea mentioned above, which allows for a strong connection to the hinge mechanism via a relatively heavy and compact component without excessively increasing the inertia of the. In this case, the radius of the coil may be about 2 mm or about 13% of the length A211 of the diaphragm body, but other radii for optimizing efficiency are also conceivable.

Measured from the axis of rotation to maximize the transducer's ability to achieve high-fidelity audio reproduction through the maximized diaphragm range and through reducing the susceptibility to resonance. The ratio of the radius of the mounting position of the force transmission component or the force generation component A109 to the length A211 of the diaphragm body is preferably less than 0.5, and most preferably less than 0.4. This can also help optimize efficiency.

Highly rigid hinges (in at least one direction) Preferably, the diaphragm assembly is supported by a high stiffness hinge assembly in at least one translational direction, which substantially reduces the diaphragm split frequency. There is an advantage that a support with the high rigidity required to increase the frequency will be provided. Two hinges such that the contact hinge assembly and the flexible hinge assembly described herein in sections 3.2 and 3.3 of the present specification can be used in combination with the decoupling system of the present invention. It is a formula mechanism.

The hinge assembly preferably has extremely high stiffness in several directions, so that it is along at least one axis, or more preferably along at least two translational axes that are substantially orthogonal. , Or even more preferably, the relative translation between the diaphragm assembly and the associated base structure along the three substantially orthogonal translational axes will be adequately prevented.

Also, the hinge assembly preferably has extremely high stiffness in several directions, so that it is centered on at least one axis, or more preferably, excluding the intended axis of rotation of the assembly. Relative rotation between the diaphragm assembly and the associated base structure around at least two substantially orthogonal axes will be adequately prevented.

Contact Hingback Morphology In one embodiment of this audio device having a rotary motion audio transducer as described in Section 4.5.1 above and a decoupling system of the invention, the audio transducer is a diaphragm. It further comprises a contact hinge mechanism as described in Section 3.2, which pivotally connects the assembly A101 to the transducer base structure A115. A complete description of the design principles and design considerations and exemplary embodiments relating to the contact hinge system is provided in Section 3.2 of this specification. It will be appreciated that any contact hinge mechanism designed based on this description may be used with this decoupling system in a manner apparent to those of skill in the art. For the sake of brevity, this description will not be repeated below, only a brief description of one exemplary contact hinge system shown in the audio transducer of Example A.

Referring to FIGS. A1 and A2, in one embodiment, the rotary motion transducer comprises a diaphragm assembly A101 that is pivotally connected to the transducer base structure A115 via a hinge system. The hinge system rolls between the diaphragm assembly A101 and the transducer base structure A115. A contact) is formed, so that the diaphragm assembly A101 can rotate or lock / swing with respect to the base structure A115. In this example, the hinge system is at least one hinge that is a longitudinal hinge shaft A111 that swivels with respect to a contact member that is a longitudinal contact bar A105 with a contact surface (most commonly seen in Figure A1f). It comprises a hinge assembly A301 with elements. In this example, the hinge element A111 has a substantially convexly curved contact surface or apex at the contact area A112 on one side of the hinge element, and one side of the contact bar A105 at the contact area A112. The surface is substantially flat or flat. In an alternative configuration, either the hinge element A111 or the contact member A105 can be provided with a convexly curved contact surface on one side and the corresponding surface of the contact bar or the other of the hinge elements is flat. Can have a smooth surface, a concave surface, or a looser convex surface (having a relatively larger radius of curvature), which allows one surface to swivel with respect to the other surface. Will be understood to be.

The components of the hinge element A111 and the contact member A105 are held in a substantially constant contact state by the force applied by the urging mechanism of the hinge system to have a degree of followability. The urging mechanism may be part of the hinge element or may be a separate element from the hinge element. In an example of the audio transducer of Example A, the urging mechanism of the hinged system is a magnet-based structure with a magnet A102 with opposing pole pieces A103 and A104, where the magnet A102 follows the desired level. It functions to press the hinge element against the contact member in such a manner as to have a property. This urging mechanism ensures that the hinge element A111 and the contact member A105 maintain physical contact during the operation of the audio transducer, and preferably with respect to the relative movement between the contact member and the hinge element. As a result, the hinge assembly, and specifically the moving hinge element, is due to factors such as manufacturing variations or defective parts of the contact surface. And / or subject to rolling resistance that may be present during operation, for example due to dust or other foreign matter that may be accidentally introduced into the assembly during the manufacture or assembly of the hinge assembly. It becomes difficult. In this way, the hinge element A111 can continuously swivel with respect to the contact member without significantly affecting the rotational movement of the diaphragm during operation, thereby allowing it to occur otherwise. The disturbance of the sound can be alleviated or at least partially reduced.

The urging mechanism is substantially parallel to the longitudinal axis of the diaphragm structure for the purpose of holding the hinge element A111 in contact with the contact member A105, and / or the contact area or contact line ( line of contact) configured to apply a force in a direction that is substantially perpendicular to the plane tangent to the apex of the A112 or hinge element A111. The urging mechanism is also sufficient in at least this direction to minimize resistance and allow the swiveling hinge element to move over defective or foreign objects present between the contact surfaces of the hinge assembly. It has a good followability, which enables a smooth and sufficiently calm turning motion of the hinge element on the contact member during operation. In other words, the improved followability of the urging structure allows the hinge to operate as if it were a hinge assembly with perfectly smooth, non-interfering contact surfaces.

Referring to FIG. A3a, in this embodiment, a ligament A306 and A307 in which the hinge assembly A301 is operable to hold the diaphragm structure A101 in place in a direction substantially perpendicular to the contact plane. Be prepared.

The hinge element A111 is configured to contact and pivot the contact member during operation between two maximum rotation positions, preferably located on either side of a central neutral rotation position. In this embodiment, the hinge assembly A301 places the hinge and diaphragm assembly in a desired neutral or balanced rotation position relative to its fundamental resonance mode when no excitation force is applied to the diaphragm. Further equipped with a restoration mechanism A106 (shown in FIG. A1a) for restoration to. The restoring mechanism can have any form of elastic means for urging the diaphragm assembly towards a neutral rotational position. In this embodiment, the torsion bar A106 is used as the restoration / centering mechanism. In other embodiments, such as those described herein in connection with Example E, some or all of the restoring mechanism and force is applied by the geometry of the contact surface and by the urging mechanism. Depending on the position, orientation and strength of the force, it is provided within the hinge connection. In the same or alternative form, a significant portion of the restoration / centering mechanism and force is provided by the magnetic structure.

Flexible Hinge Morphology In another embodiment of this audio device embodiment having a rotary motion audio transducer as described in Section 4.5.1 above and the decoupling system of the invention, the audio transducer is Further include a flexible hinge mechanism as described in Section 3.3, which pivotally connects the diaphragm assembly to the transducer base structure. A complete description of the design principles and design considerations relating to the flexible hinge system as well as the exemplary embodiments is given in Section 3.3 of this specification. It will be appreciated that any contact hinge mechanism designed according to this description may be used in conjunction with the decoupling system of the present invention in a manner apparent to those of skill in the art. For the sake of brevity, this description will not be repeated below, only a brief description of one exemplary flexible hinge system shown in the audio transducer of Example B.

Referring to FIG. B1, an exemplary rotational motion audio transducer of the invention with a diaphragm assembly B101 pivotally connected to a transducer base structure B120 via an exemplary deflection hinge assembly of the present invention is shown. .. The hinge assembly B107 is tightly connected to the transducer base structure B120 at one end and to the diaphragm assembly B101 at the opposite end. The deflection hinge assembly B107 is centered around an approximate axis of rotation B116 relative to the transducer base structure B120 in response to an electrical audio signal played through a coil winding B106 attached to the diaphragm assembly. Promotes rotation / pivot movement / rocking of the diaphragm assembly B101.

The hinge assembly B107 comprises hinge elements B201a, B201b, B203a and B203b as shown in FIG. B2b, each of which has a tensile and / or compressive and / or shearing force such that it receives in its respective plane. It is configured to have extremely high stiffness to resist, but each has sufficient flexibility along a plane substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation to allow deflection in the direction of rotation. Have.

Figures B2 (a-g) show the hinge assembly B107 connected to the diaphragm assembly B101 and to the coil winding B106. Transducer base structures have been removed from these figures for clarity. As shown in FIGS. B3 (a-d), the hinge assembly B107 is configured to be in-situ placed on both sides of the substantially longitudinal base frame and the diaphragm assembly and transducer base structure. It has a pair of equal hinge structures extending laterally from both ends of the base frame. The base frame extends along a significant portion of the width at the thicker base end of the diaphragm body and is configured to connect the diaphragm body to the coil windings in place. The configuration of the base frame will be described in more detail later.

FIGS. 3 (a-d) show in detail the flexible hinge assembly B107 of this example. Each hinge structure B201 / B203 comprises a coupling block B205 / B206 configured to be tightly connected to one side of the transducer base structure B120. The transducer base structure B120 can be provided with complementary recesses on the surface of the structure to assist in the connection of these portions. The hinge structure further comprises a pair of flexible hinge elements B201 and B203. Each pair of hinge elements B201a / B201b and B203a / B203b are tilted relative to each other. In this example, the hinge elements B201a and B201b are substantially perpendicular to each other and the hinge elements B203a and B203b are substantially perpendicular to each other. However, other relative angles are possible, for example, for each pair of hinge elements, including an acute angle between them. Each hinge element has substantial flexibility so that it can bend in response to a force that is substantially perpendicular to the element. In this way, the hinge element allows for rotational / pivotal movement and swing of the diaphragm assembly about the axis of rotation B116. Also, at least one (but preferably both) hinge elements of each pair, preferably in-situ and during the operation of the transducer, direct the diaphragm assembly to a neutral position. It has elasticity so that it is urged toward a neutral position for the purpose of urging. Each element can be bent to allow the diaphragm assembly to pivot in either direction in a neutral position.

In this example, each hinge element B201a, B201b, B203a, B203b is a substantially flat section of the flexible and elastic material. Other shapes are possible, as described in more detail in Section 3.3, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to this embodiment alone.

Other variants of the flexible hinge mechanism are also possible in combination with this decoupling system A500, as described in detail under Section 3.3 of the present specification.

4.5 Other Suitable Combinations and / or Implementations As mentioned above, the low-resonance audio devices of the present invention are particularly useful in high-fidelity audio applications, which help deal with resonance problems. It is meant that multiple resonance coping configurations of the invention, including configurations that incorporate ring systems, can be usefully deployed in combination with features that aid in the deployment of high-fidelity audio. Such features include, but are not limited to, stereo or multi-channel playback, wideband or preferably full bandwidth audio playback, and, in the case of personal audio devices, the user's one or both ears. References include mounting means for placing the transducer (repeatedly and accurately).

Preferably, the excitation means is of a very linear type, such as an electromechanical type motor, suitable for hi-fi audio reproduction.

In the high-fidelity audio transducer of the present invention having a rotating diaphragm, the ratio of the radius of the mounting position of the force transmission component to the length of the diaphragm body measured from the axis of rotation is preferably. When less than 0.6, more preferably less than 0.5, and most preferably less than 0.4, audio reproduction is improved through the maximized diaphragm range and by reducing the susceptibility to resonance. Will be done.

4.5.1 Stereo Applications Loud speaker transducers using the decoupling mounting system of the present invention are particularly useful in high fidelity audio applications. Thus, preferably, the decoupling system described in Section 4.2 or a system that can be designed according to Section 4.3 is not a monaural system but a stereo system or a part of a 4-channel system, eg, two or more audio systems. Used in audio devices that have two or more different audio channels through the configuration of a transducer (eg, a loudspeaker transducer). The audio transducer in this example is preferably configured to simultaneously play at least two different audio channels that are independent of each other.

In such applications, the decoupling mounting system may be mounted to at least partially reduce the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm assembly of the first transducer and the second transducer. ..

4.5.2 Personal Audio As discussed above, an example of adjusting the deployment of audio transducers is the use of such audio transducers in personal audio applications. The reason is that the unwanted resonances are brought out of the audible range, potentially reducing the accumulation of energy just up to the upper limit of the audible bandwidth to an unprecedented degree. Therefore, another preferred implementation of the decoupling system described in Section 4.2 is a personal audio device configured to be placed at or near the user's ear, such as headphones or earphones. It is in.

For example, the transducer of Example A may be configured in two forms: a midrange / treble loudspeaker driver and a bass loudspeaker driver. Both units are mounted in place on the right side of the human head H304 within 2-way circum oral headphones as shown in Figure H3a, where the circum oral reliance H305 is around the outside of the ear. Extend.

Figure H3b shows the head H304, ears H303, bus driver H302, and treble driver H301, but not the rest of the headphones. This positioning of the treble driver H301 is such that the tip of the diaphragm (where most of the sound pressure is generated) is located near and in front of the ear canal. The reason is that the bus frequency of the other driver has a relatively low directivity.

The cross frequency used in this implementation is 300Hz, so the treble unit reproduces most of the frequency range (300Hz to 20kHz). The tip of the diaphragm of the bus driver H302 is placed in front of the upper part of the ear so that it is close to the ear and the tip of the treble driver, which is the width of the entire headphone because of its appearance. It is a position that maximizes the availability of diaphragm range that can be achieved with this design while minimizing.

Both the treble driver H301 and the bass driver H302 were measured with the headphones removed to obtain a cumulative spectral decay (CSD) plot showing the substantially resonance-free performance of the present invention.

The treble loudspeaker driver H301 has a diaphragm body width A219 and a diaphragm body length A211 both 15 mm. The maximum range of motion angle designed is +/- 15 degrees, which is a range of motion between peaks of about 7.6 mm at the tip of the diaphragm and about 800 mm.³Corresponds to the displacement of air between the peaks of.

The microphone was placed close to the central tip of the diaphragm assembly A101 (a distance of about 5 mm) and the on-axis resonance was measured. The resulting cumulative spectral attenuation (CSD) plot is shown in Figure H2a. The y-axis corresponds to the sound pressure in the range of -60dB to 0dB, the x-axis corresponds to the frequency in the range of about 100Hz to 20kHz, and the z-axis is the time in the range of 0ms to 2.07ms.

The wide peak H201 of the fundamental resonance of the diaphragm at about 170 Hz can be seen as having a wide ridge extending forward in time. The first partition frequency of the diaphragm is located at about 15 kHz, which is a twist mode similar to the mode shown in Figure A13g (of the sensor plot described above in connection with the graph shown in Figure A14s). Similar to peak A1417). Since the microphone is located near the center of the diaphragm, the net air pressure generated is small, making it difficult to identify this mode on the CSD plot in Figure H2a, but a small ridge extending to position H203. Is most likely due to this resonant mode.

The ridge corresponding to the first partition mode, which greatly affects the frequency pressure response, is located at H204 at about 20 kHz. Note that the software that creates the CSD plot starts filtering that part of the graph from about 17kHz.

This waterfall plot in response to this transducer is very good. Although the height of the "cliff" in the region of about 5 kHz is reduced by about 50 dB, this transducer is considered to be substantially resonance-free over the bandwidth indicated by the H205, which is an experimental limit. And it implies that this cliff will be even higher if there are no mathematical limits.

The bus loudspeaker driver H302 has a diaphragm body width of 36 mm and a diaphragm body length of 32 mm. The maximum range of motion angle designed is +/- 15 degrees, which is the 16mm inter-peak range of motion distance at the tip of the diaphragm and about 8900mm.³Corresponds to the displacement of air between the peaks of.

The on-axis resonance was measured with the microphone close to the center tip of the diaphragm (a distance of about 5 mm). The obtained CSD plot is shown in Figure H6a. The y-axis corresponds to the sound pressure in the range of -55dB to 0dB, the x-axis corresponds to the frequency in the range of about 100Hz to 20kHz, and the z-axis shows the time in the range of 0ms to 2.07ms.

The fundamental resonance of the diaphragm at about 40 Hz is below the range of this chart, causing a wide ridge extending forward in time, with the H605 on one side of this ridge. The first partition frequency H601 of the diaphragm occurs at about 6kHz, which is a twisting mode similar to the mode shown in Figure A13g. A ridge located at H602, which corresponds to a significant division mode that greatly affects the sound pressure response, occurs at about 7 kHz. Possibly, the largest split mode ride on this plot is located at H603 at about 11kHz.

The performance of bass transducers is similar to that of midrange / treble transducers. The height of the "cliff" in the region of about 4kHz is about 45dB.

Examples K, W, and Y described in Sections 5.2.2, 5.2.3, and 5.2.4 are other personal audio systems that utilize decoupling systems designed according to the principles described herein. Device configuration.

4.5.3 Two Transducers Mounted in One Structure In some embodiments, the audio device is a two or more audio transducers described under Sections 4.2-4.4 (eg, the Audio Transducer of Example A, the Audio Transducer of Example A). The audio transducer of Example E and / or the audio transducer of Example U) can be provided. Preferably, in such an example, any system described in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3, which partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm of one transducer and another audio transducer. A decoupling mounting system similar to other systems designed according to the principles identified in is incorporated, thereby assisting in preventing vibrations from the diaphragm from exciting other transducers. The headphones shown in Figure H3a are examples of such an embodiment. The device incorporates four loudspeaker drivers, two on the left side of the headphones and two on the right side. Only the right side is shown in Figure H3a for the audio transducers of Example A, except for the treble driver H301 (similar to the audio transducer in Example A) and the bus driver H302 (larger). (Similar to the one). A decoupling system (as described in Section 4.2.1 above) that helps both drivers reduce the mechanical transmission of vibrations between the diaphragm assemblies of their respective drivers H301 and H302. ). In this example, both drivers have separate housings and the decoupling system is placed between the audio transducer and the associated housing. Also, mounts or sections as described in Sections 4.2.2 and 4.2.3. One or more other decoupling systems with flexible mounts, such as mounts designed according to the principles described in 3, may be incorporated between the housings of their respective drivers. The left side of the headphones is the opposite version to the right side. Helps any one of the four drivers reduce the mechanical transmission of vibration between that driver's diaphragm and the diaphragm of any one of the other three drivers. Has a decoupling system.

4.5.4 Configuration of Multiple Decoupling Systems In some embodiments, the audio device may include more than one decoupling mounting system. A single audio transducer can be equipped with multiple layers of decoupling mounting systems. For example, a personal audio headphone device can have a system that mounts the transducer on a small baffle and another system that mounts the baffle on the headband. Each system contributes to reducing the mechanical transmission of vibrations between the parts connected by each system. Each decoupling mounting system may be the same as or different from any of, for example, those described in Section 4.2 or those designed according to the principles identified in Section 4.3.

For example, in the audio device implementations of FIGS. H3a and H3b, a pair of audio transducers H301 and H302 are provided within the audio device and are held within a single housing H305 as shown in FIG. H3a. Will be done. In this embodiment, each audio transducer can be equipped with a decoupling system similar to that described above in Section 4.2.1, between the transducer base structure and the associated subhousing of each transducer. It is configured to place the audio transducer between the sub-housings of the transducers H301 and H302 and / or to each sub-housing and the headphone housing, or at or near the user's one or both ears H305. There may be another decoupling system between it and some other component.

In general, an audio device comprising an audio transducer having a diaphragm and a conversion mechanism configured to operably convert the electronic audio signal corresponding to the sound pressure and the rotational movement of the diaphragm is further described as an audio device. It comprises a decoupling mounting system that is located between at least one other part or assembly that incorporates the transducer and at least one other part or assembly of the audio device, thereby the first part or assembly. The mechanical transmission of vibration between the solid and at least one other part of the assembly or the assembly is reduced at least partially, where this decoupling system audios the first part or assembly. Mount the device for flexibility in the second part or assembly. The first part may be a housing, such as an enclosure or baffle for accommodating an audio transducer. A decoupling mounting system may reside between the audio transducer and the first part of the enclosure or baffle, such as that described in Section 4.2. The second portion may be a headband configured to be worn by the user to place the audio transducer close to the user's one or both ears during use. In some cases, at least one other part of the audio device has a mass greater than or at least equal to the mass of the first part, or more preferably at least 60 of the mass of the first part. % Or 40%, or most preferably at least 20% of the mass of the first portion. For example, the housing or perimeter preferably has a larger mass than the transducer base structure.

Any one of these decoupling systems may resemble any one already described in Section 4.2, or in another embodiment, to the design principles and design considerations outlined in Section 4.3. It may resemble another compatible design.

Such an audio device decoupling system can be combined with a rigid diaphragm structure to improve the performance of the audio device as described under Section 4.4.1. For example, the diaphragm can comprise a body having a maximum thickness of at least 11%, or more preferably at least 14%, of the maximum length dimension of the body.

Such audio device decoupling systems, as an alternative or in addition, at least with respect to the diaphragm assembly, to improve the performance of the audio device as described under Section 4.4.2. It can be combined with an audio transducer having a diaphragm structure design with a partially free perimeter. For example, the diaphragm of an audio transducer comprises a diaphragm body having a peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the interior of the first portion.

In addition, the audio device can be equipped with two or more such audio transducers and / or two or more such decoupling mounting systems.

4.5.5 Modularization of Audio Devices for Decoupling In the context of the present invention, decoupling divides large audio devices into smaller sections, which are most often impractical with respect to resonance management. One of these smaller sections contains a driver and is small enough to enable resonance management through the use of materials with high rigidity and geometry with robustness. Has a rust.

Often, the transducer will be separated from the baffle or enclosure, but other configurations are possible, for example, the transducer base structure is compact enough to form a "base structure assembly". Alternatively, it can be firmly attached to the enclosure and this base structure assembly is further separated from the rest of the audio device.

In some cases, two or more transducers may be incorporated into the same mounting structure, for example, a headband in headphones or an enclosure for a two-way speaker such as the small personal computer speaker in Figures Z1a-d. .. In these cases, if the driver utilizes a hinged driver, it may be beneficial to separate one transducer from the other. These advantages are that the vibration of one transducer is not easily transmitted to the other and does not excite the other transducer, as well as being oscillated by the operation of the connected lower frequency driver, for example. High frequency drivers may reduce Doppler distortion. For the computer speaker Z100, each speaker driver, the treble unit Z101 and the bass-midrange unit Z102, is both separated from the enclosure Z104. If mechanical vibration is transmitted from one driver to the other, the mechanical vibration must pass through both decoupling systems associated with the driver. In addition, the enclosure Z104 has rubber or other substantially soft legs Z105 that separate the enclosure from the ground or floor Z106. It must pass through two sets of decoupling systems before mechanical vibrations from any one of the two drivers of the audio transducer Z101 or Z102 reach the floor. This means that the excitation of the resonance mode of the floor and the walls and furniture attached to the floor is reduced.

Higher benefits can be gained by separating the heavier parts of the audio device. For significant benefit, the decoupling system has a mass greater than the mass of the base structure assembly, or at least 60%, more than 40%, or more than 20% of the mass of the base structure assembly. It is preferable to disconnect some parts of the audio device.

For example, in one possible configuration, a separate audio transducer is equipped with a diaphragm supported by ferrofluid. Preferably, the ferrofluid provides a significant proportion of the support provided to the diaphragm against translation in a direction substantially parallel to the coronal plane of the diaphragm body. Since the design of this transducer can be made to have low level or even zero resonance within the FRO range, it prevents the transducer from being combined with an enclosure (or baffle, etc.) and is therefore prone to resonance. It is useful to combine it with a transducer decoupling system that prevents the system from becoming equipped.

Personal audio device 5.1 Introducing personal audio devices, including, for example, headphones, earphones, telephones, hearing aids and mobile phones, to convert the direct sound to or from the user, the user's head. Incorporates an audio transducer that is placed within close proximity to the user or is usually designed to be directly associated with the user's head. Such devices are usually configured to be located within a range of about 10 cm or less from the user's head, ears or mouth, for example during use. Personal audio devices are usually compact and portable, and therefore, in addition, the audio transducers built into them are, for example, home audio systems, televisions, and desktop and laptop computers. , Substantially more compact than for other applications. Such size requirements usually limit the flexibility to obtain the desired sound quality because factors such as the number of audio transducers that can be incorporated need to be considered. In most cases, for example, one audio transducer is likely to be needed to provide the full audio range of the device, which can potentially limit the quality of the device.

Also, audio transducers used in personal audio applications generally limit the audio bandwidth that they can effectively reproduce due to a single compromise. This compromise is to increase the diaphragm range and reduce the fundamental frequency (Wn), which tends to cause locking and gong-mode break-up resonance at high frequencies. A diaphragm bending zone or other diaphragm peripherals are created.

The audio transducer design described above can be particularly advantageous (but not limited to) in personal audio applications. The reason is that the design of such audio transducers is difficult or impossible to achieve in devices designed to be placed further away from the ear and in devices that can be manufactured relatively inexpensively. This allows for a compact design while allowing a certain level of performance to be achieved in certain important aspects. Examples of some personal audio applications are described below with reference to certain combinations of audio transducer design features described above that are particularly advantageous in this application.

5.2 Example of Personal Audio 5.2.1 Example P-Earphones With reference to Figures P1 to P3, the first embodiment of the personal audio device P100 is shown in the form of an earphone interface device. This device may be part of an earphone device with a pair of earphone interface devices for each user's ears. The following description refers to earphones, but the same system or assembly described is within any other personal audio device, including, but not limited to, headphones, mobile phones and hearing aids. It will be understood that it can be implemented in. With reference to a single earphone, the figures and examples shown are illustrated, but this personal audio device is a pair of identical or similar configurations for each one ear of the user's ear. It will be understood that the earphones can be equipped.

In particular, with reference to FIG. P1, the audio device P100 comprises a substantially hollow base P102 having at least one chamber for accommodating the audio transducer assembly. The base P102 is substantially open at one end (facing the cavity P120) and is substantially closed at the opposite end, except for a small vent or air leak fluid passage P105. .. An open housing or perimeter P103 at both ends is connected to the open end of the base to create an air passage from the transducer assembly. The opposite end of the housing portion is an ear mounting, such as an earplug P101 with a vent P109. mounting) -Connected to the system or interface P101. Therefore, the air passage extends from the transducer assembly to the vent P109. The base P102 and the housing portion P103 may be separate components or integrally formed that are connected via any suitable mechanism (eg, snap fit engagement, adhesive, fixture, etc.). , Will be understood. These portions P102 and P103 together form a housing for the transducer assembly. Similarly, the housing portion P103 and the plug P101 may be separate components or integrally formed that are connected via any suitable mechanism (eg, snap fit engagements, adhesives, fixtures, etc.). You may. The device P100 preferably comprises a body that is molded to stay in the user's ear, such as the user's instep or ear canal, so that the device P100 provides the audio transducer to the user. It will be possible to place it adjacent to or within the ear canal. The body of the plug P101 may be made of a soft material for comfort, such as a soft plastic material such as silicone or the like, or may be covered with a soft material. The earplug P101 is preferably configured to substantially seal the ear canal during use, in situ, eg, in contact with or within the ear canal. The base P102 comprises an internal perimeter in which the transducer base structure of the audio transducer is firmly connected and supported.

The base P102 can accommodate electronic components inside and can be provided with a channel for receiving the connector P124 from another device inside.

Next, with particular reference to FIGS. P1g ~ P1l and P2a ~ d, the audio transducer assembly comprises a diaphragm assembly P110 movably connected to the base P102 via an excitation / conversion mechanism. In this embodiment, the excitation mechanism is an electromagnetic mechanism, but it will be understood that in an alternative embodiment, other mechanisms such as the use of a motor or the like may be utilized. In this embodiment, the audio transducer is a linear motion transducer, where the diaphragm assembly is configured to reciprocate / swing substantially linearly during motion for converting sound. It will be appreciated that in an alternative embodiment, the audio transducer may be a rotary motion transducer configured to swing rotatably with respect to the base structure. The diaphragm assembly P110 comprises a curved or dome-shaped diaphragm body P125. The diaphragm body is preferably formed from a material having reasonably high rigidity, such as titanium. In this embodiment, the diaphragm body has significantly higher rigidity to resist bending or bending when reciprocating during operation of the transducer. However, it will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the diaphragm body may be significantly flexible. The diaphragm body has extremely smooth main surfaces on both sides.

The longitudinal diaphragm base structure extends from the periphery of the diaphragm body and is firmly attached to the diaphragm body, and this longitudinal diaphragm base structure is firmly attached to the diaphragm base frame P115 and the diaphragm base frame. It is equipped with a force transmission component P114 to be connected. The force transfer component P114 of this embodiment is one or more coil windings P114 that form part of the excitation mechanism (or conversion mechanism). The diaphragm base frame P115 forms a substantially longitudinal winding pattern for winding the coil around it. In this embodiment, the first coil P114a is wound near the end of the dome P125 of the base frame and the second coil P114b is wound near the other end. It will be appreciated that any number and distribution of coil windings may be used and it is not intended that the present invention be limited to this embodiment alone. In this embodiment, protruding guide members P116a-P116c are placed on both sides of the coil winding to assist in keeping the winding inside in place. In this example, the base frame P115 and the guide member P116 are formed from separate components and are connected to each other via any suitable mechanism (eg, snap fit, adhesive and fixative, etc.), but these are simply It will be understood that it may be formed as one integral component. The base frame extends from the periphery of the diaphragm body and is firmly connected to the diaphragm body. In combination with coil windings and guide members, this forms the diaphragm base structure. The diaphragm base structure combined with the diaphragm body forms the diaphragm assembly.

A pair of magnetic structures, each with permanent magnets P112, inner pole pieces P111a and P111b, and outer pole pieces P111c, firmly connect to the inner perimeter of base P102 on either side of the central channel or air chamber P121. It is placed on the side of the diaphragm body facing away from the ear mounting position. The outer pole piece P111c is bounded by a perimeter with an opposed, substantially upright inner sidewall of the base P102 and is tightly coupled to the perimeter. The inner pole piece P111b sits on the lateral inner wall P102a of the base portion P102 and is tightly coupled. The other inner pole piece P111a sits and mounts directly on the magnet P112. The inner pole pieces P111a and P111b are separated from the outer pole piece P111c and the action of the magnet P112 creates a magnetic field between them, concentrating the magnetic flux at the positions of these two circular rings. These gaps fit the number of coil windings. It will be appreciated that this number may vary depending on the number of coil windings. In the neutral position, each coil winding P114a, b is aligned with one of the pair of gaps. In some embodiments, there may be gaps and coils that are inconsistent in number, but the gaps are at least shaped such that one or more coils cross between them during operation. It is distributed. In some embodiments, the audio signal may be rerouted to different coils, for example depending on the range of motion of the diaphragm.

The inner pole piece and the outer pole piece create channels between them for one side of the force transfer components, including coil winding P115 and coil windings P114a, b, and in-situ them during operation. It extends to pass and reciprocates in it. A recess P102c in the lateral inner wall of the base P102 in these channels, as well as a cylindrical spacer ring P122 to allow force transfer components to be extended in during operation. Aligned.

In this embodiment, the support and alignment of the force transfer element of the diaphragm assembly P110 is maintained using ferrofluids P113a-d (referred to herein as ferrofluids). The ferrofluid is held in the respective gaps formed between the inner pole piece and the outer pole piece by magnetically attracting the fluid to the magnetic flux concentrated here, and the diaphragm base structure is formed. It extends through it. In place in each gap, the inner and outer ferrofluid rings are attracted towards the inner and outer pole pieces and come into contact with the inner and outer pole pieces, respectively. Be placed. During operation, the diaphragm assembly P110 reciprocates through the ferrofluid and through the ferrofluid, and is maintained aligned with the gap formed between the pole pieces by the operation of the ferrofluid. The fluid. Preferably, the ferrofluid is in close proximity to the diaphragm and / or substantially seals the diaphragm, so that the ferrofluid substantially prevents gas such as air from flowing between them. Become.

A rear vent or air leak fluid passage P105 is formed in the base structure P102 on one side of the diaphragm body. The fluid passage P105 is substantially aligned with the channel extending between the magnets P102. A mesh or open cell foam connected to the base P102 to allow gas, including air, to flow through the fluid passage P105 while preventing other foreign matter from entering the device. A material P123 of a breathable or porous element such as a material or cloth can be provided. It will be appreciated that this element or material P123 is preferred but optional. The fluid passage P118 is fluidly coupled to the air gap P120 on one side of the diaphragm assembly configured to be located on one side of the perimeter and at or adjacent to the user's ear. Here, this air gap P121 is located on the opposite side of the diaphragm assembly (facing away from the device's ear mounting / interface). A mesh or foam fabric connected to the base P102 to allow the fluid passage P118 to allow gas, including air, to flow through this passage while attenuating any unwanted resonances that may occur in it. Alternatively, it may be equipped with a breathable or porous element or material P126, such as a material. It will be appreciated that this element or material P126 is preferred but optional.

During operation, when the diaphragm assembly reciprocates due to the operation of the excitation mechanism, sound pressure is generated and exits the vent P109 of the earplug P101 across the channel of the upper housing P103. In some cases, this channel can include an elongated throat or conduit that connects to the ear mounting P101. During operation, unwanted resonances can occur within this elongated throat or conduit of housing portion P103 and within the air cavity region P121. Breathable or porous materials such as foam material P127 may be placed in the throat to help attenuate unwanted air resonances that may occur in these areas during operation. As will be appreciated, this material P127 is preferred but optional.

Free Perimeter For personal audio applications, the small size makes it very difficult to design a diaphragm assembly suspension system. Specifically, a diaphragm is used with a very small and lightweight diaphragm structure without causing resonance of the diaphragm and suspension around a high treble frequency range and without adding more mass than necessary. It is difficult to achieve a large range of motion and a low basic diaphragm resonance frequency.

Traditional linear motion type personal audio transducers, such as those configured to reciprocate a diaphragm assembly linearly, require a relatively large bandwidth, which is, for example, a home of similar size. This means that, unlike the case of an audio treble driver, a significant range of movement of the diaphragm is required and a high followability of the suspension is required. This means that there must be a significant area of perimeter zone involved in bending to achieve a large range of motion, and in the case of a typical headphone driver or earphone driver, this is about 1/10. This wide zone is about 100 times more followable (eg, achieving a resonant frequency of Wn = 1000Hz) around a typical treble driver (eg, achieving a resonant frequency of Wn = 1000Hz) to achieve a fundamental resonant frequency for the diaphragm, which is the frequency of For example, it implies that it must have an additional 1/100 stiffness to achieve a resonant frequency of Wn = 100Hz, for example.

As such, most headphones and earphones have a much higher basic diaphragm resonance frequency than is acceptable for home audio and generally respond to roll off below about 90Hz, while being equivalent. It also has treble performance that receives greater resonance than the treble driver of home audio.

For example, in a home audio stereo system, the bus response is usually reduced to less than 35-40Hz, but the flagship model dynamic headphones typically have a basic diaphragm resonance frequency of about 100Hz. Bus response is usually reduced to less than about 80Hz. Also, comparing the waterfall plots of high-end home audio treble drivers with flagship headphones, home audio treble drivers usually experience energy storage distortion issues, especially at treble frequencies. It is shown that there is significantly less to do.

Therefore, diaphragm suspension is an important design feature in personal audio applications. Suspensions with relatively high followability to motion, for example by using an audio transducer assembly with at least a partially free periphery, as defined under Section 2.3 of the present specification. It can potentially improve the operation of the personal audio device you need. For example, the personal audio device P100 comprises a diaphragm body and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the body of the diaphragm to move the body in response to an electrical signal to generate sound during use. It comprises an audio transducer with a diaphragm assembly P110. The audio device further comprises a housing partially formed by the base P102 and further the housing portion P103, which housing contains the audio transducer. As shown in FIG. P1h, the diaphragm body / structure comprises an inner peripheral portion and / or an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the surrounding structure such as the base structure P102. In this embodiment, the peripheral portion of the diaphragm body is not physically connected along almost the entire peripheral portion. In this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly P110 having the diaphragm body is not physically connected to the inner pole pieces P111a, b and the outer pole pieces P111c of the excitation mechanism. Since these parts P111a to c are firmly connected to the inside of the housing (the inner pole piece P111a is connected via the magnet 112 and the inner pole piece P111b), these parts are assembled into a diaphragm. The solids form a part of the interior that is not physically connected.

The diaphragm body / structure and diaphragm assembly P110 are not physically connected to the interior of the housing portion P103 and the interior of the base structural portion P102. All moving parts of the diaphragm assembly P110, including the diaphragm body and diaphragm base structure, are not completely physically connected to the interior of the housing or base structure. It will be appreciated that as used herein, "non-physically connected" is intended to mean at least almost completely unconnected. In some cases, for example, the wires that connect to the coil may need to be tightly connected to the surrounding structure, but this is related to the phrase that they are not completely or substantially physically connected. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that, where it is intended to do, it does not form a support or suspension for the diaphragm assembly and is not intended to form such a support or suspension. ..

Even when designs with partially free perimeters are adopted, the area of suspension components involved in flexion is significantly reduced, and these components are associated with the achieved followability and range of motion. By comparison, it has a geometrically higher robustness to internal resonance. This solves the three-way compromise between the diaphragm's range of motion, the diaphragm's fundamental resonance frequency, and the high-frequency resonance, as imposed by conventional suspensions. To assist. In an alternative embodiment, the diaphragm body / structure and / or diaphragm assembly is at least partially and substantially, for example, along at least 20 percent or at least 30 percent of the outer peripheral length. Please understand that it does not have to be physically connected. More preferably, the diaphragm body / structure and / or assembly is substantially physically connected, for example, along at least 50 percent of the length and most preferably at least 80 percent of the length. do not do.

This embodiment also illustrates an earphone device with an earplug configured to be located in the instep of the user's ear or in the ear canal entrance or ear canal. The benefits of designing a diaphragm with a completely, substantially, or partially free perimeter, as described above and as shown in this embodiment, are in some respects in earphone applications. , Will increase. It must be small enough that the transducer portion of the device usually fits substantially inside the instep of the ear or the ear canal, or at least small enough to be held without a headband. This is because the low mass diaphragm makes it particularly difficult to lower the fundamental resonance frequency because it must be. Also, the need for a small diaphragm assembly means that a large range of motion is particularly useful.

In this case, the transducer has or has little or no unwanted resonance that occurs within the audible bandwidth. Yet another advantage of diaphragms with free perimeters, completely, substantially or partially, in earphone applications is that their small size eases the constraints imposed by conventional suspensions. Or eliminated, whereby the diaphragm assembly, driver, and the entire device can have little or no unwanted significant resonance mode. As mentioned above, unwanted resonant modes within loudspeakers tend to accumulate, releasing the vibrational energy of the diaphragm after a delay, which further tends to subjectively blur and muddy the reproduced audio. There is.

Support for Ferro Fluid In this embodiment, the diaphragm assembly P110 and / or structure, including all peripheral regions that are not physically connected to the housing, is the base structure by fluid, and most preferably by ferro fluid. It is supported in an operating position relative to the excitation mechanism of and relative to the inside of the housing.

A diaphragm assembly and / or a diaphragm assembly that is not physically connected to the surrounding body but is supported using ferrofluid to float the diaphragm assembly relative to the excitation mechanism and / or the transducer base structure. The structure can also be very effective in personal audio applications. The reason is that even if suspension resonance is practically eliminated, a large range of motion and high bandwidth of the diaphragm can still be achieved. In addition, by removing the flexible diaphragm region and / or the flexible perimeter, increasing linearity, reducing harmonic distortion, and increasing linear phase response, without limitation. Improvements can be made, including.

The ferrofluid preferably supports the diaphragm assembly to such an extent as to prevent contact or friction with the transducer base structure or excitation mechanism, eg, at the periphery of the diaphragm assembly.

In an alternative embodiment, the diaphragm body of the audio transducer is entirely, substantially, or at least partially along the interior of the housing (eg, along at least 20% of the length of the edge, for example. The section of the diaphragm body and / or any other section of the diaphragm assembly that is not physically connected to the inside of the housing can be provided with an outer periphery that is not physically connected. It will be appreciated that air gaps or relatively narrow air gaps can be separated from the interior of the housing.

The diaphragm assembly is a type of diaphragm assembly having a motor coil attached at the circumference, where the diaphragm assembly is a self-supporting type and is around to support the diaphragm body. It does not depend on it at all. The diaphragm suspension consists of the suspension of the motor coil located in the gap of the magnetic circuit, which is mediated by the ferromagnetic fluid contained in the gap. Ferrofluid exerts a centering force on the motor coil, which causes the diaphragm to float in place.

When a layout of motors protruding from above is used, each of the coil windings P114a and P114b is wider than the gaps in their magnetic fields adjacent to the pole pieces P111a and P111b, respectively. However, in alternative embodiments, bottom protruding or other motor coil layouts may be used. Coil windings P114a and P114b extend beyond the magnetic field gap to maintain a substantially stable motor strength beyond the range of motion of the diaphragm. The reason is that when the diaphragm moves in either direction, a substantially stable number of coil windings will be placed in the gap of the magnetic field adjacent to the pole pieces P111a and P111b. ..

The diaphragm morphology of the dome with the motor coil at the perimeter provides a film but three-dimensional geometry that is extremely thick overall and has a relatively high resilience to resonance. For example, as in the case of a conventional conical diaphragm speaker driver, there is no unsupported membrane edge that requires support from around the rubber diaphragm.

Diaphragm assembly The diaphragm body of the diaphragm assembly P110 has substantially high rigidity. The diaphragm body of the diaphragm assembly P110 is formed from a structure having substantially high rigidity, such as, for example, a rigid plastic, a high-density foam, a metal material, or a reinforcing structure. It will be appreciated that in some embodiments, the diaphragm assembly may comprise any one of the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 through R4 described in Section 2.2 of this specification. It will also be appreciated that any of the audio transducers of configurations R5 to R7 described in Section 2.3 of this specification may be used in some variants of this embodiment. .. For example, the diaphragm body is connected to one or more main surfaces adjacent to at least one of the main surfaces and is subject to compressive-tensile stress at or near the surface of the body during operation. A normal stress reinforcement to resist and is embedded in the body and oriented at an angle to at least one of the main surfaces to resist and / or resist the shear deformations that the body undergoes during operation. It can be equipped with at least one optional internal reinforcing member, which is substantially mitigated. However, it will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, the diaphragm body can have substantially high flexibility.

In this embodiment, the diaphragm body comprises a thin dome-shaped membrane or some other type of relatively thin diaphragm body and has a geometry that is substantially stiff with respect to the major bending modes of the entire diaphragm. As a result, the diaphragm body maintains substantially inflexible behavior beyond the intended working bandwidth / FRO of the audio transducer. The diaphragm may be thin, and the overall dimensions in the direction perpendicular to the main surface (eg, the depth of the dome P204), excluding the components associated with the excitation mechanism, can be maximized across the main surface. It may be curved so that it is at least 15% of the distance (eg, the diameter of dome P203). This results in a 3D dome shape in this case where the diaphragm is relatively self-supporting, at least compared to the design of a flatter type diaphragm where the diaphragm is not thick or at least not curved. The realization of 3D geometry, which is the curved surface of, is promoted. Also, preferably, the overall dimensions of the entire diaphragm assembly, including the components associated with the excitation mechanism, are at least 25% of the maximum distance across the main surface in the direction perpendicular to the main surface. This is because diaphragm assemblies with significant dimensions in three dimensions tend to have higher structural perfection for resonance mode.

The remaining components of the diaphragm assembly, such as force transfer components, can help maintain the rigidity of the diaphragm body during operation.

Decoupling mounting system In addition, the decoupling mounting system of the present invention, as described in Section 4 of the present invention, is at least the transducer base structure of an audio transducer and an audio device such as the housing portion P103. It can be incorporated between one other part, thereby at least partially reducing the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and at least one other part of the audio device. The decoupling mounting system functions to mount the first component flexibly to the second component of the audio device, as described in Section 4. For example, any one of the embodiments described in Section 4.2 or a decoupling system designed according to the discussion in Section 4.3 may be used.

Air Leakage Fluid Passage As described above, the personal audio device P100 comprises an audio transducer having a diaphragm assembly and an enclosure or baffle for accommodating the transducer P100. The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm and an excitation mechanism configured to act on the diaphragm assembly in response to an electrical signal to generate sound during use. The diaphragm is substantially (or at least part) inside the enclosure or baffle, for example, along at least 20 percent of the length of the periphery, but most preferably along almost the entire portion of the periphery. It has an outer peripheral part that is not physically connected.

The earplug / interface P101 is located between the air inside the device's internal anterior cavity P120 and the device's external air (surrounding outside air) located at or near the user's ear canal or instep during use. It is configured to produce enough seals. The geometry and / or material used for the earplugs can affect, for example, the sufficiency of the seal. As mentioned above, the plug P101 can have a body that is shaped to fit snugly in the user's ear, such as in contact with the user's ear canal entrance, and as a result. The plug P101 allows the audio transducer to be placed adjacent to the user's ear canal to seal this position. The body may be made of a soft material for comfort and sufficient sealing, such as a soft plastic material such as silicone or the like, or may be covered with a soft material. Alternatively, it will be appreciated that other types of geometry and materials, as will be apparent to those of skill in the art, may be used for sufficient encapsulation.

In a preferred embodiment, the earplug P101 is configured to sufficiently or substantially seal in situ between the anterior cavity P120 on the ear canal side of the device and the air outside the device. Substantial seals are, for example, seals configured to improve sound pressure (ie, provide bass boost) at least at low bass frequencies during operation. For example, the earplug may be configured to substantially seal the user's ear in situ (at least at low bass frequencies) to increase the sound pressure generated inside the ear canal during operation. .. In some embodiments, the sound pressure is, for example, at least 2 dB on average, or more preferably at least 4 dB, or at least 4 dB, relative to the sound pressure that would occur if the audio device did not create sufficient seals on the fly. Most preferably it can be increased by 6 dB (when equal electrical inputs are applied). The air encapsulated in the anterior cavity P120 may be small enough to assist in providing bass boost during operation.

Audio device P100 to provide a limited gas flow path from the first cavity to another air during operation to help attenuate air resonance and / or suppress bass boost. It further comprises at least one fluid passage P118 configured in. For example, the device P100 is contained within the device housing portion P103 and is located on the side of a diaphragm assembly configured to be located at or adjacent to the user's ear canal or instep during use. It is equipped with a first front air cavity P120. A second rear air cavity P121 that includes device P100 within device base P102 and is located on the opposite side of the diaphragm to face or away from the user's ear canal or instep. Further prepare. The fluid passage P118 fluidly connects the front air cavity P120 and the rear air cavity P121, resulting in a limited flow of air to the outside that would otherwise be held sealable within the cavity P120. Allows it to attenuate internal resonance and / or suppress bass boost during use. It is not essential that a separate flow limiting factor be used for the passage to provide a limited gas flow path, the passage may be substantially open without the use of obstructive barriers, yet , Limited due to its reduced size, diameter or width. As will be described in more detail later, the fluid passage P118 may be due to having a reduced diameter or width at the connection with the anterior cavity P120 or with other adjacent cavities, or as a flow limiting element. It is configured to limit airflow by either or by incorporating other forms (sometimes known in the art as resistors). In this embodiment, the fluid passage P118 comprises both.

Alternatively or additionally, the device's fluid passage P105 can fluidly connect the front air cavity P120 to the air outside the device via the fluid passage P118 and the rear cavity P121, eg fluid to the external environment. Can be connected. This fluid passage P105 is isolated from any leak passage that may actually be present within the normally substantially sealed periphery of the output vent P109. In this embodiment, an air vent or aperture P105 is provided at the opposite end of the housing to the anterior cavity P120 (near the posterior cavity P121), thereby via the fluid passage P118 and the posterior cavity P121. Allows air to pass from the anterior cavity P120 to the air outside the device P100. Either the fluid passage P105 has a reduced diameter or width at the junction with the anterior cavity P120 or other adjacent cavity P121, or by incorporating a flow limiting element in other ways. , Or both, are configured to limit the air flow. In this embodiment, the fluid passage P105 provides a limited flow path from the rear cavity P121 to the outside air.

It will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, any number of fluid passages may be incorporated to allow air to leak from the normally sealed cavity P120. In this embodiment, both passages P118 and P105 are provided and work collectively to achieve this. However, in an alternative variant, one or more air vents may be placed, eg, at or near the cavity P120 (eg, the same as the cavity P120, on the side of the diaphragm assembly), external environment, etc. , Connects to the air outside the device.

In general, by making a pad or plug that allows a certain degree of air leakage, an ear that can always be sealed against various ear shapes and head shapes as well as various arrangements. It is simpler to make a pad or ear plug. Therefore, in this embodiment of the personal audio device of the present invention, the ear pads or ear plugs are designed to allow substantially sealing, and air leaks are introduced into the device, which This makes it possible to attenuate the resonance. The leak is preferably positioned away from the interface between the user's ear or head and the device, so that properties such as position and resistance as well as any reactance can be attributed to the shape of the ear and the device. It will be virtually independent of the variety of arrangements.

Each fluid passage allows air to flow out of the first cavity P120 adjacent to the user's ear or head during operation without passing between the user's head and the audio device. , Which affects the seal.

Each fluid passage P118 or P105 preferably comprises a fluid flow limiter. A fluid flow limiter is at the inlet or passage of, for example, an inlet or inlet from an adjacent cavity having a reduced size, width or diameter, and / or a porous or breathable material. It can be equipped with any combination of fluid flow limiting elements or barriers within. For example, the fluid passage may be a fully open passage with an inlet of reduced diameter or width. Alternatively or in addition, the fluid passage is provided with a fluid flow limiting element, such as a foam barrier or a mesh cloth barrier, at the inlet or in the passage to allow some resistance to the gas passing therethrough. You may. The fluid passage can be equipped with one or more small apertures.

Preferably, the fluid passages P118 and P105 have sufficient non-restriction to allow the sound pressure in the ear canal to be significantly reduced during operation. A significant reduction in sound pressure is, for example, a reduction of at least 10%, or more preferably at least 25%, or most preferably at least 50% of the operating sound pressure of the device over the frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz. May be. This reduction in sound is relative to similar audio devices that have no fluid passages and therefore have negligible sound pressure leaks during operation. Significant reductions in sound pressure are preferably observed at least 50% of the time the audio device is mounted within a standard measuring device. However, other reductions in sound pressure are also possible, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples.

In this embodiment, the fluid passage P118 has a reduced diameter at the junction with the anterior cavity P120 (and even the posterior cavity P121). It will be appreciated that the diameter is substantially uniform along the length of the passage, but in some alternative forms this diameter may vary. A fluid passage P118, such as a mesh or foam fabric, that is, inside the passage, to allow gas, including air, to flow through the passage while limiting the pressure or flow rate of the flow through it. In an air cavity system comprising an external auditory canal, an air cavity P120, a fluid passage P118, an air cavity P121, and a fluid passage P105, further comprising a breathable or porous flow limiting element or material P126. It also reduces any unwanted resonances that may occur otherwise. It will be appreciated that the flow limiting material is placed at the inlet / inlet of the fluid passage P118 in this embodiment, but may be placed at and / or in the outlet of the passage.

In addition, the fluid passage P105 has a reduced diameter at the junction with the posterior cavity P121. Flow limiting in the form of a mesh or foam material P123 configured such that the fluid passage P105 limits the pressure or flow rate of the flow through it, while also allowing gas, including air, to flow through the passage. It further comprises elements, thereby reducing any unwanted resonances that may otherwise occur within the air cavity system mentioned above. It will be appreciated that the flow limiting material is placed at the outlet of fluid passage P105 in this embodiment, but may be placed at and / or inside the inlet / inlet.

Each fluid passage is in the device, such as near the perimeter of the diaphragm assembly and / or the audio transducer assembly, or even through the aperture in the diaphragm assembly and / or the audio transducer assembly. It may extend anywhere.

In this embodiment, the damping caused by the leakage of air in the fluid passage improves the control of air resonance. Resonance control, as well as bass level moderation, can be relatively constant for a variety of listeners / users and even for a variety of device placements.

In some embodiments, the channel of the audio device configured to be located directly adjacent to or within the user's ear canal and / or instep is an elongated conduit or throat. Can be provided. This design may also be susceptible to air resonance. Therefore, in some implementations, a sound absorber P127 and / or a flow limiter is placed within this conduit to further attenuate internal resonance during operation.

For example, a foam insert P127 located within the throat of the vent P109 can achieve attenuation of resonance, including air moving between the cavity P120 and the ear canal. The foam can also affect the frequency response. The reason is that resistance affects high and low frequencies differently. Alternatively, other porous or breathable elements configured to limit airflow may be used to attenuate the resonance within the throat of the device.

Earphones can modify the intrinsic resonance characteristics of the ear, which may potentially prevent the ear canal and instep from modifying the brain to match the frequency response of the ear canal and instep system. The frequency characteristics and / or resonance characteristics of the system can be modified. For example, referring to Figure P3, in the case of an earphone in which the ear canal P301 (and earphone P100) is substantially sealed at position P305 of the ear canal entrance (after insertion of the earphone), thereby. The ear canal resonance can be changed from an open tube type resonance to a closed tube type resonance. In addition, the resonance accumulates energy and releases it with some delay, which tends to obscure the sound. For these reasons, it may be advantageous to mitigate the resonance of the ear / earphone system, including through such resonance attenuation. Therefore, in earphone applications such as this example, from an air cavity located beside the diaphragm assembly adjacent to a region configured to mount the user's ear in order to attenuate resonance. It is particularly advantageous to introduce at least one fluid passage for air leakage, to another air cavity on the opposite side of the diaphragm assembly and / or to the air outside the device. Providing a limited flow path through this passage will help achieve resonance attenuation and / or suppression of bass boost. However, it will be appreciated that these benefits can be seen in both headphone and hearing aid applications, as described in more detail later in Section 5.2.2.

Therefore, in this embodiment, the fluid passages P118 and P105 provide advantages including the following: Leakage through the vibrating plate assembly and through the vent P105 is corrected from the ear canal resonance (from the intrinsic state). ), And to attenuate other resonance modes of the air cavity system with the ear canal, the air cavity P120, the fluid passage P118, the air cavity P121, and the fluid passage P105; and relying on high manufacturing tolerances. For a wide variety of listeners, the seal to the ear is due to less leakage through the ear seal (ie, through the diaphragm assembly and through the passage) than in the device. Leakage volume, location, and any intrinsic reactors should be constant among users, even if the degree varies.

In this embodiment, as described in the section above, the audio transducer comprises a diaphragm body with perimeters that are substantially non-physically connected to the perimeter / enclosure P102. This is a diaphragm for enhanced bass extension while reducing the unwanted high frequency resonances associated with the surroundings with high range of motion and high followability, which is often required in personal audio applications. It also facilitates the achievement of lowering the fundamental resonance frequency of.

For earphones based on traditional dynamic and armature drivers, such trade-offs are generally resolved by using multiple drivers, which introduces distortions associated with crossover circuits. , May increase the complexity, cost and size of the device.

Various improvements can be achieved for the bus by lowering the basic diaphragm resonance frequency, such that the perimeter of the diaphragm can be promoted as described above by at least partially not physically connecting. Includes, but not limited to, increased bus levels, potentially improved phase response, increased linearity with respect to volume changes, and reduced harmonic distortion. However, these improvements in bus response are seen in different implementations, especially for personal audio where factors such as enclosure geometry can have a significant effect on response. In the device. With this in mind, fluid passages are used to control, suppress or fine-tune the bus response of the device when an audio transducer configuration designed to improve bus response is implemented. obtain.

Therefore, the design of the audio transducer, in combination with at least one fluid passage for air leakage, so that the diaphragm is virtually (or at least partially) physically unconnected, will store energy. It will provide an audio device with reduced (eg, measured in a plot of transient response and cumulative spectral attenuation). The reason is that the resonance of the driver and the air cavity system is dealt with and the frequency response characteristics are improved compared to the conventional design.

As mentioned above, the audio transducer P100 of this embodiment comprises a diaphragm assembly P110 that is supported by a ferrofluid at the periphery of the assembly with proper alignment to the base structure P102. It is also advantageous to introduce an air passage that is placed in a place other than the peripheral part of the diaphragm assembly. However, the present invention is not intended to be limited to such examples. In earphone applications such as this example, partly because of the small size of the air cavity, and to use a very small transducer that is compact enough to be placed in the instep. The reason is that small changes in air leakage can have a large impact. This means that it can be difficult to maintain air leakage tolerance and consistency. If the diaphragm assembly has an air gap around the periphery that creates a fluid air leak passage between the first cavity P120 and another cavity or the external environment, this gap is the device as mentioned. Formed to have size or shape inconsistencies due to manufacturing variations, changes in diaphragm mounting, or movement of the diaphragm during use, which can significantly affect the operation of the May be done. Such inconsistencies in the size of the air gap can cause, for example, inconsistencies and / or excessive air leaks. This can be a disadvantage in some implementations of personal audio devices, for example requiring a compact transducer that requires sufficient encapsulation to increase bus response. Compact transducers are significantly affected by such excessively large or inconsistent air gaps, as may be the case. Such inconsistencies can be reduced by supporting the periphery with a ferrofluid rather than an air gap. Alternatively, a customized air leak fluid passage may be incorporated, for example, at a location other than the periphery of the diaphragm assembly where it may be easier to control the size of the fluid passage. Shown in this example As such, the fluid passages P118 and P105 are arranged adjacent to the diaphragm assembly and the excitation / conversion mechanism, but not at the periphery of these assemblies. In an alternative embodiment, a fluid passage through the interior of the diaphragm assembly may be provided. The size of each fluid passage in such an approach can be more easily customized and configured to achieve the desired response.

Operating frequency range Preferably, the audio device P100 includes a frequency band of 160 Hz to 6 kHz, or more preferably contains a frequency band of 120 Hz to 8 kHz, or more preferably contains a frequency band of 100 Hz to 10 kHz. Or more preferably it has an FRO comprising a frequency band of 80 Hz to 12 kHz, or most preferably an frequency band of 60 Hz to 14 kHz.

Some variants The audio transducer in this embodiment is a linear motion transducer. However, it will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments (eg, as described in Example X), rotary motion transducers may be used alternatives within personal audio devices.

Alternatively, an internal audio transducer mechanism within a headphone device (eg, as described in Example Y) or within another personal audio device, such as a mobile phone or hearing aid. Will be understood that may be implemented.

The audio device P100 can include multiple transducers, which will be described in more detail later with reference to other embodiments.

The diaphragm assembly of this embodiment can be suspended with respect to the transducer base structure and surroundings by means other than ferrofluid, and air gaps (ferrofluid) in the base structure and / or peripheral regions that are not connected to the surroundings. Can be separated by). For example, in an alternative embodiment, the diaphragm periphery may be supported by a compact leaf spring or by a detached segment of foam.

5.2.2 Example K-Headphones Next, referring to FIGS. K1 to K5, another embodiment of the personal audio device in the form of the headphone device K203 (referred to herein as the audio device of Example K). The left headphone interface device K204 and the right headphone interface device K205 (hereinafter also referred to as the headphone cups K204 and K205), and the bridge headband (bridging). It is shown as having a headband) K206 (Fig. K2). Each headphone interface device comprises an audio transducer K100 (Figure K1) mounted inside a cup housing K204 (Figures K3 and K4). This embodiment shows the configuration of headphones, but without departing from the scope of the invention, otherwise, various design features of the audio device may be any other, such as earphones or mobile phone devices. It will be understood that it may be incorporated into personal audio devices. Next, the features of the headphone cup K204 on the left side will be described in more detail. It will be appreciated that the right headphone cup K205 has the same or similar configuration and therefore its features are not explained for simplicity.

Referring to FIG. K1, in this embodiment, the audio transducer rotates to the transducer base structure K118 via a hinge system configured to rotate the diaphragm around the associated axis of rotation K119 during operation. It is a rotary motion transducer with a diaphragm assembly K101 that can be connected. The diaphragm assembly preferably comprises a very thick diaphragm body K120, eg, where the maximum thickness K127 of the diaphragm body is at least 15% of the length K126 of the diaphragm body, or of the body. At least 20% of the length K126. For example, in the embodiment shown, the maximum thickness K127 of the diaphragm body may be 5.7 mm, which is 30% of the length K126 of the diaphragm body, which is 19 mm. Further, this thickness may be at least about 11% of the maximum dimension, such as the length of the diagonal line straddling the diaphragm body, or more preferably at least about 14%. For example, in the embodiment shown, the maximum thickness K127 of the diaphragm body may be 5.7 mm, which is 21% of the length K139 of the diaphragm body, which is 27.5 mm. However, in the alternative embodiment, the diaphragm body does not have to be very thick. The transducer further comprises an excitation mechanism, such as an electromagnetic mechanism, for converting sound by applying a substantial rotational motion to the diaphragm body during use. The portion of the excitation / conversion mechanism of the audio transducer that is coupled to the associated diaphragm body is preferably tightly coupled.

Highly rigid diaphragm assembly In this embodiment, the diaphragm structure has a geometry suitable for resisting acoustic division.

The diaphragm assembly comprises a diaphragm structure having extremely high rigidity during operation. The diaphragm structure is preferably any one of the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 to R4 described under Section 2.2 of this specification. In this example, is the diaphragm structure similar in configuration to the diaphragm structure A1500 described in connection with the audio transducer of Example A in Section 2.2 and is on the main surface K132 on the opposite side of the body? Alternatively, the diaphragm body K120 is provided, which is reinforced by the outer vertical stress reinforcing material K111 / K112 adjacent thereto and the inner shear stress reinforcing material K121 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the vertical stress reinforcing material. The outer stress reinforcements are provided with a series of longitudinal struts, the first group of those series of longitudinal struts, K112, oriented longitudinally along the associated main surface K132, and the second group. K111 is directed at an angle with respect to the first group and with respect to each other, thereby forming the shape of intersecting stanchions. The outer stress reinforcements K111 / K112 reduce the mass in the region distal to the mass center position of the diaphragm assembly K101 (eg, by reducing the width or thickness of the stanchions).

Also, the diaphragm body K120 reduces the mass in the region distal to the center of mass position (by tapering along its length to form a wedge-shaped structure). The diaphragm body K120 is extremely thick, for example having a maximum thickness K127 of the diaphragm body of at least about 15% of the length K126 of the diaphragm body, or more preferably at least 20% of the length. The length K126 of the diaphragm body is the furthest of the diaphragm structure from the axis K119 in a direction substantially perpendicular to the thickness dimension (or, for example, along the direction perpendicular to the axis K119). It can be defined by the total distance to the periphery of the position. An inclined connecting tab K122 is located at the base end of the diaphragm body K120, allowing the diaphragm base to be securely coupled to the other components of the diaphragm assembly K101. Alternatively, it will be appreciated that any other diaphragm structure configured according to configurations R1 through R4 as defined under Section 2.2 of this description may be employed in this embodiment.

The diaphragm assembly K101 has a diaphragm base frame K107 that is tightly coupled to the base of the diaphragm structure, to a part of the hinge assembly, and to the force transmission component of the excitation mechanism in order to move the diaphragm in use. Further prepare. As shown in Figures K1l and K1n, the diaphragm base frame K107 comprises a first vertical plate K107a and a second tilted plate K107b, both of which are substantially flat and the main surface K132 of the diaphragm body. It is tilted relative to each other to match the relative angle between the main surface of one of them and the base surface of the diaphragm body. These first and second plates are tightly coupled to the diaphragm body at the base surface and the main surface K132 mentioned above, respectively. A second tilted plate K107b configured to be connected to the main surface K132 further comprises a pair of isolated apertures K107e (shown in FIGS. K1g, n and m), which are paired isolated. The aperture K107e is aligned with the contact member K138 extending from the base block K105 of the transducer base structure and further with the recess K120a formed at the base end of the diaphragm body. , Consists of. In this way, in the assembled state of the audio transducer, the contact member K138 extends through the corresponding aperture of the base frame K107 and further into the recess K120a of the diaphragm body K120. ..

The diaphragm base frame K107 further comprises a third bow-shaped plate K107c extending from the first substantially vertical plate K107a, and the third bow-side plate K107c extends in the opposite direction of the second plate K107b. It is connected to the fourth tilted and substantially flat plate K107d. The bow plate K107c is configured to be connected to a force transfer component such as the coil K130 in the assembled state. The coil K130 is firmly connected to the outer surface of the bow plate K107c. The arc of the plate is configured to correspond to the arcs of the magnetic field gaps K140a and K140b of the conversion mechanism formed by the transducer base structure. One or more bow plates K136 may be inserted into the diaphragm base frame cavity formed by the first, third and fourth plates of frame K107. Preferably, three plates are held in this cavity, forming two inner cavities K107e, in which the inner pole K113 of the conversion mechanism extends to operably cooperate with the coil K130.

As shown in Figures K1l and K1m, in the assembled state, the second plate K107b of the base frame K107 extends slightly through the associated main surface of the diaphragm body / structure. This provides an edge where the longitudinal connector K117 is firmly connected. Further, the connector K117 is firmly connected to the corresponding surface of the diaphragm body at the base end. The connector comprises a recess aligned with the aperture K107e of the second plate K107b of the base frame K107. The opposite side of the connector (relative to the side connected to the diaphragm body) has a substantially concave curved surface (at least in cross section) in the central region of the connector along its length. The concavely curved surface is configured to receive and contain the contact pins of the hinge system urging mechanism (discussed in more detail later). An inclined portion extends from a portion of the connector connected to the second plate K107b of the base frame K107, and this inclined portion is configured to be firmly connected to the fourth plate K107d of the diaphragm base frame K107. To. In this way, the connector K117 is firmly coupled to the base frame K107 along its length. This portion further comprises a substantially concave curved surface (at least in cross section), and this substantially concave curved surface extends along a significant portion of the length of the connector K117, a hinge system. It is configured to contact and be fixedly connected to the hinge element K108 (discussed in more detail later). The hinge element K108, as described in more detail later, is at least substantially convex in the section of the hinge element K108 that extends across the recess of the connector to engage the contact block K138 of the hinge system. It has a curved surface (at least in cross section).

In this way, in the assembled state, the diaphragm base structure is firmly connected to the base frame K107 and to the connector K117. The base frame is then further firmly and fixedly connected to the coil K130 of the conversion mechanism. The connector K117 is fixedly connected to the hinge element K108 and to the contact pin K109 of the hinge assembly. These components combine to form the diaphragm assembly K101.

Referring to FIGS. K1f, K1j and K1k, the base frame K107, the hinge element K108 and the connector K117 preferably extend over the entire width of the diaphragm structure straddling the base surface of the structure. The end of any of these components is preferably coupled to the transducer base structure side block K115 via a substantially elastic connecting member K125 and a spacer disk or washer K135. Each side block K115 may have extremely high rigidity and is formed of, for example, a plastic material having extremely high rigidity. The connecting member K125 and / or the washer K135 is tightly coupled to the inner wall of the associated side block K115. This configuration follows-up positions the diaphragm base frame assembly (including connector K117 and hinge element K118) to match the base component K105 of the transducer base structure. This mechanism contributes to the entire hinge assembly. The two connecting members K125 provide a restoring force to the diaphragm assembly, which contributes to 1) positioning the diaphragm to a neutral or stationary position, and thus the final diaphragm base. It becomes a substantial decisive factor for the frequency Wn; 2) contributes to the positioning of the hinge element K108 with respect to the contact member K138, resulting in collisions, knocking, or other abnormalities due to external forces. These parts are repositioned to a neutral position, where the parts of the diaphragm assembly do not touch or rub against the surrounding parts.

Therefore, in addition to contributing to the entire hinged assembly, this mechanism also functions as a diaphragm restoration mechanism.

The free peripheral diaphragm structure comprises an outer peripheral portion that is not physically connected to the surrounding structure such as the peripheral K301. The free perimeter associated with the diaphragm structure is described in detail in Section 2.3 of this specification, which also applies to this embodiment. In short, the perimeter of the diaphragm structure need not be at least partially physically connected to the perimeter, for example, along at least 20 percent of the perimeter in some embodiments. In this embodiment, the diaphragm structure is almost completely physically unconnected (except for the hinge connection) to the surrounding structure, including the perimeter and transducer base structures. The unconnected free portion of the periphery of the diaphragm structure is separated from the perimeter by the relatively small air gaps K321 and K320. It will be appreciated that the perimeters need not be substantially physically connected by other means, for example, along at least 50% or at least 80% of the perimeter or perimeter. ..

Preferably, the width of the air gaps K321 and K320 defined by the distance between the outer periphery of the vibrating plate body and the housing / surrounding K301 is less than 1/10 of the length K126 of the vibrating plate body, and more preferably. Is less than 1/20. For example, the width of each air gap defined by the distance between the outer circumference of the diaphragm body and its surroundings is less than 1.5 mm, more preferably less than 1 mm, or even more preferably less than 0.5 mm. These values are exemplary and other values outside this range may be suitable.

Hinge system rotating motion audio transducers may be well suited for personal audio devices. The reason is that, through the large range of motion of the diaphragm and the low basic diaphragm resonance frequency, the rotating motion transducer has the potential to meet the demands of expanding the high frequency bandwidth and even expanding the bus. Because.

A combination of an audio device interface design that completely or at least partially seals the air between the ear and the diaphragm assembly with a rotating motion audio transducer, in this embodiment by sealing. The reason is that it is assisted in facilitating the enhancement of bass expansion, thereby reducing the demand for volumetric range capability of audio transducers and making it easier to achieve better treble reproduction. As a result, the performance is improved.

A hinge-type diaphragm suspension helps eliminate or at least mitigate the low frequency resonance mode.

This hinge system is a contact hinge system constructed in accordance with the design principles and design considerations described in Section 3.2.1 of this specification. Therefore, in an alternative embodiment, this hinge system is designed according to the principles described in this section, for example, those described in Section 3.2.2 in connection with the audio transducer of Example A. It will be understood that it may be replaced by any alternative mechanism. For example, at least one audio transducer can comprise a hinge system having a hinge assembly with one or more hinge connections, each hinge connection having a hinge element and a contact member, the contact member. Provides a contact surface, the hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the contact member while maintaining stable physical contact with the contact surface during use. For example, the hinge may be similar to the hinge described in Example A Audio Transducer A100 or the hinge of the Example E Audio Transducer. Further, in another alternative configuration, the hinge assembly is a flexible hinge assembly described under Section 3.3 of this specification, such as the hinge assembly of the audio transducers of Examples B and D. FIGS. C1 to C13, which may be replaced by a solid, or, for example, have one or more flexible elements (preferably thin walls) that operably support the diaphragm during use. It may be replaced with a flexible hinge assembly of the configuration described with reference. This hinge system simultaneously achieves a low basic diaphragm resonance mode, low followability to simple translations to reduce high frequency diaphragm resonance modes, and a large diaphragm range of motion. do. These are all necessary for personal audio applications.

A complete description of the hinge system associated with this embodiment is given in Section 3.2.5 of this specification. The following is a brief overview of the transducer hinge system of Example K. Referring to FIGS. K1g to K1n, in this embodiment the hinge system comprises a hinge assembly having a pair of hinge connections on either side of the assembly. Each hinge connection comprises a contact member that provides a contact surface and a hinge element configured to abut and swivel on the contact surface. Each hinge connection is configured to allow the hinge element to move relative to the contact member while maintaining stable physical contact with the contact surface, the hinge element being urged towards the contact surface. To.

The hinge element, which is in the form of the hinge shaft K108, is firmly connected to the diaphragm base frame K107. On the opposite side, the hinge shaft K108 is rotatably or pivotally connected to the contact member K138. As shown in FIG. K1i, each contact member comprises a concavely curved contact surface K137, which allows the free side of the shaft K108 to be in contact with and swivel. The concave surface K137 has a radius of curvature greater than the radius of curvature of the shaft K108. A pair of contact members K138 extend from both sides of the base component K105 and are swivelly or pivotally connected to both ends of the shaft K108, thereby forming two separate hinge connections. These hinge connections are preferably tightly coupled to both the diaphragm structure and the transducer base structure.

Referring to FIGS. K1l to K1m, the hinge shaft K108 is elastically and / or followably held in place by contacting the contact surface K137 of the base block K138 by the urging mechanism of the hinge system. .. The urging mechanism has a substantially elastic member K110 in the form of a compression spring and a contact pin K109. The spring K110 is tightly connected to the base structure K105 at one end and engaged with the contact pin K109 at the opposite end at contact position K116. The elastic contact spring K110 is urged towards the contact pin K109 and is held in place at least slightly compressed. This configuration follows the diaphragm base structure including the base frame K107, the connector K117, and the hinge shaft K108 in contact with the contact base block K138 of the hinge connection. The degree of followability and / or elasticity is as described in Section 3.2.2 of the present specification.

Transducer base structure and conversion mechanism is preferably different from the case where the diaphragm structure is mounted follow-up, or especially when the geometry of the other component is elongated and mounted via another component. Is different and is firmly attached to the force transmission component K106. The force transfer component is preferably of the type that maintains extremely high stiffness during use, as it helps to minimize resonance.

Electromechanical type motors are preferred. The reason is that its behavior is very linear over the wide range of motion of the diaphragm. The excitation mechanism can include a force transfer component in the form of a conductive component, preferably a coil K106, which receives a current representing an audio signal. Preferably, the conductive component is placed in a magnetic field and the magnetic field is preferably provided by a permanent magnet.

In this embodiment, the transducer base structure K118 has a very thick and short leg geometry and has a magnetic assembly with an electromagnetic excitation mechanism. The base structure is connected to the magnet K102, which is separated from the base component K105, the permanent magnet K102, and the opposing inner pole piece K113 located in the cavity of the diaphragm base frame K107 of the diaphragm assembly. The outer pole pieces K103 and K104 are provided. Opposing outer and inner pole pieces have opposing surfaces that form a substantially curved or arched channel between them. The arched plate of the diaphragm base frame comprises a surface whose shape corresponds to this arched magnetic field channel. One or more coil windings K106 are connected to the arcuate plate of the diaphragm base frame and extend in situ in the channel. Preferably, in the neutral position, the coil is aligned with the corresponding inner and outer poles, thereby improving the coordination between these components. During operation, a portion of each coil winding K106 and base frame K107 reciprocates within this channel, with the rest of the diaphragm assembly oscillating and pivoting about a rotation axis K119.

Housing With reference to Figure K3, the audio transducer is shown housed within the perimeter K301. The surrounding K301 is surrounded by the outer cap K302. These two parts form the housing K204 for the transducer. Peripheral and outer caps may be fixedly and firmly connected to each other via any suitable method, such as, for example, via a snap-fitting engagement, adhesive, or fixture K316. Near a portion of the audio transducer to assist the perimeter K301 in achieving transducer mounting to perimeter K301 (and housing K204) and decoupling of the transducer from perimeter K301 (and housing K204). It has an inner cap K303 extending over it. The inner cap K303 can be formed integrally with the surrounding K301 or otherwise formed separately and is optionally suitable, for example via a snap fit engagement, adhesive, or fixture K317. Through the method, it can be fixedly and firmly connected to the surrounding K301. The perimeter has a cavity for holding the transducer in it and is open on both sides of the cavity. On one side, the opening forms the output aperture K325, and during operation sound propagates through this output aperture K325 from the transducer assembly. With reference to Figure K4, the output aperture is configured to be located at or adjacent to the user's ear K410 when using the device. A soft ear pad K309 extends around the perimeter of the perimeter K301 and around the output aperture K325 on the opposite side of the outer cap K302. The soft ear pad K309 comprises an inner K310 with good followability formed from any suitable material well known in the art, such as foam material, which is comfortable for the user. Inner K310 is a non-breathable fabric outer layer K311 and even a breathable fabric or mesh inner layer It may be lined with K312. Also, the open mesh fabric K318 may extend over the output aperture K325.

In this embodiment, the audio device is located to apply pressure to the human head K408 and beyond the outer portion of the ear K410, as is common in the case of circum oral headphones. Is configured to substantially seal. Pressure can also be applied to one or more other parts of the head K408 and the ears K410. Other pad configurations, such as, but not limited to, Supra Oral configurations, are also possible. The soft ear pad K309 preferably forms a significant seal around the user's ears, thereby substantially sealing the air inside the device from the air K414 outside the device on the fly. .. The ear pads K309 are located at or adjacent to the user's ear K410 during use, with the air inside the front cavity K406 inside the device and the air outside the device (outside air) K414. It is configured to provide a sufficient seal between. The geometry and / or material used for the pad inner K310 and the outer fabric K311 can affect the sufficiency of, for example, the seal K409.

A substantial seal is, for example, a seal configured to improve sound pressure (ie, provide bass boost) at least at low bass frequencies during operation. For example, the ear pad is configured to substantially seal the user's ear / head in place to increase the sound pressure generated inside the ear during operation (at least at low bass frequencies). Can be done. In some implementations, the sound pressure is, for example, at least 2 dB on average, or more preferably at least 4 dB, or at least 4 dB, relative to the sound pressure that would occur if the audio device did not create a sufficient seal in place. Most preferably it can be increased by at least 6 dB. The air encapsulated in the anterior cavity K406 may be small enough to assist in providing bass boost during operation.

As mentioned, the device of this embodiment provides a bath boost by substantially sealing the air around the ears from the air around the device. In some variants, the ear pad K309 is a porous compressible inner made from a material such as foam, such as low elastic polyurethane foam or, for example open cell foam such as polyether foam. Consists of K310, where the inner K310 is located at the outer periphery of the pad K301 (eg, facing outwards, with multiple portions of which are configured to contact the user's head / ears during use). Covered by a substantially non-porous outer fabric K311 in. The internal portion of the ear pad K309 facing the interior of the device remains uncovered or is covered with a porous inner fabric, K312, resulting in a porous foam around the ear. It will be possible to propagate inside the body, where those energies can be dissipated to help control the air resonance inside.

This also means that the air cavity K406 is connected to the volume of the porous ear pad inner K310 and thus extends there to include that volume. This provides other benefits, including improved passive attenuation of ambient noise. The reason is, for example, through a leak between the ear pad K309 and the wearer's head K408, or otherwise through the air passages K320, 321, 322 and 324, from the ambient air K414 to the air cavity K406. This is because it takes longer for the moving sound pressure to spread to the larger air volume K406 connected to the volume K310.

This variant addresses the unwanted mechanical resonance of the transducer, especially the diaphragm and surroundings, while dealing with internal air resonance through attenuation, the diaphragm's range of motion and the basic diaphragm resonance. Allows you to improve the frequency. Internal air resonances include the anterior cavity K406, the posterior cavity K405, and any other cavity contained within the device and / or the user's head or any other by the device and / or the user's head. Can be dealt with in the cavity.

Preferably, the followable interface / ear pad K309 comprises a breathable fabric K318 that covers the output aperture K325. Breathable cotton velor or polyester mesh is an example of a suitable material.

The outer cap K302 is preferably pivotally connected to each end of the headband K206. For example, the outer cap K302 may include a pivot screw K308 that is rotatably connected to a pivot nut K401 at each end of the headband K206. This allows the headband position to be adjusted by the user for comfort. Any suitable hinged mechanism can be used. Alternatively, the headband may be fixedly connected to the headband.

Decoupling Mounting System In this embodiment, the audio transducer is mounted in the perimeter K301 via the decoupling mounting system. The decoupling mounting system may be any one of the decoupling mounting systems described in Section 4 of this specification. For example, the decoupling mounting system may be any one of the systems described in Section 4.2 of this specification, or the design principles and designs described in Section 4.3 of this specification. It may be another decoupling mounting system designed according to the caveats. In this embodiment, a decoupling mounting system similar to that described in Section 4.2.1 of the present specification is used in connection with the audio transducer of Example A. The decoupling mounting system is configured to mount the audio transducer base structure K118 in a follow-up manner to the surrounding K301 so that the components are along at least one translational axis during the operation of the associated transducer. However, they can preferably move relative to each other along three orthogonal translational axes. Alternatively, but more preferably, in addition to this relative translational motion, the decoupling system has three axes that are centered on at least one axis of rotation, but preferably orthogonal, during the operation of the associated transducer. The two components are mounted follow-up so that they can be pivoted relative to each other around the axis of rotation. In this way, the decoupling mounting system at least partially reduces the mechanical transmission of vibration between the diaphragm and surrounding K301 and the inner cap K303 and outer cap K302.

As shown in Figures K3d-f, the mounting system comprises a pair of decoupling pins K133 extending laterally from both sides of the transducer base structure. Decoupling pins K133 are arranged so that their longitudinal axes are substantially aligned with the positions of the node axes of the transducer assembly. The node axis is the central axis when the transducer base structure rotates due to the reaction force and / or the resonant force seen during the swing of the diaphragm, which is described in more detail herein. In this embodiment, the node axis is located at or near the base structural element K105. The decoupling pin K133 extends substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the transducer assembly from the side between the upper and lower main surfaces of the base structure K118 and is robust to the base structure K118. Connected to and / or integrated with. Bush K304 is mounted around each pin K133. In addition, in some configurations, washers may be connected between the bush and the associated side of the transducer base structure. Bush and washers are referred to herein as "node axis mounts". The node axis mount is configured to be connected to the corresponding inner flank of the perimeter K301 via any suitable method, for example, the method described under Section 4.2.1 or the method via glue. Will be done.

The decoupling mounting system further comprises one or more decoupling pads K305 and K306 arranged on opposite faces of the transducer base structure K118. Pads K305 and K306 provide an interface between the associated base structural surface and the corresponding interior wall / interior surface of the surrounding K301 (including the internal cap K303) to assist in separating the components. .. The decoupling pad is preferably located in the region of the transducer base structure distal to the node axis position. For example, when the decoupling pad is placed close to the axis of rotation of the diaphragm and the node axis is placed, the edges, sides or edges of the base structure K118 distal to the diaphragm assembly K101 in this embodiment. It is placed at or adjacent to the section. Each pad is preferably vertically elongated. In a preferred embodiment, each pad K305, K306 comprises a pyramid-shaped body having a tapered width along the depth direction of the body. Preferably, the vertices of the pyramid are connected to the associated surface of the transducer base structure K118 and the opposite base of the pyramid is configured to be in-situ connected to the associated surface around the transducer. However, in some implementations this orientation may be reversed. It will be appreciated that in an alternative embodiment, the decoupling mounting system may also include multiple pads distributed around one or more of the faces of the transducer base structure. Such mounts are referred to herein as "distal mounts."

The node axis mount and the distal mount are sufficiently follow-up to the relative motion between the two components to which each of them is attached. For example, node axis mounts and distal mounts can be flexible enough to allow relative motion between the two components to which they are attached. Node axis mounts and distal mounts can be equipped with flexible or elastic members or materials for followability. These mounts preferably have a low Young's modulus relative to at least one but preferably both components to which they are mounted (eg, relative to the transducer base structure and the housing of the audio device). Have. Also, these mounts are preferably sufficiently dampening. For example, the node shaft mount may be made of a substantially flexible plastic material such as silicone rubber and the pad may also be made of a substantially flexible material such as silicone rubber. Preferably the pad is formed from a shock and vibration absorbing material such as silicone rubber or, more preferably, a viscoelastic urethane polymer. Alternatively, the node axis mount and / or distal mount may be formed from flexible and / or elastic members such as metal decoupling springs. Other components, elements, or mechanisms such as magnetic levitation that have substantially high followability, such as having sufficient followability to movement to allow the transducer to float, are in the alternative configuration. It may also be used.

In this embodiment, at the node axis mount, the decoupling system has lower followability (ie, has higher stiffness or is associated with respect to the decoupling system at the distal mount). Form a higher stiffness connection between the parts). This can be achieved using a variety of materials, and / or, in the case of this embodiment, changing the geometry (shape, morphology and / or profile, etc.) of the node axis mount relative to the distal mount. Achieved by. This difference in geometry means that the node axis mount has a larger contact area with the base structure and perimeter relative to the distal mount, thereby reducing the followability of the connection between these parts. ..

When the transducer is assembled into the perimeter, a narrow, substantially uniform clearance / space K322 is formed between the transducer base structure K118 and the perimeter K301 / inner cap K303. In some embodiments, the gaps do not have to be uniform. This narrow gap K322 may extend around at least a significant portion (preferably the entire circumference) of the circumference of the base structure K118. The width of each air gap defined by the distance between the outer circumference of the transducer base structure K118 and the perimeter K301 / inner cap K303 is less than 1.5 mm, or more preferably less than 1 mm, or even more preferably 0.5 mm. Is less than. These values are exemplary and other values outside this range may be suitable.

A narrow gap / space K321 exists between a portion or all circumference of the diaphragm assembly K101 and the surrounding K301.

The audio device further comprises a diaphragm range of motion stopper K323 that is also coupled to a peripheral K301 or an inner cap K303. There may be one or more such stoppers. There can be one or more longitudinally extending stoppers K323 in situ (three in this example) that are generally uniformly spaced along each surface in the proximal region of the diaphragm structure of the assembly K301. ). These stoppers K323 are positioned to contact the diaphragm in the event of any anomalous event that could cause the diaphragm to have excessive range of motion, such as a device falling or a very large audio signal being provided. Has a sloping surface to be. The inclined surface is configured to be in-situ placed in the vicinity of the diaphragm body to accommodate the angle of the diaphragm body when the diaphragm is accidentally rotated to this point. The stopper K323 is made from a substantially soft material such as expanded polystyrene foam to avoid damaging the diaphragm. This material is preferably relatively softer than, for example, the material of the diaphragm body (eg, may be a material of relatively lower density than polystyrene of the diaphragm body) in order to mitigate damage. A large surface area where the stopper K323 is not sized to effectively slow down the diaphragm, but not to create a closed air cavity that blocks excessive airflow and / or tends to resonate. Has.

Air Leakage Fluid Passage A limited gas flow path from the first cavity to another air during operation to help each headphone cup K204 attenuate resonance and / or suppress bus boost. Can further be provided with any form of fluid passage configured to provide. For example, referring to Figures K3d, K3e and K4a, the user in situ provides a first anterior air cavity K406 configured to place the device adjacent to the user's ear in situ. It comprises at least one fluid passage that fluidly connects to a second posterior air cavity K405 configured to be located distal to the ear or to air K414 outside the device. The front air cavity K406 can be provided with two cavities K406a and K406b on either side of the grill mesh K318 / output aperture K325. In this embodiment, the device is located on the side of the diaphragm assembly configured to be positioned adjacent to the output aperture K325 of the perimeter K301 and / or to face the output aperture K325. A fluid in the anterior air cavity K406 facing away from the output aperture K325 of the surrounding K301 and / or in the posterior cavity K405 on the opposite side of the diaphragm assembly located distal to the output aperture K325. It is provided with fluid passages K320, K321 and K322 that are connected to each other. The surrounding outer cap K302 has two small holes that make an air passage K324 from the rear cavity K405 to the outer air K414. These air passages, in combination with the fluid passages K320 / K321 / K322, fluidly connect the front air cavity K406, the rear air cavity K405 and the external air cavity K414, resulting in the otherwise anterior cavity K406. Air that is held in a sealed manner can flow in a limited manner into the rear cavity K406, and further from the rear cavity to the external air K414, thereby allowing the internal air to flow during use. Attenuates air resonance and / or suppresses bass boost Elu. It is not essential that separate flow limiting factors be used for the passages K320 and K324 to provide a limited gas flow path, and the passages are substantially open without the use of obstructive barriers. Well, it is still limited by having a reduced size, diameter and / or width. As will be described in more detail later, at least one fluid passage K320 / K321 / K322 is due to having a reduced diameter or width at the junction with the anterior cavity K406, or a flow limiting factor. It is configured to limit airflow, either by incorporating it in other ways, or both.

Some variants of this embodiment provide alternative or additional fluid passages for fluidly connecting the anterior cavity to the outside air (eg, similar to passage P105 of Example P). ..

At least one fluid passage K320 / K321 / K322 / K324 preferably comprises a fluid flow limiter. A fluid flow limiter is at the inlet or passage of, for example, an inlet or inlet from an adjacent cavity with a reduced size, width or diameter, and / or a porous or breathable material. It can be equipped with any combination of fluid flow limiting elements or barriers within. For example, the fluid passage may be a fully open passage with an inlet of reduced diameter or width. Alternatively or in addition, a fluid flow limiting element, such as a foam barrier or mesh fabric barrier, is provided at the inlet or in the passage to allow the gas passing there to undergo some resistance. You may prepare. The fluid passage can be equipped with one or more small apertures.

Preferably, in addition, the fluid passages K320 / K321 / K322 / K324 collectively allow gas to pass through them to a sufficient extent so that the sound pressure in the ear canal is significantly reduced during operation. Allows to flow. A significant reduction in sound pressure is, for example, a reduction of at least 10%, or more preferably at least 25%, or most preferably at least 50% of the operating sound pressure of the device over the frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz. May be. This sound reduction is relative to similar audio devices that have no fluid passages and therefore have negligible sound pressure leaks during operation. Significant reductions in sound pressure are preferably observed at least 50% of the time the audio device is mounted within a standard measuring device. However, other reductions in sound pressure are also possible, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples alone.

In this embodiment, the fluid passages K320, K321 and K322 have a reduced width at the junction with the anterior cavity K406 (and even the posterior cavity K405). The widths of the passages may be equal or different. Each fluid passage K320 / K321 / K322 is substantially open, but has been reduced in size relative to the anterior cavity, which would otherwise occur within the air cavity K406 and / or the air cavity K405. It also reduces any unwanted resonances that may occur.

Each fluid passage is located near the periphery of the diaphragm assembly and / or the audio transducer assembly, or even the aperture in the diaphragm assembly and / or the audio transducer assembly and / or the ear pad K309. It may extend anywhere in the device, such as through. In this embodiment, the passage K321 extends around the periphery of the diaphragm assembly, and specifically around the sides and termination planes / termination edges of the diaphragm structure.

In this embodiment, the damping caused by the leakage of air in the fluid passage improves the control of air resonance. Resonance control, as well as suppression of bus levels, can be relatively constant for a variety of listeners / users and even for a variety of device placements, which is specifically. Is when the fluid passage leakage achieved within the device is significant compared to the fluid leakage that can occur between the ear pad K309 and the user's head.

In order to attenuate the inherent air resonance in the cavity such as K405 or K406, the leaking fluid passage preferably otherwise effectively connects the cavity to another air cavity or the surrounding air K414. Sufficient resistance to air flow must be provided, such as to avoid high air flow through passages that allow it. The reason is that such a situation is likely to create a new significant resonance mode that is undesirable. If a large amount of air flow is generated, the flow path will preferably include a resistor, such as a foam plug, to quickly attenuate the associated resonance. An example of such a new resonance mode could be a Helmholtz-type resonance with the movement of air in an air-fluid passage, which in this scenario is provided by the air contained within the connected cavity. It constitutes the reciprocating movement of the mass in the passage against the restoring force to be performed, and this acts as followability.

In addition, in order to attenuate the inherent undesired air resonance in the cavity such as K405 or K406, the leaking fluid passage is associated with the mode of interest, preferably a significant decrease in air pressure at the fluid passage inlet. Allows sufficient air-fluid flow to cause. In general, to do this, the passage is preferably not placed at the pressure node associated with the mode of interest, otherwise this mode will not move air through the fluid passage and resonance will occur. Not affected. Preferably, in order to maximize the reduction, the air passage is placed at or near the pressure antinode in the undesired air resonance mode.

In order to reduce the unwanted air resonance mode of the wide spectrum within the air cavity K406, preferably air leak fluid passages such as K320, K321 and K322 are widely distributed across the volume of the air cavity K406. This results in the placement of a leaking fluid passage away from the pressure node and preferably close to the pressure antinode for a given unwanted air resonance within a cavity such as the K406. The possibility goes up. For example, the leaking fluid passages K320, K321 and K322 collectively extend (distribute) over a distance close to the maximum dimension across the surrounding component K301. Preferably, the leaking fluid passages K320, K321 and K322 collectively extend along a distance greater than the minimum distance across the main surface K132 of the diaphragm body, or more preferably the main body of the diaphragm. It extends along a distance 50% greater than the minimum distance straddling the surface K132, or most preferably twice the minimum distance straddling the main surface K132 of the diaphragm. This helps to achieve a more thorough attenuation of the clearer internal air resonance.

In an alternative embodiment, an air-fluid passage from cavity K406 to outer air K414 is provided via a breathable or porous fabric. However, the advantage of the configuration of the present invention is that the fluid passage that attenuates the resonance in the cavity K406 adjacent to the ear leads to the rear cavity K405 instead of the outer air K414, which is ambient noise. This means that passive noise attenuation is improved because it must pass through the posterior cavity K405 in order to travel from the outer air K414 to the ears in the cavity K406a.

The leaking fluid passages K320, K321, K322 and K324 are substantially distributed throughout the volume of the rear air cavity K405. This results in an air leak fluid away from the pressure node and preferably close to the pressure antinode for a given unwanted air resonance within the cavity K405, similar to that of the anterior cavity K406. It is more likely that a passage will exist.

5.2.3 Example W With reference to FIGS. W1 to W3, another embodiment of the personal audio device of the present invention in the form of the headphone device W101 (referred to herein as Example W) is a head. It comprises a left headphone interface device (also referred to as a headphone cup) W102 and a right headphone interface device (hereinafter also referred to as a headphone cup) W103 connected by a band W104. It is shown as a thing.

Audio Transducer The audio transducer incorporated in this example is similar to the audio transducer K100 described in Section 5.2.2 for the device of Example K. Since the description in the above section relating to the diaphragm assembly, hinge assembly, decoupling mounting system, and transducer base structure and excitation / conversion mechanism also applies to this section and examples. , Not repeated for simplicity.

The housing audio transducer is shown housed within the perimeter W201. The perimeter W201 is substantially surrounded by the outer cap W202. These two parts form the housing for the transducer K100. Peripheral and outer caps may be fixedly and tightly connected to each other via any suitable method, such as, for example, via a snap-fitting engagement, adhesive, or fixture W216. The perimeter is equipped with a cavity W225 to hold the transducer K100 inside and is open on both sides of the cavity. On one side, the opening forms the output aperture W224, and during operation sound propagates through this output aperture W224 from the transducer assembly. The output aperture W224 is configured to be located at or adjacent to the user's ear W310 when using the device. The surrounding cavity preferably comprises an inner sidewall that is substantially or generally complementary to the shape of the outer circumference of the transducer K100. A soft ear pad W210 extends around the perimeter of the perimeter W201 and around the output aperture W224 on the opposite side of the outer cap 202. The soft ear pads can be formed from any suitable material well known in the art, such as foaming materials that are comfortable for the user. The pad W210 may be lined with a non-breathable fabric layer W211 facing the ears W308 and the outer air W314 and a breathable fabric layer W212 facing the cavity W306. Also, an open mesh fabric may extend over the output aperture W224.

In this embodiment, the audio device is configured to apply pressure to the outer part of the ear and / or to one or more parts of the head W308 beyond the ear W310. In addition, the audio device is configured to apply pressure to one or more parts of the head W308 that are beyond the ear W310 and / or around the ear W310. The soft ear pads W210 preferably form a substantial seal around the user's ears, thereby substantially sealing the air inside the device from the air W314 outside the device on the fly. do. The ear pad W210 is placed at or adjacent to the user's ear W310 during use with the air inside the front cavity W306 inside the device and the air W314 (outside air around) outside the device. It is configured to provide a sufficient seal between. The pad W210 can comprise a body that is molded to stay tight on and around the user's ear and seal this position. In the preferred embodiment shown, the device is a circum oral headphone configured to completely enclose and confine the ear in place.

In this preferred embodiment, in situ, the ear pad W210 is configured to adequately or substantially seal between the ear-side anterior cavity W306 of the device and the air W314 outside the device. .. As mentioned above in connection with Example K, a substantial seal is configured to, for example, increase sound pressure (ie, provide bass boost) at least at low bass frequencies during operation. It is a seal to be made.

The perimeter W210 is preferably pivotally connected to each end of the headband W104. For example, the perimeter W201 of each headphone cup W102 and W103 may be connected to the respective end of the headband W104 via a pivot arm W107. This allows the headband position to be adjusted by the user for comfort. Any suitable hinged mechanism can be used. Alternatively, the headband may be fixedly connected to the headband. For comfort, a soft inner pad W108 may be provided on the inner surface of the headband W104.

In the assembled state, each headphone cup is located on the side of the diaphragm assembly configured to be adjacent to the user's ear W310 during use, at the output aperture W224 or on it. It comprises a first anterior air cavity W306 arranged adjacently. A second rear cavity W305 configured to have the headphone cup located on the side of the diaphragm assembly, opposite the output aperture W224 and on the opposite side of the user's ears during use. Further prepare. The outer cap W202 comprises an opening W208 or grill W226 configured to be adjacent to the audio transducer K100 and the rear cavity W305. Preferably, the device allows sound pressure to pass from the anterior cavity to the user's ear W310 during use, and also protects the inside of the device from dust and other foreign matter. Further equipped with a breathable fabric cover W207 covering the output aperture W224 adjacent to the anterior cavity W306. Preferably, to allow the device to pass sound pressure from the rear cavity towards the external air W314 during use, and also to protect the inside of the device from dust and other foreign matter. Further provided with a breathable fabric cover W208 covering the rear opening / grill W226 adjacent to the rear cavity W305. Although breathable cotton velor or polyester mesh is an example of a suitable material for both fabric covers W208 and W207, it will be appreciated that other materials as known in the art may also be suitable. For both W208 and W207, the cover is preferably highly breathable, providing very little resistance to airflow. The cavity W305 is preferably designed to be small and compact enough to generate internal resonance at high frequencies when the cavity is substantially open to the surrounding outer air W314. As a result, the cover W208 is made resistant. The advantage of resonance management obtained by the above is minimized. Cavity W306b is effectively combined with Cavity W306a. Therefore, these openings W224 and W226 do not form a substantially limited fluid passage.

The perimeter W201 has a plurality of grill arms W201a that are radially spaced apart, and these grill arms W201a form an opening between them in the perimeter. The outer cap W202 has grill arms W202a radially spaced apart from the corresponding set, with openings on either side of each grill arm corresponding to the surrounding openings. In the assembled state of the cap, the grill arms W201a and W202a and the openings are aligned to form a grill with multiple openings distributed around the housing. Specifically, these openings are distributed around the periphery of the audio transducer cavity W225. The area and / or volume of these openings is substantially larger relative to the size of the cap and / or relative to the air W306a contained so as to be directly adjacent to the ear in situ. The reason is explained in the next section.

A mesh fabric W209 is sandwiched between the outer cap W202 and the surrounding W201 to cover the openings distributed around the transducer K100. In this embodiment, mesh W209 is a stainless steel cross-weave fabric. The mesh W209 is substantially limited and has substantially low air permeability to form a limited gas flow path from the anterior cavity W306 to the air W314 outside the device. Air to optimize audio performance by adjusting the material properties and geometry of the apertures in the grill and mesh, for example to optimize bass response and to attenuate air resonance. Flow restrictions can be changed. Other types of fluid passage restrictions can be replaced, such as breathable cotton velor, paper, polyester mesh, or solid perforated sheets of polycarbonate, but other known in the art. It will be understood that breathable materials may be utilized. Preferably, this area of the mesh is relatively large relative to the air W306a contained adjacent to the ear in situ, as described in more detail in the next section. The area of the limited mesh W209 that divides the anterior cavity W306b from the outside air W314 is, for example, about 10 to 20 cm.²However, other sizes may be considered depending on the mounting form. The area of mesh W209 contributes to the characteristics of the system.

A thin layer of pad W213 placed on the side of the perimeter W201 opposite the outer cap W202 is configured to be placed in place so as to be directly adjacent to and / or in contact with the ear W310. .. Pad W213 can be formed from any suitable breathable material, such as open cell polyurethane foam covered with cotton fabric. This helps prevent the portion of W201 around the plastic from touching the ears, thereby improving user comfort. Again, it will be appreciated that in alternative embodiments, other forms and materials for pads as known in the art may also be suitable and utilized.

Air Leakage Fluid Passage As mentioned in Example K, each headphone cup separates from the first cavity W306 during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or suppress bass boost. It may further comprise one or more fluid passages configured to provide a limited gas flow path to the air. For example, with reference to FIGS. W2g and W3a, a first anterior air cavity W306 configured to be positioned adjacent to the user's ear W310 in situ is provided in place of the user. It comprises at least two fluid passages W221 and W209 that fluidly connect to the second posterior air cavity W305 configured to be located distal to the ear or to the air outside the device. In this embodiment, the device is located on the side of the diaphragm assembly configured to be positioned adjacent to the output aperture W224 of the surrounding W201 and / or to face the output aperture W224. Fluid in a front air cavity W306 facing away from the output aperture W224 of the surrounding W201 and / or in the rear cavity W305 on the opposite side of the diaphragm assembly located distal to the output aperture W224. A fluid passage W221 for connecting is provided around the peripheral portion of the diaphragm assembly. The fluid passage W221 fluidly connects the front air cavity W306b and the rear air cavity W305, resulting in limited flow of air otherwise contained within the front cavity W306 that can be sealed. And thereby dampening the internal resonance and / or suppressing the bass boost during use.

It is not essential that a separate flow limiting factor be used for the passage to provide a limited gas flow path, the passage may be substantially open without the use of obstructive barriers, yet Limited by having a reduced size, diameter and / or width.

A fluid flow limiter is at the inlet or passage of, for example, an inlet or inlet from an adjacent cavity with a reduced size, width or diameter, and / or a porous or breathable material. It can be equipped with any combination of fluid flow limiting elements or barriers within. For example, the fluid passage may be a fully open passage with an inlet of reduced diameter or width. Alternatively or in addition, a fluid flow limiting element, such as a foam barrier or mesh fabric barrier, is provided at the inlet or in the passage to allow the gas passing through it to experience some resistance. It can be provided, for example, a mesh W209 placed in a grill fluid passage W209. The fluid passage can be equipped with one or more small apertures. In this embodiment, the fluid passage W221 has a reduced width at the junction with the anterior cavity W306b (and further the posterior cavity W305). The widths of the passages may be equal or different. The fluid passage W221 is substantially open, but has been reduced in size relative to the anterior cavity W306, thus reducing any unwanted resonances that could otherwise occur within this air cavity. It works to do.

In addition, fluid passages on either side of the grill arms W201a and W202a, covered by the device mesh W209, fluidize the forward air cavity W306a / W306b into the air outside the device W314, for example in the external environment. Can be linked. This fluid passage is separated from any leak passage that may actually exist between the ear pad cover W211 and the wearer's head W308 at the boundary W309. In this embodiment, a grill or opening is provided at the opposite end of the housing to the anterior cavity W306a (near the posterior cavity W305), thereby from the anterior cavity W306a to the air W314 outside the device. Allows air to pass through. The fluid passage is configured to limit the air flow by incorporating the flow limiting element W209. In this embodiment, the fluid passage provides a very limited flow path from the anterior cavity W306 to the outside air. In addition, the cross-sectional area of this gas path is extremely large, especially relative to the size of the diaphragm and / or the size of the air contained so as to be directly adjacent to the ear at the cavity W306a. This configuration allows for air leaks with the aim of allowing some reduction in sound pressure and attenuation of unwanted resonances, while still significantly improving the bus response of the device. .. Due to this area and distribution of the limited gas flow passage, as described in Example K, away from the pressure node and against a given unwanted air resonance within a cavity such as W306. It is more likely that there will be an air leak fluid passage that is preferably located so that it is close to the pressure antinode. Preferably, the air leak flow passages are widely distributed across the volume of the air cavity 306 in order to reduce the unwanted air resonance mode of the wide spectrum within the air cavity W306. Again, the fluid passages W221 and W209 collectively span a distance close to the maximum dimension across the surrounding component W201. Extends (distributes). This helps to achieve a more thorough attenuation of the clearer internal air resonance.

Preferably, the leaking fluid passages W221 and W209 are distributed around the diaphragm body and extend along a significant distance. For example, the air leak fluid passages W221 and W209 are distributed over a distance greater than the minimum distance across the main surface K132 of the diaphragm body, or more preferably 50% greater than the minimum distance across the main surface K132 of the diaphragm body. It is distributed along a distance, or most preferably, along a distance that is twice as large as the minimum distance across the main surface K132 of the diaphragm. This widespread distribution of fluid passages over the volume of the cavity W306 helps to achieve a more thorough attenuation of the clearer internal air resonance of the cavity W306.

In some embodiments, either one of the fluid passages W221 or the grill fluid passage W209 may be incorporated to allow air to leak from the otherwise sealed cavity W306. Will be understood.

Preferably, the fluid passages W208, W209, W221 also collectively allow gas to flow through them to such an extent that the sound pressure in the cavity of the ear canal is significantly reduced during operation. enable. A significant reduction in sound pressure is, for example, a reduction of at least 10%, or more preferably at least 25%, or most preferably at least 50% of the operating sound pressure of the device over the frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz. May be. This sound reduction is relative to similar audio devices that have no fluid passages and therefore have negligible sound pressure leaks during operation. Significant reductions in sound pressure are preferably observed at least 50% of the time the audio device is mounted within a standard measuring device. However, other reductions in sound pressure are also possible, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples.

This embodiment addresses unwanted mechanical resonances of the transducer, especially the diaphragm and diaphragm suspension, through the use of substantially unsupported diaphragm peripherals and other transducer features. The range of motion of the diaphragm and the basic diaphragm resonance frequency can also be improved. The large diaphragm range and low basic diaphragm resonance frequency achieved by the design of the uncoupled diaphragm periphery means that an appropriate degree of air leakage can be achieved while maintaining sufficient bus response. do. Resistant air leak fluid passages W221 and W209, through attenuation, anterior cavity W306, posterior cavity W305, and any other cavity or device and / or contained within the device and / or the user's head. Or deal with air resonance inside any other cavity, due to the user's head. Resonance control, as well as suppression of bus levels, can be relatively constant for a variety of listeners / users and even for a variety of device arrangements. In addition, the design of the non-coupled diaphragm perimeter aids in facilitating an accurate audio reproduction response in the absence of diaphragm perimeters and associated resonances. Finally, the mechanical resonance of the baffle / headphone cup and headband of the headphone is dealt with by the decoupling mounting system.

5.2.4 Example X With reference to FIGS. X1 and X2, another embodiment of the personal audio device of the present invention in the form of an interface device for the earphone device X100 is an audio transducer housed within earphone housings X101-X103. It is shown as being equipped with the assembly K100. The earphone device can be equipped with a pair of such interface devices for each user's ear. The audio transducer K100 is a rotary motion transducer similar to or similar to that described in connection with Example K in Section 5.2.2, but may be smaller, for example. I won't go into more detail for the sake of brevity. The description in the above section relating to the diaphragm assembly, hinge assembly and excitation mechanism also applies to this section and examples. Descriptions relating to the decoupling mounting system and transducer base structure may apply to alternative configurations for the X100 configuration. However, in this embodiment, the transducer base structure is tightly connected to the earphone housing / body X101. Therefore, in this configuration, the earphone body X101 forms part of the transducer base structure.

This embodiment is an earphone based on a rotary motion transducer. There is a flexible plug X104 that is inserted into the entrance of the ear canal and seals the entrance of the ear canal, eg, silicone or rubber or a soft foam. Air can move between the ear canal and the outer air through two paths, first through the peri-diaphragm air gap X109 and then through a dedicated (eg, 2 mm diameter) vent X114b. .. There is a large grill behind the driver, thus virtually no rear chamber or very small, and air leaks through the diaphragm will reach the outside. The vents include a damper composed of a small open cell foam slag X107 that provides resistance to airflow in the tube. The presence of the tube and the foam in the tube serves to attenuate the acoustic resonance mode of the air cavity system. More preferably, in order to improve bus performance, a followable interface creates a seal between the air on the ear canal side of the device and the air on the outside side of the device. These features will be explained in more detail later.

The audio device X100 comprises a perimeter X102 having a cavity X112 in which the profile is substantially complementary to the profile of the audio transducer K100 in order to hold the audio transducer inside. Perimeter X102 is open on both sides of the main surface of the diaphragm assembly. The intermediate cover portion X101 of the housing is configured to be connected over the perimeter to substantially enclose the cavity and audio transducer in it. The audio transducer may be connected to the perimeter cover X101 via, for example, a decoupling mounting system similar to that described in Section 5.2.2. In this embodiment, the audio transducer K100 is tightly connected to both the perimeter cover X101 and the perimeter X102.

The perimeter cover forms part of the transducer base structure. The cover portion X101 comprises an opening or grill X115 to allow the sound pressure generated by the transducer to pass through the output vents of the device. The device further comprises a third housing portion X103 configured to be coupled over the cover portion X101 around or adjacent to the opening or grill. The housing portion X103 is substantially hollow and comprises a substantially elongated throat cavity X110 that connects to a terminal output vent or opening X113. A sound absorber in the form of a porous and / or breathable insert X106 may be placed in the throat adjacent to the output vent X113 to attenuate resonances that occur in this region during operation. Inserts can be made, for example, from open cell foam material. An interface in the form of an earplug X104 configured to be located within the user's instep X203b, to contact the entrance of the ear canal X201, or to be located inside the ear canal X201. Is connected to the output vent X113 of the housing portion X103. A body with substantially high flexibility so that the earplug X104 can be sealed and fitted into the user's ear canal during use, for example at position X204, as shown in Figure X2. Can be prepared. Also, the plug X104 is preferably very soft to provide comfort to the user. For example, the body can be made of a soft, highly flexible plastic material, such as silicone.

In the assembled state, the device X100 is the opposite of the first front air cavity X110 on the side of the diaphragm assembly K101 facing the output vent X113 and the diaphragm assembly facing away from the output vent. It has a second posterior cavity X111 on the side. An opening X117 adjacent to the rear cavity X111 in the perimeter X102 forms a first fluid passage, allowing air to leak through this first fluid passage during operation of the device. The opening X117 may be covered by or provided with a porous or breathable cover X105 to limit the flow / leakage of gas, including air, through it. However, in this embodiment, the cover X105 has high air permeability so that it mainly functions as a dust cover, and hardly realizes acoustic resistance. The cover X105 can be formed, for example, from a highly breathable mesh or foam material. Housing portion X103 further comprises a second fluid passage X114 extending adjacent to the output opening X113. The plug X104 may be connected over the second fluid passage X114. The second fluid passage has two openings X114a and X114b that connect the ear canal cavity X201 at the opening X114a to the external air X207 (such as the external environment) at the opening X114b. The second fluid passage contributes to fluidly connect the first air cavity X110 to the external air X207, such as the external environment, to provide a second path for air leakage. A porous and / or breathable insert X107 may be placed in this fluid passage to limit the flow / leakage through it. Insert X107 can be formed, for example, from open cell foam material. The insert X107 preferably has relatively low porosity / air permeability to form a gas flow path that is sufficiently and significantly limited to attenuate internal resonances.

As mentioned in Section 5.2.2, the audio transducer comprises a diaphragm structure that is substantially non-physically connected to the interior of the perimeter around a significant portion of the perimeter of the structure. Within this region, there is a gap X109 between the diaphragm assembly K101 and the surrounding X102. The gap forms a fluid passage between the anterior cavity X110 and the posterior cavity X111 of the device, allowing air to leak from the anterior cavity X110 to the posterior cavity X111.

As described above, by having at least some part of the diaphragm peripheral part that is not substantially physically connected to the housing or baffle or enclosure, the movable range of the diaphragm and the basic diaphragm resonance frequency can be obtained. , The three-way trade-off between the resonance of the transducer, including the resonance of the diaphragm and suspension, is improved.

The presence of the air leak fluid passages X114 and X109 can make the acoustic resonance behavior of the ear canal more natural and can approach the resonance characteristics of the open tube type when the ear canal is not sealed by the earphone. This may be due to passages X114 and X109 that function to attenuate the air resonance of the ear canal / transducer acoustic system, and / or the change in one or more resonance frequencies exhibited by this acoustic system. It may be through. Changes in the acoustic system resonance behavior of the ear canal / transducer can adversely and significantly alter the frequency response of the device and system, as well as unwanted resonance characteristics as measured, for example, in a waterfall plot. May change significantly and disadvantageously. The fluid passages X114 and X109 can also assist in suppressing the "occlusion effect".

Many earphone designs block and seal the ear canal, thereby increasing volume, especially at bass frequencies, but this sealing also changes the acoustic properties of the ear canal, which effectively accommodates the brain to its ears. It will no longer be used, which will adversely affect the subjective audio quality. In addition, this design can be uncomfortable, it can be difficult to block environmental sounds for a variety of ear shapes, and it can create new resonances in the ear canal. It can also act to connect the diaphragm to the air inside an ear canal of a certain size, which varies from ear to ear and even from fitting to fitting.

The free diaphragm edge of the embodiment shown in Figure H4b only partially blocks the external auditory canal and instead provides a sufficient diaphragm range and a sufficiently low basic diaphragm resonance frequency for bus response. This is facilitated by a free-edge diaphragm. This, combined with low frequency driver characteristics, provides a comfortable unencapsulated audio device that enables high fidelity audio playback over a wide bandwidth.

As mentioned in Example K, the diaphragm assembly of Example X has the significant thickness and stiffness described under Section 2.2 for the diaphragm structures of configurations R1 through R4. It is preferable to have a diaphragm structure of the rigidity.

The perimeter X102, perimeter cover X101 and housing portion X103 can all collectively form the housing body. Since there is no driver decoupling mounting system in Example X, these components also include a portion of the transducer base structure. These parts are formed separately from each other and they are via any suitable fixing mechanism, such as using adhesives, snap-fitting engagements, and / or fasteners, as is well known in the art. It will be understood that they can be tightly connected to each other at the periphery of. Alternatively, some or all of these parts may be integrally formed.

As shown in Figure X2, the earplug X104 is configured to stay snugly within the entrance of the user's instep X203b and / or ear canal X201 and / or within the ear canal X201, thereby being used. Occasionally, at region X204, the wall of the instep or ear canal is substantially sealed. The earplug X104 is located between the air inside the device's internal anterior cavity X110 and the air outside the device (such as the surrounding outside air) that is located at or near the user's ear canal or instep during use. It is configured to produce a sufficient seal, thereby substantially preventing air from leaking from adjacent to the ear canal wall X204 on the spot. The geometry and / or material used for the earplug X104 can affect, for example, the sufficiency of the seal. Substantial seals are, as already mentioned in the section above, seals configured to increase sound pressure (ie, provide bass boost), for example, at least at low bass frequencies during operation. be.

The audio device X100 provides a substantially limited gas flow path from the first cavity X110 to another air during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or suppress bass boost. It further comprises at least one fluid passage configured to provide. In this embodiment, it will be appreciated that the device comprises two such fluid passages, but in an alternative configuration, any one or more of these passages may be incorporated. The fluid passage X109 fluidly connects the front air cavity X110 and the rear air cavity X111, resulting in a limited flow of air to the outside that would otherwise be held in a sealed manner within the cavity X110. Allows it to attenuate internal resonance and / or suppress bass boost during use. It is not essential that a separate flow limiting factor be used for the passage to provide a limited gas flow path, the passage may be substantially open without the use of obstructive barriers, yet , Limited due to its reduced size, diameter or width. This fluid passage X109 is configured to limit air flow by having a reduced width at the junction with the anterior cavity X110.

A fluid passage X114 fluidly connects the forward air cavity X110 to an external air X207, such as the external environment, and is arranged adjacent to the output vent X113 of the device. Substantial air flow by having the fluid passage has a reduced diameter or width and by incorporating a flow limiting factor X107 such as a foam insert to allow the gas passing through it to receive some resistance. It is configured to limit to. This insert preferably has substantially low air permeability.

Each fluid passage allows air to flow out of the first cavity X110 adjacent to the user's ear or head during operation without passing between the user's ear canal wall X204 and the audio device. Allows, thereby affecting the seal. This is based on the absence of fluid passages or the presence of very small air fluid passages (in such cases, the degree of sealing of the device at position X204, and thus the performance, in a variety of uses. It means that the resistance of the fluid passage and the position of the fluid passage are relatively constant), which can vary significantly between various fittings of the person and the device).

As already mentioned in the above section, preferably the transducer fluid passages X114, X109 and X105 are collectively sufficient to significantly reduce the sound pressure in the cavity of the external auditory canal during operation. Allows gas to flow through it. A significant reduction in sound pressure is, for example, a reduction of at least 10%, or more preferably at least 25%, or most preferably at least 50% of the operating sound pressure of the device over the frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz. May be. This sound reduction is relative to similar audio devices that have no fluid passages and therefore have negligible sound pressure leaks during operation. Significant reductions in sound pressure are preferably observed at least 50% of the time the audio device is mounted within a standard measuring device. However, other reductions in sound pressure are also possible, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples.

In this embodiment, the damping caused by the leakage of air in the fluid passage improves the control of air resonance. Resonance control, as well as suppression of bus levels, can be relatively constant for a variety of listeners / users and even for a variety of device arrangements. Significantly moving edges, such as the three sides of the diaphragm structure that are located away from the hinge mechanism, cannot be attached to the housing / perimeter. This diaphragm suspension allows for a low basic diaphragm resonance frequency and a large diaphragm range, while the effective resistance of the hinge mechanism to translational displacement promotes good high frequency performance. To assist.

The audio transducer of this example has realized a reduction in energy accumulation, resulting in a waterfall similar to that described in connection with the audio transducer of Example A (see, eg, Figure H2a). -A plot is obtained.

5.2.5 Example Y Referring to FIGS. Y1 to Y4, another embodiment of the personal audio device of the present invention in the form of headphones Y101 (referred to herein as Example Y) is a headband. It is shown to include a left interface device (hereinafter also referred to as a headphone cup) Y102 and a right interface device (hereinafter also referred to as a headphone cup) Y103 connected by Y104.

A linear motion audio transducer similar to that described in 1. Referring to FIGS. Y2e-Y2h, the audio transducer Y200 comprises a diaphragm assembly Y217 that is the same as or similar to the assembly P110 of the audio device of Example P, and the diaphragm assembly Y217 is the body of the diaphragm assembly Y217. It has a significantly higher rigid dome-shaped diaphragm body with a diaphragm base frame with a winding Y222 extending from the periphery. The diaphragm base frame further comprises centering guides Y223a, Y223b and Y223c connected to the winding mold. The diaphragm assembly Y217 is supported by the ferrofluids Y220a ~ d in a fixed position with respect to the magnetic structure. The two force transmission components form part of the conversion mechanism and include coil windings Y221a and Y221b. Centering guides Y223a-c are connected to a winding to assist in maintaining the longitudinal position of coils Y221a and Y221b in a manner equivalent to that described in Example P. The magnetic structure forms the rest of the excitation mechanism and has a permanent magnet Y219 with inner pole pieces Y218a and Y218b connected to each pole of the magnet and outer pole pieces Y218c separated from them. The force transmission components Y221a and Y221b of the diaphragm assembly extend through the gap formed between the outer and inner pole pieces of the magnetic structure so that the diaphragm assembly is in a neutral position or When in a stationary position, these force transfer components Y221a and Y221b coincide with the gap. A gap or space between the outer pole piece and the inner pole piece comprises a ferrofluid in which the force transfer component is supported and centered. The magnetic structure forms part of the transducer base structure and is tightly connected to the main body / surrounding Y224 of the transducer base structure configured to surround the diaphragm assembly and excitation mechanism. A perimeter Y224 with an outer pole piece to extend through the force transfer component as it reciprocates during operation. A channel can be provided that is aligned with the channel formed between it and the inner pole piece. The diaphragm assembly comprises an outer circumference that is not substantially physically connected to any peripheral structure, including the transducer base structure.

Decoupling mounting system Each audio transducer Y200 is connected to the base Y202 of each cup Y102 / Y103. The audio transducer Y200 may be followedly coupled to the base Y202 via a decoupling mounting system and floated relative to the base Y202. Can any decoupling mounting system described under Section 4.2 of the present specification be used (eg, the system described in connection with the audio transducer of Example U), or another method. It will be appreciated in section 4.3 that any mounting system designed according to the design considerations and design principles may be used.

For example, in this embodiment, the audio transducer Y200 is connected to the base via an annular decoupling ring Y204 and a decoupling block Y203 that have substantially high flexibility. The inner wall of the decoupling ring Y204 is placed and tightly connected around the outer wall of the transducer Y200 and around the Y224, and the outer wall of the decoupling ring Y204 is a complementary cavity formed within the base Y202. It is placed on the inner wall of the aperture Y211 and is firmly connected. The decoupling ring Y204 has extremely high followability and is therefore formed from a material that is substantially flexible and / or elastic, and / or has substantially high flexibility and / or elasticity. Has geometry. In this embodiment, the inner sidewall of the ring Y204 comprises a flexible tapered section configured to be contacted and connected to the periphery of the transducer. It will be appreciated that in an alternative embodiment, the tapered section may be connected to the base Y202 instead. The decoupling ring Y204 is tightly connected to the surrounding Y224 and the base Y202 via any suitable mechanism, such as the use of adhesive.

The decoupling block Y203 is also formed from a material that is followable and has substantial flexibility. The decoupling block Y203 connects the surrounding Y224 to the cap Y201 of each cup in a follow-up manner. The decoupling block Y203 may be connected to the outer surface of the perimeter Y224 and the inner surface of the cap Y201 within each aperture formed within the ends at both ends. The decoupling block Y203 is tightly connected to the perimeter and cap at both ends via any suitable mechanism, for example using an adhesive.

In this embodiment, the decoupling ring Y204 and the decoupling block Y203 are made of silicone rubber and have a Young's modulus of, for example, about 2 MPa. Many other alternative materials and geometries are also acceptable, such as elastic steel leaf springs and foams.

Housing The headphone cup housing comprises a base Y202 and a cap Y201. These integrally form a hollow interior, within which the transducer Y200 is connected via the decoupling mounting system described above. The base Y202 and cap Y201 are fixedly connected at their periphery via any suitable fixing mechanism, in this case via the screw fixative Y216, but otherwise with snap fit engagement and /. Alternatively, an adhesive may be used. The base Y202 is equipped with a central aperture Y211 configured to be aligned with the diaphragm assembly of the audio transducer in the assembled state, thereby providing the output aperture Y226, and the sound is this during operation. Propagate from the transducer assembly through the output aperture Y226. A soft ear pad Y109 extends around the periphery of the base Y202 on the opposite side of the outer cap Y201 and further extends around the central output aperture Y226. The soft ear pads can be formed from any suitable material well known in the art, such as foam materials that are comfortable for the user. Pad Y109 may be lined with a non-breathable fabric layer Y109b. Also, the open mesh fabric Y109c may extend over the output aperture. Other material and / or fabric layers that increase fluid resistance may be applied, for example, the inner surface of the ear pad Y109 may be lined with a porous or breathable material Y109c for comfort. -The pad Y213 may be arranged so as to face the ear Y403. It will be appreciated that some of these may be optional and may be in line with the desired implementation.

Referring to FIG. Y4, in this embodiment, the headphone cup of the audio device exerts pressure on the outer part of ear Y403 and / or on one or more parts of the head beyond the ear. It is configured to add. The interface, including the soft ear pad inner Y109a and the surrounding fabric layer Y109b, preferably creates a seal around the user's ear, thereby in-situ, from the air Y408 outside the device. Substantially seals the air inside the device. The interface / ear pad Y109 is placed near or adjacent to the user's ear during use, with air inside the front cavity Y205 inside the device and air Y408 outside the device (outside air around). It is configured to provide a sufficient seal between and. The pad Y109 may comprise a body that is molded to stay tight on and around the user's ear or pinna Y403 and seal this position. For example, the headphone cup and interface pad may be of the Supra oral type configured to press against the user's ears during use.

As mentioned above in connection with Example K, a significant seal is configured, for example, to increase sound pressure (ie, provide bass boost) at least at low bass frequencies during operation. It is a seal.

In the assembled state, each headphone cup is located on the side of the diaphragm assembly configured to be adjacent to the user's ear during use, at or adjacent to the output aperture. It comprises a first anterior air cavity Y205 arranged so as to. A second rear cavity Y206 configured so that the headphone cup is located on the opposite side of the output aperture and on the opposite side of the user's ear during use, on the side of the diaphragm assembly. Further prepare. The outer cap Y201 comprises one or more apertures or slits Y215 arranged adjacent to the rear cavity Y206 for air to leak through it during operation. Preferably, the porous fabric cover Y207 covering the output aperture adjacent to the anterior cavity Y205 to allow the device to pass sound pressure from the anterior cavity towards the user's ear during use. Further prepare. Another porous fabric cover Y209 extends over an annular opening around the central output aperture or a series of radially distributed openings Y210. The porous fabric cover Y207 preferably has a fairly high degree of breathability so as not to significantly restrict the flow of gas through it. On the other hand, the fabric cover Y209 preferably has a relatively low degree of air permeability to adequately restrict the flow of gas through it. In both covers Y207 and Y209, fine-grained steel mesh, breathable cotton velor or polyester mesh is an example of suitable material with enough breathability to be selected or adjusted as needed. .. It will be appreciated that other materials known in the art may be used as an alternative.

The area and / or volume of the radially distributed openings Y210 and corresponding mesh Y209 is relative to the size of the cap and / or relative to the air W306a contained so as to be directly adjacent to the ear in situ. Remarkably large.

Referring to FIG. Y1, the outer cap and / or the base of each cup is preferably pivotally connected to the respective end of the headband Y104. For example, the outer cap Y201 of each cup Y102, Y103 may be connected to the respective end of the headband Y104 via a pivot arm Y107. This allows the headband position to be adjusted by the user for comfort. Any suitable hinged mechanism can be used. Alternatively, the headband may be fixedly connected to the headband. For comfort, a soft inner pad may be provided on the inner surface of the headband.

Air Leakage Fluid Passage As mentioned in Example K, each headphone cup is separate from the forward air cavity Y405 during operation to help attenuate resonance and / or suppress bass boost. It may further comprise one or more fluid passages configured to provide a limited gas flow path to air. For example, referring to Figure Y4a, a first anterior air cavity Y405 configured to place the device adjacent to the user's ear in situ is fluidized into the air Y408 outside the device. It has at least one fluid passage connected to. A fluid passage fluidly connects the anterior cavity Y405 to the posterior cavity Y406 and further to the posterior cavity Y406 to the air Y408 outside the device via a limited flow path. In this embodiment, the device comprises a fluid passage from the anterior cavity Y205a through the highly porous fabric layer Y207 and the output aperture Y226 to the anterior cavity Y205b next to the ear Y403. The anterior cavity portion Y205b is fluidly coupled to the posterior cavity Y206 via an extremely resistant element Y209 at the opening Y210. In addition, the posterior cavity Y206 is fluidly coupled into the external air Y408 through one or more openings Y215 that are relatively narrow and have high resistance. A porous fabric layer Y209, largely located in the fluid passage and even in the narrow opening Y215, acts as a fluid flow limiter. It will be appreciated that any one or more of these elements may be present within the fluid passage to provide a limited fluid passage from the anterior cavity Y205 to the external air Y408.

Preferably, the leaking fluid passage Y210 is distributed around the diaphragm body and extends along a significant distance. For example, the air leak fluid passage Y210 extends along a distance greater than the minimum distance across the main surface of the diaphragm body, or more preferably 50% greater than the minimum distance across the main surface of the diaphragm body. Extends along, or most preferably, along a distance twice greater than the minimum distance straddling the main surface of the diaphragm. As mentioned above, and also the radially distributed openings Y210, preferably in situ have a very large cross-sectional area relative to the air in the anterior cavity portion Y205b adjacent to the user's ear. This helps to achieve a more thorough attenuation of the clearer internal air resonance.

In this embodiment, the fluid passage Y215 has a reduced width at the connection with the rear cavity Y206. The form of a fine-grained steel mesh Y209, wherein the fluid passage Y210 is configured, for example, to allow gas, including air, to flow through the passage, but still has sufficient resistance. Further equipped with a flow limiting element.

Preferably, a fluid passage, including a passage through the limiting element Y209 and a passage through the aperture Y215, is sufficient to collectively significantly reduce the sound pressure within the cavity of the external auditory canal during operation. Allows gas to flow through it to some extent. A significant reduction in sound pressure is, for example, a reduction of at least 10%, or more preferably at least 25%, or most preferably at least 50% of the operating sound pressure of the device over the frequency range of 20Hz to 80Hz. May be. This sound reduction is relative to similar audio devices that have no fluid passages and therefore have negligible sound pressure leaks during operation. Significant reductions in sound pressure are preferably observed at least 50% of the time the audio device is mounted within a standard measuring device. However, other reductions in sound pressure are also possible, and the present invention is not intended to be limited to these examples.

This variant addresses unwanted mechanical resonances of the transducer, especially the diaphragm and diaphragm suspension, through the use of substantially unsupported diaphragm peripherals and other transducer features. The range of motion of the diaphragm and the basic diaphragm resonance frequency can also be improved. Mechanical resonance of the baffle / ear cup and headband of the headphones is dealt with by the decoupling mounting system. Limited fluid passages include the anterior cavity Y205, the posterior cavity Y206, and any other cavity contained within the device and / or the user's head or any other by the device and / or the user's head. To deal with the air resonance inside the cavity.

The damping performed by the large fluid passage air leak Y210 in the case of the anterior cavity Y205 and the posterior cavity Y206 resonance and by the narrow fluid passage Y215 in the case of the posterior cavity Y206 improves the control of the air resonance. The widespread distribution of large fluid passages Y210 over the volumes of both the anterior cavity Y205 and the posterior cavity Y206 helps reduce the wide variety of internal air resonance modes in both cavities. Resonance control, as well as suppression of bus levels, can be relatively constant for a variety of listeners / users and even for a variety of device arrangements.

In addition, the internal portion of the ear pad Y109a facing the interior of the device remains uncovered or is covered with a porous inner fabric 109c, resulting in around the ear in cavity Y205. Sound waves can now propagate inside the porous foam, where their energy is a fine opening in the foam to help reduce air resonance inside the cavity Y205. Can be dissipated by the movement of air through.

This also means that the air cavity Y205 is connected to the volume of the porous ear pad inner Y109a and thus extends there to include that volume. This provides other benefits, including improved passive attenuation of ambient noise. The reason is, for example, through fluid leakage between the ear pad Y109 at position Y407 and the wearer's ear Y403, or otherwise through fluid passages Y215 and Y210, air from the surrounding air Y408. This is because it takes longer for the sound pressure moving to the cavity Y205 to spread to the larger volume Y205 connected to the volume Y109a.

5.2.6 Example G9 In one embodiment of a personal audio device, such as a headphone system with a pair of interface devices, each interface device is according to Example G9 as described in Section 2.3 of this specification. Incorporate an audio transducer. The headphone system may be, for example, the same as or have a similar configuration to Example K, W or Y, but the audio transducer replaces the audio transducer of Example G9.

Regarding the mechanical properties of the transducer: -The thick and rigid design approach of the vibrating plate is compact and provides good high frequency expansion; -The vibrating plate suspension may be distributed around the entire circumference. The fact that the spring is concentrated instead of the spring has a relatively high robustness to internal resonance, and here, in the fundamental resonance frequency of the vibrating plate or the vibrating plate movable range corresponding to it. It means that there is no sacrifice; If internal suspension resonance occurs as a result, the spring has the minimum surface area, so the distortion does not easily spread to the listener.

5.2.7 Example H Figures H3a and H3b show another embodiment of the invention that is a treble and bass audio transducer deployed on each side of a compact 2-way circum oral headphone device. Figure H3b shows both audio transducers H301 and H302 in place in front of the right ear, where the rest of the headphone interface device is hidden and Figure H3a shows the headphone interface device. Shows the whole of.

In this embodiment, the audio transducer of Example A is deployed in the headphones. It will be appreciated that in an alternative configuration, any one of the other audio transducer embodiments described herein may be incorporated into the headphones.

In this embodiment, to improve the bass, the air near the ears is not sealed from the outside air, instead the two drivers emit a "positive pressure" sound directly towards the ear canal. The pressure is mounted in a small baffle that separates the pressure from the outwardly radiated "negative" sound pressure. Negative air pressure radiated from the side of the baffle facing away from the ear can expand to increase air volume because it has some quasi-hemispherical pattern when radiated outward. This means that the sound pressure drops accordingly as the wave propagates. Such a drop is the "positive pressure" that is radiated from the side of the baffle facing the ear by the time the negative sound pressure travels around the baffle and reaches the tympanic membrane, even at low bass frequencies. It means that the sound pressure is sufficiently reduced so as not to greatly cancel each other out.

In the embodiment of the present invention, a relatively high bass response is possible even if there is no seal around the ear because a large volume range of motion of the diaphragm is possible. For example, in the application of personal audio devices such as headphones, a diaphragm range of motion between peaks of about 15-25 mm can be achieved without significantly affecting the size of the device. Also, as described above in connection with Example A, low fundamental resonant frequencies are possible. Measurements of the driver's waterfall plot are shown in Figure H2a.

5.2.8 Possible implementations, modifications or variants In each of the examples of audio devices described in Sections 5.2.1 to 5.2.7, any one or more audio transducers. To any one or more audio transducers described herein, including, for example, the audio transducers of Examples A, B, D, E, G, S, T and U, or to the present specification. It can replace any other audio transducer designed according to the features described in the book.

Mounting System Examples of the low-resonance audio device of the present invention are useful in hi-fi audio applications. Hi-fi audio delivered near the user's ear is preferably delivered from a well-designed location. Therefore, it would be advantageous if the audio device had a user interface mounting system, such as the pads and earplugs described in the above embodiment, which is the audio transducer. Is placed at or near one or both ears of the user. If the audio device is an earphone device, it is even more preferred for the interface mounting system to place the audio transducer relative to the user's ear canal.

Multiple Channels Also, in the case of hi-fi audio playback, it is preferable that at least two or more audio channels be played in order to provide the listener with a certain amount of spatial information that represents the original audio (stereo). Or multi-channel). These channels should preferably be played independently via different audio transducers, but other channels that are not completely independent and still provide such spatial information. There is also a form of audio reproduction. For example, "crosstalk" may be introduced between the channels in any of the above embodiments. However, preferably, the audio devices of Examples H, P, K, W, Y and X are provided with at least two different audio transducers that reproduce different (but still related) audio materials. More preferably, the channels are independent. For example, the audio transducer associated with each ear can play different channels.

Number of FROs and Transducers Hi-fi audio playback provides sufficient bandwidth. Preferably, the audio device of any of Examples H3, H4, G9, P, K, W, Y and X comprises a frequency band of 160 Hz to 6 kHz, or more preferably from 120 Hz. Includes 8 kHz frequency band, or more preferably 100 Hz to 10 kHz frequency band, or even more preferably 80 Hz to 12 kHz frequency band, or most preferably 60 Hz to 14 kHz frequency band. Equipped with at least one audio transducer with FRO.

If the audio signal is played by multiple audio transducers operating in different bandwidths, preferably an electrical crossover to separate the audio signal into sub-bands that will be played by different transducers. Or equivalent means are further incorporated. Since such audio separations can be detrimental to the quality of audio reproduction, it is preferable that the audio device be equipped with at most three audio transducers for each ear, which are aggregate. Contains a frequency band of 160 Hz to 6 kHz, or more preferably a frequency band of 120 Hz to 8 kHz, or even more preferably a frequency band of 100 Hz to 10 kHz, or even more preferably a frequency of 80 Hz to 12 kHz. It has an FRO that includes a band, or most preferably contains a frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz. More preferably, the audio device comprises at most two audio transducers for each ear, which collectively include the frequency band 160 Hz to 6 kHz, or more preferably the frequency band 120 Hz to 8 kHz. The FRO comprises, or more preferably contains the frequency band from 100 Hz to 10 kHz, or even more preferably contains the frequency band from 80 Hz to 12 kHz, or most preferably contains the frequency band from 60 Hz to 14 kHz. Most preferably, the audio device has only one audio transducer for each ear.

As mentioned above, an audio device that incorporates a diaphragm assembly that is substantially or sufficiently unconnected inside the perimeter to achieve high quality audio reproduction over such a wide bandwidth. Is well suited.

In addition, to aid in the quality of audio playback, preferably based on the "Diffuse Field" proposed by Hammershoi and Moller in 2008 (which is a lot of personal audio compared to this standard). Not in the 2-4kHz frequency range where the device would have a relatively reduced output), above 20dB, or more preferably above 14dB, or even more preferably 10dB. It is preferred that the FRO be reproduced without a continuous drop in sound pressure, such as above, or most preferably above 6 dB.

Also, based on the "Diffuse Field" proposed by Hammershoi and Moller in 2008, it may exceed 20 dB, more preferably exceed 14 dB, or even more preferably exceed 10 dB, or most. It is preferable that the operating frequency band is reproduced without a decrease in sound pressure at the extreme value of the bandwidth, preferably exceeding 6 dB.

If the audio device comprises multiple audio transducers, preferably at least one transducer, and most preferably all transducers, of Examples H3, H4, G9, K, P, W, Y and X. It will be appreciated that they are the same as or similar to those mentioned above in the context of audio devices. Alternatively or additionally, the present specification includes, for example, any one or more of the audio transducers of Examples A, B, E, D, G, S, T and U. Other audio transducers described in may be used. In other words, any one of the audio devices described in the above embodiment can be incorporated into multiple transducers for one ear configuration. Can be equipped with an audio transducer of the type.

In the above embodiment of the unsealed variant section 5.2.2-5.2.7, the audio device substantially seals at or around one or both ears of the user on the fly. Designed to be. In some variants of these embodiments, for example, in the case of the embodiments shown in FIGS. H3 and H4, the audio device is substantially on the spot at or around one or both ears of the user. It is designed not to be sealed. In a design that does not substantially seal, the acoustic and / or resonant characteristics of the ear are unlikely to change. Also, the unsealed design can be more comfortable for the user. This is especially true for earphone applications, such as the audio devices of Examples P and X, where the interface is configured to stay in or directly adjacent to the ear canal. Will be done.

When using an unsealed design, there is generally a greater demand for diaphragm range of motion and low fundamental resonance frequencies achieved by the audio device configuration described above.

Thus, as an alternative, the audio device may, at the time of use, be provided with a partial seal between the air contained within the ear canal and the air outside the ear canal, which is in place of the user. It does not provide a substantially continuous seal around the pinna, the head or the periphery of the ear canal opening. For example, the interface does not have to exert substantially continuous pressure on the user's ear canal or around the opening of the pinna or head on the spot.

The degree of sealing is preferably not excessively small enough to result in inadequate bus response. For example, at least one interface of the device is partially sealed in place so that the passive attenuation of ambient sound at 70 Hz is less than 1 decibel (dB), less than 2 dB, less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB. You may stop. Alternatively or in addition, at least one interface in place to reduce the passive attenuation of ambient sound at 120 Hz to less than 1 decibel (dB), less than 2 dB, less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB. Sealing may be performed. Alternatively or in addition, at least one interface in place to reduce the passive attenuation of ambient sound at 400 Hz to less than 1 decibel (dB), less than 2 dB, less than 3 dB, or less than 6 dB. Sealing may be performed.

Free Peripheral Deformation In the personal audio devices of Examples H3, H4, X, W and K described above, the rotating motion audio transducer is a diaphragm that is not physically connected to the perimeter or enclosure at its perimeter. Equipped with an assembly. One variant of this configuration that can be incorporated into each of these embodiments is a conventional type of suspension that is attached to the periphery of the diaphragm assembly but not to the termination region of the diaphragm body. An audio transducer having a diaphragm assembly that is suspended relative to the support via a flexible spider or other similar support) and is in operation in the terminal region of the diaphragm body. The displacement of the diaphragm body becomes maximum when the diaphragm swings. Nevertheless, the length of the termination region may be, for example, at least 20% of the total length of the outer peripheral combination of the diaphragm assembly (or, in some implementations, less than that). ).

Conventional suspensions limit the range of motion of the diaphragm and the fundamental resonance frequency to some extent, but the degree of encapsulation can be improved to improve bus response.

The absence of suspension in the area of the termination edge where the maximum displacement is applied allows for some degree of air leakage, which provides optimal bus response for a particular configuration. Preferably, the conventional perimeter is only present at the absolute minimum length of the diaphragm perimeter where sufficient bus response is provided, in which case the perimeter suspension is minimized during operation. It is attached to the peripheral area of the diaphragm assembly where it moves.

The absence of suspension at a portion of the moving periphery, and especially at the location of maximum displacement, allows for increased stiffness of the remaining suspension located at the periphery. Further, it is possible to improve the diaphragm movable range and the ambient resonance, which is the rest of the compromises in the three items.

Implementation of Cellular Phones The embodiment of the personal audio device described above may be implemented within a mobile phone or other personal digital assistant type device.

In this type of implementation, the bus area bandwidth expansion capability provided by this audio transducer configuration provides the same audio transducer for other device functions other than audio playback, such as vibration alarms. It also means that it may be used.

6. Designing Suitable Transducer Base Structures In each of the examples of audio transducers described herein, the diaphragm assembly is supported from it in order to provide them with relative low energy storage performance. The transducer base structure, which is the component or assembly from which it is excited, preferably has little, or more preferably, resonance mode, within the FRO of the transducer, within the FRO of the transducer. I don't have any.

The transducer base structure is preferably composed of a highly rigid material with a compact geometry with relatively short legs, which means that there are no dimensions that are significantly larger than any other dimension of the structure. .. Elongated geometry is more compact, but resonance is more likely to occur, which makes it unsuitable for the embodiments of the present invention. However, these are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.

If the transducer base structure is tightly attached to other components, such as, for example, a baffle, enclosure, housing or any other perimeter, then the entire structure is preferred (as used herein, the "transducer base structure assembly". , But again, it must be composed of a material with high rigidity and must have a compact geometry with short legs.

Also, preferably, to the extent possible, the base structure assembly does not interfere with the air flow on either side of the diaphragm and does not contribute to the inclusion of air that may generate an air resonance mode.

Further, preferably, the transducer base structure has a large mass as compared with the diaphragm assembly, and as a result, the displacement of the diaphragm is large as compared with the displacement of the transducer base structure. Preferably, the mass of the transducer base structure is more than 10 times greater than the mass of the diaphragm assembly, or more preferably more than 20 times greater.

Preferably, in order to minimize the susceptibility to resonance, at least one important structural component of the base structural assembly, other than any magnet, is made of a material with a high specific elastic modulus, eg, limited. Not made from metal, such as aluminum or magnesium, or from ceramics such as glass.

The components that make up the base structural assembly can be integrally coupled by an adhesive such as epoxy, by welding, by clamping with a fixture, or by many other methods. Welding and soldering are preferred, especially if the geometry is elongated and therefore prone to resonance, as welding and soldering provide a strong and rigid connection over a large area.

For example, FIG. A1 has a rigid, relatively lightweight composite diaphragm assembly A101 that is rotatably connected to a transducer base structure A115 that has high stiffness, with Example A herein. An embodiment of the so-called audio transducer is shown.

The transducer base structure A115 comprises permanent magnets A102, pole pieces A103 and A104, contact bars A105, and decoupling pins A107 and A108. All parts of the transducer base structure A115 can be made of any rigid connection mechanism, using an adhesive, such as epoxy adhesive, or otherwise, via welding, clamping and / or fixtures. Can be linked through.

The transducer base structure A115 is designed to have high rigidity so that any resonance mode it has is suitably generated outside the range of the transducer's FRO. The thick, short-legged, compact geometry of the transducer base structure A115 provides this embodiment with advantages over conventional transducers with a transducer base structure consisting of a magnet and a basket attached to a pole piece. ..

In conventional audio transducers, as shown in Figures J1d and J1e, the basket J113 has a magnet J116 with a relatively heavy mass relative to the portion of the basket (periphery J105) that supports the flexible diaphragm suspension. , Upper pole pieces J118 and T-yoke J117 need to be linked. The circumference must be located at a significant distance away from the magnet J116 and spider J119, limiting the geometry of the transducer, thereby making it compact for the cone J101 of a diaphragm of a given size. It becomes difficult to provide a transducer base structure with short-legged geometry. Traditional basket designs that are thin, not compact, and have long-legged geometry and location make the basket more prone to resonance.

Also, conventional perimeters often include one or more air pockets between the diaphragm and the enclosure or baffle, thereby creating an air resonance mode.

The same or similar transducer base structure or base structure assembly is also utilized in other audio transducer embodiments herein.

7. Conversion Mechanism In each of the examples of audio transducers described herein, the audio transducer incorporates a conversion mechanism. In a preferred electroacoustic implementation (eg, a loudspeaker), the relevant conversion mechanism of each embodiment receives an electrical audio signal and responds to the signal by the action of a force transfer component to form a diaphragm assembly. It is configured to apply an exciting force to the. During operation, the associated transducer base structure usually further indicates the associated reaction force. In the case of an alternative form of acoustic electroacoustics (eg, a microphone), the conversion mechanism of each embodiment is configured to receive the force generated by the diaphragm assembly that moves in response to sound waves, and the operation of the force transfer component. Converts this movement into an electrical audio signal.

Therefore, the conversion mechanism comprises a force transfer component. Most preferably, this portion of the transducer is tightly coupled to the diaphragm structure or assembly. The reason is that the tendency is that this configuration is more suitable for creating a more accurate one-degree-of-freedom system and thereby minimizing unwanted resonance modes.

Alternatively, the force transfer component is tightly coupled to the diaphragm via one or more intermediate components, and the force transfer component approaches the diaphragm body or structure, thereby providing the rigidity of the combined structure. It is improved, and as a result, the frequency of the unfavorable resonance mode associated with these couplings is shifted higher. Preferably, the distance between the force transmission component and the diaphragm structure or body in any one of the above embodiments is the maximum dimension (length, etc.) of the main surface of the diaphragm structure or body. However, it may be a width as an alternative), which is less than 75%. More preferably, this distance is less than 50%, more preferably less than 35%, or even more preferably less than 25% of the maximum dimension of the diaphragm body or structure.

Preferably, again, the coupled structure has a Young's modulus of greater than 8 GPa, or more preferably greater than about 20 GPa, to aid in ensuring that the structure is highly rigid.

The electromagnetic excitation mechanism with the magnetic field generation structure and the conductive coil or element is very linear. Therefore, such an electromagnetic excitation mechanism is a suitable form of conversion / excitation mechanism to be used with each of the above embodiments of the present invention. When such an electromagnetic excitation mechanism is used in combination with the resonance control features of the present invention, the quality of audio reproduction is maximized via a linear motor combined with a substantially resonance-free structure. Provide benefits. Preferably, the coil is fixed on the diaphragm side. The reason is that the coil can be made lighter and therefore less harmful to the diaphragm split resonance. Coil and magnet-based motors can also be made robust because they allow for high power handling.

Depending on the application, other excitation mechanisms, such as a piezoelectric conversion mechanism or a magnetostrictive conversion mechanism, can also function well, and as an alternative, this is any one of the embodiments of the present invention. May be incorporated into. Piezoelectric motors can be effective, for example, when used in combination with the simple hinge system according to the invention and / or the features of a diaphragm with high rigidity. In rotary motion transducers such as those described in connection with Examples A, B, D, E, K, S, T, W and X, such conversion mechanisms may be located near the axis of rotation. Here, the disadvantage of the generally small range of motion of piezoelectric devices is that the small range of motion near the base provides a large range of motion towards the distal periphery or tip of the diaphragm. Is reduced. In addition, piezoelectric motors can be essentially resonance-free to a high degree and can also be lightweight, which is otherwise a load on the diaphragm that could enhance the resonance mode of the diaphragm. It means that it will be reduced.

8. Applications of Audio Transducers The examples of audio transducers described herein may be configured to be implemented in a wide variety of audio devices. Some examples are given in Section 5 for examples of implementations of the audio transducers of the present invention within personal audio devices. This is a preferred implementation in connection with some of the embodiments of the invention, but it is not the only implementation and many other implementations are applicable.

Each of the examples of audio transducers can be scaled up or down to a size that performs the desired function. For example, embodiments of the audio transducers of the invention may be incorporated into any one of the following audio devices without departing from the scope of the invention: headphones, earphones, hearing aids, Personal audio devices including mobile phones and mobile information terminals; computer devices including personal desktop computers, laptop computers, and tablets, etc .; including computer monitors and speakers, etc. Computer interface devices; home audio devices including floor standing speakers and TV speakers, etc .; car audio systems, as well as other dedicated audio devices.

In addition, the frequency range of the audio transducer can be manipulated according to a given design to obtain the desired result. For example, the audio transducer of any one of the above embodiments may be used as a bus driver, midrange-treble driver, tweeter, or full range driver, depending on the desired application.

A brief example of how an example of an audio transducer of Example A can be configured for a variety of applications is given below, but is not intended to be limiting and this example. Further, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that many other possible configurations, uses and implementations are possible for all other embodiments described herein.

In one embodiment, for example, the audio transducer of Example A may reproduce midrange and treble frequencies from 300 Hz to 20 kHz in the two-way headphones (loud speaker audio transducer H301) shown in Figure H3b. It can have a diaphragm body length of, for example, about 15 mm designed. The same transducer can also be deployed as a midrange-treble loudspeaker audio transducer for home audio floor standing speakers, for example playing frequency bands between 700Hz and above. The same transducer can also be optimized to act as a full range driver in 1-way headphones.

The audio transducer of Example A can be scaled up or down to fit a variety of applications. For example, Figure H3b shows a bass loudspeaker audio transducer H302, which is an enlarged (of all dimensions) audio transducer of Example A associated with the midrange and treble driver H301. The magnified audio transducer can have a diaphragm length of, for example, about 32 mm. In such cases, the transducer H302 may be able to move more air at a lower fundamental frequency of about 40 Hz. Transducer H302 may be suitable for reproducing frequencies up to about 4000 Hz. This driver is also suitable for midrange drivers for home audio floor standing speakers, for example playing frequency bands between 100Hz and 4000Hz. In addition, it is substantially resonance-free, for example from 20Hz to about 1000Hz or even higher in some cases, by roughly scaling up and down to a diaphragm length of about 200mm (for all dimensions). A driver with bandwidth can be obtained, which has high volume range of motion capability. This configuration is suitable, for example, as a subwoofer for a home audio floor stander.

If the driver dimensions are reduced to, for example, about 8 mm in the diaphragm length of the audio transducer of Example A, the transducer is deployed in a 1-way bad earphone similar to that shown in Figure H4. Can be done.

Referring to FIG. Z1, yet another implementation of the audio transducer of Example A may be, for example, the loudspeaker system Z100, which may be a personal computer speaker unit. In this audio device embodiment, two or more audio transducers are housed in the same enclosure Z104. A first relatively smaller version of the transducer Z101 of Example A is provided as a treble driver and a second relatively larger audio transducer Z102 is provided as a bass-midrange driver. Both of these units may be separated from the enclosure via a decoupling system as described in Section 4.2 of this specification. Enclosure Z104 may include multiple rubber or other substantially soft legs Z105 distributed around the base of the enclosure to further separate the enclosure from the supporting surface Z106.

In the alternative configuration of the audio device of Example Z, the larger transducer Z102 is not separated and is fully and tightly coupled to enclosure Z104. This is any suitable method as discussed herein, including, for example, through an adhesive on one or more (preferably) sides of the heavier transducer base structure. Can be done via. In addition, the enclosure wall Z104 is thick and high enough, for example having a wall thickness of sufficient size, greater than 5 mm or greater than 8 mm, such as metallic materials (eg, aluminum or other similar). Made from a rigid material. This is a configuration that is extremely heavy and has high rigidity. The soft legs provide a decoupling mounting system between the enclosure and the support surface. Also, a second decoupling system associated with the smaller driver Z101 is provided as described in Example A and may be placed between the driver and the enclosure Z104. These decoupling systems, combined with the free perimeter type drivers Z101 and Z102, have a single, substantially low resonance, with a tightly mounted larger transducer combined with a smaller driver's relatively compact enclosure. It forms a system of, which means that it is separated from other resonant prone systems in close proximity to the unit (eg, furniture where the speaker can be seated on it). This system is also isolated from other vibration-prone systems (smaller drivers in this case) via the decoupling system of the other driver.

Vibration isolation mountings (ie, legs) may include, for example, bottom-mounted followable rubber or silicon mounting pads, flexible metal springs, flexible arms, and the like.

The above provides examples of the variety of embodiments of the present invention, and may be arbitrary to Example A, or may be derived from the description described herein or provided herein. It will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art that other embodiments are possible with respect to the embodiments of other audio transducers.

The above description of the present invention includes examples of audio transducers and audio devices of suitable embodiments. This description also includes various embodiments, examples and design and configuration principles of other systems, assemblies, structures, devices, methods and mechanisms related to audio transducers. For embodiments of audio transducers, as well as other related systems, assemblies, disclosed herein, without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined by the appended claims. Many modifications can be made to the structure, device, method and mechanism as will be apparent to those of skill in the art.